Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal de

principaly to entomology in the Australian region, including New Ze:

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and profesi

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each wj

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be fora]

Australian Entomological Press, 1

14 Chisholm Street, |

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, і

Australia. |

Individual Subscriptions

$6.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$7.50 (US$10.00) per annum overseas |

Institutional Subscriptions

A$7.50 (US$10.00) per annum

COVER

Illustrated by Andrew Atkins from a specimen reared by Nigel (à

Depicts the Australian kawk moth Hippotion scrofa (Boisduval) a com п

endemic species found throughout the continent. The larvae, which can bel

feeding on Fuschias and Balsums in suburban gardens, are either green or!

each colour form possessing yellow lateral eye-spots and other limited mag”

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS

6 Roger Street, Brookvale,

N.S.W., 2100.

: Australian Entomological

à | Magazine 9“ "us

Aust. ent. Mag.

| - amay 1976 7

d Volume 3, Part 1

NEW RECORDS FOR BUTTERFLIES IN SOUTHERN, CENTRAL

AND NORTHERN QUEENSLAND

By Andrew Atkins

Flat 1, 29 Greville Street, Prahran, Victoria, 3181

This paper consists of a list of positive identifications of species collected

or observed by the author between 1970 and 1974. The locality of capture or

observation is followed by a number indicating the month in which the species

was recorded (i.e. January = 1, February = 2, etc.). The symbols nl., sl., and wl.

y indicate that the species at that locality is at the known northern, southern or

‚western limit of its distribution. In general, the list includes localities of captures

- not previously recorded for each species. Those butterflies regarded as common

0r widespread within Queensland are omitted. The list does not include

! Hesperiidae of the subfamily Hesperiinae. Species of this group captured

Í between 1970 and 1974 are being evaluated and will be the subject of another

list to be published at a later date.

With the exception of the hesperid Hesperilla furva (see Sands and Kerr,

1973) the nomenclature used for the butterflies listed here follows that of

Common and Waterhouse (1972).

The subspecific status of some butterflies listed needs further investig-

ation. These include species from Expedition Range, some of which show

geographical variation indicating their isolation from other Queensland popul-

ations (see Atkins, 1974). Complex distributions of the races of Candalides

hyacinthinus and Ogyris amaryllis from central and northern Queensland also

warrant further investigation to determine the subspecific identity of these

Species. Specimens of Jalmenus evagoras evagoras from Bulburin and Kroombit

Tops are larger than southern Queensland specimens and in colour approach

the subspecies eubulus which appears to be restricted to brigalow areas.

2 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), Api

List of species |

HESPERIIDAE

Euschemon rafflesia rafflesia (W. S. Macleay). Cent. Qld.: Bulburin State Fi;

4), (nl.). E

DE repanda repanda C. and R. Felder. Cent. Qld.: Mount Аш]

10); Edungalba (9); South Molle Island (9). |

Trapezites symmomus symmomus Hubner. Sth. Qld.: Montville (1); №

Heads (11). Cent. Qld.: Kroombit Tops (9, 12, 1), (nl.).

Trapezites iacchus (Fabricius). Nth. Qld.: 35 km E. of Pentland (9), (м)

Trapezites maheta maheta (Hewitson). Cent. Qld.: Byfield (9, 11, 12).Y;

Archer (10).

Trapezites petalia (Hewitson). Cent. Qld.: Great Keppel Island (12).

Trapezites luteus leucus Waterhouse. Cent. Qld.: 20 km E. of Cracow (10)

Toxidia thyrrhus Mabille. Cent. Qld.: Byfield (10, 3); Mount Archer (9, Ш

2, 3); Jim Crow Mountain (3); Stanwell (3).

Toxidia parvula (Plotz). Cent. Qld.: Great Keppel Island (8, 9, 4).

Toxidia doubledayi (Felder). Cent. Qld.: Berserker Ranges (10); Edungaluay

Toxidia rietmanni rietmanni (Semper). Cent. Qld.: Mount Archer (11/1

Toxidia crypsigramma (Meyrick and Lower). Cent. Qld.: Blackman’s Раз

Mount Morgan (3); Mount Archer (9, 10); Byfield (10); Yeppoon (11,26

Jim Crow Mountain (9, 3); Canoona (8, 9, 10, 11, 3, 4, 5); Edungalba (IJ

Stanwell (9, 10); Westwood (10); Isla Gorge (10, 2); Bogantungan (4), (iV

Nth. Qld.: 15 km W. of Paluma (10, 2).

Neohesperilla xanthomera (Meyrick and Lower). Cent. Qld.: Gayndah (1P

Isla Gorge (9, 10, 2); Great Keppel Island (10, 11, 1, 2); Westwood (10,

Stanwell (10, 2, 3); Canoona (9, 10, 11, 12, 1, 2, 3); Berserker Re

(10, 11, 2); Jim Crow Mountain (2). L

Hesperilla sexguttata Herrich-Schaffer. Cent. Qld.: Theodore (11); Many ВК

(3); Mount Morgan (8, 12, 1); Keppel Sands (8, 4); Jim Crow Mountain!

Berserker Ranges (8, 9, 10, 1, 2, 3); Rockhampton (8, 9, 11, 12, 1,234

The Caves (10); Wycarbah (2); Mount Hay (9, 10, 2, 4); Grantleigh (8,1

4); Edungalba (1, 2); Lotus Creek (9); Yaamba (3); Dawson River (Л

Boothill Creek (9); 40 km W. of Eungella (4); Bowen (9). Nth. Qld.: Hi

Valley (9); Boggy Creek, 80 km S.W. of Cooktown (9). a

Hesperilla malindeva Lower. Cent. Qld.: Isla Gorge (10, 11); Blackman!

(10); Duaringa (1); Berserker Ranges (9, 10, 3, 4); Cawarral (2); Yepp”

11, 12, 1, 2); Byfield (10, 1, 3); Jim Crow Mountain (10); The Caves (10,

Canoona (9, 10, 11, 12, 1, 2, 3). 0

Hesperilla furva Sands and Kerr. Cent. Qld.: Eidsvold (10, 11, 1); Ish C :

(10, 11, 2, 3); 15 km S.W. of Theodore (12); Duaringa (1); Bauhinia о

(9, 10, 2); Gogango Range (9, 10, 11, 12, 1, 2, 3, 4); Grantleigh (8,9, ^

4); Mount Hay (10); Edungalba (11, 2).

Hesperilla mastersi mastersi Waterhouse. Sth. Qld.: Mount Tamborine |

Mount Nebo/Mount Glorious (10, 11, 12), (nl.); Cunningham’s Gap!

(

| Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, 1976

Hesperilla picta (Leach). Sth Qld.: Cooroy (9, 10); Beerwah (10).

Hesperilla ornata ornata (Leach). Sth Qld.: Montville (10). Cent. Qld.: Kroombit

Tops (10, 11); Mount Larcom (10); Cawarral (9); Mount Archer (9, 10);

Yeppoon (9, 11); Eungella Range (9, 10, 11).

F Mesodina halyzia halyzia (Hewitson). Cent. Qld.: Byfield (9, 10); Isla Gorge (3).

* PAPILIONIDAE

Protographium leosthenes leosthenes (Doubleday). Cent. Qld.: 10 km S. of

V Blackwater (11); Bauhinia Creek (12); Edungalba (11, 1, 2); Gogango Range

(10, 2, 3); Westwood (10, 2); Mount Archer (10, 11, 12, 1, 2); Jim Crow

' Mountain (10); Yeppoon (11, 1).

1 Graphium macleayanum macleayanum (Leach). Cent. Qld.: Bulburin State

Forest (4); Berserker Ranges (11, 1, 3), (nl.).

! PIERIDAE

! Delias nysa (Fabricius). Cent. Qld.: Monto (8); Mount Archer (8, 9, 5); The

Caves (8).

| NYMPHALIDAE

| Mycalesis perseus perseus (Fabricius). Cent. Qld.: Hedlow Creek (5); Rockham-

(| pton (6); Ridgelands (6), (sl.).

| Geitoneura acantha acantha (Donovan). Cent. Qld.: Kroombit Tops (12).

| Heteronympha merope merope (Fabricius). Cent. Qld.: Kroombit Tops (12).

ү Vanessa itea (Fabricius). Cent. Qld.: Rockhampton (5); Mount Archer (5, 7, 8);

Yeppoon (4).

, Precis hedonia zelima (Fabricius). Cent. Qld.: Byfield (11, 3, 4, 5); Lake Mary

| (6); Yeppoon (12, 2, 3, 6); Hedlow Creek (5); Canoona (6).

| LYCAENIDAE

‚ Rapala varuna simsoni (Miskin). Cent. Qld.: Yeppoon (10, 3, 4); Berserker

; Ranges (11, 12, 2, 3); Rockhampton (12, 1, 2, 3); Stanwell (1, 2, 3).

| Jalmenus evagoras evagoras (Donovan). Cent. Qld.: Bulburin State Forest (4);

| Kroombit Tops (12, 1).

| Jalmenus evagoras eubulus Miskin. Cent. Qld.: Dawson River near Edungalba

; (11, 12, 2); Gogango Range (11, 1, 2).

| Jalmenus pseudictinus Kerr and Macqueen. Cent. Qld.: Grantleigh (11, 12, 1, 2).

Nth. Qld.: Cardwell (4, 10).

| Jalmenus daemeli Semper. Cent. Qld,: Thompsons Point (2, 3, 4); Rockhampton

| (10, 11, 2, 3); Wycarbah (12); Grantleigh (11, 12, 1, 2); Gogango Range (12,

1); Anakie (3).

, Ogyris genoveva duaringa Bethune-Baker. Cent. Qld.: Mount Morgan (11);

, La Gorge (11, 2).

Ogyris zozine typhon Waterhouse and Lyell. Cent. Qld.: Great Keppel Island

~ (9, 10, 4); Emu Park (8, 9, 2, 3, 4); Byfield (10); Thompsons Point (4);

Canoona (9); Gracemere (8, 9, 12, 2, 3, 5); Bogantungan (3). Nth. Qld.:

45 km N. of Hughenden (8).

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), Арі;

Ogyris olane ocela Waterhouse. Cent. Qld.: Rockhampton (9); Dij:

Carnarvon Range at Springwood (7). |

Ogyris barnardi barnardi Miskin. Cent. Qld.: Rolleston (6); Isla боз

Blackwater (7); Capella (7); Monto (8).

Ogyris oroetes Hewitson. Cent. Qld.: Emu Park (8); Byfield (7); Rodi:

(6); Rolleston (4); Carnarvon Range at Springwood (6, 7); Grana

Ridgelands (7).

Ogyris amaryllis ssp. Hewitson. Cent. Qld.: Bogantungan (8, 3); Lon:

Nth. Qld.: Petford (10). |

Hypochryseps delicia delicia Hewitson. Sth. Qld.: Montville (10).

Hypochrysops delicia duaringae (Waterhouse). Cent. Qld.: Isla Gogi

Spectacle Creek, Bluff (9, 10, 3); Stanwell (9, 2, 3).

Hypochrysops ignita chrysonotus Grose-Smith. Cent. Qld.: 20 kmE. off:

(10); Isla Gorge (10, 11); southern Expedition Range near Rolleston(

Gogango Range (8); Stanwell (9, 10, 3, 4); Mount Lucas (8); Mount

(4); Yeppoon (10); Canoona (9, 10, 11, 12, 1).

Hypochrysops digglesi Hewitson. Cent. Qld.: Yeppoon (7, 8,9,12,2,3,4: |

Farnborough (2); Byfield (10); Cawarral (10). |.

Psuedodipsas cuprea Sands. Sth. Qld.: Mount Tinbeerwah, 10 km №. ,

(11). Cent. Qld.: Isla Gorge (10). |

Paralucia pyrodiscus ssp. (Rosenstock). Cent. Qld.: Kroombit Tops,

Bauhinia Creek, 10 km E. of Boolburra (9), (nl.).

Lucia limbaria Swainson. Cent. Qld.: 15 km W. of Moura (12).

Candalides cyprotus pallescens (Tite). Cent. Qld.: Great Keppel Бай,

Mount Archer (10, 12). [

Candalides hyacinthinus ssp. (Semper). Cent. Qld.: Kroombit Tops |

southern Expedition Range (4); Isla Gorge (10, 11, 2, 3); Мошіі ;

(10, 11, 3, 4).

Candalides xanthospilos (Hubner). Cent. Qld.: Kroombit Tops (12); 5

(9, 10).

Candalides heathi heathi (Cox). Cent. Qld.: Thompson’s Point (3); «

Archer (11); Bauhinia Creek (12); Capella (7); Emerald (7); The Wi a

(3); Blackwater (7). i |

Nesolycaena albosericea (Miskin). Cent. Qld.: Isla Gorge (10, 3).

Philiris innotata innotata (Miskin). Cent. Qld.: Carnarvon Gorge (8); Bi

State Forest (4); Mt. Archer (12, 1, 2, 3); Yeppoon (4); Rockhampic:

References

Atkins, To S Butterflies of Expedition Range, central Queensland. Victorz

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus & Ro

Sydney. 4to. Pp. i-xii, 1- 498, illustr.

Sands, D. P. A. and Kerr, J. F. R., 1973. A new species of Hesperilla (Lepidopizzii ү

eriidae) with a redescription of H. sexguttata (Herrich-Schaffer). J. Aust.& |

12(4): 277 - 283, text-figs 1- 4, pl. I. C

1 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, 1976 5

THE SYSTEMATIC POSITION OF THE GENERA

_ APHILEUS, MACROMALOCERA, GL YPHOCHILUS AND CAMPSOSTERNUS

(COLEOPTERA: ELATERIDAE)

By Jeffrey N. L. Stibick

Senior Entomologist, D.A.S.F., P.O. Box 2417, Konedobu, Papua New Guinea

Abstract

An investigation into the generic relationships of some Elateridae found in

Australia, New Guinea and New Zealand has shown that the systematic position

of certain genera should be changed. The New Zealand genera are not discussed.

This note reassigns the genera Aphileus, Macromalocera, Glyphochilus and

Campsosternus and presents a description of the tribe or subfamily in which

they are herein placed.

Introduction

A study of the broad generic relationships of the Elateridae found in

' Australia, Papua New Guinea, Irian Jaya and New Zealand has shown that the

systematic position of certain genera, as given by Neboiss (1956 and 1961) who

followed Schenkling (1925, 1927) and Schwarz (1906), should be changed. The

external morphological features discussed in the text and descriptions or

characterisations of the higher taxa show that certain genera require tribal and

subfamily reassignment.

This paper changes the systematic position of certain genera as follows:

Aphileus (Ctenicerini to Pseudomelanactini), Macromalocera (Denticollini to

Conoderini), Glyphochilus (Conoderini to Ampedini), Campsosternus (Oxyno-

pterinae to Campsosterninae). The changes made here will be followed by the

author in a revisionary series on the classification of the Elateridae.

Subfamily PYROPHORINAE Candéze, 1863

The elaterid subfamily Pyrophorinae may be characterised by possession of

one or more setae at the base of the claws. A few species have lost this feature

and must be recognised by general shape, however, this need not be of concern

in the present paper.

Tribe PSEUDOMELANACTINI Arnett, 1967

Adult: Frons more or less inflexed; mouthparts inferior; frontal carina

absent; antennae and tarsi not received in deep grooves; second antennal segment

appreciably smaller than third, of eleven segments; prosternal sutures excavated

in front, vaguely impressed along their length, prosternal lobe normally arcuate;

méso and metasternum with distinct suture; scutellum shield-shaped, never

cordate; tarsi simple; claws simple, setae present at base.

Aphileus Candéze, 1857

This genus was previously in the Denticollinae (Ctenicerini) or Ctenicer-

inae as listed in Neboiss (1956, 1961). Adults of this genus have a seta on the

base of each claw. The larva (Neboiss, 1959) has a toothless mandible and a

characteristic pyrophorine ninth abdominal segment. These attributes suffice to

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), Aj:

place Aphileus іп the Pyrophorinae. As regards the tribe, it is notices}:

Aphileus lacks a groove for the antennae and has a very short second a:

seement and narrow tarsal segments. These characters fit the Pseudomd:

and placement in this tribe (under the current definition, Arnett, 196):

ore seems to be correct. The Pseudomelanactini have been hitherto lini:

isic North American genus, Pseudomelanactes Mathieu, 1961.

monoba

Tribe CONODERINI Fleutiaux, 1919 (1859)

(MONOCREPIDIITES Candéze, 1859)

Adult: Frons more or less inflexed or flat, curved downwards; пой

nierior; frontal carina well developed above and between antennae, mori

aight and well separate from labrum; antennae and tarsi not receiyedi|

ooves; prosternal sutures closed, prosternal lobe normally arcuate; ms

etasternum with distinct suture; scutellum shield shaped, never cori.

ith fourth segment broadened or lobed beneath; claws simple, seta p

base.

facromalocera Hope, 1834 .

The adults of this genus have a basal seta(e) on each claw. There

erooves for the antennae and the fourth tarsal segment is broadened bs

This seems sufficient justification to place Macromalocera in the Cono:

not in the Denticollinae (Denticollini as listed in Neboiss, 1956, 10

appearance they seem similar to certain species of Conoderus Eschscholi.

from the American south-west.

This change, combined with the reassignment of Glyphochilu(:

| makes it necessary to present the following modifications to th!

| Australian Elateridae in the Conoderini (Conoderinae by Neboiss, 19%,

Aeoloderma Fleutiaux, 1928

Aeolus Eschscholtz, 1829

Conoderes Eschscholtz, 1829

Drasterius Eschscholtz, 1829 |

Heteroderes Latreille, 1834 |

Macromalocera Hope, 1834 |

T Neboiss (1961, p.15) followed Van Zwaluwenburg (1959) inis |

| Heteroderes subgeneric rank within Conoderes. However, Binaghi (1%!

| studied the Conoderini quite extensively and concluded that the ношй

f equal rank. This was followed in 1972 by Leseigneur and is adoptellt

the latest opinion.

| Binaghi also placed Drasterius in the Conoderini on the basis ott -

| tion of the genitalia and the prosternal sutures. Leseigneur CONI |

| is followed here. Neboiss placed it in the Elaterinae in 1% `

| his to the Ampedinae in 1961 (without comment on ліе. |

Subfamily ELATERINAE Leach, 1815 |

зе ешїепа subfamily Elaterinae is characterised as follows: m !

di pc

icxed with inferior mouthparts, the mesocoxae are opet

} Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, 1976 7

mesepimeron and mesepisternum and there is a definite suture between the ~

mesosternum and metasternum. If a frontal ridge is present it is often absent in

the middle or bent down towards the labrum and is sometimes protruding.

Tribe AMPEDINI Fleutiaux, 1947

Adult: Head capsule oval, deflexed; mouthparts inferior; frontal carina

complete, arcuate, bending down between antennae to meet or at least close

towards labrum; antennae eleven segmented, serrate; prothorax more or less

normally (gradually) narrowed anteriorly; prosternal sutures entire or excavated

in front, double or single; scutellum shield-shaped, never cordate; mesocoxae

open to both mesepimeron and mesepisternum; meso and metasternum distinct,

joined by a definite suture; tarsi simple; claws simple, without basal setae.

Glyphochilus Candéze, 1859

This genus was last placed in Conoderinae by Neboiss (1956) who followed

Schenkling’s Catalogue (1925). I must disagree with this arrangement, not only

because the claws lack setae at the base, but also because the frons is bent down

towards the labrum, the head capsule seems to be oval and deflexed and the

_ tarsi and claws are simple. All these features would appear to place Glyphochilus

in ће Ampedini.

The Australian genera of Ampedini may now be listed as follows:—

Ampedus Dejean, 1833

Elastrus Candéze, 1859

Glyphochilus Candéze, 1859

Megapenthes Kiesenwetter, 1858

Melanoxanthus Dejean, 1833 (nec. Eschscholtz, 1836)

CAMPSOSTERNINAE Fleutiaux, 1927

(SEMIOTINAE Golbach, 1970) new synonym

Adult: Head more or less oval, deflexed; mouthparts inferior; antennae of

male serrate; frons deeply foveate medially; pronotum explanately broadened

and flattened; prosternum normally arcuate anteriorly; prosternal spine normally

elongate; mesosternum and metasternum connate, suture indistinct or absent;

mesocoxae open to mesepimeron and mesepisternum; scutellum shield-shaped,

never cordate; elytra acuminate to apex, striate, spinose and usually mucronate

at apex; claws simple, without setae; tarsi simple, without pads or lobes.

Campsosternus Latreille, 1834

This is a widespread genus, ranging from India to China to New Guinea.

The numerous specimens I have seen lack setae on the claws and have no suture

or evident union between the mesosternum and metasternum. The latter feature

is characteristic of the Chalcolepidiini (Pyrophorinae) in which this genus was

placed for many years. Lately, Fleutiaux (1947) and Ohira, in several papers,

have placed it in the Oxynopterinae (Ohira 1970 for example). However, the

related Semiotus Eschscholtz, 1829, and two other genera, all from the

Americas, were recently (Golbach, 1970) placed in a new subfamily. The

characters just cited leave little doubt that Campsosternus belongs to this group.

һы

оо

жт

Aust. ent Mag. 3(1), Ayi

It happens though, that Fleutiaux (1927) used the name Campione

cover this genus, Oxynopterus and three other genera. Fleutiaux inom

listed the name (Oxynopterides, Candèze, 1857) as a synonym, in ауа

he employed it (correctly) in 1947, and Campsosterninae was in effect dip

as a junior synonym. He also mentioned Semiotus, about which he felting

:o keep apart due to general appearance and the fact that the head i

armed with spines. I do not regard such a tentative statement as si;

cvidence to warrant the separation of Semiotus, since it fits the йш]

features now considered to be important. If Golbach’s Concept is to bey

ap lied, as it is here, then Campsosternus must join Semiotus et al, inas

sut family, and the name Campsosterninae is here applied as the oldest ag

{ mily-group name and not the name Semiotinae, herein relegated to thes |

cf a junior synonym (new synonym). The Oxynopterinae are conseq |

l mited to four genera of Asiatic-African origins (Oxynopterus Hope, $e

c impsus Fleutiaux, Sinuaria Jordon and Ceropectus Fleutiaux).

Acknowledgements

I wish to acknowledge the assistance of Mr A. Neboiss, Curator ofl

during and after a visit to the National Museum of Victoria in 1972. lap:

the assistance of Dr E.B. Britton, C.S.LR.O., for permission to vew.

Elateridae in the Australian National Insect Collection in Canbem. li:

colleagues Mr T.L. Fenner of the D.A.S.F. and Mr D.P.A. Sands of CSIL

my grateful appreciation for their review and comments on this paper. —

References ]

Arnett, R. H., 1967. The systematic position of Melanactes and Pseudomelanactal li

eoptera, Elateridae). Ent. News 78: 110-111. {

Binaghi, С., 1941. Il Drasterius bimaculatus Rossi in Italia con note di Sistem ү

Drasterius Paleartici. Variazioni, Geonimia, Apparati genitali, e loro pi

tra I Conoderini. Mem. Soc. Ent. Italiana 20: 162-183. .

Candèze, E., 1857. Monographie des Elaterides. Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Liege. 11:4

Candèze, E., 1859. Monographie des Elaterides II. Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Liege. 14:4)

Candèze, E., 1863. Monographie des Elaterides IV. Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Liege. 11:4

Dejean, P. F. M. A., 1833. Cat. Coleoptera de la coll. de M. Lebaron Dejean. 2:5)

Eschscholtz, J. F., 1829. Eintheilung de Elateriden in Gattungen. Thon. Archiv. 25

Fleutiaux, E., 1919. Voyage de ch. Alluaud et R. Jeannel en Afrique Orientale (191%

Insects Coleopteres: XIII, Elateridae, Trixagidae et Melasidae. Paris, E у

119 pp. |

Fleutiaux, E., 1927. Les Elaterides de l'Indochine Francaise (Catalogue taisome). 14

Colon. Fr. 1: 53-122. tl

ГІ utiaux, E., 1928. Les Elaterides de l'Indochine Francaise (Catalogue raisonne). £x f

Ent. Paris B.I. Col. 3: 103-177. a

Fleutiaux, E., 1947. Revision des Elaterides (Coleopteres) de PIndo-Chine Franois. 4

Ent. Chinoise 11: 233-420. 1

С‹ ibach, R., 1970. Semiotinae, neuva subfamilia de Elateridae (Coleoptera). Aa 0

lilloana. 25: 317-324. ù

Не oe, F.W., 1834. Descriptions of some hitherto uncharacterized exotic Соор

| from New Holland. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. 1: 11-20, pls I & II. (Elaterids p |

Kj enwetter, H., 1858. Naturgeschichte de Insecten Deutschlands, Erste Alti р

| Coleoptera. Nicolaischen Buchlandlung, Berlin, Germany. 4: 353.

L: еше, P. A., 1834. Distribution methodique et naturelle des genres des divisi? y;

“insects Coleopteres de la famille des Serricornes. Ann. Soe. Ent. Put

113 - 170. : ri

. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, 1976 9

Leach, W. E., 1815. Entomology. Brewster’s Edinburgh Encycl. 9(1): 1 - 384.

. Leseigneur, L., 1972. Coleopteres Elateridae de la Faune de France Continentale et de

ned

Corse. Bull, Mem. Soc. Linneenne de Lyon. Supp.: 379 pp.

Mathieu, J. M., 1961. Revision of the genus Melanactes, with a proposed new genus

(Coleoptera, Elateridae). Amer. Midl. Nat. 65: 459 - 480.

1 Neboiss, A., 1956. A checklist of Australian Elateridae (Coleoptera). Mem. natn. Mus.

—

Vict. 22(2): 1-75.

' Neboiss, A., 1959. A revision of the genus Aphileus Candèze (Coleoptera, Elateridae). Aust.

J. Zool. 7: 136 - 145.

Neboiss, A., 1961. Additions and corrections to the checklist of Australian Elateridae

(Coleoptera). Mem. natn. Mus. Vict. 22(10): 1 - 29.

| Ohira, H., 1970. Elateridae in Japan. Nature and insects 5(6): 15 - 17.

Schenkling, S., 1925. Elateridae I. Coleopterorum Catalogus 80: 1 - 264.

Schenkling, S., 1927. Elateridae II. Coleopterorum Catalogus 88: 265 - 636.

! Schwarz, O., 1906-7. Coleoptera. Fam. Elateridae. Genera Insectorum 46: 1-370, pls 1-6.

‚ Van Zwaluwenburg, К. H., 1959. Some type designations with notes on Pacific Elateridae

(Coleoptera). Pacif. Ins. 1(4): 347 - 414.

NOTES ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF AUSTRALIAN ODONATA

By J. V. Peters

245 Quarry Road, Ryde, N.S.W., 2112

Watson (1974) answered a need of all those interested in Australian

Odonata by publishing a current checklist of all known species with a guide

to their distribution.

The first of the following records constitutes an addition to those species

listed as occurring in Watson's Region 5, SEN (south-eastern New South Wales)

and the second, an addition to Region 6, NEN (north-eastern New South

Wales).

l. Austrogynacantha heterogena (Tillyard). One male specimen was collected

by the author at M.V. light on 20th February, 1974 at Ryde, Sydney.

2. Rhyothemis phyllis chloe Kirby. One female specimen was collected at Coffs

Harbour, N.S.W. on 12th January, 1972 by M.S. Moulds. The Specimen is

in the author's collection.

In addition I wish to correct three inaccuracies in my 1972 paper, “A list

of the dragonflies (Odonata) collected in the Northern Territory” :— Pseudagrion

papuense Tillyard. The specimens listed under this name have since been

correctly identified as Pseudagrion microcephalum (Rambur). The specimens

listed as Gynacantha rosenbergi Brauer have in fact proved to be an, as yet,

undescribed species (Gynacantha sp. “n” in Watson, 1974). For pointing out

the above misidentifications I am indebted to Dr J.A.L. Watson, C.S.I.R.O.,

Canberra. The sub-heading “Family Corduliidae” should read “Family Libell-

ulidae".

References

Peters, J. V., 1972. A list of the dragonflies (Odonata) collected in the Northern Territory.

Aust. ent. Mag. 1(1): 3-4.

Watson, I. A. L., 1974. The distributions of the Australian dragonflies (Odonata). J. Aust.

ent. Soc. 13(2): 137-149.

DESCRIPTION OF THE MALE OF CR/ORRHINA SOROR PARAMON

(DIPTERA: SYRPHIDAE) |

Ву С. Daniels

98 Harris Street, Fairfield, N.S.W., 2165.

Abstract |

The male of Criorrhina soror Paramonov is described and figured}

habitat recorded, and distribution extended. |

Introduction |

Eight species of Criorrhina Meigen are recorded from Australia, te

southern Queensland to South Australia and Tasmania. As specimen t

uncommon in collections, the opportunity is taken to describe the maki

C. soror Paramonov, only known from the female holotype collected;

Jerrongabilly (=Yarrongabilly?) New South Wales. Paramonov (1955) mentio:

that this specimen may have been a female C. transparens Paramonov, of vli:

only males were known. As with other species of Criorrhina the male of Ü

soror shows some variation in external characters, but considerable resemblty

in form of body and of wing patterning associate it with the female.

Australian species of Criorrhina should possibly be removed from t

genus, as they possess strong hairs, sometimes bristle-like ventrally on the li

femur; males have the eyes touching for a short distance; and the abdomen iy

most only moderately pubescent. Verrall (1901: 576) records that Biti

species have the hind femur “. . . without any processes or even bristles benz:

... Eyes... not touching though approximated in the male ... Abdomen..

always densely pubescent ...". Not having examined foreign material of #

genus, the value of these characters for generic separation cannot be азсепа

—

Criorrhina $огог Paramonov

Description of male |

Head (Figs 1, 2). Ocellar triangle following profile of eye, only sii!

projected; eyes touching along a line about as long as ocellar triangle; а mi

fulvous micropubescent triangle anterior to ocellar triangle, and sub-equal; fo:

golden micropubescent; fulvous hairs confined to ocellar triangle; tuber?

present above epistoma; cheeks with a variable black line. Antennae orange; ir

and second segments shining, yellow haired; third segment with yellow micro

резсепсе; arista black. Posterior eye margin with a narrow whitish micropubé:

cent line. |

Thorax. Mesonotum black with a longitudinal, submedial, fulvous lit

angled anteriorly to meet humeral callus; laterally with a rufous longitud:

line; the submedial and lateral lines golden micropubescent anteriorly to sut

covered with short, dense suberect, fulvous hairs, slightly longer on scutellut

scutellum rufous. Lateral slopes of thorax black, pleurotergite and pteropleut’

brownish, pteropleuron with a black sub-ventral Spot; anepisternite got

micropubescent on posterior half; sternopleurite in upper posterior comer

a golden micropubescent spot, below this spot and posterior margin with a wilt |

)

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, 1976 11

FIGS 1 - 4 (scales represent 1 mm). Criorrhina soror Paramonov б: (1) head anteriorly;

(2) head laterally; (3) hind femur and tibia (pollinose hair omitted); (4) wing.

micropubescent line; metanotum black.

Legs (Fig. 3). Coxae black, grey pollinose; femora, tibiae and tarsi orange-

yellow, yellow pollinose; hind femur ventrally with 2 subapical rows of short,

stout black hairs, central elements bristle-like; hind tibia with an indistinct

subapical, anterodorsal spot.

Wing (Fig. 4). Similar to female, the apical black spot being indistinct.

Abdomen. Tergite 1 orange-yellow, concealed dorsally by scutellum;

tergites 2 and 3 with a black dorsal, longitudinal line abruptly widening about

middle of tergite to cover dorsal surface on posterior margin, remainder of each

tergite transparent yellow; tergite 4 black, with indistinct orange-brown lateral

and posterior margins; tergite 5 dark orange-brown.

12 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, ux

[

Dimensions. Body length, excluding antennae, 15.0 - 152 mm; lengthy

thorax, 5.6 mm; length of wing, 11.8 mm. |

Material examined. NEW SOUTH WALES: 14 km E of Robertson, 23 Nov 19 |

640 m, on Leptospermum blossom. AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITOR. |

Lee's Creek, Brindabella Range, 2 Jan 1975; both specimens in auth |

collection. |

Habitat. The Brindabella specimen was taken about 11.00 am (Eastern Stant;

Time), walking amongst the stems of ferns at the edge of a creek. It is бош |

that the specimen was freshly emerged as it remained in good condition wir |

pinned and dried. The Robertson specimen was feeding on Leptospermp |

blossom in mid afternoon. l

Acknowledgement |

Thanks are due to Miss Z. Liepa, Division of Entomology, C.S.IR( |

Canberra, for permission to examine the type of C. soror. |

References |

Paramonov, S. J., 1955. Notes on Australian Diptera (XVI - XIX). XIX. A review:

Australian Criorrhina species (Syrphidae). Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 12(8): 125-14.

Verrall, G. H., 1901. British Flies. Vol. 8. Platypezidae, Pipunculidae, and Syrphitz:

Great Britain. 691 pp. London.

BUTTERFLIES IN NORTH-WESTERN NEW SOUTH WALES:

NARRABRI AND BELLATA

By R. G. Douglas

P.O. Box 89, Cessnock, N.S.W., 2325

Abstract

Observations and collections of butterflies in the two north-westen її

South Wales localities of Narrabri and Bellata during the six month репо

to December 1974 have been recorded.

Introduction

The township of Narrabri is situated 570 km NNW of Sydney, and Beli

lies another 48 km north of Narrabri. Both lie on the edge of the nortti

plains, in an area very largely devoted to the growing of cereal crops and gu

The area receives an average annual rainfall of 63 cm. Temperatures гї

broadly from - 4° to 45°C.

The observations for Narrabri were made primarily in the township [is

more or less continuously during the six month period, July to December!

Those for Bellata resulted from collections made intermittently during thes:

period on a ridge bordering the village.

| Aust ent Mag. 3(1), April, 1976 A

While there appear to be no previously published records of butterflies in

. the Narrabri area, some observations have been noted. Common and Waterhouse

(1972) record the larval foodplant of Theclinesthes onycha onycha (Hewitson)

at Narrabri. They also record the collection by C.W. Frazier of Anisynta

albovenata weemala Couchman at Mt. Kaputar, at 600 m. While Mt. Kaputar is

popularly considered to be close to Narrabri, it is in fact some 55 km distant,

and is ecologically distinct from the western plains. Narrabri is 210 m above sea

level; the Mt. Kaputar National Park is mainly above 1000 m, the mountain

itself reaching 1526 m. Collections or observations from the Mt. Kaputar area

should be considered separately from those of Narrabri itself. (It is to be hoped

that observations will be made of butterflies within the Mt. Kaputar National

Park, similar to those of Smithers and Peters (1972) for the Warrumbungle

National Park. The comparison would be of considerable interest.)

It should be noted that the season during which the following observations

were made was one of the driest on record, with the district declared a drought

area. Doubtless this had its effect on the insect life of the region.

The nomenclature used follows that of Common and Waterhouse (1972).

Time periods given are those when adults were observed on the wing.

List of species

HESPERIIDAE

l. Ocybadistes walkeri sothis Waterhouse. Yellow banded dart. First appeared

in numbers mid-September, then common through to December (Narrabri).

PAPILIONIDAE

2. Papilio anactus (W.S. Macleay). Dingy swallowtail. October to December.

The species breeds on citrus at Narrabri and parasitism of pupae is common.

3. Papilio aegeus aegeus (Donovan). Orchard butterfly. October to December

(Narrabri). First appeared in numbers early October. It breeds on citrus and

there were two generations at Narrabri in 1974: larvae collected in May

pupated June/July; larvae of next generation pupated December. Parasitism

of final instar larva observed.

4. Papilio demoleus sthenelus W.S. Macleay. Chequered swallowtail. October

to December (Narrabri).

PIERIDAE

5. Catopsilia pyranthe crokera (W.S. Macleay). Common migrant. One male

(pale form) taken at Narrabri 25 Aug. 1974 while sheltering on a broad-bean

leaf during rain.

6. Catopsilia pomona pomona (Fabricius). Lemon migrant. One male (pale

form) taken at Narrabri 31 July 1974.

7. Eurema smilax (Donovan). Small grass yellow. September to December

(Narrabri); August and September (Bellata).

8. Elodina parthia (Hewitson). Chalk white. August to December (Bellata).

9. Elodina padusa (Hewitson). Narrow-winged pear white. September and

October (Bellata).

" Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, ma

: 1

7 i onovan). Wood white. August to October (Narai

Ки Беара Shouse 11952) state that adults fly from Septemb:

March, but this could be extended. Several females were taken in Aur

and the earliest was collected 2 August 1974. [

11. Delias nysa nysa (Fabricius). Nysa jezebel. Only one female was collec:

at Narrabri 19 October 1974, and only males at Bellata in September!

seems that the species has a distribution considerably further westwarii

N.S.W. than that indicated by Common and Waterhouse (1972). |

12. Anaphaeis java teutonia (Fabricius). Caper white. August to [есеп

Narrabri. Only light form females were observed in August and Бере |

but from October to December dark form females were also present, T.

species became very numerous in late October to early December, wit.

peak late in November when 12 to 20 could be seen at any one tim; |

Bellata the species was noted from September to December. § i

observations made at the November peak period may be of interest: —

a. Variation in size was considerable. Small specimens were observi:

flight with normal sized adults. Wingspan measurements ranged fr

51 - 64 mm (4) and 50 - 66 mm (9). |

b. Flight continued until late in the evening. Ten minutes after Sunsel

the latest time of flight recorded. |

c. Males were observed ‘drinking’ at wet lawn grass on a very wami

13. Cepora perimale scyllara (W. S. Macleay). Australian gull. One male tt

at Bellata 12 September 1974. This is also a westward extension in NSi

of the distribution shown by Common and Waterhouse (1972). |

14. Pieris rapae rapae (Linnaeus). Cabbage white. This species is fim

established at Narrabri, with adults in flight the year round, winter fn

notwithstanding. At Bellata specimens were observed in October, butt

species is not common in the open country. |

15. Danaus chrysippus petilia (Stoll). Lesser wanderer. Not observed within:

town of Narrabri, but in the surrounding country during October:

November. Observed in September at Bellata. |

16. Euploea core corinna (W. S. Macleay). Oleander butterfly. November:

December (Narrabri). Predation and frequent parasitism of pupae n

17. Hypocysta pseudirius Butler. Dingy ringlet. October (Bellata). |

18. Heteronympha merope merope (Fabricius). Common brown. Novek

(Narrabri). |

19. Polyura pyrrhus sempronius (Fab.). Tailed emperor. November (їшї

20. Vanessa kershawi (McCoy). Painted lady. October and December (Nart:

21. Vanessa itea (Fabricius). Australian admiral. July to December (їшї

One parasitized pupa collected. |

22. Precis villida calybe (Godart). Meadow argus. September to Dewt

(Narrabri); August to O: tober (Bellata). |

23. Acraea andromacha anc omacha (Fabricius). Glasswing. One male take!

September 1974 (Narra ri). |

NYMPHALIDAE |

ų Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, 1976 15

LYCAENIDAE

- 24. Nacaduba biocellata biocellata (C. & R. Felder). Double-spotted lineblue.

' — December (Narrabri).

. 25. Lampides boeticus (Linnaeus). Pea blue. September and October (Narrabri).

' 26. Zizina otis labradus (Godart). Common grass blue. September to December

| (Narrabri and Bellata).

Acknowledgement

| I wish to acknowledge the assistance of the staff of the Australian Museum

' inconfirming the identification of Delias nysa nysa and Cepora perimale scyllara.

References

. Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. 4to. Angus and

Robertson, Sydney. Pp. i-xii, 1-498, illustr.

Smithers, C. N. and Peters, J. V., 1972. Butterflies observed in Warrumbungle National Park,

N.S.W. Aust. ent. Mag. 1(1): 11-12.

RECENT LITERATURE

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

ALDRICK, J. M.

1973. See CHRISTIAN. C.M.G. and ALDRICK, J.M., 1973.

1973a. See STANDFAST, H.A. and DYCE, A.L., 1973.

. ANONYMOUS

= ]974d. Pesticides. The importance of pesticides in modern agriculture.

Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 85(4): 20-41, illustr.

1974e. Aust. crow butterfly. Bendigo Nat. 7(1): 7, illustr.

Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae: Euploea core (popular notes only)

1974f. Red-backs about. Bendigo Nat. 7(1): 18, illustr.

Arachnida: red-back spider

1975. Excursion report — Dularcha National Park, Sunday 20 April.

Q.N.C. News 74: 3-4.

Lepidoptera: Precis hedonia zelima

Cupha prosope prosope

Euschemon rafflesia rafflesia

Q.N.C. News is the monthly newsletter of the Queensland Naturalists’ Club.

_ ATKINS, Andrew

.. 1974. Further notes on the butterflies of Expedition Range, central

Queensland. Victorian Ent. 4(6): 78.

1974c. Further notes on the response of Queensland danaid butterflies to

selective attractants. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(2): 38.

. BETSCH, J.-M. and MASSOUD, Z.

1972. Collemboles Symphypleones d'Australie: Bourletides, n.g., et Pygi-

cornides. Annls Soc. ent. Fr. 8: 225-237.

16 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, 8 |

BOUCEK, 2. } i

1974. The pteromalid subfamily Eutrichosomatinae (Hymenoptera: б

cidoidea). J. Ent. (B)43(2): 129-138, text-figs 1-12. | |

CARDALE, Josephine С.

1974. See RIEK, E.F. and CARDALE, J.C., 1974.

CHRISTIAN, C. M. G. and ALDRICK, J. M.

1973. See STANDFAST, H.A. and DYCE, A.L., 1973. I

COLLESS, D. H. and McALPINE, D. K. i г |

1974. Diptera (flies). (Chapter 34). In: The insects of Australia. Sw;

ment. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Pp. 91-96, text-ig!

CULVENOR, C. C. J. |

1974. See EDGAR, J.A., CULVENOR, C.C.J. and PLISKE, T.E, I) |

DAVIDSON, R. L.

1974. See HILDITCH, J. A., et al., 1974.

DUNNET, G. M. and MARDON, D. K. |

1974. A monograph of Australian fleas (Siphonoptera). Aust. J Д |

Suppl. Ser. 30: 1-273, text-figs 1-405.

DYCE, A. L.

1973a. See STANDFAST, H.A. and DYCE, A.L., 1973. |

1975. See FERRAR, P., STANDFAST, H.A. and DYCE, A.L., 195.

EDGAR, J.A., CULVENOR, C.C.J. and PLISKE, T.E. |

1974. Coevolution of danaid butterflies with their host plants. Matwe!

(5468): 646-648. |

EMMEL, Thomas C., KILDUFF, Thomas S. and McFARLAND, Nod -

1974. The chromosomes of a long-isolated monotypic butterfly gu

Tellervo zoilus (Nymphalidae: Ithomiinae) in Australia. J. Ent

49(1): 43-46, text-figs 1-6. |

FARROW, R. A. |

1974a. A modified light-trap for obtaining large samples of лї ЇЙ

usts and grasshoppers. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 13(4);357-360, texti!

FERRAR, P., STANDFAST, H.A. and DYCE, A.L. |

1975. A survey of blood-sucking and synanthropic Diptera and È

insects on Norfolk Island, south Pacific. J. Aust. ent. Soc It

7-13, table 1, text-fig. 1.

FILSHIE, B. K. |

1974. See KITCHING, R.L. and FILSHIE, B.K., 1974.

FOSTER, G.G. and WHITTEN, M.J.

1974. The development of genetic methods of controlling the Aus

sheep blowfly, Lucillia cuprina. In: The use of genetics forit

control. Edited by R. Pal and M.J. Whitten. Elsevier, North Hole

FRENCH, J. R. J. |

1974. А juvenile hormone analogue inducing caste differentiation й

Australian termite, Nasutitermes exitiosus (Hill) (Isoptert le

idae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 13(4): 353-355, table 1, text-fig. l. —

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, 1976 17

GAY, F. J.

1974. The Australian termite genus Occasitermes (Isoptera: Termitidae:

Nasutitermitinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 13(4): 275-283, text-figs 1-13.

GAY, F.J. and WATSON, J.A.L.

1974. Isoptera (termites). (Chapter 15). Zn: The insects of Australia.

Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Pp. 37-39,

text-figs 16 & 17.

GEORGE, J. M.

1974. See ROBERTS, R.J. and GEORGE, J.M., 1974.

GREAVES, T. and HUGHES, R.D.

1974. The population biology of the meat ant. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 13(4):

329-351, tables 1-6, text-figs 1-14.

GREENUP, L.R. and JOHNS, G.G.

1974. Pasture seed theft by ants in northern New South Wales. Abstr.

Australas. Conf. Ecol. Grassland Inverteb. 1974: 23-24.

Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Pheidole spp.

GUTIERREZ, A.P., HAVENSTEIN, D.E., NIX, H.A. and MOORE, P.A.

1974. Ecology of Aphis craccivora Koch and subterranean clover stunt

virus in south-east Australia. 2. A model of cowpea aphid popula-

tions in temperate pastures. J. appl. Ecol. 11: 1-20.

GUTIERREZ, A.P., NIX, H.A., HAVENSTEIN, D.E. and MOORE, P.A.

1974. Ecology of Aphis craccivora Koch and subterranean clover stunt

virus in south-east Australia. 3. A regional perspective of the phen-

ology and migration of the cowpea aphid. J. appl. Ecol. 11: 21-35.

HAVENSTEIN, D. E.

1974. See GUTIERREZ, A.P., HAVENSTEIN, D.E., et al., 1974.

19743. See GUTIERREZ, A.P., NIX, H.A., et al., 1974.

HILDITCH, J.A., DAVIDSON, R.L., RIDSDILL SMITH, T.J. and WOLFE, V.J.

1974. Fecundity and selection of oviposition sites by scarabs. Abstr.

Australas. Conf. Ecol. Grassland Inverteb. 1974: 51-52.

Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae species

HILL, Graham

1974, Sound of summer. Bendigo Nat. 7(1): 8-9, illustr.

Hemiptera: Cicadidae: Psaltoda moerens

HUGHES, R. D.

1974. See GREAVES, T. and HUGHES, R.D., 1974.

JOHNS, G. G.

1974. See GREENUP, L.R. and JOHNS, G.G., 1974.

JONES, R.E. and WALKER, J.M.

1974. Some factors affecting protein feeding and egg development in the

Australian bush fly Musca vetustissima. Entomolgia exp. appl. 17:

117-125.

KITCHING, R. L.

1974a. Controlling the sheep blowfly. Aust. nat. Hist. 18(4): 122-127,

illustr.

———

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, 1%

KITCHING, R.L. and FILSHIE, B.K. : |

1974. The morphology and mode of action of the anal apparatu:

membracid nymphs with special reference to Sextius vires

(Fairmaire) (Homoptera). J. Ent. (A)49(1): 81-88, text-figs 1i

LUTTON, G. G.

1974. See MILNER, R.J. and LUTTON, G.G., 1974.

McALPINE, D. K.

1974b. See COLLESS, D.H. and McALPINE, D.K., 1974.

McFARLAND, Noel |

1974. See EMMEL, T.C., KILDUFF, T.S. and McFARLAND, N, 1%:

MAELZER, D. A. |

1974. The rate of development of insects at temperatures outside Ù

favourable range. Abstr. Australas. Conf. Ecol. Grassland Inert.

1974: 7-8. |

Hemiptera: Cimicidae: Cimex

Coleoptera: Coccinellidae: Leis conformis

MARDON, D. K.

1974. See DUNNET, G.M. and MARDON, D.K., 1974.

MARSH, Neville and ROTHSCHILD, Miriam

1974. Aposematic and cryptic Lepidoptera tested on the mouse. J. Zi.

Lond. 174(1): 89-122, tables I-VII, text-figs 1-3, plate I.

Lepidoptera: Catopsilla pomona

MASSOUD, Z.

1972. See BETSCH, J.-M. and MASSOUD, Z., 1972.

MILNER, R.J. and EUTTON, G.G. |

1974. The pathogenicity and host range of an entomopoxvins it

Othnonius batesi (Scarabaeidae). Abstr. Australas. Conf. Ecol Gre

land Inverteb. 1974: 69-70. |

Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae species |

Lepidoptera: Hepialidae: Oncopera alboguttata F

MOORE, P. A.

1974. See GUTIERREZ, A.P., HAVENSTEIN, D.E., et al., 1914.

1974a. See GUTIERREZ, A.P., NIX, H.A., et al., 1974.

NIX, H. A. i

1974. See GUTIERREZ, A.P., HAVENSTEIN, D.E., et al., 194.

1974a. See GUTIERREZ, A.P., NIX, H.A., et al., 1974. |

O'FARRELL, A. F. |

1974. See VERON, J.E.N., О’ FARRELL, А.Е. and DIXON, В, 1974,

PAL, R. and WHITTEN, M. J. |

1974. See FOSTER, С.С. and WHITTEN, M.J., 1974. 4

PATERSON, C.G. and WALKER, K.F. |

1974a. Recent history of Tanytarsus barbitarsis Freeman (Dipterz C

omidae) in the sediments of a shallow, saline lake. Aust. АЁ

Freshwat. Res. 25(3): 315-325, tables 1-6, text-figs 1-6.

Aust ent Mag. 3(1), April, 1976 19

PLISKE, T. E.

1974. See EDGAR, J.A., CULVENOR, C.C.J. and PLISKE, T.E., 1974.

RIDSDILL SMITH, T. J.

1974a. See HILDITCH, J.A., et al., 1974.

RIEK, E.F. and CARDALE, Josephine C.

1974. Hymenoptera (wasps, bees, ants). (Chapter 37). In: The insects of

Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria.

Pp. 107-111, text-figs 41 & 42.

See also MICHENER, C.D., 1974, and TAYLOR, R.W., 1974.

ROBERTS, R.J. and GEORGE, J.M.

1974. Weed invasion of improved pastures in relation to insect populations.

Abstr. Australas. Conf. Ecol Grassland Inverteb. 1974: 29-30.

Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Anophlognathus spp.

Rhopaea morbillosa

ROTHSCHILD, Miriam

1974. See MARSH, N. and ROTHSCHILD, M., 1974.

ROXBURGH, N. A.

1974. See SHANAHAN, G.J. and ROXBURGH, N.A., 1974.

SANKOWSKY, Garry

1975. Some new food plants for various Queensland butterflies. Aust. ent.

Mag. 2(3): 55-56.

SCHWARZ, Michael P.

1975 . Methods for keeping colonies of Exoneura (Hymenoptera, Anthoph-

oridae) in artificial observation nests. Victorian Ent. 5(1): 88-90.

SHANAHAN, G.J. and ROXBURGH, N.A.

1974. Insecticide resistance in Australian sheep blowfly. Agric. Gaz. N.S. W.

85(4): 4-7, illustr.

Diptera: Lucilia cuprina

SLATER, James A. and WOODWARD, T.E.

1974. А new genus and four new species of Rhyparochrominae (Hemipt-

era): Lygaeidae) from Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 13(4): 305-316,

text-figs 8-13.

STANDFAST, H. A.

1975. See FERRAR, P., STANDFAST, Н.А. and DYCE, A.L., 1975.

STANDFAST, H. A. and DYCE, A. L.

1973. Appendix V. List of blood-sucking arthropods. /n: Christian, C. S.

and Aldrick, J. M., A review report of the Alligator Rivers Region

environmental fact finding study. Published in Darwin by the Study's

Executive Committee. Limited edition. 4to. Appendix V, 3 pages.

VERON, J.E.N., O'FARRELL, A.F. and DIXON, B.

1974. The fine structure of Odonata chromatophores. Tissue and Cell 6(4):

| 613-626, table 1, text-figs 1-19.

^. WALKER, J. M.

1974. See JONES, R.E. and WALKER, J.M., 1974.

20 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1), April, 1

WALKER, K. F.

1974a. See PATERSON, C.G. and WALKER, K.F., 1974.

WALLACE, M. M. H. | y

1974. An attempt to extend the biological control of Sminthurus vite

(Collembola) to new areas in Australia by introducing a predi

mite, Neomolgus capillatus (Bdellidae). Aust. J. Zool. 24:3

529, text-figs 1-4.

1974a. The entognathous hexapods. (Chapter 10). In: The inset:

Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Vic:

Pp. 31-32, text-figs 13 & 14.

WALLACE, M. M. H. and WALTERS, M. C.

1974. The introduction of Bdellodes lapidaria (Acari: Bdellidae) i

Australia into South Africa for biological control of Sinintiy

viridis (Collen bola). Aust. J. Zool. 22(4): 505-517, table |,

figs 1-7.

WALTERS, M. C.

1974. See WALLACE, M.M.H. and WALTERS, M.C., 1974.

WATSON, J. A. L.

1974a.. See GAY, F.J. and WATSON, J.A.L., 1974.

1974b. Apterygota (primitively wingless insects). (Chapter 11). шї

insects of Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Cz:

Victoria. P.33. |

1974c. The Australian harvester termite, Drepanotermes (Termitidee).4)

Australas. Conf. Ecol. Grassland Inverteb. 1974: 53. —

1974d. Caste development and its seasonal cycle in the Australian haw

termite, Drepanotermes perniger (Froggatt) (Isoptera: Temitiz

Aust. J. Zool. 22(4): 471-487, tables 1-4, text-figs 1-23.

WEBB, G. G.

1974. Суіоѓахопоту of Australian Dermaptera. In: E.T. Giles, Dem

(earwigs), Chapter 19, in: The insects of Australia. Supplement!)

Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Pp. 42-43, table 2, texti

WHITE, M. J. D.

1974. Cytogenetics. (Chapter 3). In: The insects of Australia, Supple

1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Pp. 15-18. |

WHITTEN, M. J. |

1974. See FOSTER. G.G. and WHITTEN, M.J., 1974. |.

1974a. See PAL, R., апа WHITTEN, M.J., 1974. |

SON, James Otto

OBITUARY. Aust. en . Mag. 2(2): 40-42.

WOLFE, V. J.

1974. See HILDIT( Н, J. A., et al., 1974.

WOODWARD, T. E.

1974. See SLATE] Т.А. and WOODWARD, T.E., 1974.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

WANTED. A pair of Morpho hecuba cisseis, commonly referred to as M. cisseis.

Must be in A1 condition or close to it. I will purchase d and 9 separately

if necessary and am willing to pay substantial prices. Ian Robertson, 89

. Willsmere Road, Kew, Victoria, 3101.

WANTED. A copy of Victorian Butterflies, by Anderson and Spry. Peter

Carwardine, 2a Victoria Road, Malvern, Victoria, 3144.

WANTED. Ornithoptera, Troides and Trogonoptera, especially О. goliath д or 9.

Will exchange for other rare Ornithoptera. Available for exchange or sale

0. rothschildi, О. goliath procus and О. tithonus. С. Watson, P.O. Box

1567, Wollongong, N.S.W., 2500.

EXCHANGE. Australian and New Guinea butterflies wanted in exchange for US

and Calf. species. Have many rare species (all families) to trade.

Che X $2

Ramerunga Biological Laboratories

P.O. Box 169, Cairns, Nth. Queensland, 4870

PREPARATORS AND COMMISSION COLLECTORS

FOR RESEARCH INSTITUTES

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

| BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

| EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends

a опе or more printed pages. Further reprints may be purchased if ordered in

advance,

Persons submitting papers for publication need not be subscribers to the

journal.

Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written,

double spaced and in duplicate.

The editor reserves the right to reject any paper considered unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065.

CONTENTS

ATKINS, A. New records for b

utterflies in southern, central and northem |

Queensland smears ыт ске тыы eae

Criorrhina soror Paramonoy f

DANIELS, G. Description of the male of

(Diptera: Syrphidae) Dll. 82:527 28 Е...

DOUGLAS, R. G. Butterflies in north-western New South Wales: Narrabri

and Bellata .....--- БЕДА

PETERS, J. V. Notes on the distribution of Australian Odonata ......

osition of the genera Aphilews,

STIBICK, J. N. L. The systematic p |

а Campsosternus (Coleoptera

Macromalocera, Glyphochilus an

Elateridae) mainte. SEE БЕ

RECENT LITERATURE

ENTOMOLOGIGALANOUIGES | ш а i

We offer both the amateur and professional entomologist a most comprehen ie

range of quality equipment and a wide selection of entomological books. Ма!

of our products are manufactured in our own workshop and we import dire iy

a number of others.

MAIL ORDERS A SPECIALTY

WRITE OR RING FOR OUR FREE CATALOGUES

Our 20 page illustrated equipment catalogue and price list is available free 0

request. In addition we will send you, also free, our book catalogue, whit

gives details of our new and secondhand literature range. 1

Australian Entomological Supplies |

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 44

Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43391

ISSN 0311-1881

USTRALIAN

NTOMOLOGICAL

IAGAZINE

]

253JUL' 976 ^]

CF vicro A

t. ent, Mag.

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 3, PART 2

JULY, 1976

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated. journal d.

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zi

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and profes

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each wj

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be fori) !

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$6.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

А$7.50 (US$10.00) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

А$7.50 (US$10.00) per annum

COVER t

Illustrated by Andrew Atkins from a specimen reared by Na

Depicts the Australian kawk moth Hippotion scrofa (Boisduval) as }

endemic species found throughout the continent. The larvae, which canti y

feeding on Fuschias and Balsums in suburban gardens, are either green!

each colour form possessing yellow lateral eye-spots and other limited m

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, I;

N.S.W., 2065, Australia. б

Рһопе: 43-3972

Printed by i

DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS |

6 Roger Street, Brookvale,

N.S.W., 2100.

ea r^ TC

Australian Entomological—

з KON SAN

i Magazine г À A

2501. '°% ^]

Aust. ent. Мад.

e исто

i Volume 3, Part 2 July, 1976

A SPECIES OF CHLOROMERUS (DIPTERA: CHLOROPIDAE)

SWARMING IN THE CANBERRA DISTRICT

By B. P. Moore

C.S.LR.O., Division of Entomology, Canberra, A.C.T.

Dense, milling swarms of small insects were a conspicuous feature of the

Canberra district during the closing weeks of the 1974-75 summer. Whenever

present such swarms were located at considerable heights and usually in the lee

‚ of tall eucalypts, the tips of which they were evidently using as selected markers.

` These insects persisted in their activity under quite windy conditions, when

| their billowing movements created an illusion of smoke issuing from the

| treetops.

I had not previously witnessed this intriguing phenomenon during fifteen

years’ field work in this area and enquiries among my colleagues confirmed my

impression that it was not of regular occurrence, locally. Nor had the insects

been identified, for they were too small and too active to be observed

effectively, even with the aid of binoculars, and the height at which they

operated precluded ready sampling. Fortunately, however, a late swarm adopted

а tree of Green Wattle (Acacia mearnsii) of more modest proportions, in my

suburban garden at Lyneham, A.C.T., and with the aid of a very long-handled

net, I was eventually able to secure a small sample.

This sample comprised 18 males and 7 females of a chloropid fly,

identified as Chloromerus sp. near striatifrons (Becker), together with two

specimens of an undetermined species of Leptocera (Sphaeroceridae). The latter

m presumed to be strays that had been swept inadvertently from the wattle

oliage.

Ммм,

i Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), Juy;

Another swarm which I kept under weekly observations was on api:

near Lake George, N.S.W., and persisted for some 5 weeks from early X

until frosty conditions brought an end to its activity. This swarm ocou

semi-natural savannah woodland and was always observed at about 15:

above ground-level, near the crown of one particular member of a ge

Yellow Box (Eucalyptus melliodora), none of which was in blossom at t:

Flight activity was seen to commence at about 17.00 h (Eastern Standa!

and to continue until shortly after sunset. However, swarming vë

dependent upon bright light or still weather and flight activity was ofin

greatest under cool, overcast and quite blustery conditions. Considerably

must then have been expended by these small flies in repeatedly тераа

formation after dispersal by strong gusts.

Unfortunately, a quick perusal of the literature has failed to;

any information on swarming in Australian Chloromerus species or indeed

any aspect of their biology. However, flies of this family are реф

plant-feeders and several comparatively well-known species (such as the}

Oscinella frit) are strongly gregarious, although they may not exi:

swarming behaviour. |

The swarms reported here show many of the general chan

mentioned by Haddow and Corbet (1961) in their informative summ

C. sp. near striatifrons appears to be unusual in swarming under quit!

conditions. Also, no morning swarming was ever noted in this species. На

the low ambient temperatures of the early hours in the Canberra (бій

doubtless inhibit any such activity.

The biological role of swarming in flies remains unclear. Sont?

have pointed out that mating often commences within the swam,"

others maintain that although the phenomenon may have been bis:

sexual activity in the past, swarming is now merely a vestigal or ritual be

In the present instance, the amount of time and energy expended by si:

flies in swarming strongly suggests that it still plays an important nki

biology. However, as pointed out by Oldroyd (1964), speculation at t

of our knowledge is of little value and it is better to devote more ofo

time and energy towards observing and recording what flies actually

is therefore the sole justification for the present note.

Acknowledgement

I wish to thank my colleagues Donald Colless and Zenta Li:

determining the flies and for helpful comments during the preparation!

note.

References

Haddow, A. J. and Corbet, P. S., 1961. Entomological studies from a high toveri

Forest, Uganda. V. Swarming activity above the forest. Trans. R. ent. Se

113: 284-300.

Oldroyd, H., 1964. The naturel history of flies. P. 263. Wiedenfeld and Nicw!

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), July, 1976 23

A MIGRATION OF VANESSA KERSHAW! (McCOY) (LEPIDOPTERA:

NYMPHALIDAE) IN TASMANIA

By Oakley Shieldst

Geology Department, University of Tasmania, G.P.O. Box 25203

Hobart, Tasmania, 7001.

The winter of 1975 in Hobart was unusually long, with above normal

rainfall. During the latter part I saw a few examples of Vanessa kershawi

(McCoy) flying through the University of Tasmania campus on occasional sunny

days. On October Sth, 4 worn, somewhat faded specimens were taken and on

October. 11ti 3 very worn and faded individuals were collected, while Precis

villida calybe (Godart) in contrast was common and fresh.

Migration observations

16th November, 1975 -

By November 16th (max. °C = 16.8 and clear) the P. villida had become

rare and worn, but V. kershawi was very common and mostly fresh (30 taken:

a few expelled meconium). An estimated several hundred were seen, flying

through and feeding on flowers all day. They appeared to be migrating NW by

compass in the morning, changing to more due N by mid afternoon. [Mr Tony

Ellis (pers. commun.) said there had been swarms of them ("thousands") in a

20 hectare clearing at Mossy Marsh near Tarraleah, NW of Hobart, on that same

date, an area of button grass and some thistles. He thought they must have

migrated in. Earlier, on November 11th, he had only seen one kershawi in the

same area! On December 6th I saw only a very few migrating c. N at Tarraleah

in the pm.]

29-30th November, 1975

Following a 9 day rainy spell, the weekend of November 29-30th was

warm (max. °C = 23.6, 22.7) and clear with occasional breezes at Hobart, and

more detailed observations were made. I counted 13 from 7:42-8:42 am and 19

from 9:15-10:15 am (Australian Eastern Standard Time used throughout) that

passed NW across a 15 m stretch of dirt road through the open bush behind the

medical building (i.e. 1 / 3-5 min. / 15 m). Many appeared fair to worn, with

some in fresh condition. These arrived in irregular “waves” separated by

"absenses" (the latter apparently corresponding to feeding and basking periods).

[They began to bask in the sun at 6:00 am and did not begin migrating until

7:40 am. Five were seen feeding and basking between 7:44-8:07 am.] From

10:00 am to at least 2:00 pm the predominant behaviour was flower-feeding

although a few still migrated. [At 11:15 and 11:25 am, two females oviposited

on two different species of weedy yellow composites; one female laid 4 eggs.]

From 1:00-2:00 pm only about 6 were seen, these flying NW-N, occasionally

WSW. They seemed to readily swerve from their directional flight, unlike those

of the morning flight. In the afternoon the direction shifted to due N but with

some still going NW, with fewer individuals noticed. By 4:00 pm adults began

Т Current address: Dept. of Entomology, University of California, Davis, Calf. 95616, U.S.A.

y Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), Juy

semi-territorial behaviour for brief periods, and by 4:30 pm no more nig:

was noted and territoriality (with *chases") was predominant. By 5:30 pni

were very territorial in fairly permanent spots along the road (5 or be

continuing until 6:15 pm when the area went into shadow. These alight)

wings flat and perpendicular to the sun’s rays. At 6:03 and 6:20 pm, tw

repeatedly hovered and alighted on the lowest leaves of two small eucalyp:

shadow before finally settling there with wings shut for the night. Number

decreased from the November 16th date.

General comments and discussion

On both dates the migrants flew about 1-2 m above the ground ani:

leisurely pace. Specimens seemed unusually docile, did not frighten тей

were easy to net.

The December 1974 to November 1975 monthly weather summi!

the Bureau of Meteorology, Hobart, is as follows:

Temperature (^C) Sunshine Rainfall

max. min. hrs/day mm

mean I 8.9 5.7 72.5

normal* 16.7 8.0 5.8 52.3

* Normal is the average of 133 years for temperature and 92 years for rainfall.

Thus, mean maximum temperatures were above normal on 8 monti

minimum temperatures were above normal for every month. Above it

rainfall occurred during 8 months (totals = 870 mm for 1975, 627 тщ

or a 38.796 increase). Smithers (1969) states that years of heavy rainfalls

to coincide with big migrations of kershawi.

A peculiar aspect of this migration was its NW (mainly) to N dite

Smithers (1969) notes only one instance of kershawi going NW (5 indivi:

and this was “аі a time of exceptionally strong southerly winds". Alt

Australian reports are for S or SW directions, with a few tending more wei

On the other hand, in the northern hemisphere the close relative Vanes

(Linnaeus) normally migrates NW (mainly) to N (Shields, 1974). The stilt

the Hobart kershawi migration from NW to more N from morning to afte

coincides with the change in the plane of polarized light as determined!

Polaroid sheet: i.e. 8-10 am, NW (-SE); noon, WSW (-ENE); 2 pm, МЕ

3 pm, due N (-S).

As of this writing (7.xii.75), a few are still migrating.

References

Shields, O., 1974. Towards a theory of butterfly migration. J. Res. Lepid. 13:28

Smithers, C. N., 1969. A note on migrations of Vanessa kershawi (McCoy) (Leni

Nymphalidae) in Australia, 1963-1968. Aust. Zool. 15: 188-194.

X. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), July, 1976 25

HILLTOPPING AND DEFENCE BEHAVIOUR IN A DIURNAL

AGARISTID MOTH

By Noel McFarland

P.O. Box 475, Geraldton, Western Australia, 6530.

Abstract

Hilltopping and territorial behaviour are reported and discussed for adult

males of the widespread Australian diurnal moth, Comocrus behri (Angas)

(Lepidoptera: Agaristidae). Defence behaviour in the adult male is also

described.

Introduction

Comocrus behri (Angas) is a widespread and relatively common native

Australian agaristid with a wingspan of 60 - 75 mm (Common, 1966); it can be

encountered over much of southern Australia during spring, summer and

autumn. In the Geraldton district of Western Australia (latitude about 29^) it

is also on the wing, in very low numbers, during the winter. In this district,

during the past three years, I have several times observed C. behri (a strictly

diumal moth) exhibiting the wellknown “‘hilltopping” behaviour, as reported

for many butterfly species in Australia and other countries. To my knowledge,

such behaviour has not previously been reported for diurnal moths. Oakley

Shields (pers. comm.) has recently verified this impression.

Interpretation of what constitutes “true” hilltopping behaviour is contro-

versial. By no means are all insects encountered flying over hilltops or along

ridges necessarily exhibiting hilltopping behaviour; many of these are simply

passing from one area to another. Such flights are commonly observed in certain

diurnal Australian moths, butterflies and other insects. There are also borderline

cases in diurnal moths, in which a definite propensity is shown for flying along

ridges and over summits. These species, however, do not tend to linger, or to

repeatedly patrol around a selected site, or to establish and defend territories.

My interpretation of the hilltopping in C. behri reported below is based

upon two key observations:— (1) Definite rerritoriality is shown by males of this

moth when observed on hilltops. They vigorously chase away intruders of

comparable size, even including small stones thrown experimentally across their

field of vision. Some intruders they ignore. (2) These males will return immed-

iately and persistently to the same hilltop or ridge, even when repeatedly chased

away. An individual will sometimes spend long periods hovering and patrolling

around one hilltop, occasionally alighting to rest on a favoured bush or low

plant, or directly on the rocky ground. This behaviour even takes place on chilly

and very windy mornings, provided the sun is shining. Under such windy

conditions the moth is, of course, obliged to fly very strongly and steadily in

order to maintain its position over the hilltop. It persistently maintains a strong

flight into the wind, and if it is blown far out from its hovering location by a

particularly strong wind gust, it “rides” the wind and drops a little, but quickly

makes its way back to its former location (or very close thereto) as soon as any

weakening in the wind permits.

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), Juy: '

s 0. 3(2), шу,

These two factors, territoriality in the chosen location and кї |

return to the same hilltop, are essential components of true hilltopping |

jour. Short “patrolling” flights over and around the hilltop or along atiig, '

take place at intervals, but return can usually be anticipated, Part |

behaviour is usually (if not always) associated with territorial behaviour, — !

In C. behri, periods of perching are usually of short duration in rli;

the time spent fluttering over a selected spot and around the hilltop ; |

chasing off intruders and returning. One exception was noted: in cool yes |

passing clouds that obscure the sun will quickly cause perching ai |

immediate assumption of the normal *roof-like" (tectiform) resting P |

with the fore wings totally covering the hind wings. Fluttering and ра,

only resumed after the return of sunshine. It is possible that this ty,

interruption to hilltopping activity in C. behri does not take place during. |

periods if the temperature is above a certain threshold; more observati |

needed to clarify this point. T

Hilltopping observations

LOCALITY 1. Moresby Ranges, Oakajee district, Western Australi:

km N of Geraldton), at an elevation of about 180 m above sea level. Thee |

small and isolated but sharply-defined hill, is the highest in the imi |

vicinity, and quite unlike any others in the area. It is roughly circularinos ·

and dome-shaped, with a nearly flat summit about 14 m across. It ism :

barren with a covering of brown lateritic pebbles. Although sloping ws |

to its summit, it is smoothly continuous with the open grassy fields onis. |

NE and N sides, and is deeply eroded on its SW, W and NW sides, for? |

sharp 4 m cliff along that side, with conspiciously white and barren dij: |

deeply cut eroded gullies that radiate out to the W and SW. This hill com |

а wide and unobstructed view in all directions; it is a conspicuous landma

to the white eroding zone of its western side, which is set off by the |

slopes leading up to it. The areas closely surrounding it have long been |

for sheep grazing, but dense evergreen native shrubby vegetation арий |

within about 60 m to the west. In all other directions the open grassy pi

isolate the hill much more extensively. q

On the top of the hill, at its N-NE side, were growing two small bu!

dense, wind-cropped Acacia tetragonophylla F. Muell. (about 3 тар!

crown widths of about 2-3 m and 1.5-2 m in height. Between and bàn?

(to the N) were growing two younger individuals of the same Acacia, di

1 m dia. and 0.5 m tall. On the SE side of the hilltop was a moribund (xt

campestris Diels., about 1.6 m high, which has since died. The smaller

flora over the dome consisted mostly of a sparse scattering of two smal

native grasses and a few native forbs (1973-74). On the E and N slopes oft

was a conspicuously large patch of a pure-white everlasting annual conp

blending down into the grassy paddock on that side. |

_ First visit. 16 July 1972, between 1030-1100 hrs (W. Aust. Sie

Time). Observers: D. and N. McFarland. Conditions: a completely sm

bright, crystal clear morning, with a fairly steady, chilly and strong Et

— ———

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), July, 1976 27

wind. A single C. behri male was flying vigorously over the hilltop, oriented to

. face into the strong wind, and “fighting” hard to maintain itself in this position,

. its flight fluctuating from 1-2 m to only a few centimetres above the ground.

Wind gusts constantly kept carrying the moth W or SW, somewhat away from

its chosen position over the hilltop; just as persistently, the moth kept returning

to its former position. Occasional very strong gusts swept it downwind (30 m or

more) but it always returned as quickly as the conditions permitted. Several

times it hovered low, as if about to alight on the hilltop gravel, but was usually

' blown back off the western edge. Once it alighted on the ground for a few

———

seconds, with its wings up and partially open. While we made these observations,

the moth "investigated" us several times, approaching closely but never alighting

on us. It was very alert, and quick to respond to any sudden movement.

Repeatedly I tried to scare it off by lunging suddenly at it and chasing it with

= my net. Always it quickly returned to the hilltop after its initial avoidance

———————————————

response, which was to allow itself to be carried rapidly downwind, an effective

escape mechanism employed by many insects in windy places. No other

individuals of C. behri were seen on this date.

Second visit. On 28 July 1972 we returned to the hilltop at 1100 hrs, on

clear, sunny and warm (+22°C) morning, with only faint and sporadic breezes

from the south west. Two C. behri males were observed chasing each other

slowly around the hilltop, one of them frequently landing on one of the two

Acacia bushes and sometimes on the Casuarina. At about 1140 hrs, one of them

left and did not return. The other, a rather worn specimen, stayed on the

hilltop, patrolling at intervals and resting on the bushes from time to time,

usually with its wings up and semi-open, ready for instant flight. It was observed

to be alert and “jumpy” when so resting. We chased and netted it several times,

but upon each release it always returned after its initial short escape flight. At

_ about 1155 hrs, the SW wind had become stronger and gusty. We left at 1210

hrs, by which time the wind had become steady but not cold. When we left, the

second moth was at rest, but alert, on the Casuarina bush. Various small scarabs,

flies and Hymenoptera were also on the hilltop that morning.

Third visit. On 1 Sep. 1974 I returned alone to the hilltop at 0845 hrs

hoping to witness the earliest arrivals. It was brightly sunny and there was a

strong and gusty NE wind (not cold). No moths were present. At 0905 hrs

a large and fresh female flew upwind from the SW, with a slow and meandering

. flight, as if searching, at about 0.5 to 1 m above the hilltop. After cruising twice

_ in this manner around the hilltop it flew (at 0906 hrs) to the north and did not

, return. At 0908 hrs, a small and fresh male arrived from the SW; it patrolled the

. hilltop several times and was then netted, marked and released. Upon release it

flew off a short distance, but immediately returned and continued its fluttering

over and around the hilltop, landing several times on the SW side of the dead

. Casuarina, Whenever it landed the wings were held up and partially open, in

readiness for instant flight; it would leap into flight at the slightest disturbance.

When I left at 0935 hrs it was still on the hilltop.

Fourth visit. On 13 Oct. 1974 we visited the hilltop at 0910 hrs; no moths

Were present. It was sunny and warm, with a strong and steady wind blowing

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), Juy

= д. 3(2), July, 3

from the E, which gradually died down by 0950 hrs. The first arrival wasaw

male at 0929 hrs. It circled the hilltop once, їп à leisurely fashion, t

included a brief investigation of me where I was sitting; it then left and dij:

return. A larger male arrived at 0950 hrs and circled the dead Casuarina:

times. Then it was netted, flew off upon release, and did not return. Nop

arrived during the next 15 min.; we left at 1007 hrs.

LOCALITY 2. Drummond Cove, on the coast about 12 km N of

ton; on 2 March 1974 at 0800 hrs; weather warm, still and sunny. Thesis)

the summit of one of the stabilized white coastal sandhills (elev. about!

above sea level). A C. behri male was noticed at 0800 hrs, flying pense

around and over a large bush of Acacia ligulata Benth. (growing near a ій

on the hill), occasionally investigating and sometimes pursuing other large in:

that passed nearby. The bush was not in flower. I did not have much tit

spend this morning, and so was not able to observe the moth for mort |

about 5 minutes, but it was clearly exhibiting territorial behaviour on tir.

dune summit.

Defence behaviour

If handled after capture and removal from the net, males of C!

often exhibit an essentially static display (c.f. Blest, 1957). The fore wig:

hind wings are erected over the thorax and are held separate and motit

The abdomen is curled or arched strongly downward towards the leg)

the claspers opened widely and the conspicuous orange, brush-ike ez

tuft erected. The fore legs are bent in such a way that the conspicuous.

tufts of the femur and tibia are exposed and displayed by thrusting

forward and outward. At the same time, the fore legs are kept faintly trent

but otherwise the moth remains motionless. In comparison with 2

bombycoids and some notodontioids, the display of C. behri is susti.

only a short time, and, if not restrained, the moth is fairly quick to Ду!

normal resting position of С. behri is tectiform, the fore wings totally UR

the hind wings. "ai

Except for the fore, leg display and leg trembling, this defence bi |

in С behri males is reminiscent of the sustained static displays exiit

Hemileuca spp. (Saturniidae) in North America, but was of shorter due

The distinctive sustained forward and outward thrust of bent for

accompanied by minute trembling, can also be seen in the display of am

handled male of Pseudanapaea trigona (Turner), a limacodid widely ditt

in Western Australia, South Australia and eastern Australia.

Discussion

It is possible that true hilltopping behaviour is exhibited by sont’

diurnal Australian moths, although the number of species involved is pi

low, as elsewhere in the world. Worthy of scrutiny would be other |

agaristids, the diurnal uraniids,and perhaps even some castniids, althoug |

appear to be no published records and I have no field observations її |

that involve either of the last two families in hilltopping behaviour. Ti |

ample opportunity for studying hilltopping insects throughout Austra! |

- Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), July, 1976 29

the smallest hills, rocky ridges or sand dune summits in relatively flat or feature-

less localities, as well as the peaks and ridges of the major ranges, are often

frequented.

Shields (1967) discusses this intriguing subject at length and provides

an extensive bibliography. Common and Waterhouse (1972) briefly discuss

. hilltopping in Australian butterflies and skippers (pp. 44 - 45), and list 15 species

observed on a hilltop near Sydney. However, true hilltopping by nocturnal

Lepidoptera remains at present unknown in Australia and certainly warrants

investigation.

Welling (1958) has described encounters with congregations of various

moth species on the summits of hills, and on the Allegheny Plateau (Ohio,

U.S.A.) at night. On the windless night of 14 June 1953 (early summer),

carrying a lantern up Gildersleeve Mountain (150 m high), he saw no moths

| except at the very summit, where “hundreds of moths of many species were

. sitting everywhere, on tree stumps, on low plants, dead twigs, leaves, in short

on anything available. As they were already there when I arrived at the summit,

I presume the lantern could not have been the determining factor for their

‚ congregation in such a place".

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank Oakley Shields, I.F.B. Common and others for

reviewing the manuscript and offering helpful criticisms; Shields also for

_ bringing to my attention the paper by Welling (1958) and providing the above

‚ quotation from it.

References

| Blest, A. D., 1957. The evolution of protective displays in the Saturnioidea and Sphingidae

(Lepidoptera). Behaviour 11: 257-309.

| Common, I. F. B., 1966. Australian Moths. Jacaranda Press, Brisbane. (adult male of

C. behri illustrated on p. 121).

' Common, I. F. B., and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and

Robertson, Sydney.

Shields, O., 1967. Hilltopping. J. Res. Lepid. 6(2): 69-178.

‚ Welling, E. C., 1958. Some notes on the “excelsior” complex, regarding microtopology

with Heterocera in Ohio. Lepid. News. 12: 131-132.

A NEW LOCALITY FOR S/GNETA TYMBOPHORA

(MEYRICK & LOWER) (LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE)

By G. Daniels

98 Harris Street, Fairfield, N.S.W., 2165.

Whilst travelling through northern New South Wales during December

. 1975, an adult male specimen of Signeta tymbophora was taken in the vicinity

_ of Mt. Warning, west of Murwillumbah, feeding at Lantana blossom. The record

| of S tymbophora in this area is noteworthy as the species has not previously

been recorded in northern New South Wales, although it is known from southern

_ Queensland and central to southern New South Wales.

ы Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), July, 19%

A NATIVE FOOD PLANT FOR THE BUTTERFLY |

DEUDORIX EPIJARBAS (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE) |

Ву М. S. Moulds

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065.

Two subspecies of Deudorix epijarbas have been described from Australi

D. e. diovis Hewitson which ranges from Mackay to Gosford and D. ей.

Waterhouse found from Cape York to Tully. The larvae of the former have bes

recorded feeding within the seed capsules (fruit) of Tulipwood, ee |

pendula (Common and Waterhouse, 1972) and Macadamia nuts (Ironside, 18

Exotic subspecies have been found feeding in the fruit of Cinnarus ridi.

Aesculus indicus and Pomegranate, Punica granatum. No food plant Е

previously been recorded for the north Queensland subspecies D. e. dido.

In May 1974, at Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula, Mr J. W. C. ФА.

(pers. commun.) found several pupal exuviae of a lycaenid butteriy i

unknown identity inside dried and eaten out seed capsules of the palm Cj.

rumphiana Mart. (Pl. I). In September 1974, also at Iron Range, Mr & Msi

Walford-Hugyins, my wife and I found many lycaenid pupal exuviae in sink

rumphiana fruit, and following a more extensive search located two шеш

pupae. These emerged on 20th and 25th Sep. 1974, both as male D. e. di

Never more than one pupa was found in any one rumphiana fruit ai,

number of attacked fruit were empty suggesting that the larva, having |

the entire contents and requiring further food, had moved on to a new fi

Each attacked fruit was secured to its stalk by silken threads which the li,

had apparently spun to prevent its home falling from the tree as the fruit de

Common and Waterhouse (1972) and Ironside (1973) give life history ie

for D. e. diovis. |

Caryota rumphiana grows only in rain forest and is often difficult tole

as both the trunk and leaves blend well with surrounding spend

this palm is easily distinguished from other Australian palms by its very ist

leaf shape: it is the only endemic species with bipinnate leaves. Large specin

may grow to a height of 20 metres or more. |

As this palm does not grow more than a little south of Iron К

D. e. dido must attack other plants between Cooktown and Tully. Common

Waterhouse (1972) suggest that in north-eastern Australia larvae of this

related species should be sought in the fruits of any plant with large sea

may well be rewarding therefore, for those persons with the opport j

examine native fruits for possible attack by this interesting butterfly.

- Acknowledgements |

I wish to thank Mr & Mrs A. Walford-Huggins for constructive гелий

the manuscript and Mr B. Montague-Drake for the photographic print |

the accompanying plate. ‹

References |

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Rott

1 son, Sydney. Pp. i-xi’. 1-498, illustr. |

Ironside, D. A., 1973. Insect sts of Macadamia. Qd agric. J. 99(5): 250. |

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), July, 1976

PLATE I

A relatively young specimen (height approximately 8 m) of the palm Caryota rumphiana

growing in dense rain forest on the slopes of Mt. Lamond, Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula.

^d Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), luy

EPIPSOCOPSIS MOULDS! SP. N. REPRESENTING A FAMILY

(PSOCOPTERA: EPIPSOCIDAE) NEW TO AUSTRALIA

By C. N. Smithers

The Australian Museum, Sydney

Material recently collected on Cape York Peninsula by Mr M. S.M

included a single female belonging to an undescribed species of Epipsodi:

psocopteran family not previously confirmed as occurring in Australia

Epipsocopsis mouldsi sp. n.

FEMALE

Colouration (in alcohol). Head pale testaceous with markings пуа

shades of brown (Fig. 2); top of head pale. Genae dark brown except fori:

small pale patch below eye. Scape and pedicel brown; first flagellar sẹ

pale (antennae broken). Eyes black. Ocelli pale. Maxillary palp with s

segment brown, otherwise pale. Thorax dorsally very pale brown, the a

curved surfaces of the antedorsum and lateral lobes a little darker. For:

hind wings hyaline, with brown markings (Fig. 1); pterostigma n

colourless, opaque. Legs pale, a little darker at distal end of femora, tibi

a basal and middle dark band; first tarsal segment pale with dark bali

second segment pale brown. Abdomen pale with a few irregular brown ma

dorsally near base of abdomen.

Morphology. Length of body: 2.5 mm. Median epicranial suture üt

but colourless. Vertex sparsely setose. Postclypeus fairly flat with lon:

setae. Labrum (Fig. 3). Length of first flagellar segment: 0.45 mm. Eyal

IO/D (Badonnel) 1.3; PO: O.8. Ocelli small, anterior ocellus evas

Maxillary palps long, fourth segment very long, tapering but with тош 1

Scape and pedicel fairly stout; first flagellar segment slightly curved i:

quarter. Lacinia (Fig. 4) with apex of characteristic form. Fore wing leni:

mm; fore wing width: 1.1 mm. Fore wing broad, apex broadly rounded (fi

Sc present as a tiny vestige. Pterostigma very narrow for basal third, exp |

broadly in distal parts; hind margin smoothly rounded; КМ crossit

Areola postica rounded. Cu, witli a strong curve at distal end. Үш

single row of setae; pterostigma with a few small setae. Setae onm |

between pterostigma and M, with blunt apices. Cu, without setae. fir

(folded in preparation of type) apparently simple, setose. Paraproct & .

sclerotized, simple, with large trichobothrial field (Fig. 5). Subgenitdly

simple, rounded behind, lightly sclerotized, setose. Gonapophyses (fi

reduced to external valve only. |

MALE. Unknown.

MATERIAL EXAMINED |

QUEENSLAND: 19 (holotype), Lockerbie, Cape York, 11-12119! |

Moulds). Holotype in the Australian Museum.

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), July, 1976 33

Figs 1-5. Epipsocopsis mouldsi sp. n. 9. (1) fore and hind wings; (2) head; (3) labrum;

(4) lacinia; (5) gonapophysis and paraproct.

Discussion

The genus Epipsocopsis Badonnel includes nine described species, eight

from the African region and one from Thailand.

E. mouldsi can be distinguished from other members of the genus by its

wing pattern (see Fig. 1). In E. angolensis (Badonnel) (Angola) there are

extensive dark areas of wing membrane; E. machadoi Badonnel (Angola and

Madagascar) has an irregular submarginal band from pterostigma to areola

postica; E. vilhenai Badonnel (Angola) has such a band from pterostigma to wing

apex only; E. obuduensis New (Nigeria) has little colour on the wing apart from

à spot at the nodulus and one at Cup; E. seatulata Smithers (Madagascar) has a

faint suggestion of a submarginal band from pterostigma to areola postica; E.

Suckenbergi Smithers (Madagascar) has a strong, broad, marginal band from

pterostigma to areola postica; E. thailandensis New (Thailand) has partial bands

across the wing; E. truncatulus Badonnel (Madagascar) has a pale wing with spots

at the nodulus, at the ends of the veins and above the basal section of Си;

E. cincta Badonnel (Gabon) was described from a nymph with a very distinctive

V-shaped mark on the front of the head, a pattern not found in E. mouldsi.

Badonnel (1967) provided a key to the species then known.

It is possible that some Oriental, Indonesian and New Guinea species at

present included in Epipsocus Hagen should be placed in Epipsocopsis but

this genus is characterized mainly by features of the genitalia and mouthparts

Which have not been described in those species. In particular, Epipsocus

и о

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), Juy t

34 |

marginatus Enderlein from New Guinea has a wing pattern similar to tht:

some species of Epipsocopsis. | |

Although Enderlein (1903) described Epipsocus funestus from Queen:

and Epipsocus villosus from New South Wales, these were transfered)

Hageniella Enderlein (Enderlein 1919) which was synonymized with Руш.

ecilius Enderlein (Pseudocaeciliidae) (Roesler 1944) and Epipsocopsis mai

is thus the first true epipsocid to be found in Australia. |

Acknowledgements |

I would like to thank Mr M. S. Moulds for collecting Psocoptera fir! |

Australian Museum and Miss J. O'Regan for preparing the illustrations ti |

paper.

References $

Badonnel, A., 1967. Insectes Psocopteres. Faune de Madagascar 23: 1-238, 496 fix |

Enderlein, G., 1903. Die Copeognathen des indo-australischen faunengebietes. Атй |

nat. Mus. hung. 1: 179-344, 12 figs; pls III-XIV. |

Enderlein, G., 1919. Copeognatha. Collections zoologiques du Baron Edm. de Жн |

champs. 3(2): 1-55, 10 figs, 5 pls. |

Roesler, R., 1944. Die Gattungen der Copeognathen. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 11

M ee

A KEY TO SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN OTITIDAE (DIPTERA:

SCHIZOPHORA) WITH NOTES ON DISTRIBUTION {

Ву С. Daniels |

98 Harris Street, Fairfield, N.S.W., 2165 Г

Abstract | |

Four species of Otitidae, subfamily Ulidiinae, are recorded from Austral be

euxesta prima (Osten Sacken); Acrosticta apicalis (Williston); and the introduced Pis |

aenea (Fabricius) and P. demandata (Fabricius). A key is given to species ait '

distribution recorded. (d

Australian Otitidae can be distinguished from Tephritidae by the ae

of incurved lower fronto-orbital bristles and unbroken costa, and fiom |

Platystomatidae and Pyrgotidae by the first vein being bare dorsally, 0143 |

setulose on distal half. Material examined is housed in the Australian Moe

Sydney. |

Key to species of Otitidae from Australia |

1. Prescutellar bristles present; wings with an apical band; frons setos ... *

Prescutellar bristles absent; wings hyaline; frons bare ........-

2. Frons smooth; entire inner surface of second antennal segment wi |l

black setae; fore coxa with distinct black bristles anteriorly; a darkeni

band extending from stigmatal cell to fourth vein ..... Pseudeuxati. |

Frons strongly wrinkled; second antennal segment setose on int) g

apical margin only; fore coxa bristled apically only; stigmata œl

darkened and a crescent shaped spot distal to junction of second ani }

third veins Acrosticta

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), July, 1976 35

3. Fourth vein joined to third sub-apically; thorax and abdomen metallic

green; femora and tibiae yellow-brown ............. Physiphora aenea

Fourth and third veins reaching costa independently; thorax and abdo-

men shining black; femora and tibiae black-brown . . . Physiphora demandata

Pseudeuxesta prima (Osten Sacken)

Malloch (1939) recorded this species from New Guinea and neighbouring

islands, Australia, Celebes (type locality) and Hawaii. Investigation by Dr D. K.

McAlpine has failed to locate previous reference or specimens supporting its

occurrence in Australia.

Two females of this species were taken by the author at Restoration

Beach, Claudie River district, north Queensland during October 1974, being

attracted to crushed molluscs on the beach. Additional specimens were seen at

Portland Roads, north of Restoration Beach, attracted to fish entrails, and were

also attracted to a mercury vapour lamp located on the beach at the old

Lockhart River Mission site, 55-65 km south of the Claudie River.

There is a female of this species in the Australian Museum collection from

the Seychelles Islands.

Acrosticta apicalis (Williston)

Steyskal (1965: 650) records this species from the West Indies, North and

South America, and Ghana, central Africa. In Australia distributed from Claudie

River, north Queensland to Eidsvold, central Queensland.

Physiphora aenea (Fabricius)

A species introduced into Australia, recorded from Asia, North and South

America (Steyskal 1965: 653) and Africa (Steyskal 1965a: 171). Distributed in

. Australia from central coastal Queensland to southern New South Wales,

. Northern Territory and Western Australia. Wide spread throughout Oriental

and Pacific regions (Lower 1970: 76).

Physiphora demandata (Fabricius)

Recorded from Europe, North and South America, Asia and Africa

(Steyskal 1965: 653). Introduced into Australia and known only from South

_ Australia (Lower 1970: 76).

Acknowledgement

I wish to thank Mr G. C. Steyskal for identifying specimens of Acrosticta

apicalis.

References

Lower, H. F., 1970. An annotated catalogue of the Otitidae (sens. Lat.) (Diptera) recorded

from Australia, Indonesia and the Pacific islands. Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 16(2): 93pp.

. Malloch, J. R., 1939. The Diptera of the Territory of New Guinea. VII. Family Otitidae

(Ortalidae). Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 64(1-2): 97-154.

Steyskal, G. C., 1965. А catalog of the Diptera of America north of Mexico. Otitidae. U.S.

Dept. Agr. 1696 pp.

Steyskal, G. C., 1965a. Records and descriptions of African Otitidae and Platystomatidae

(Diptera). Ann. Natal Mus. 18(1): 171-178.

———

36 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), ji

RECENT LITERATURE |

Compiled by М. S. Moulds |

ANONYMOUS r j т

1974g. Dealing мі pests of the cabbage family. Od agric. J. 100(11): 5%

1974h. Protected butterfly species. Victorian Ent. 4(6): 84. |

Lepidoptera: Papilio ulysses joesa |

Ornithoptera priamus !

19741. Ап additional record from Expedition Range. Victorian Ет. А

Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae: Phaedyma shepherdi |

1975а. See WILLAN, L., 1975. |

1975b. Protection of butterflies in Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. Xi

Leyidoptera: Ornithoptera priamus

Papilio ulysses

BARKER, S. |

1975. Revision of the genus Astraeus Laporte & Gory (Cole:

Buprestidae). Trans. R. Soc. S.A. 99(3): 105-141, textfis d

BEATTIE, G. A. C., McDONALD, F. J. D. and WHITTEN, M. J. |

1974. Population control in the Australian sheep blowfly, Lucilia arr.

by the release of female-borne chemosterilant. II. Sterilization:

field cage conditions. Aust. J. agric. Res. 25(6): 1005-1013, tt:

text-figs 1-9. T

For Part I see SMART, P. and GILMOUR, D., 1974. |

BERNARDI, N.

1972. Notes on the genus Exeretoneura Macquart, and its removd

the family Nemestrinidae (Diptera, Brachycera). Papeis Dep.)

S Paulo 26: 47-50.

CLOSE, Ronald C.

1975. Dispersal of the grain aphid Macrosiphum miscanthi from A Ё

to New Zealand. N.Z. Ent. 6(1): 62-65, tables 12, {їй

COMMON, I. F. B.

1974. Lepidoptera (moths and butterflies). (Chapter 36). In: The йит

Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, үш.

Pp. 98-107, text-figs 36-40. |

1975. Evolution and classification of the Lepidoptera. Ann. Rev. p

183-203. ji

COONEY, Noel

1973. See HADLINGTON, P. W. and COONEY, N., 1973.

CROSBY, D. F. |

1975. Excursion — Sunday 2 Marsch 1975. Victorian Ent. Sd i

Lepidoptera: several butterfly species mentioned.

DENMARK, H. A. and SCHICHA, E.

1975. А new species of Phytoseius Ribaga (Acarina: Phytoseiidzt)®

apple in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(1): 177-180, textis! й

1975a. A new species of Amblyseius Berlese (Acarina: Phytoseiidae) 4

apple in Australia. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 99(3): 145-50, HU

а!

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), July, 1976 37

` DONELAN, М. J.

1974. Digestion in some species of scarabaeid larvae — preliminary conclus-

ions. Abstr. Australas. Conf. Ecol. Grassland Inverteb. 19774: 39-40.

. DOSSE, G.

; EVANS, Howard, E.

1974. А review of Psoropempula, a new genus of Australian Pompilidae

(Hymenoptera). Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 126(3): 261-278, text-

figs 1-35.

19744. The tribe Idopompilini in Australia (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae).

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 13(4): 257-260, text-figs 1-4.

EVANS, O. R.

1974. . See SMITHERS, С. N. and EVANS, О. R., 1974.

EWALD, Birgit

: 1972. See ROHLFIEN, K. and EWALD, B., 1972.

: GAEDIKE, Reinhard

1972. Zweiter Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Epermeniiden-Fauna Australiens

und Ozeaniens. Lepidoptera. Beitr. Ent. 22(3/6): 143-147, 1 table,

text-figs 1-9.

Lepidoptera: Epermeniidae

GILMOUR, D.

1974. See SMART, P. and GILMOUR, D., 1974.

. GREENSLADE, P. J. M.

- 1974. Distribution of two forms of the meat ant, Iridomyrmex purpureus

(Hymenoptera: Formicidae), in parts of South Australia. Aust. J.

Zool. 22(4): 489-504, table 1, text-figs 1-5.

1974а. Some relations of the meat ant, Iridomyrmex purpureus (Hymen-

optera: Formicidae) with soils in South Australia. Soil Biol.

i Biochem. 6: 7-14.

` GREENSLADE, Penelope

1974. Phenology of some microarthropods of arid pasture. Abstr. Austra-

las. Conf. Ecol. Grassland Inverteb. 1974: 45-46.

1974a. Ecological and biogeographical notes on Collembola of Kangaroo

Island, South Australia. Pedobiologia 14: 256-265.

GROSS, Gordon F.

1975. Plant-feeding and other bugs (Hemiptera) of South Australia.

Heteroptera — Part 1. 8vo. South Australian Government, Adelaide.

250 pp., 98 text-figs, 4 col. pls. [Orders to S.A. Government

Printer, Netley, S.A. 5037. Price $7.50, plus postage.]

HADLINGTON, Phillip W. and COONE Y, Noel

1973. A guide to pest control in Australia. 1973 reprint. New South Wales

University Press, Randwick, N.S.W. 4to. Pp. i-vi, 1-302, i-viii,

illustr. First published, 1971.

HARRIS, John A.

1975. Ecosystems underground. Aust. nat. Hist. 18(6): 220-225, illustr.

Popular notes partly concerning the more common cave insect fauna.

Aust. ent. Mag. 3 1

" ust. ent. Mag. 3(2), 20,8

HOLZEL, Herbert |

1975. Revision der Netzflugler-Unterfamilie Corocinae (Neuroptera: -

opteridae). Entomologica Germanica 2(1): 44-97, textlig 1

HOWICK, C. D.

1975. See WATSON, J. A. L. and HOWICK, C. D., 1975.

ILLIES, Joachim

1975. Notonemouridae of Australia (Plecoptera, Ins.). Int. Rene:

Hydrobiol. 60(2): 221-249, text-figs 1-27.

LAUGHLIN, Roger

1974. Population aspects of migration and dispersal. Abstr. Аш

Conf, Ecol. Grassland Inverteb. 1974: 61-62.

Thysanoptera: Thripidae: [soneurothrips australis

LENDON, C.

1974. Dietary selection of the foraging termite, Amitermes viti:

captive colonies and in mulga rangeland. Abstr. Australa (Ù

Ecol. Grassland Inverteb. 1974: 43.

LEWIS, Trevor

1973. Thrips, their biology, ecology and economic importa |

Academic Press, London & New York. Рр. i-xv, 1-349, fronti

tables 1-32, text-figs 1-82, pls I-XVI.

LOW, W. A. and TERRILL, B.

1974. Density of mulga ants (Polyrachis, Formicidae) in a тш cos |

ity in central Australia. Abstr. Australas. Conf. Ecol бї

Inverteb. 1974: 49. |

McDONALD, F. J. D. |

1974. See BEATTIE, G.A.C., McDONALD, EJ.D. & WHITTEN, ШР

MARKS, Elizabeth М.

1973d. An atlas of common Queensland mosquitoes by Plate

with a guide to common Queensland biting midges by Eric].

Revised edition, 1973. 4to. Uni. of Qld Bookshop, St. Lui

1-102, illustr. |

First published 1966, 91 pp., Шизїт. |

Revised edition 1967, 91 pp., illustr. f

1974a. Saltmarsh mosquito control. Operculum 3(5-6): 87-8.

Diptera: Aedes vigilax |

1974b. Notes оп sorae taxonomic characters of Culicidae. Мой

6(3): 211-213. l

1975. А note on scale distribution in Aedeomyia Theobald. Mosquio}

7(2): 111-112. |

MOUND, L. A.

1974a. The Nesothrips complex of spore-feeding Thysanoptera (Pile

ripidae: Idolothripinae). Bull Brit. Mus. nat. Hist. (En)!

107-188, text-figs 1-74. j

1974b. Thysanopter: à (thrips). (Chapter 27). In: The insects of Aut

Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. hf

text-fiys 21 & 22.

і Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), July, 1976 39

NEBOISS, A.

1974b. A critique of a publication by S. Jacquemart on Tasmanian Trich-

optera. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(1): 13-15.

1974c. Anew caddis-fly genus from Victoria and Tasmania (Philorheithridae:

Trichoptera). Victorian Nat. 91(12): 322-325, text-figs 1-12.

NEW, T. R.

1974. Psocoptera from nests of the colonial spider /xeuticus candidus

(Koch) (Dictynidae) in western Victoria. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(1): 2-6,

table 1, text-figs 1-9.

1974c. The egg and first instar larva of Stenosmylus (Neuroptera: Osmy-

lidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 2(2): 24-27, text-figs 1-8.

1974d. Psocidae (Psocoptera) from southern Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc.

13(4): 285-304, text-figs 1-64.

1975a. Lacewings (Neuroptera) as biological control agents. Summary of

address to the Victorian Entomological Society, February 21st 1975.

Victorian Ent. 5(2): 102-103.

O'FARRELL, A. F. and WATSON, J. A. L.

1974. Odonata (dragonflies and damselflies). (Chapter 13). In: The insects

of Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria.

Pp. 35-36, table 1.

REYE, Eric J.

1973. See MARKS, E. N., 19734.

ROHLFIEN, Klaus and EWALD, Birgit

1972. Katalog der in den Sammlungen des ehemaligen Deutschen Ento-

mologischen Institutes aufbewahrten Typen — VIII. (Diptera:

Cyclorrhapha: Schizophora: Acalyptratae). Beitr. Ent. 22(7/8):

407-469.

Diptera: Platystomatidae, Tephritidae, Lauxaniidae u. Celyphidae, Ephydridae,

Chloropidae (Oscinellidae), Agromyzidae, Clusiidae, Heleomyzidae.

The title page of this paper is erroneously dated 1970. All others are correctly

dated 1972.

SCHICHA, E.

1975. See DENMARK, H. A. and SCHICHA, E., 1975 and 1975a.

SCHICHA, E. and DOSSE, G.

1974. A new species of Typhlodromus Scheuten (Acarina: Phytoseiidae)

from apple in Australia. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 99(1): 79-84,

text-figs 1-7.

SCHUMANN, H.

1973. Die asiliden-typen der Dipteren-sammlung des zoologischen Museums

in Berlin. Mitt. zool. Mus. Berlin 49(1): 81-174.

SMART, P. and GILMOUR, D.

1974. Population control in the Australian sheep blowfly, Lucilia cuprina,

by the release of female-borne chemosterilant. I. Female to male

transfer of chemosterilant during mating. Aust. J. agric. Res. 25(6):

995-1004, tables 1-5, text-figs 1-3.

For Part II see BEATTIE, G. A. C. et al., 1974.

A Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2), July, c

SMIT, F. G. A. M. А

1974, А new bat-flea from Australia. J. Ent. (B)42(2): 283-288, їйї

1-6.

SMITHERS, C. N. |

1974c. Psocoptera (psocids, booklice). (Chapter 24). In: The insc

Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Vici:

Pp. 50-51.

19744. New records of Choristidae (Mecoptera). Aust. ent. Mag I)

1974e. A new Australian species of Stenopsocus (Psocoptera: Ste.

idae). Aust. ent. Mag. 2(2): 21-23, text-figs 1-4.

1975. New Psocoptera records from Australian caves. Aust. ent. Mag )

45-46.

1975a. Additions to Australian Myopsocidae (Psocoptera). Aust. eut):

2(3): 51-54, text-figs 1-8.

SMITHERS, C. N. and EVANS, O. R.

1974. The reappearance of Anaphaeis java peristhene (Boisduval) (l;

optera: Pieridae) on Norfolk Island. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(1):%

TERRILL, B.

1974. See LOW, W. A. and TERRILL, B., 1974.

VERON, J. E. N.

1973. Age determination of adult Odonata. Odonatologica 2(1): 2).

table 1, text-figs 1-5.

Odonata: Austrolestes annulosus

Austrolestes leda

Ischnura heterosticta |

1973a. Physiological control of the chromatophores of Austrolestes a

osus (Odonata). J. Insect Physiol. 19: 1689-1703, tables 1 &),

figs 1-10. |

1974. Physiological colour changes in Odonata eyes. A comparison b

eye and epidermal chromatophore pigment migrations. J t

Physiol. 20: 1491-1505, table 1, text-figs 1-9.

Odonata: Austrolestes annulosus

Ischnura heterosticta |

1974а. The role of physiological colour change in the thermoreguii:

Austrolestes annulosus (Selys) (Odonata). Aust. J. Zool. 21}!

469, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-5. р

WATSON, J. A. L. |

1974. See O'FARRELL, A. F. and WATSON, J. A. L., 1974.

WATSON, J. A. L. and HOWICK, C. D.

1975. The rediscovery of Mastopsenius australis Seevers (бї,

Staphylinidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(1): 19-21, table 1, texts `

WHITTEN, M. J.

1974. See BEATTIE, G.A.C., MCDONALD, F.J.D. & WHITTEN, М1.“

WILLAN, Len |

1975. Adaptations of alpine insects. Aust. Wildlife Newsl. Dec. 199

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

WANTED. A copy of Victorian Butterflies, by Anderson and Spry. Peter

Carwardine, 2a Victoria Road, Malvern, Victoria, 3144.

WANTED. Ornithoptera, Troides and Trogonoptera, especially O. goliath ó or 9.

Will exchange for other rare Ornithoptera. Available for exchange or sale

0. rothschildi, О. goliath procus and О. tithonus. С. Watson, P.O. Box

1567, Wollongong, N.S.W., 2500.

EXCHANGE. Australian and New Guinea butterflies wanted in exchange for US

and Calif. species. Have many rare species (all families) to trade. W.R.

Lasky, 1710 Laurel Canyon Blvd., Hollywood, Calif. 90046, U.S.A.

CHANGE OF ADDRESS: Mr A. F. Atkins, Unit 18 *Springcourt", 17-19 Spring

Road, Springvale South, Vic. 3172. (Previous address: Grenville St.,

Prahran, Victoria.)

Ramerunga Biological Laboratories

P.O. Box 169, Cairns, Nth. Queensland, 4870

PREPARATORS AND COMMISSION COLLECTORS

FOR RESEARCH INSTITUTES

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY Co.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends

К опе or more printed pages. Further reprints may be purchased if ordered in

advance,

on submitting papers for publication need not be subscribers to the

journal.

Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written,

double spaced and in duplicate.

The editor reserves the right to reject any paper considered unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065.

CONTENTS

DANIELS, G. A new locality for Signeta tymbophora (Meyrick & Lo )

(Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) I ОИН

DANIELS, С. A key to species of Australian Otitidae Орви Sch 0

hora) with notes on distribution .. - - E

McFARLAND, N. Hilltopping and defence behaviour i ina ҮШ. чн

moth . Я

МООВЕ, В. P. A species i Chloromerus (Diptera: Chloropidae) swa du

in the Canberra district { a

MOULDS, M. S. A native food plant for the 7 РОК хей

(Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) . Г

Nymphalidae) in Tasmania 4

SMITHERS, С. N. Epipsocopsis ПОЛКЫ E sp. n. ‘representing a y. үт

(Psocoptera: a ea new to Australia ...... |

RECENT LITERATURE . М...

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES . pb el whe EE inside back

Books and Equipment

We offer both the amateur and professional entomologist a most comprehen

range of quality equipment and a wide selection of entomological books. liz

of our products are manufactured in our own workshop and we import dire

a number of others. 3

MAIL ORDERS A SPECIALTY

WRITE OR RING FOR OUR FREE CATALOGUES

Our 20 page illustrated equipment catalogue and price list is available A

request. In addition we will send you, also free, our book craon ni

gives details of our new and secondhand litera tare range. 1

Australian Entomological Supplies -

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524

Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. us

ISSN 0311-1881 595, 16

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 3, PART 3

SEPTEMBER, 1976

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated jouma i

principally to entomologv in the Australian region, including New 74

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and ри

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each w

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be fonat |

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$6.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

AS7.50 (US$10.00) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions |

А$7.50 (US$10.00) per annum |

COVER |

Illustrated by Andrew Atkins from a specimen reared by Nil

Depicts the Australian kawk moth Hippotion scrofa (Boisduval) ao

endemic species found throughout the continent. The larvae, which cante!

feeding on Fuschias and Balsums in suburban gardens, are either green orti

each colour form possessing yellow lateral eye-spots and other limited m

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS

6 Roger Street, Brookvale,

N.S.W., 2100.

Austtalian Entomological

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

Volume 3, Part 3 September, 1976

NATIVE FOOD PLANT RECORDS FOR SOME NORTHERN TERRITORY

BUTTERFLIES

By M. C. Hall

Australian Government Pathology Laboratory, Darwin Hospital, N.T. 5790.

New food plants for three species of Northern Territory butterflies are

recorded here. The food plants together with ova and larvae were taken from

the East Point Nature Reserve, situated approximately 3 km north of Darwin.

Graphium eurypylus nyctimus (Waterhouse and Lyell)

Polyalthia nitidissima (Dun.) Bentham (Anonnaceae). Large numbers of

ova and larvae were collected in November and December 1975 and were bred

through to adults. The eastern Australian subspecies of this butterfly, G. e.

lycaon (C. and R. Felder), has also been recorded feeding on this plant (Common

and Waterhouse, 1972).

. Papilio canopus canopus Westwood

Glycosmis pentaphylla (Retz) Carr. (Rutaceae). Both ova and larvae were

found on this food plant in March and November 1975, and were subsequently

bred through to adults. This butterfly has previously only been recorded feeding

on Micromelum minutum (Rutaceae) (Hall, 1974). The pupal duration of P.

canopus is extremely variable, ranging from 14 days to a little over 24 months

(author's observation).

Narathura micale amydon (Waterhouse)

Cupaniopsis anacardioides Rich. (Sapindaceae). Five late instar larvae

(feeding by day) were collected together with attendant green tree ants,

Oecophylla smaragdina. All five pupated; a perfect male and female emerged

after 18 days, a third, a male, emerged after 19 days with deformed hind wings

and the remaining two failed to emerge.

Acknowledgements

Thanks are extended to Clyde Dunlop, Botany Section, Department of

Northern Territory and Animal Industry, for the identification of the food

plants.

References

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Rob-

ertson, Sydney. 4to. Pp. i-xii, 1-498, illustr.

Hall, M. C., 1974. A native food plant for Papilio canopus canopus (Westwood) (Lepid-

optera: Papilionidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 2(1): 6.

Aust. ent. Mag. 3 1

JALMENUS EVAGQR

THE ULTRASTRUCTURE OF THE EGGS OF Т

(DONOVAN) (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)

By R. L. Kitching i

C.S.LR.O., Division of Entomology, P.O. Box 1700, Canberra City, A

Abstract !

The egg of Jalmenus evagoras (Donovan) is described and illustrated by s4

electron micrographs. Its structure is compared with that known for other gg

Australian lycaenids.

Introduction |

Common and Waterhouse (1972) give brief descriptions of the fog

structure of the eggs of 44 of the 127 species of Lycaenidae recorded |

for Australia. These descriptions, based almost wholly on observation,

light microscopy, indicate a complexity and variety of structure whid

further investigation. The scanning electron microscope provides thei

for this purpose and, to date, the eggs of four species of Lycaenid lug.

examined in this manner. Sands (1971) illustrates the egg of Ne.

albosericea (Miskin), and Daniels (1976) that of the northern Hypo.

theon Felder. In addition Mr. R. H. Fisher, in a work in preparation, ili

the eggs of Ogyris genoveva Hewitson and Candalides acastus (Cox) t

communication).

I recently had the opportunity to add eggs of Jalmenus evagoras (|

to this list and this note describes and illustrates the results.

Material and Methods

Eggs were obtained for me by Mr. E. D. Edwards from bark cii

Acacia decurrens on Black Mountain, A.C.T. {

The eggs were left in situ on a small block of bark and the yit

vacuum dried and then coated with gold/palladium. The finished pep

was examined using a JEOL JSM-U3® scanning electron microscope. -

Description

The egg mass examined consisted of about 35 eggs piled ina hey

egg in the mass was nearly spherical in shape, flattened basally and lig

apical micropylar depression (Figs 1, 2). |

The surface of the egg was covered by a reticulate pattern of rides

ing triangular or rectangular portions of the surface except in the vicit

micropyle. The ridges conveyed the impression of a series of concenti і

arranged latitudinally around the egg. Each ridge consisted of jagged, шй

projections perpendicular to the surface produced into spine-like struct Al

interstices of the reticulations (Fig. 3). Most of these spines projectedit

surface a distance about !/ the equatorial diameter of the egg and pit

expanded bifid or trifid tips (Fig. 4). The ring of spines around the circum i

Figs 1-6. Eggs of Ja/menus evagoras (Donovan): (1) batch of eggs in situ (x 3;

egg, dorso-lateral view (x 110); (3) surface reticulations showing arrani

ridges and spines (x 330); (4) spines showing bifid and trifid tips (x 660); 68

pylar region showing specialised ring of spines (x 220); (6) micropylar pt!

lag. 3(3), Sep., 1976

Aust. ent.

Aust. ent. Мад. 3(3), Sep, i

44 :

of the micropylar pit, however, curved inwards and had simple tips (Fy:

The surface of the egg within the network of ridges appeared smoot};

unpitted and sparsely covered with irregularly distributed, oblong-ovates:

GE iue micropylar pit was shallow and its sides were covered with a pis

of low ridges enclosing irregularly shaped, shallow depressions (Fig. 6),

ridges were not spiny and were much less pronounced than those elsewher

the surface of the egg. Again the surface itself was sparsely scaly.

Discussion

The surface reticulation observed in J. evagoras provide a commons,

with the other eggs examined using the S. E. M. However in O. gen;

theon, N. albosericea and C. acastus there are none of the spines seni

evagoras. The surface of J. evagoras also differs markedly from that of thc

species inasmuch as it is smooth whereas in the other four it has a pitted iz

spongy texture. Across all the species, however, the reticulations ani wi

structures show a variety and complexity which appear to lend Шеп

use in taxonomic and systematic work.

Eliot (1973), indeed, comments on the potential usefulness of:

structure in working out relationships within the Lycaenidae although ::

same time, noting the dearth of information on the subject. However, (ht:

Dickson (1956) made extensive use of egg morphology in erecting a casi

of the South African species and Döring (1955) provides a backgnui

descriptions and keys permitting identification of the eggs of a wide mi

European butterflies. |

The tentative higher classification of the family provided by Еі

provides a stimulus to workers to seek corroborative evidence for the rl

ships he proposes. The morphology of eggs may well have an importanti

play in this regard as they have in other orders [see, e.g., Southwood (19%)

the Heteroptera] and the special techniques now available should allow:

and fruitful comparisons within the Australian fauna and elsewhere.

. Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Mr. E. D. Edwards for collecting the eggs and to Di}

Filshie and Mr. C. D. Beaton for advice on matters microscopical.

References

Clark, G. C. and Dickson, C. G. C., 1956. Proposed classification of the $. 4

Lycaenidae from the early stages. J. ent. Soc. Sth. Afr. 19: 195-215.

Common, І. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus & Rx:

Sydney. vii + 498 pp. :

Daniels, G., 1976. The life history of Hypochrysops theon medocus (Fruhstorfet) (8

optera: Lycaenidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15: 197-199.

Döring, E., 1955. Zur Morphologie der Schmetterlingseier. Akademie-Verlag, Berlin, 1#

Eliot, J. M., 1973. The higher classification of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera): a t

arrangement. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.)28: 373-505.

Sands, D. P., 1971. The life history and taxonomic relationships of Nesolycaena alboe:

(Miskin) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 10: 290-292. —

Southwood, T.R.E., 1956. The structure of the eggs of the terrestrial Heteroptera ai!

ationship to the classification of the group. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 10: Kr

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3), Sep., 1976 45

A NEW GENUS OF FLIES POSSIBLY REFERABLE TO

CRYPTOCHETIDAE (DIPTERA, SCHIZOPHORA)

By David K. McAlpine

The Australian Museum, Sydney.

Abstract

Librella demetrius n. gen. et sp. is described from eastern Australia. A detailed

morphological comparison with certain other acalyptrate flies is made, and it is suggested

that Librella is a highly plesiomorphic (sensu Hennig) member of the family Crypto-

chetidae. Though this relationship is not obvious from comparison with the recent genus

Cryptochetum Rondani, it is more apparent when the Oligocene cryptochetid genus

Phanerochaetum Hennig is considered. The Cryptochetidae are perhaps best placed in the

superfamily Drosophiloidea despite some points of disagreement with other included

families.

Introduction

The new genus of flies described in this paper has been known to me for

some years but its systematic position has been quite obscure. Recent study of a

number of specimens has led to the rather surprising conclusion that its

relationships may lie with the family Cryptochetidae. The only recent genus of

this family previously recognized, Cryptochetum Rondani, includes species

which were used in early biological control work on account of their predation

on scale insects (Coccoidea). This genus still receives some attention due to its

predatory habits on pest species.

The family position of Cryptochetum was formerly a matter of disagree-

ment. Agromyzidae, Drosophilidae, Chamaemyiidae, Milichiidae, and Carnidae

ae families with which it has been associated. Brues and Melander (1932)

separated it as a family Cryptochaetidae (more correctly Cryptochetidae), and

this course eventually received general acceptance as indicating the isolated

systematic position of the genus.

Librella n. gen.

Moderately small, stoutly built flies; general coloration dull fulvous-yellow with

variable brownish markings; wings clear; cuticular surface largely pruinescent.

Head broad, compressed from front to rear; occipital region broadly excavated,

except on lower part where it is almost flat; ptilinal suture not highly arched, medially

only slightly higher than antennal sockets; face with a low, slightly angular median carina

on most of its length, discontinued above between antennal sockets; subcranial cavity small,

much broader than long; inner and outer vertical bristles well developed; postverticals short,

Well spaced, convergent; fronto-orbital bristles normally in 3 pairs, rather short, especially

the anterior pair; ocellar bristles either subparallel and reclinate or widely divergent;

vibrissae usually quite absent, but developed in one of the available specimens; postfrons

and postgenal region setulose. Antennae rather widely separated basally; segments 1 and 2

Short; segment 2 sinuate on dorsal distal margin with a shallow dorsal longitudinal groove;

segment 3 large, broadly oval, compressed, with one sensory pit, attached to summit of

distal prominence of segment 2 which is concealed in basal cavity of segment 3, without

the concealed proximal dorsal prominence found in most Drosophiloidea etc.; arista

moderately long, three-segmented, its distal segment with rather numerous minute hairs.

Palpus rather short, thick, extending a little beyond epistomal margin; proboscis rather

small, with short, broad labella.

Thorax stout, dorsally convex; scutellum almost as long as broad, rounded but with

apex indistinctly angular, bare and slightly convex dorsally, not sharply margined, with

ab Aust. ent. Mag. 313,5, 8 |

irs of bristles, the apical ones crossed or strongly convergent, the ke

deeply incised; prosternum subtriangular (slightly broader than an equilateral trian)

narrow, distinctly sclerotized precoxal bridges; the following bristles present: humer, +.

notopleurals, supra-alar, postalar, a bristle between posterior notopleural and sy:

short weak posterior intra-alar, posterior dorsocentral and often also a shorter doro:

close in front of it, prescutellar acrostichal and sometimes also a shorter acrostichal d:

front of it, 2 long sternopleurals directed upwards and divergent; presutural bristle ts

mesopleuron and pteropleuron bare. Legs slightly shorter and stouter than is цу

Drosophila; fore femur with some posterodorsal and shorter posteroventral bristles; c

femora without strong bristles; a preapical dorsal bristle on each tibia generally distin

able but very short; middle tibia with 2 or 3 apical ventral spurs; hind tibia vit:

developed apical ventral spur-like setulae; tarsi somewhat _longer than tibiae, wit,

segments cylindrical; hind basitarsus thicker but not noticeably shorter than ni

basitarsus. Wing remarkably Drosophila-like in shape and structure; costa twice ш

in Drosophila), much weakened beyond junction with vein 3, discontinued at wi

thickened costal spinules in a single anterodorsal series from proximal break toi!

before vein 3, there being an anteroventral series of weak setulae over the same аз

more basally costa with several irregular rows of setulae, and with one ventral brist &

midway between tegula and humeral crossvein; subcosta incomplete distally, endin t

in second costal cell; basal crossvein (between discal and second basal cells) ats

position indicated by an unpigmented fold; anal crossvein somewhat thickened and stv

recurved; anal cell (CuP) open posteriorly immediately basad of origin of vein 6,

short, directed posteriorly from posterior border of anal cell. Haltere moderately &

with large, broad capitellum. |

Abdomen (9 only known) broadly oval; tergite 1 joined to tergite 2 ona!

sublateral section of each side; tergites 2-6 large; tergite 7 much shorter, and tergite§2.

smaller again, the remaining tergal sclerite (? tergite 9) minute and triangular; ster

quite distinct (vestigial in Drosophila); cerci oval, narrowed basally, quite free ani y

separated with numerous hairs and a few minute spines; egg guides absent; spiracks |

situated in pleural membrane; spiracle 7 apparently absent. Spermathecae two, with

pigmented capsules, each with a cylindrically hollowed base into which the duct isin

only that part of duct within the hollow pigmented. |

Type species: Librella demetrius n. sp. |

In the key to the families of Schizophora of Australia given by Coles

McAlpine (1970: 715-719), specimens of Librella may generally be taken

as couplet 45, where they were included among the “few rare Droop

(not having a proclinate fronto-orbital bristle) which have precoxal bri |

prothorax, no presutural bristle and postverticals convergent". From tk!

drosophilids in this category they are distinguished by the presence of 3 rË

fronto-orbital bristles, the non-plumose arista, and the absence of the t

basal tubercle of segment 3 of the antenna fitting into a cavity of sen

The name Librella is a diminutive of the Latin libra, a balance o

scales, and is therefore feminine. It is suggested by the pair of large pi

pendent antennae.

Librella demetrius n. sp.

Figs 1-5, 7, 9, 10

9. Colour light fulvous, most of surface of head, thorax, legs, and abdomet!

creamy pruinescence, the only dark coloration being a greyish spot between odit.

brown spot at each lateral margin on tergites 2, 3, and 4 of abdomen. |

Head. Ocellar bristles subparallel to very slightly divergent, reclinate; vita.

distinguishable from cheek hairs. |

Other characters as viven in the more detailed generic description.

Aust. ent. Мад. 3(3), Sep., 1976 47

Figs 1-5. Librella demetrius: (1) wing of holotype; (2) antennal segments 1 and 2 of

paratype; (3) antennal segment 3 of paratype; (4) head of holotype; (5) cuticular

part of spermatheca of paratype.

Distribution: NEW SOUTH WALES — Western Slopes district; AUSTRALIAN

CAPITAL TERRITORY.

Type material: Wingabutta Creek, c. 37 km N of Mendooran, 27.iii.1971

(holotype 9, Australian Museum, Sydney), D. K. McAlpine; Black Mountain,

Canberra, i,iii.1955-1968 (paratypes, 3 9, Australian National Insect Collection,

Canberra, 1 9, British Museum [Natural History]. London), I. F. B. Common.

Additional material. A further 7 female specimens of Librella from Black

Mountain, Canberra, in the Australian National Insect Collection, exhibit

certain characters (some of them quite striking) which disagree with characters

Aust. ent. . v

48 Mag. 3(3), S |

in the above description of L. demetrius. As there is no consisten |

correlation in the various characters, I suspect that these specimens x:

variants of the one species, L. demetrius. However proof of their yi;

identity must await study of more material. | |

Some of these additional specimens have the thoracic рп |

largely grey, and usually such specimens have З longitudinal brown strips: |

mesoscutum and a dark brown spot on each side of scutellum near its |

Several specimens have antennal segment 3 notably smaller than in їй |

holotype. Some have the ocellar bristles directed laterally instead of rdc

but some show an intermediate condition. Some specimens have 4 or? bris.

the fronto-orbital series, but in each of these the other side of the head ly:

normal 3 bristles. Such asymmetrical abnormalities in chaetotaxy aei |

frequent in the Schizophora. The most curious variant is one specimeniny. |

a pair of quite strongly developed, but rather short, symmetrical Үй |

present. Presence or absence of a vibrissa is often regarded as a family cuz. |

in the acalyptrate Diptera, but in the present case I doubt if it indicates:

specific distinction.

Habitat notes |

All examined specimens of Librella have been collected at mercury w |

lamps in open areas adjacent to dry sclerophyll forest. The localities lie ats:

distance from the New South Wales coast to the west of the main dE |

range between the watersheds of the westward and the eastward flowin"

systems. These localities lie in the zone of 550-620 mm annual average rii

and are significantly drier than coastal areas of the state. The flora ix

somewhat drought-resistant, is quite distinct from that of the more ails

of the Australian continent.

Relationships

(a) Comparison with Heleomyzoidea and Drosophiloidea

On comparing Librella with the recognised acalyptrate superfamilesi

found to be most in agreement with the Heleomyzoidea (as defined by Ci

and McAlpine, 1970) and Drosophiloidea (defined by Hennig 1958, 1910

combination of convergent postvertical bristles, uniformly sclerotized fai

broken costa, and preapical dorsal tibial bristles is apparently restricted wt

two superfamilies.

The antenna in the Drosophiloidea has typically a dorsal basal wt

on segment 3 that is concealed in a cavity in segment 2 (Hennig, 191

7-10). This is present in all families of the superfamily though it varies inti

of development. Associated with this is a longitudinal slit or groove ds.

or dorsolaterally on the distal part of segment 2. Although in the supe.

Heleomyzoidea the antennae are rather diverse, they are never of the dt

philoid type. The basal tubercle of segment 3 is undeveloped and segment!

no slit in the dorsal part of the distal margin, though it is often sinua

antennal structure Librella again disagrees with Drosophiloidea in havi

basal tubercle on segment 3 and having a deeply sinuate margin of seg

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3), Sep., 1976 49

but there is also a dorsal slit or groove on segment 2 extending almost to its base.

The presence in Librella of three reclinate fronto-orbital bristles and no

proclinate fronto-orbital is at variance with the Drosophiloidea in which a

proclinate and one or two reclinate fronto-orbitals are normally present, but is

well within the range of variation for Heleomyzoidea. Within the Drosophiloidea

there are numerous apomorphic ephydrid species without the proclinate fronto-

orbital, and I am aware of one true drosophilid (related to Liodrosophila) which

has lost this bristle. In none of these is there an increase in the number of

reclinate fronto-orbital bristles, and clearly there is no close relationship

between these forms and Librella.

The scutellum of Librella is strongly reminiscent of that of certain

drosophiloids particularly Camilla (family Camillidae) and Leucophenga (family

Drosophilidae). The broad but convex form of the scutellum with its convergent

apical bristles makes it remarkably similar in these three genera and unlike any.

flies outside the Drosophiloidea.

Librella has a broadly triangular prosternum with distinct precoxal bridges.

This is much more typical of the Drosophiloidea than the Heleomyzoidea

though there are a few examples of this kind of prosternum in the latter

superfamily.

The Drosophiloidea have (except where it is much reduced) a highly

distinctive type of anal cell (cell CuP) with a thick anal crossvein (free section

of vein CuA) curved basad posteriorly, vein 6 more or less obsolete along

posterior margin of anal cell, and vein 6 (CuA + 1A) directed posteriorly from

its origin well before apex of anal cell. This is precisely the same condition as іт

Librella.

Finaly the absence of a differentiated vibrissa is atypical for both the

Heleomyzoidea and Drosophiloidea, though a few of the former show a

weakening of the vibrissa, and, in the latter superfamily, some ephydrids with

reduced chaetotaxy have lost the vibrissa. The presence of definite vibrissae in

a single known specimen of Librella almost certainly means that some ancestral

Species possessed these. There is a possibility that this ancestor was remote

(comparable to the very remote four-winged ancestor the four-winged mutant

tetraptera of Drosophila melanogaster Meizen). The other alternative, that

Librella is primitively without vibrissae but occasionally produces an individual

in which they are fully developed, is unacceptable from a modern understanding

of evolutionary genetics.

From the above it is seen that Librella does not fit easily the definitions of

either of these closest previously accepted superfamilies though there is some

evidence of relationship to Drosophiloidea. An alternative theory of its

relationships is therefore considered below.

(b) Comparision with Cryptochetum

The family Cryptochetidae includes one living genus, Cryptochetum,

which has a number of distinctive autapomorphic (sensu Hennig) characters

which render it conspicuously unlike Librella. Nevertheless there is a number of

characters in which Librella resembles species of Cryptochetum.

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3), Sep, c:

In considering the morphology of Cryptochetum it is nece:

understand that the longitudinal axis has undergone considerable contractin:

relation to transverse parameters. In Cryptochetum the prosternum (Fi; (.

very broadly trapezoid with narrow but well sclerotized precoxal bridges a

the greater part of its surface lies in an almost vertical plane. In Libret

prosternum (Fig. 9) is rather broadly triangular with distinct short preo

bridges and lies substantially on the ventral surface of the thorax. The typ.

prosternum in Cryptochetum could be derived from that of Librella by:

anteroposterior compression of this region of the thorax. Reference toi

humeral region of Cryptochetum shows that this is precisely the kin.

modification that has taken place, the humeral calli being much compres:

the direction indicated with a large proportion of their surfaces lying qi

vertical anterior surface of the thorax. In Librella a greater portion of)

surface of the humeral callus faces anteriorly than in Drosophila, bute |

tendency is far less marked than in Cryptochetum. The preabdonen: |

Cryptochetum (Fig. 8) is also affected by this anteroposterior соту

which has resulted in a reduction of tergites 1 and 2.

The scutellar suture in both Librella and Cryptochetum forms au '

and deeply incised groove across the entire median section between the sut

bridges, its posterior slope (i.e. anterior margin of scutellum) being partial:

steep. This contrasts with most examples of Drosophiloidea where this si

generally forms a shallow groove or rounded excavation. In only:: |

drosophiloids, mainly ones with very convex scutellum (e.g. Liodrosoplii): |

condition of the scutellar suture approaches that of Librella and (турй. |

The tarsi in both Cryptochetum and Librella are cylindrical, the tm

segment not expanded at all. This is not a consistent difference from Drow

oidea, but many of the latter have the 2 terminal tarsal segments dep

Librella has a bristle immediately behind and above the poti

notopleural callus. Cryptochetum commonly has 2 or 3 bristles, which mp)

quite strong, in this position. This is a most unusual position for a strongt

in acalyptrate flies. Some Drosophila species have a short bristle clos to”

position as an exceptional condition in the superfamily.

Librella and Cryptochetum have also the following characters in com &

lower part of head anteroposteriorly compressed making the cheb:

peribuccal region short; face long with a rather long, narrow, and nir.

strongly raised median carina, which separates the antennal sockets dorsal:

terminates as a slightly projecting lip in centre of the very well definedli й

margin of face; a series of very short cheek bristles, not normally terminait &

а differentiated vibrissa; palpus rather short but remarkably thick; 118 |

segment 3 very large and compressed, without dorsal basal tubercle fitti! i

a hollow in segment 2; mesoscutum devoid of strong bristles except twi й

lateral and posterior margins, but with covering of numerous полет #

р)

costa with 2 breaks; anal cell and vein 6 of characteristic drosophiloid sin ';

(described above); vein 7 (2A) absent without trace.

Many of the abovementioned resemblances between Librella and (i) %

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3), Sep., 1976 51

Figs 6-11. (6) Cryptochetum sp., prosternum; (7) Librella demetrius, abdomen of paratype;

(8) Cryptochetum sp., preabdomen of 9; (9) L. demetrius, prosternum of

paratype; (10) L. demetrius, scutellum of holotype; (11) Cryptochetum sp.,

apex of antenna.

chetum are somewhat vague or indecisive, being found in several other families.

Hennig (1958) gives a list of 13 characters of Cryptochetum, which he considers

to be apomorphic in relation to the groundplan of the Schizophora. Librella

shows clear agreement only with characters 3 (vibrissae absent), 5 (costa broken

at end of Sc), 6 (costa broken just beyond humeral crossvein), 7 (basal

crossvein absent), 8 (anal cell small and vein CuA recurved, this vein termed

Cup + la" by Hennig), and apparently 12 (seventh spiracle absent in female

postabdomen). In character 2 (third antennal segment elongate) Librella

approaches the condition in Cryptochetum in that the third segment is

52 Aust. ent. Mag. Изэ П

enlarged. In character 9 (anal vein or vein 6 running close to anal maga |

wing) a comparison is difficult because of reduction of this vein in Lib]; |

characters 10 (hypopygium without freely movable surstyli) and 11 (onl,

“Tergitkomplex” between preabdomen and hypopygium) Librella Бш ,

iently known for comparison. This leaves only three characters in Hennig) ~

with which Librella is known to be in total disagreement, viz. chara:

(antennal arista absent), 4 (fronto-orbital bristles reduced, or, to be more pri

fronto-orbital bristles absent), and 13 (abdominal segments 7 and 8 off: |

membranous). Further apparently apomorphic characters present in Cop; ~

etum but not in Librella are as follows: 14, inner and outer vertical hy '

absent; 15, postvertical bristle absent; 16, ocellar bristle absent; 17, hum

bristle absent; 18, sternopleural bristles absent; 19, the usual two ошё ©

notopleural bristles not well differentiated; 20, dorsocentral and алай ©

bristles not differentiated; 21, scutellar bristles reduced in size and diy ^

towards apex of scutellum; 22, scutellum sharply margined; 23, йт |

segment 1 reduced to lateral vestiges; 24, female postabdomen with a pez +

apparatus posteriorly.

The only notable character in which Librella appears to ber ^

apomorphic than Cryptochetum is the much less developed vein 6 in the fur *

Previously I considered this well developed vein in the anal region of Cy: `

etum to be vein 7 (2A), and the minute spur at apex of the anal cell tobe: '

6 (CuA + 1A) (see Colless and McAlpine, 1970). On further considerationls 4

feel that Hennig’s interpretation is probably correct, and that the formen *

vein 6, the minute spur is not the homologue of a longitudinal vein, ait `

vein 7 is absent (in contrast to Canaceidae, Tethinidae, and the less 8.

forms of Milichiidae). |

The author disagrees with Thorpe (1930) and others who cons: |

arista to be completely absent in the genus Cryptochetum. Many speciesdt |

genus possess a small, basally articulated, peglike process situated ut. |

anterodistal part of the third antennal segment, which I consider to bet ,

probably the arista (see Fig. 11). Thorpe (1930), in placing Cryptochetuns: `

family Agromyzidae, appeared to consider this subapical proces ПЕ

homologue of the subapical spine on segment 3 of the agromyzid Cerod

Informed opinion no longer considers Cryptochetum to be closely relatedit |

Agromyzidae. In that family, as well as in other acalyptrates where theri |

subapical spine on segment 3 as well as an arista (e.g. Lenophila spp. ·

Platystomatidae) the spine is not articulated basally, its cuticle being ot -

uously sclerotized with that of segment 3. In Cryptochetum the ШШЕ |

process is articulated in a membranous socket, as is the arista of other fis! |

fact that this process is subterminal and unsegmented, instead of зрок, |

three-segmented like the usual schizophoran arista presents no difficulty ft |

case. There are numerous examples of terminalisation of the arista |

Schizophora, e.g. in the Neriidae, in Gampsocera and Steleocera (Сото |

in several of the Clusiidae, and in Cerataulina and the subfamily Сї

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3), Sep., 1976 ЕЕ

(Lauxaniidae). Aulacigaster is an example of a schizophoran with an unseg-

mented arista (from author's unpublished studies).

Despite the quantity of the differences between Cryptochetum and

Librella these cannot be taken as strong evidence that the former may not have

been derived from a form more closely resembling Librella. The differences

consist largely of characters in Cryptochetum which are apomorphic in relation

to those prevailing in the superfamilies Heleomyzoidea and Drosophiloidea, and

which were therefore presumably absent in an early ancestral form.

The Baltic amber fossil Phanerochaetum tuxeni Hennig, 1965, was

described as a primitive member of the family Cryptochetidae. Phanerochaetum

shows a significant number of resemblances to Librella and its complement of

characters is largely intermediate between those of Librella and Cryptochetum.

I consider it to provide important evidence of phylogenetic relationship between

Librella and the Cryptochetidae (in the currently accepted sense).

The general habitus of Phanerochaetum is quite like that of Librella and

there is also some resemblance in the shape of the head, with broadly excavated

upper occiput and ocelli situated right on vertex. Despite the reduction in the

cephalic bristles of Phanerochaetum, it retains a pair of convergent but rather

widely spaced postvertical bristles almost identical to those of Librella. The

form of the labella and palpi also appears to be similar in the two genera. The

antennae show agreement in remarkable detail, despite some lack of detail in

the knowledge of Phanerochaetum, the only apparent difference being the slight

shortening of the arista in Phanerochaetum. Phanerochaetum agrees with

Librella rather than Cryptochetum in retaining certain distinct thoracic bristles,

viz. 1 + 1 notopleurals, a postalar, a posterior intra-alar, a dorsocentral, and a

prescutellar acrostichal. The two genera agree closely in wing venation. Hennig

(1965) first described P. tuxeni as having the anal cell somewhat different

ftom that of Librella, but later (1969) described a further specimen of

Phanerochaetum (? tuxeni) in which he was able to confirm that the anal cell and

vein 6 are of the type I describe above for Librella.

The overall characters of Phanerochaetum suggest that it is essentially

similar to Librella but has undergone some reduction in cephalic chaetotaxy and

in the size of the arista, while the scutellar bristles have increased in number and

decreased in size, a further modification in the direction of Cryptochetum.

Librella may be regarded as a relict form resembling in many characters

the ancestral prototype of the Cryptochetidae. Though in many ways it is very

similar to the Lower Oligocene Phanerochaetum, the latter shares some

Synapomorphic characters with Cryptochetum which are absent in Librella. I

therefore consider Librella to have probably a sister-group relationship to the

other two genera, from which it must have separated before Oligocene times,

without having subsequently undergone a very noticeable amount of evolution.

... The characters differentiating the three genera I now refer to Cryptochet-

idae are summarised in the following key.

54 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3), n "

Key to genera of Cryptochetidae Р

1. The following bristles distinct: inner and outer verticals, ocellar, 3 0

fronto-orbitals, 2 sternopleurals; arista longer than third antenn! L

segment; Recent, Australia... 6 1-099 0 жу E mur

The above bristles absent; arista shorter than third antennal segment, ©

sometimes indistinguishable . > Jer M m oE

2. Arista well developed, closer to base than to apex of third segment; 1

the following bristles distinct: 1 + 1 notopleurals, dorsocentral, рге: ү

ellar acrostichal; Oligocene, Europe ... esses. Phinerodug *

Arista minute and cubterminal or absent; the above bristles absent or ‘a

indistinct; Recent, Old World ... si - . ---> 5 ON ‚ Cryptoclets А

Relationships of the Cryptochetidae di

Hennig (1958), in laying the foundation for a modem suis af

classification of the Diptera Schizophora, placed the Cryptochetidae asa fe i

of uncertain relationships. He discussed evidence for relationships wiht “

superfamily Drosophiloidea, but regarded this evidence as not really op

(“zwingend”). Later (Hennig, 1969) he referred the Cryptochetidae (008 `

to the Milichiodea and in 1973 again placed it among families of do.

relationship. |

Griffiths (1972) has postulated that the Cryptochetidae are relatedtii E

Lonchaeidae, the two families, together forming a monophyletic gon i

superfamily Lonchaeoidea. This must be examined here as it is note’ ^

reconcilable with the theory that Librella is a particularly ріезолой *

cryptochetid, as Librella has less in common with the Lonchaeidae tha! 8

Cryptochetum. Of the characters given by Griffiths for Lonchaeoidez ss 5

(e.g. dark coloration of cuticle, presence of costal break at end of subcasil: ^

too widely distributed in the Schizophora to have much significance it 2

context. In characters of reduction (e.g. of fronto-orbital bristles and dir. *

postabdominal sclerites) the degree of reduction is different in the мой *

and there is no evidence that the more reduced Cryptochetidae passed th I

the same reduction stages as the Lonchaeidae. |

It is clear that Griffiths misapprehended the nature of the рохе 5

in Cryptochetum. | can confirm from my own studies of an under `

Australian species of Cryptochetum that the basic structure of the male g

in this genus is substantially as figured by Hennig (1937) and that of thei

terminal segments is as figured by Thorpe (1934) except that some 0 *

omitted by the latter. The figures of the aedeagus and associated pt `

C. grandicorne Rondani given by Okada (1956) and that of C 10028 `

Tokunaga given by Griffiths (1972) show the same structure of арат)?!

same Japanese species. But this structure is not the aedeagus but the pi

apparatus of the female ovipositor, which in this species is longer ant

slender than in others examined, but has the same essential structuri +

C. grandicorne as illustrated by Thorpe. Okada even shows the ШЇ

“aedeagus” lying on the large ventral plate, so characteristic of the fe i

postabdomen of Crypto hetum, but males of Cryptochetum at without. |

= CE

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3), Sep., 1976 55

similar structure. Though Griffiths’ own study of the male postabdomen of

Cryptochetum is without validity, he is correct in pointing out that there is some

kind of connection between the aedeagal apodeme and the hypandrium in both

Lonchaeidae and Cryptochetidae. But this connection is of a different type in

: each family, there being no precise agreement between the two. As is well

known the female postabdomen of both Cryptochetum and the Lonchaeidae has

3 apiercing organ, and Griffiths is of the opinion that the condition of the female

postabdomen in the Cryptochetidae could have been derived from that existing

. in Lonchaeidae. I cannot agree with Griffiths’ view. One of the postabdominal

1 segments of female Cryptochetum has a well developed plate-like tergite and

. stemite. The identity of this segment is hard to determine but it is certainly

: is no such plesiomorphic segment in the postabdomen and segment 9 is almost

certainly part of the piercing organ or aculeus. The piercing organ of Crypto-

chetum does not appear to be homologous with that of the Lonchaeidae and

is very different in its basal structure and connections. The structure of the

female postabdomen of Lonchaeidae is so precisely similar to that occurring in

the Tephritoidea (Otitoidea) (sensu Colless and McAlpine 1970) that I find it

hard to believe that the similarities are not due to synapomorphy.

The structural difference in the female postabdomen between Lonchaeidae

and Tephritoidea given by Griffiths does not really exist, as many of the

Tephritoidea have flexible cuticular rods extending posteriorly from the body

of segment 7 (D. McAlpine, 1973). Griffiths’ difficulty in accepting a

relationship between Lonchaeidae and the Tephritoidea lies in a failure to

understand the extreme plasticity of male postabdominal characters in the

Schizophora. There is evidence of variation among closely related forms in the

disposition of the protandrial sclerites and even more evidence for such

variation in aeaeagal structure (see D. McAlpine 1967 for variation in the

. aedeagus within one tribe of Heleomyzidae). The pyrgotid genus Commoniella

. б ап example of a tephritoid fly with exceedingly short, non-coiled aedeagus,

‚ yet this genus is undoubtedly correctly placed systematically.

Griffitlis gives as apomorphic characters of tlie groundplan of Lonchaeoidea

. the cleft second antennal segment, the downwardly directed third segment, and

. the sub-basal arista. Griffiths’ application of these characters to the Cryptoch-

. etidae is due to the characters of the fossil Phanerochaetum as Cryptochetum

has no cleft or even a trace of a notch in segment 2 and no sub-basal arista. I

seriously doubt if the character of the sub-basal arista is apomorphic in relation

to the groundplan of the Schizophora. All three of these antennal characters are

. shared by a multitude of other schizophorans including a substantial percentage

of the Calyptrata, Tephritoidea, and Drosophiloidea. They cannot therefore be

phylogenetically significant in the present context.

I summarise my views on the supposed relationship between Lonchaeidae

and Cryptochetidae by stating that: (1) the genuine points of resemblance are

of such wide occurrence in the Schizophora as to render them useless as

. indicators of close relationship: (2) the difference in structure of the female

postabdomen between the Lonchaeidae and Cryptochetum is so great as to

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3 1 i

56 9. 3(3), S. A

close relationship very improbable and the derivation of the m

jenen dM from the other incredible: (3) the relationships i.

Lonchaeidae are probably with the Pallopteridae and the Tephritoide: »

; “i

the Cryptochetidae are not referable to this complex. |

Taking Librella as approximating to the archetype of the Cryplode:

I consider that the balance of evidence discussed above indicates a prj:

relationship to the superfamily Drosophiloidea. The absence in бй, .

dorsal basal tubercle, characteristic of but not restricted to the Drosophii |

is difficult to interpret in phylogenetic terms. Possibly the structure ha} Г

secondarily lost. Оп the other hand it is possible that the Cryptochetide: `

possessed the differentation of the fronto-orbital bristles into reclint:

proclinate elements characteristic of the archetypes of all families of Dow: |

оїйеа admitted by Hennig. |

The family Cryptochetidae should probably therefore be assign! .

isolated position in the superfamily. E

Acknowledgements

I am particularly indebted to Miss M. A. Schneider for maki:

microscopical preparations and illustrations. Dr D. H. Colless made a »

the valuable material from the Australian National Insect Collection, (айа з

The work was aided by a grant from the Australian Research Grants Comi

+ ih

References

Brues, C. T. and Melander, A. L., 1932. Classification of insects. Bull. Mus. comp. Lik р

672 pp. |

Colless, D. H. and McAlpine, D. K., 1970. Chapter 34. Diptera. In The insects oj Aw.

656-740. Melbourne University Press. |

Griffiths, G. C. D., 1972. The phylogenetic classification of Diptera Cyclorrhapha

special reference to the structure of the male postabdomen. W. Junk, ТЕЕ.

340 pp. |

Hennig, W., 1937. Milichiidae et Carnidae. Flieg. Palaearkt. Reg. 60а: 91 pp.

Hennig, W., 1958. Die Familien der Schizophora und ihre phylogenetischen Verwant

tsbeziehungen. Beitr. Ent. 8: 505-688. |

Hennig, W., 1965. Die Acalyptratae des Baltischen Bersteins. Stuttgart. Beitr. шй

215 pp.

Hennig, W., 1969. Neue Übersicht über die aus dem Baltischen Bernstein bk

Acalyptratae (Diptera: Schizophora). Stuttgart. Beitr. Маш. X9: 5

Hennig, W., 1971. Neue Untersuchungen über die Familien der Diptera Sui

(Diptera: Cyclorrhapha). Stuttgart. Beitr. Naturk. 226: 76 pp. |

Hennig, W., 1973. Diptera (Zweiflügler). Handb. Zool. 4(2)31: 337 рр. |

McAlpine, D. K., 1967. The Australian species of Diplogeomyza and allied genera (De

Heleomyzidae). Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 92: 74-106. a

McAlpine, D. K., 1973. The Australian Platystomatidae (Diptera, Schizophor) v. y

revision of five genera. Mem. Aust. Mus. 15: 256 pp. f

Okada, T., 1956. Systematic study of Drosophilidae and allied families of Лт,

Tokyo. 183 pp. $

Thorpe, W. H., 1930. The biology, post-embryonic development, and economic inp |

of Cryptochaetuim iceryae (Diptera, Agromyzidae) parasitic on Icerya үй 1

(Coccidae, Monophlebini). Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 1930: 929-971, 5 pl. T

Thorpe, W. H., 1934. The biology and development of Cryptochaetum grandicorne Drs |

an internal parasite of Guerinia serratulae (Coccidae). Quart. J. micros Se

273-304.

A RECORD OF AESHNA BREVISTYLA RAMBUR

(ODONATA: AESHNIDAE) FROM NORFOLK ISLAND

By C. N. Smithers

The Australian Museum, College Street, Sydney

Prior to 1941 only one species of Odonata had been recorded from

: Norfolk Island. Kimmins (1941) added three species from material collected by

: Mrs I. McComish; Hawkins (1943) repeated Kimmins’ list. This note records the

| occurrence of a fifth species, Aeshna brevistyla Rambur on Norfolk Island.

| Material examined. Norfolk Island: 1ó, Bumbora, 18.xi.1968; 1d, Ross

1 Point, iii.1969; 19, Bumbora, 21.11.1969 (C. N. Smithers). Specimens are in the

! Australian Museum.

A. brevistyla is widely distributed in Australia and Tasmania and occurs in

' New Zealand and New Caledonia. It is very likely that more species will be

found on the island and it is to be hoped that residents there interested in

natural history will pay more attention to their dragonflies and damselflies.

I would like to thank Dr J. A. L. Watson and Mr J. V. Peters for

: confirming identification of Norfolk Island Odonata in the Australian Museum

t collection.

References

Hawkins, C. N., 1943. The insects of Norfolk Island, including a preliminary report on a

recent collection. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (11)9(60): 865-902.

і Kimmins, D. E., 1941. Notes on the Odonata and Neuroptera of Norfolk Island. Ent. mon.

Mag. 47: 134-136.

PSEUDALMENUS CHLORINDA (BLANCHARD) (LEPIDOPTERA:

LYCAENIDAE) FROM SOUTHERN NEW SOUTH WALES

By G. Daniels

98 Harris Street, Fairfield, N.S.W., 2165.

During December 1974, two larvae of Pseudalmenus chlorinda (Blanchard)

were found on clothing, apparently having been brushed from their food plant

Somewhere in the Ulladulla district. Several local Acacia spp. were offered as

food, but both larvae failed to eat and subsequently died. In September 1975

several adult specimens of P. chlorinda were sighted some 20 km west of

. Ulladulla, but only a single female was netted. A thorough search of the

. Immediate area failed to locate either larvae, pupae or attendant ants. The wing

patterning of the netted specimen falls within the limits of the Victorian and

- Australian Capital Territory race, P. c. zephyrus Waterhouse and Lyell.

FILM REVIEW

Garden Jungle. Produced by Densey Clyne and Jim

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3), Sep, te

{

Frazier, 1976. l

colour, 50 minutes. Mantis Wildlife Films, 7 Catalpa Crescent, Turmel 4

N.S.W. 2074.

This is a film about the lives of small invertebrate creatures in an Aus .

garden. The activities of insects, snails, slugs and spiders are presenti; '

flowing sequence of intrigue, excitement and suspense which holds the vis.

attention throughout the film.

E |

The photography is of a very high standard; the difficulty and pi

required to secure many of the sequences used is obvious upon vii:

film, and one cannot help but be amazed at the success of the ргойи ў

notable example is the egg laying within leaf tissue of a

tiny sawfly, a specs |

Pterygophorinae (Pe:gidae), which clearly shows the saw-like ovipositor p

the edge of a leaf and depositing eggs no more than 1 mm in length wit:

leaf tissue. Of particular note also, are the magnificent shots of the шїї |

Limax maximus, the Leopard Slug, the suspense-filled mating of the py:

mantis Pseudomantis albofimbriata, the amazing moulting and mating seq:

of a gryllacridid, Prerapotrechus sp. and the action of a bombardier |

“firing” at a funnel-web spider.

The capture of prey by the netcasting spider, Dinopis subrufa, s wt

example of outstanding photography. This spider is shown in close up mit

constructing and testing her net, but actually casting

predation sequences include a native snail praying on the common gardeni:

assassin bugs stabbing caterpillars and a praying mantis

Sound effects play an important role in a film of this kind, and thee

been used to advantage. The specially composed music is an integral paid: |

film. The narration is pleasant in both style and tone, with a sprinkin

humour, while the content is informative and interest

it upon her pry. te |

attacking a О)

ing to a wide шй

All naturalists and non-naturalists should view this film when Ше

unity comes, not only because it is an outstanding

production, but itr,

undoubtedly teach every viewer something more about the fascinatig®

creatures around us that we so often take for granted.

This is the second 50 minute television document

ary produced by De |

Clyne and Jim Frazier. The first, Aliens among us?, a film about spids!

been very successful, and has already won several Australian and intend: |

awards. I have no doubt that Garden jungle will be

similarly succes!

well as these longer films, the producers are making a series of dit

educational films mainly for use in schools. The first

now you don't (їпз‹ сї camouflage and defence) and

two, Now you x |

Come into my pn

said rhe spider (spider predation), have been sponsored by the Bank ol)

South Wales, and m: г be borrowed from the Bank on request. The longi” |

will shortly be availa^le through the National Library of Australia and Ей

Departments and Fi 1 Councils in most states.

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3), Sep., 1976 59

RECENT LITERATURE

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

BANKS, H. J.

1976. Physical control of insects — recent developments. J. Aust. ent. Soc.

15(1): 89-100.

BAXTER, P. and HUTCHINSON, J.

1975. History and mystery of the fruit tree root weevil. J. Aust. Inst. agric.

Sci. 41: 12-17, illustr.

BROTHERS, Denis J.

1975. Phylogeny and classification of the aculeate Hymenoptera, with

special reference to Mutillidae. Uni. Kansas Sci. Bull. 50(11): 483-

648, tables I-VII, text-figs 1-101.

CLARK, J. T.

1974. А conspicuous spermatophore in the phasmid Extatosoma tiaratum

Macleay. Entomologist’s mon. Mag. 110: 81-82, text-figs 1 & 2.

CLARK, L.R. and DALLWITZ, M.J.

1975. The life system of Cardiaspina albitextura (Psyllidae), 1950-74.

Aust. J. Zool. 23(4): 523-561, tables 1-15, text-figs 1-6.

CLIFT, A. D.

1976. Activity of chlordineform against organochlorine resistant and sus-

ceptible strains of Heliothis spp. (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) from

New South Wales. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(1): 127-128, table I.

CONNELL, Maxine L.

1974. Transmission of Anaplasma marginale by the cattle tick Boophilus

microplus. Qd J. agric. anim. Sci. 31(3): 185-193, tables 1 & 2.

Also issued as Qd Dept. of Prim. Industries, Div. Anim. Industry Bull. No. 153.

DOBLER, Helga

1973. Katalog der in den Sammlungen des ehemaligen Deutschen Ento-

mologischen Institutes aufbewahrten Typen—IX. (Coleoptera: Cicin-

delidae. Beitr. Ent., Berlin 23(5/8): 355-419.

1975. Katalog der in den Sammlungen des ehemaligen Deutschen Ento-

mologischen Institutes aufbewahrten Typen—XII. (Coleoptera: Car-

abidae). Beitr. Ent., Berlin 25(1): 99-150.

DOUBE, B. M.

1975. Cattle and the paralysis tick Ixodes holocyclus. Aust. vet. J. 51:

511-515.

FRANZMANN, B. A.

1974. Banana rust thrips in north Qld. Qd agric. J. 100(12): 595-596,

illustr.

GAY, F. J.

1976. An Australian species of Procryptotermes Holmgren (Isoptera:

Kalotermitidae). J. Aust ent. Soc. 15(1): 45-48, text-figs 1-7.

GRIFFITHS, G. C. D.

1972. The phylogenetic classification of Diptera Cyclorrhapha, with special

reference to the structure of the male postabdomen. 8vo. Junk, The

Hague, (Series Entomologica Vol. 8). Pp. (iii), 1-340, text-figs 1-154.

39 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3), Sep,

MALICKY, Hans |

1973. Trichoptera (Kócherfliegen). Handbuch der Zoologie 429%

1-114, text-figs 1-96. |

MATTHEWS, E. б. |

1976. А revision of the Scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia. ШТА.

Coprini. Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 38: 1-52, text-figs 1-74. |

READSHAW, J. L. | |

1975. Biological control of orchard mites in Australia with an insect? i

resistant predator. J. Aust. Inst. agric. Sci. 41(3): 213-214.

RIOTTE, J. C. E. |

1976. Kurze Notiz zur Kenntnis einer neuen Art der Gattung Oi: `

Papua New Guinea und Australien (Lep., Lymantriidae) E

Zeitsch. 86(9): 89-92, 1 fig. |

SCHICHA, Eberhard

1974. Functional morphology of the mouth parts, and feeding habit |

Dicranolaius bellulus (Guérin-Méneville) (Col.: Malachiidi) 7.

Anz., Jena 192(1/2): 22-26, text-figs 1-5.

SHEPHERD, Rosamond C.H. and EDMONDS, J.W.

1976. The establishment and spread of Spilopsyllus cuniculi (Dale) ui:

location on the host, Oryctolagus cuniculus (L.), in them |

region of Victoria. Aust. Wildl. Res. 3(1): 29-44, tables |:

figs 1-5. |

Siphonaptera: Spilopsyllus cuniculi

SLATER, James A. |

1976. The immature stages of Lygaeidae (Hemiptera: Не{ет

southwest Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(1): 101-126, textlis.

SOUTHCOTT, R. V.

1973. Survey of injuries to man by Australian terrestrial arthropoi-

Published by the author, Mitcham, S.A. Pp. 1-165, illustr. Ë

0 909435 00 6.

Copies available from the author, Dr R. V. Southcott, 2 Taylors Rd, Mie

South Australia, 5062. |

WALTERS, P. J. |

1976. Effect of five acaricides on Tetranychus urticae (Koch) at

predators, Stethorus spp. (Coleoptera: Coccinellidae) in a£

orchard. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(1): 53-56, tables 1 & 2. f

1976a. Chlordime!orm: its prospects for the integrated control 8

pests at Bathurst. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(1): 57-61, tabli!

WEBB, G. C. ay

1976. Chromosome organisation in the Australian plague locust, (ht

cetes teri inifera. 1. Banding relationships of the m mii

supernumerary chromosomes. Chromosoma, Berl. 55: 1%

tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-34.

WHITE. M.J.D., WEE З, G.C. and CHENEY, J. |

1973. Cytogene cs of the parthenogenetic grasshopper Moraba vigi?

its bisex: 1 relatives. I. A new species of the virgo sou

unique se chromosome mechanism. Chromosoma, Berl. 40:19

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

CHANGE OF ADDRESS: Mr A. F. Atkins, Unit 18 "Springcourt", 17-19 Spring

Road, Springvale South, Vic. 3172. (Previous address: Grenville St.,

Prahran, Victoria.)

WANTED. A copy of Victorian Butterflies, by Anderson and Spry. Peter

Carwardine, 2a Victoria Road, Malvern. Victoria, 3144.

EXCHANGE. Western Australian beetles (all families) for weevils from N.S.W.,

Victoria or Tasmania. Dr F. H. Uther Baker, 4 Collier St., Applecross,

W.A. 6153.

WANTED. Coleopterist will exchange or buy Australian and N.G. beetles.

Available for exchange butterflies and beetles of the world. E. Coussement,

Rue du Greffier 28, Evregnies, Belgium.

Ramerunga Biological Laboratories

P.O. Box 169, Cairns, Nth. Queensland, 4870

PREPARATORS AND COMMISSION COLLECTORS

FOR RESEARCH INSTITUTES

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends

ш one от more printed pages. Further reprints may be purchased if ordered in

advance,

Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written,

double spaced and in duplicate.

Persons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any

_ paper considered unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065.

CONTENTS

DANIELS, G. Pseudalmenus chlorinda (Blanchard) ерш De

idae) from southern New South Wales . 1

HALL, M. C. Native food E records for some Northern Territory j

ранее s. bas e Ee a

KITCHING, R. L. The ultrastructure of the eggs of Jalmenus evagoras

(Donovan) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) . i АИИ |

McALPINE, D. K. A new genus of flies posit referable to o

idae (Dipter... Schizophora) .

SMITHERS, C. М. А record of Aeshna x n Rambur (О |

Aeshnidae from Norfolk Island . Е ТООНО

FILM REVIEW — Guirden jungle ....-- oco eec ШЫ

RECENT LHERATURE.:..-x:70:97 ИИН

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES Еа inside back @

Books and Equipment

We offer both the amateur and professional entomologist a most comprehend

range of quality equipment and a wide selection of entomological books. Ma

of our products are manufactured in our own workshop and we import direct

a number of others.

MAIL ORDERS A SPECIALTY

WRITE OR RING FOR OUR FREE CATALOGUES

Our 20 page illustrated equipment catalogue and price list is available free 0

request. іп addition we will send you, also free, our book catalogue,

gives details of our new and secondhand literature range.

Austre lian Entomological Supplies

35 Kiwong St, è owie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 524 46

| Sub-branch: 14 Ciisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43%

ISSN 0311-1881

ast. ent. Mag.

Edited by М. S. Moulds

VOLUME 3, PART 4

NOVEMBER; 1976

к<

а$

ire

еа

ing

hia

sen

tral

age

ain

‘ely

| of

cies

) be

Australian. Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal der

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zel:

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and profesie

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volw

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwardi:

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$6.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$7.50 (US$10.00) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

А$7.50 (US$10.00) per annum

COVER

Illustrated by Andrew Atkins from a specimen reared by Nigel (t

Depicts the Australian hawk moth Hippotion scrofa (Boisduval) a com

endemic species found throughout the continent. The larvae, which can befi

feeding on Fuschias and Balsams in suburban gardens, are either green or!

each colour form possessing yellow lateral eye-spots and other limited mat

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS

6 Roger Street, Brookvale,

N.S.W., 2100.

. LABS S

Australian Docs al ps

. zt ^ 74

Magazine 2.) NOV 1976 -

Ок e

Aust. ent. Mag. AR alie

Volume 3, Part 4 November, 1976

BOOK REVIEW

Birdwing butterflies of the world by Bernard D'Abrera. 1975. Lansdowne Press,

Melbourne. 260 pages, 35 cm by 27 cm, 180 colour plates. Price $49.50.

This latest of D'Abrera's books is undeniably his best effort to date. In it, all the

birdwing butterflies, both species and subspecies, of the genera Ornithoptera, Trogonoptera

and Troides are described and, with only a few exceptions, illustrated with superb colour

photographs.

Following a particularly fiery foreword, a short introduction leads into several plates

of habitat photographs. Such photographs, tending as they do to give the reader a

"personal" appreciation of the subject's environment, are always an asset to books of this

kind.

The main part of the book is divided into three sections, based on the three genera

recognized. The first deals with Ornithoptera. Here, as with the other genera treated, species

and subspecies are dealt with in turn and illustrated life size. Welcome additions to the text

of the Ornithoptera are details of life histories where these are known. Colour photographs

of the early stages and of living adults greatly enhance this section. Whilst I do not agree with

the taxonomic status accorded some species, I feel that the author has presented this section

superbly. The photographs of O. paradisea are especially pleasing. Regarding the taxonomy

of this section, it is strange to find an author who “lumps” so many priamus subspecies with

poseidon, and goliath subspecies with goliath on the one hand, and then raises others such as

O. p. caelestis, and O. p. urvillianus to specific status on rather shaky grounds. In the case of

0. priamus poseidon, it would have been better had D'Abrera indicated the extent of

morphological and geographical variation in both sexes of this subspecies and demonstrated

how the subspecies he synonymises with it fall within these limits of variability. This is

especially so in the cases of pronomus and macalpinei. To synonymise subspecies on the

basis of “a female [macalpinei] from the Iron Range... which is almost a perfect miniature

ofa female [poseidon] from Lae . . .” and “It is also practically identical with the specimen

used . . . to illustrate pronomus . . .” (page 256) is unsound. Large series should be compared

rather than a few specimens or aberrant individuals, and populations from intervening

geographical areas should be considered. With reference to food plants, Aristolochia

schlechteri should have been added to the list for О. p. poseidon and should have been

recorded as the food plant for О. meridionalis (Szent-Ivany, 1971). This is one of several

Publications that D’Abrera does not appear to have seen. Contrary to the statement on page

58 concerning the abundance of O. p. euphorion, the insect is widespread in nearly all rain

forest areas of north Queensland, south of the Cooktown area, and its survival can scarcely

be regarded as “threatened”, except perhaps locally. i

The sections on Trogonoptera and Troides, whilst maintaining the high standard of

the plates, suffer from a lack of photographs of early stages or living adults. The only species

illustrated in this manner is T. oblongomaculatus papuensis. The author also appears to be

62 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, 19%

Гатаіоп (1966-70) which give life-history details for Trogonopte; |

КЕ PEE naris and Troides magellanus. A more thorough literature sea

would have revealed these. Regarding Troides oblongomaculatus bouruensis, D’Abrerastoi |

have indicated that male form I is known only from Buru, whilst male form II is found»

Buru, Seram, Ambon and the Kapau - Stephansort area of West Irian, and that Гелаву.

both light and dark forms occur throughout. As it is such an enigma, it is felt he should bee

examined the problem more thoroughly, and perhaps illustrated both male and fen |

genitalia of the forms, from various localities. |

The book closes with a selection of references, a plate of male genitalia (I would li:

to have seen many more of these), photographs of the female sphragis in T. brookiana wi

O. chimaera (D’ Abrera’s recognition of the sphragis on some Ornithoptera species isa |

important discovery that does not appear to have been noted before), a couple of plte

gynandromorphs and aberrations, and two notes.

In general, this book is relatively free of the annoying typographical and {гар

nal errors that plagued D’Abrera’s earlier works. Errors do persist however and examples:

О. allottei is spelt “О. allotei" on the plates but correctly in the text and index; T. amphryu |

ruficollis is spelt “rufficollis” throughout; T. trojana is referred to as “trojanus” in the |

and on page 73 Aristolochia praevenosa is spelt "parvenosa* . On page 220 pi].

(T. o. bouruensis) the 9 f. argidia should of course be described as light, not “dark’ x!)

also on that page 9 f. capnodia is a synonym for typical © f. bouruensis. For T. rhadamui

bazilanicus is not a new synonym (Zeuner, 1943). :

For a book that has been described as a “definitive monograph” (on the inside pe

of the cover), there are several shortcomings. Dichotomous keys should have been pip:

for the separation of the genera and species, as these are essential to every taxons

monograph. In Troides especially, where the species are superficially similar, keys to ys

and even subspecies would have been an asset. As most species are strongly sexu)

dimorphic, keys for both males and females should have been presented. |

D’Abrera has, throughout the book, neglected to bracket the names of ашћозі

those species originally described in different genera, this being a breach of Article 5100

the International Code of Nomenclature. He also fails to mention those genera in which?

species was originally placed, although he does give the date and reference for each subse

There is a complete lack of locality data, i.e. exact locality, altitude, dates collec

names of collectors, etc. In recently collected specimens, if not older ones, such informat!

is available and of great value. Especially for the locally distributed Ornithoptera spes

Papua New Guinea, such data, particularly altitude, is very important. Habitat data, vi

known, should also have been included. The location of specimens examined should tel

been mentioned, whether they be in national museums or private collections. D’Abren pit

all subspecies of goliath into the typical race and one other (procus from Seram) “hie

examined a considerable amount of material including types” but enumerates non di

locality data mentioned above. In such cases, distribution maps would also be of great e|

In discussing the male genitalia of several species, D'Abrera incorrectly refers ti?

pseuduncus as the “uncus”. This is misleading as all members of the Troidini lait

uncus. In the genitalia figures, the “opposite” claspers of “O. caelestis" and “O. шї

are upside down. Again, for a monograph, more, if not all, species should have fe

illustrated. |

It is a pity that the author of this otherwise superb book has allowed his dii:

talents to be marred by the taxonomic irregularities outlined above. Many of these fe

never have appeared in print had the text been subjected to the normal course of rt:

given to papers in conventional scientific journals. There has, in recent years, been a gro.

tendency for authors of semi-popular books of this nature to indulge in 008

descriptions and rearrangements. It is in the interests of entomology that we work toti

that such publications are not above the traditional refereeing system which maintains?

standards of our science.

In conclusion — an excellent book but a disappointing monograph. |

р. L. HANU

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, 1976 63

ECTOPARASITE STRAGGLERS (SIPHONAPTERA AND ACARINA)

OF THE WILD RABBIT, ORYCTOLAGUS CUNICULUS (L.), IN VICTORIA

By Rosamond C. H. Shepherd and J. W. Edmonds

Keith Turnbull Research Inst., Vermin & Noxious Weeds Destruction Board, Frankston, Vic.

Abstract

Three rodent fleas, Nosopsyllus fasciatus, N. londiniensis and Pygiopsylla hoplia, and

one dog flea, Ctenocephalides canis were found on wild rabbits collected during an ecto-

parasite survey of rabbits in Victoria during the period 1971-1975. Straggler mite species

found included Ornithonyssus bacoti and Demodex sp. Tick species found were Ixodes

cornuatus and I. tasmani.

Introduction

The occurrence of ectoparasite stragglers on wild rabbits, Oryctolagus

cuniculus (L.) in the United Kingdom has been reported by Mead-Briygs and

Hughes (1965). In Australia, Mykytowycz (1957) has listed ectoparasite species

found on wild rabbits and Williams (1972) has reported on several species

found on rabbits in New South Wales. Shepherd and Edmonds (1973) found

the rat flea Nosopsyllus fasciatus (Bosc) (Ceratophyllidae) on rabbits in the

Werribee district of Victoria. Dunnet and Mardon (1974) have recorded the

presence of eight species of Siphonaptera on wild rabbits in Australia.

This paper reports the presence of two other species of fleas, Nosopsyllus

londiniensis (Rothschild) and Ctenocephalides canis (Curtis), on rabbits and the

occurrence of species previously recorded. Species of Acarina observed as

stragglers are also recorded, these species have not been recorded from Victoria

before.

All the species reported here were found during an ectoparasite survey

carried out at 33 sites throughout Victoria (Fig. 1) using methods described

previously (Shepherd and Edmonds 1973). 2,032 rabbits were examined.

Results and discussion

Siphonaptera

Nosopsyllus fasciatus (Bosc) (Ceratophyllidae). This rat flea was previously

reported on rabbits in the Werribee district (Shepherd and Edmonds 1973;

Dunnet and Mardon 1974). Individual female specimens have been collected

from rabbits at Winchelsea, Warrnambool, Clear Lake and Alexandra, as well as

шш specimens from the Melbourne Metropolitan Board of Works Farm,

erribee,

Nosopsyllus londiniensis (Rothschild) (Ceratophyllidae). A single female

specimen was found on a rabbit at Pine Plains in the Mallee. This rodent flea,

commonly found on Mus musculus L.(Dunnet and Mardon 1974), has been

recorded in large numbers on mice from Pine Plains [up to 26 per mouse during

the 1970 mouse plague (Shepherd unpublished data)]. Mouse numbers have

fallen since the plague, but they are probably present in sufficient numbers for

cross infestation to occur as feral mice can still be found in low numbers around

the cropping paddocks. Newsome (1969) found mice present all the year round

prior to the plague in South Australia.

64 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November ti;

FIG. 1. The locations of the 33 sites in Victoria from which rabbits were sampled ix"

ectoparasite survey. 1, Meringur; 2, Sunset; 3, Ouyen; 4, Walpeup; 5,8

North; 6, Pine Plains; 7, Yarto; 8, Telopea Downs; 9, Goroke; 10, Clari:

11, Donald; 12, Casterton; 13, Warrnambool; 14, Werribee; 15, You Yë

16, Avalon; 17, Winchelsea; 18, Kerang; 19, Chiltern; 20, Euroa; 21, Seyn:

22, Pyalong; 23, Dartmouth; 24, Fraser National Park; 25, Alexander, 1

Cobungra; 27, Negoura; 28, Seaspray; 29, Wilson's Promontory; 30, Su

Island; 31, French Island; 32, Churchill Island; 33, Frankston.

One other Nosopsyllus sp. was collected from the same area. It wsi.

damaged to identify to species. |

Pygiopsylla hoplia Jordan and Rothschild (Phygiopsyllidae). Fou:

specimens, two female and two male, were collected from rabbits at Wi:

Promontory. A single specimen was also found on Rattus lutreolu (2

trapped іп the area. This flea is widespread in Australia on native mammai

rodents and has been found previously on rabbits (Dunnet, pers. cu

Presumably this was the only site at which contact between rabbits 11

hosts was close enough for stragglers to be found on rabbits, although De

and Mardon (1974) record P. hoplia on a wide range of hosts in areas wiet!

have collected rabbits. |

Ctenocephalides canis (Curtis) (Pulicidae). Single specimens 0108

were collected on rabbits from Churchill Island, Chiltern and Alexanda ii |

Vulpes vulpes(L),are known to live in these areas. It is widespread on fui

has been found on rabbits from three areas only. On Churchill Island thee |

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, 1976 65

resident dog is an active "rabbiter". One fox collected from the island did not

carry C. canis. The single specimen on a rabbit may have been a straggler from

the dog, rather than from foxes. It might be expected that C. canis would be

found more frequently on rabbits as foxes commonly use rabbit warrens as dens.

C. felis felis (Bouche) (Pulicidae). A single specimen was found on a

laboratory rabbit housed at the Keith Turnbull Research Institute where cats

are known to carry C. felis felis. C. felis felis was not found on any wild rabbit

but Fenner and Ratcliffe (1965) state that “rabbit populations in Victoria and

at least one population in New South Wales were infested by the cat flea

(Ctenocephalides felis).” According to Mead-Briggs (1963) C. felis felis is rarely

found on rabbits in the United Kingdom. He considered that C. felis felis

occurred on rabbits less frequently in the United Kingdom than in Australia.

Our failure to find C. felis felis on rabbits in Victoria suggests that the infestation

is now rare although feral cats collected in various areas of Victoria are known

to carry C. felis felis (Shepherd unpublished data).

In a survey of ectoparasites, Mykytowycz (1957) recorded five species of

fleas as "occasional" and “alternative” parasites of rabbits. C. canis was

classified as "occasional", and C. felis as alternative". In our study both species

would be classified as "occasional", ie. parasites for which the rabbit is an

occasional host and very rarely found. The other fleas recorded by Mykytowycz

were three Echidnophaga spp., two of which, E. perilis Jordan and Е.

myrmecobii (Rothschild) (Pulicidae), could be classified as “natural” on rabbits

from the semi-arid inland areas of Australia.

Acarina

Omithonyssus bacoti (Hirst). This rat mite was found on eleven rabbits

from nine widely separated sites, Dartmouth, Euroa, Seymour, Fraser National

Park, Wilson's Promontory, Kerang, Warrnambool, Werribee and Omeo. The

highest number collected from one rabbit was four at Kerang. The highest

percentage of infested rabbits also occurred at Kerang, where two out of ten

collected were infested. Williams (1972) found that 39% of the rabbits examined

in New South Wales were infested and that the mite occurred under a wide

range of environments. In Victoria the mite was found in all regions except the

Mallee and Wimmera but not at all sites in those regions. The percentage of

rabbits infested was much lower than that reported by Williams. Only 0.01% of

Victorian rabbits examined carried O. bacoti.

These collections indicate that the mite, although widespread, is much less

frequent on rabbits in Victoria than it is in New South Wales.

Mykytowycz (1957) lists eight species of mites as being “occasional” or

"alternative" parasites on rabbits, none of which was recorded from Victoria.

Of these eight, only O. bacoti has been found in this survey.

Demodex sp. (Demodicidae) (Id. R. Domrow). A single specimen of this

snus was recovered from a rabbit at Seymour. It was probably a straggler from

à canine or other domestic animal infestation, as the rabbit is not thought to be

a natural host of Demodex sp. in Australia (Radford 1950).

66 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, tj;

Mykytowycz (1957) recorded the rabbit as an alternative host fr

Trombicula samboni (Trombiculidae), a common itch-mite in South Ашш |

Womersley (1952) mentioned T. samboni as being present in South Aut!

where it has used rabbits as an alternative host after the extermination oft

native fauna. T. samboni was not found on Victorian rabbits although rij:

from areas adjacent to the south-east of South Australia, where the mit)

common, have been examined. |

Other mites collected from rabbits included Tetranychus sp. (l.]

Domrow) and mesostigmatid mites. These are usually pasture species. |

Ixodes comuatus Roberts and /. tasmani Neumann (Ixodidae), nyn

(Id. I. Beveridge and J. Arundel). These ticks were found on rabbits cole:

from Churchill Island. Nymphs of I. cornuatus have not been described (Rote:

1970 and J. Arundel, pers. comm.). They are considered indistinguishable fi:

nymphs of /. holocyclus (Beveridge, pers. comm.). /. cornuatus has not

recorded on rabbits by Roberts (1970), but I. tasmani, a widespread а

common species in Victoria, has been (Roberts 1970). |

The primary hosts of /xodes spp. on Churchill Island are not known Ne

were found on foxes or R. rattus collected on the island but it is likely thtt

presence of Ixodes spp. on the rabbit is a secondary infestation. |

Mykytowycz classified three tick species as “occasional”. These w

Amblyomma sp., Boophilus microplus (Canestrini) and J. holocyclus Naz.

Neither Amblyomma sp. nor B. microplus were found in this survey. |

Acknowledgement

This survey was financed in part by the Wool Research Trust fe

References

Dunnet, G. M. and Mardon, D. K., 1974. A monograph of Australian fleas (Siphompi:

Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. Series No. 30. -` |

Fenner, F. and Ratcliffe, F. N., 1965. Myxomatosis. Cambridge University Press.

Mead-Briggs, A. R., 1963. Further records of fleas occurring as stragglers on m

collected in Kent. Entomologist’s mon. Mag. 49: 25-26.

Mead-Briggs, A. R. and Hughes, A. H., 1965. Records of mites and lice from wild i

collected throughout Great Britain. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (13)8: 695-108.

Mykytowycz, R., 1957. Ectoparasites of the wild rabbit, Oryctolagus cuniculus (L

Australia. C.S.I.R.O. Wildl. Res. 2: 63-65. |

Newsome, A. E., 1969. A population study of house-mice temporarily inhabiting as

Australian wheatfield. J. anim. Ecol. 38: 341-359. |

Radford, C. D., 1950. The mites (Acarina) parasitic on mammals, birds and reptiles. he

40: 366-394.

Roberts, R. H. S., 1970. Australian ticks. C.S.1.R.O. publication. |

Shepherd, R. C. H. and Edmonds, J. W., 1973. Observations of ectoparasites of th

rabbit Oryctolagus cuniculus (L.) in the Werribee District of Victoria. 14

ent. Soc. 12: 195-200.

Williams, R. T., 1972. The distribution and abundance of the ectoparasites of the

UA Oryctolagus cuniculus (L.) in New South Wales, Australia. Parasit. 6

1-330.

Womersley, H., 1952. The scrub-typhus and scrub-itch mites of the Asiatic-Pacifc re

Rec. S.A. Mus. 10: 1-673. i

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, 1976 67

THE GENERIC POSITION OF AMPHIGERONTIA FORMOSA BANKS

(PSOCOPTERA: PSOCIDAE) AND RELATED SPECIES

By C. N. Smithers

The Australian Museum, Sydney

Abstract

Amphigerontia formosa Banks is redescribed and transferred to Sigmatoneura

Enderlein. Scaphopsocus Smithers and Sigmatoneura are synonymized by transfer of

Scaphopsocus phaeotherus Smithers to Sigmatoneura. Psocus filicornis Enderlein is con-

sidered to be the male of Cerastipsocus subcostalis Enderlein and Scaphopsocus smithersi

New to be the male of Scaphopsocus albostriatus New; both are considered, with

Amphigerontia kolbei Enderlein, to belong to Sigmatoneura.

Introduction

Amphigerontia formosa Banks (Banks, 1918) was described from a single

female taken at Kuranda, Queensland. Additional material is now available,

including males. As Banks’ description was brief, of one sex only and as no

description was given of genitalia, a redescription of the species is given here.

New data necessitate discussion of the generic position of the species and that of

related species from Africa and Asia.

Redescription of Amphigerontia formosa Banks

This is one of Australia’s largest species of Psocoptera.

FEMALE

Coloration (in alcohol). Head pale brown with brown markings. An indist-

inctly defined median brown band from clypeo-labral suture to top of vertex;

postclypeus with series of almost parallel brown stripes; brown mark between

compound eye and back of head; a few irregular brownish marks on epicranial

plates; gena with brown mark on anterior half. Labrum and anteclypeus dark in

middle, paler laterally. Scape, pedicel and first flagellar segment pale brown;

remainder of flagellum black. Eyes black. Ocelli margined black adjacent to each

other. Maxillary palps pale, apical segment black. Mesonotum very dark brown,

shiny; sutures, postero-lateral margin of lateral lobes and scutellum pale. Legs

pale brown, tips of tibiae and tarsi dark. Fore wings (Fig. 1) hyaline with brown

markings. Veins dark brown to whitish (see Fig. 1). Hind wing (Fig. 2) hyaline

with faint brown tinge behind M and before R,

Morphology. Length of body: 5.0 mm. Median epicranial suture distinct.

anterior arms indistinct. Length: of flagellar segments: fı: 1.7 mm; fz: 1.6 mm.

Autennae nearly twice as long as fore wings. Antennae long, fine, with short

setae, Eyes small, almost reaching level of vertex. IO/D (Badonnel): 2.3; PO:

0.73. Ocelli small, of equal size. Measurements of hind leg: F: 1.3 mm.; T:

23 mm; ti: 0.5 mm; tj: 0.25 mm; rt: 2:1; ct: 18, 3. Fore wing length: 6.0

mm; fore wing width: 2.1 mm. Fore wing (Fig. 1) somewhat narrowed towards

apex. Pterostigma with fairly sharp hind angle. Rs and M joined by fairly long

crossvein. R445 curving back after separation from К, +з so as to approach M

closely; Rass curves forward again before reaching wing margin. Angle between

М, and М, very acute. Areola postica tall with narrow apex. Sc short, approach-

ing costa distally. Fore wing glabrous. Hind wing length: 4.0 mm; hind wing

B Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, 1

i i i ig i d M fused for a length, фа:

width: 1.3 mm. Hind wings (Fig. 2) with Rs an gth, glabrox

Epiproct (Fig. 3). Paraproct (Fig. 4). Subgenital plate (Fig. 5). Gonapophyy:

(Fig. 6).

MALE ' |

Coloration (in alcohol). Head аз in female but overall a little dats!

Flagellum entirely black. Tibiae a little darker than femora. Fore wings 023)

hyaline, a little brown colour at base, otherwise lacking the bold extent:

pattern of the female; pterostigma dark brown. Veins, including Cu, m:

dark brown. Terminal abdominal structures very dark brown. Hind wing (Fi,

Morphology. Length of body: 4.0 mm. Median epicranial suture y

distinct, anterior arms hardly discernible. Lengths of antennal segments: f; l|

mm; Ё: 1.5 mm. Antennae long and fine, densely setose; setae erect. Ex

larger than in female but not quite reaching level of vertex. IO/D (Badon!

2.1; PO: 0.80. Ocelli large, anterior a little smaller than lateral ocelli. Mex:

ments of hind leg: Е: 1.1 mm; T: 2.0 mm; t1: 0.45 mm; t5: 025 тшу]!

1; ct 17, 4. Fore wing length: 4.6 mm; fore wing width: 1.7 mm. Fors

(Fig. 7). Hind wing (Fig. 8). Epiproct (Fig. 9). Paraproct (Fig. 10). Нурай:

(Fig. 11). Phallosome (Fig. 12;) |

MATERIAL EXAMINED |

QUEENSLAND: 19 (holotype), Kuranda, (Perkins) (M.C.Z. 10,042):

89, Kipper Creek, Esk, 20.xii.1970 (D. K. Norris) (ANIC). 19, 32 in|)

Paluma, 13.1.1970 (G.A. Holloway); 15, Smithfield, 15.xii.1974 (C.N. Smits.

J. V. Peters); 19, Iron Range, 12.v.1975 (M. S. Moulds); 12, Middle (бш

Iron Range, 4.х.1974 (M. S. Moulds); 1d, Veresdale, 1.vi.1961 (C. аш!

Smithers) (AM). NEW SOUTH WALES: 16, National Park, 29.1.1961 (C. Ne

A. S. Smithers); 15, Bega, 22.iii.1962 (A. 5. Smithers); 18, Coote’s Crow

Orara R., 26.viii.1961 (C. N. and A. S. Smithers); 1°, Coila Creek, $. М!

13.v.1975 (C. N. and С. F. Smithers); 15, 7%, Muogamarra Nature Ress)

23.v.1974 (C.N. Smithers); 1d, same locality, 2.v.1974 (C.N. and AS. Smitte: |

29, same locality, 15.xi.1973 (C. N. and A. S. Smithers); 16, same 100)

18.iv.1974 (С. N. Smithers); 18, same locality, 18.1.1974 (С. N. and al)

Smithers); 1 nymph, same locality, 20.vi.1974 (C.N. and A.S. Smithers) (Al)

The holotype, which is a female preserved dry, was originally dep

in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University but is novini

Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra. The other material ей!

is in the Australian Museum (АМ) and the Australian National Insect Сї,

(ANIC).

Discussion |

1. Amphigerontia formosa Banks and Scaphopsocus phaeotherus Smithes

The discovery of a male of Amphigerontia formosa confirms the opi

of Enderlein (1924) that the species had been incorrectly assigned to Ат |

ontia Kolbe: the males of Amphigerontiinae have the eighth sternite sta:

sclerotized and forming, with the ninth sternite (hypandrium), a strongly t=

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, 1976 69

FIGS 1-6. Sigmatoneura formosa (Banks) 9. (1) fore wing; (2) hind wing; (3) epiproct;

(4) paraproct; (5) subgenital plate; (6) gonapophyses.

70 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, ti;

structure above which lies the phallosome. The phallosome is modified, i,

reduction, to parameres which are often proximally separated. А. formos w:

probably placed in that genus because of the presence of a Rs-M cross;

the fore wing. It is now well known that, in Psocoptera, definition of go;

using this character alone can be unreliable. Enderlein (1924) placed A. fona;

in Loensia Enderlein but such action is not justified on venational nor geniti

evidence; Thornton (1961) has already indicated that A. formosa cannot

included in Loensia. Smithers (1960) erected Scaphopsocus, including (д!

Scaphopsocus phaeotherus Smithers, on a single male from Tanzania (i: |

Tanganyika). Comparison of males of A. formosa and S. phaeothens sw!

clearly that they are closely related and certainly congeneric. The сол!

sexual dimorphism in A. formosa, as revealed by the new material and alas |

noted by Takahashi (1921) for Amphigerontia kolbei Enderlein (see belo |

suggests that tie female of S. phaeotherus has a patterned wing.

2. Other species related to Amphigerontia formosa and Scaphopsocus pha

therus |

Enderlein (1906) described Amphigerontia kolbei from Japan (male ol)

and Okamoto (1907) described Cerastipsocus singularis (male only) ail

hakodatensis (female only), also from Japan. Enderlein (1908) гш!

Okamoto’s species as being the two sexes of one species, singularis, and ps

it with Cerastipsocus subcostalis Enderlein (Enderlein 1903) from Singapori

Sigmateneura (Enderlein 1908).

Okamoto (1932) recorded a species which he referred to as Psocus il)

(Enderlein) from Japan as did Tsutsumi (1964). Tsutsumi (1965) transis

Psocus kolbei (Enderlein) to Scaphopsocus and listed Sigmatoneura singls

(Okamoto) as a synonym, at the same time providing figures of the mle

female genitalia. Roesler (1944) had, in his key to genera of the Рој,

placed Sigmatoneura as a subgenus of Cerastipsocus Kolbe using vendis]

features; thus, at the time of Tsutsumi's paper (1965) the genus Scaplopi

was regarded as containing two species phaeotherus and kolbei. |

New (1973) described Scaphopsocus albostriatus (female only) ati!

smithersi (male only) from Ife-Ife, Nigeria. Taking into consideration thei:

that the specimens came from the same locality and that we now know dt

extreme sexual dimorphism in wing pattern, it seems extremely likely thate

one species, albostriatus, is represented. New (1975) described Заро

orientalis (male only) from Singapore.

Enderlein (1903) described Cerastipsocus subcostalis, which he sub)

ently made the type species of Sigmatoneura Enderlein. At the same tim |!

cit., p. 218) when describing Psocus filicornis he pointed out the remarki.

fact that 12 females of C. subcostalis were taken with 6 males of Ps filur

Perusal of the descriptions of these two species and the collection бї

very strongly that Ps. filicornis is the male of C. subcostalis.

Sigmatoneura subcostalis (Enderlein) and S. singularis (Okamoto) [=

hopsocus kolbei (Enderlein)| are clearly congeneric. |

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, 1976 71

FIGS 7-12, Sigmatoneura formosa (Banks) б. (7) fore wing; (8) hind wing; (9) epiproct;

(10) paraproct; (11) hypandrium; (12) phallosome.

aD Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, tt:

.3. Establishment of valid generic name |

From the foregoing it becomes clear that there have been described:

following congeneric species: albostriatus New, formosa Banks, kolbei Ended |

phaeothorus Smithers, orientalis New and subcostalis Enderlein. It remains n

to establish the valid generic name for this group of species. They canot} |

included in Amphigerontia Kolbe, Psocus Latreille nor Cerastipsocus Kal |

morphological grounds. The earliest generic name available for any memberi

the group, other than the above three, is Sigmatoneura Enderlein; this ш

should therefore be used. |

Synonymic list of species of Sigmatoneura Enderlein

Sigmatoneura Enderlein, 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 761. |

Type species: Cerastipsocus subcostalis Enderlein 1903.

Scaphopsocus Smithers, 1960. Ann. Mus. Congo belge 88: 373.

Type species: S. phaeotherus Smithers syn. nov.

Sigmatoneura subcostalis (Enderlein)

Cerastipsocus subcostalis Enderlein 1903. Ann. hist.-nat. Mus. hung. 1: 215, pl. IV, fg),

Sigmatoneura subcostalis (Enderlein). Enderlein 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 761. |

Cerastipsocus (Sigmatoneura) subcostalis (Enderlein). Roesler 1944. Stettin. ent. Zig Is |

147. \

Рѕосиѕ filicornis Enderlein 1903. Ann. hist.-nat. Mus. hung. 1: 217 syn. nov. |

Psocidus filicornis (Enderlein). Smithers 1967. Aust. Zool. 15(1): 108 syn. nov. |

Sigmatoneura kolbei (Enderlein) comb. nov.

Amphigerontia kolbei Enderlein 1906. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 246.

Cerastipsocus singularis Okamoto 1907. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist. Soc. 2: 118, i!

Sigmatoneura singularis (Okamoto). Enderlein 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 761.

Cerastipsocus hakodatensis Okamoto 1907. Trans. Sapporo. nat. Hist. Soc. 2: 119.

Cerastipsocus hakodatensis Okamoto. Enderlein 1908. Zool. Anz. 33: 761.

Psocus kolbei (Enderlein). Okamoto 1932. Iconographia Insectorum Japonicorum "|

p. 1993.

Scaphopsocus kolbei (Enderlein). Tsutsumi 1965. Spec. Bull Lep. Soc. lp 1:14

Scaphopsocus kolbei (Enderlein). New 1975. Oriental Insects 9(3): 250, figs 2123.

Sigmatoneura formosa (Banks) comb. nov. |

Amphigerontia formosa Banks 1918. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. 62: 4, pl. ШАЙ

Loensia formosa (Banks). Enderlein 1924. S. B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 31: 35. |

Sigmatoneura albostriata (New) comb. nov.

Scaphopsocus albostriatus New 1973. Occ. Publ. ent. Soc. Nigeria 10: 8, figs I)

Scaphopsocus smithersi New 1973. Occ. Publ. ent. Soc. Nigeria 10: 9, figs 22-25 уй

Sigmatoneura phaeothera (Smithers) comb. nov.

Scaphopsocus phaeotherus Smithers 1960. Ann. Mus. Congo belge 88: 373. |

Sigmatoneura orientalis (New) comb. nov. |

Scaphopsocus orientalis New 1975. Oriental Insects 9(3): 250, figs 18-20. |

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, 1976 73

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank the collectors of material for presenting this to the

Australian Museum, Mr M. S. Upton for arranging the loan of type material and

Miss J. O'Regan for preparing illustrations to this paper.

References

Banks, N., 1918. New Neuropteroid Insects. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 62(1): 1-22, 2 pls.

Enderlein, G., 1903. Die Copeognathen des indo-australischen Faunengebictes. Ann. hist.-

. nat. Mus. hungr. 1: 179-344, 12 figs, pls iii-xiv.

Enderlein, G., 1906. Die Copeognathen-Fauna Japans. Zool Jb. Abt. Syst. 23: 243-256,

pls 10, 11.

Enderlein, G., 1908. Die Copeognathenfauna der Insel Formosa. Zool. Anz. 33: 759-779,

3 figs. :

Enderlein, G., 1924. Copeognathen. т Damph, A., Zur Kenntnis der estlandischen Moor-

fauna (11).'S. B. Ges. naturf. Fr. Berl. 31: 34-37.

New, T. R., 1973. A collection of Psocoptera from Nigeria. Occ. Publ. ent. Soc. Nigeria

10: 1-22, 41 figs.

New, T. R., 1975. Psocidae (Psocoptera) from Malaysia and Singapore. Oriental Insects

9(3): 243-259, 43 figs.

Okamoto, H., 1906. On the Psocidae of Japan. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 197-199.

Okamoto, H., 1907. Die Psociden Japans. Trans. Sapporo nat. Hist. Soc. 2: 113-147, pl. II.

Okamoto, H., 1932. Iconographia Insectorum Japonicorum Ed. I.

| Roesler, R., 1944. Die Gattungen der Copeognathen. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 117-166.

Smithers, C. N., 1960. Mission zoologique de l'LR.S.A.C. en Afrique orientale (P. Basil-

ewsky et N. Leleup). LV Psocoptera. Ann. Mus. Congo belge 88: 365-376, 16 figs.

Snithers, C. N., 1967. A catalogue of the Psocoptera of the world. Aust. Zool. 14(1): 1-145.

Takahashi, R., 1921: On the oecology of the Corrodentia. Dobuts Z. Tokyo 33: 173-180,

2 figs.

Thornton, I. W. B., 1961. The Trichadenotecnum group (Psocoptera: Psocidae) in Hong

Kong with descriptions of new species. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 113(1): 1-24,

40figs. -

Tsutsumi, C., 1964. New species and records of Psocoptera from the Amani Islands, Japan.

Kontyu 32(1): 117-121, 2 figs.

Tsutsumi, C., 1965. On the psocids taken by Dr. Takahashi Shirozu in Formosa. Spec. Bull.

Lep. Soc. Japan 1: 246-248, 6 figs.

INTERESTING BUTTERFLY RECORDS FROM SOUTHERN

QUEENSLAND AND CENTRAL NEW SOUTH WALES

By D. Binns

Toad Hall, Australian National University, P.O. Box 4, Canberra, A.C.T.

Abstract

i A new locality and a previously unrecorded food plant are recorded for Pseudalmenus

chlorinda (Blanchard); interesting collections of Toxidia thyrrhus Mabille and Argynnis

hyperbius inconstans Butler are reported.

74 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, (t:

On 26th December, 1974, several fresh specimens of Pseudalmeng

chlorinda chloris Waterhouse and Lyell were captured, and others observed, c |

a ridge in sclerophyll forest about 5 km west of Figtree, near Wollong |

N.S.W. This represents the second coastal record for this species in NSW, t

species having recently been taken near Ulladulla (Daniels, 1976). An inspec

of Acacia botrycephala (Vent) Desf. bushes about 2 metres high, around whic

the adults were flying, revealed a number of first instar larvae and one alo

mature larva. A. botrycephala has not previously been recorded as a food pat |

for Pseudalmenus chlorinda. |

No adults were flying when the area was revisited two weeks later, t;

were again observed on 28th September 1975 when one pupa was found ui

bark of a dead log at the base of one of the A. botrycephala. The puis: |

taken to Canberra and emerged three weeks later. |

This breeding colony appears to ре a small one, and on both visits tot

area, adults were relatively uncommon. It is likely that a more extensive sex!

of this area will reveal additional colonies, as A. botrycephala is fairly арш

Ten specimens of Toxidia thyrrhus Mabille (including two females) vs

taken and others observed on 10th January 1976, in a small patch of fringi

rain forest along a creek approximately 50 km north of Bundaberg, s

eastern Queensland. T. thyrrhus has only recently been recorded sou:

Yeppoon, from 20 km north of Manumbar (De Baar, 1976). Toxidia тїшї

rietmanni (Semper) was also fairly common in this patch of rain foe

Adults of Argynnis hyperbius inconstans Butler were found tot

relatively common on 12th January, 1976 near a small swamp about 108

south of Gympie; south-eastern Queensland. Six fresh specimens (36, 19) wi

taken, males being much more numerous than females. Adults had a si

fluttering flight until disturbed and seemed to be attracted to flowers dit

Polygonum sp. growing in the swamp. No Viola sp., the food plant of 41.

inconstans recorded by Common and Waterhouse (1972), was observed int

vicinity. |

Both the appearance of adults in flight, and their mode of flight, i.

some resemblance to that of Danaus chrysippus petilia (Stoll) which w

common in the same area.

Acknowledge ments

Thanks are due to Dr I. F. B. Common and Mr E. D. Edwar

helpful comments on the manuscript.

References

Common, 1. Е. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus ani Ri

son, Sydney. 498 pp.

Daniels, G., 1976. Pseudalmenus chlorinda (Blanchard) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) fe

southern New South Wales. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3): 57.

De Baar, M., 1976. Notes on Hesperiidae and Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera) from ШК

Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(6): 123-124. |

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, 1976 75

SPIRAL VIBRISSAE IN SOME CLUSIID FLIES

(DIPTERA, SCHIZOPHORA)

By David K. McAlpine

The Australian Museum, Sydney

Abstract

Males of three Australian species of the family Clusiidae have the vibrissae modified

to form a three-dimensional spiral. It is possible that such a modification, together with the

broadening of the head, is of use in agonistic behaviour between rival males.

Occurrence and description ^

Males of some species of the family Clusiidae have the vibrissae (a pair of

differentiated bristles on the anteroventral angles of the cheek region) larger

. than those of the females and curved in a three-aimensional spiral. These species

. ue: Clusiodes gladiator McAlpine, Parahendelia latifrons McAlpine, and Parahen-

. delia nigriceps McAlpine (see McAlpine 1960 for descriptions). In C. gladiator

. only the males with the more developed vibrissae, і.е. usually the larger

individuals, exhibit the spiral curvature (Fig. 1), the vibrissae of the females and

. smaller males being simply incurved. In P. latifrons all males seen have spiral

. vibrissae, and some females show a less marked spiral structure. Only the unique

holotype of P. nigriceps, which has spiral vibrissae, has been seen.

The term spiral is not here confined to the strict mathematical definition,

. but is used to include cylindrical helices (cylindrical geodetic lines) in addition

(see Thompson 1917 for discussion of spirals in biology).

The spiral vibrissa presents a corkscrew-like, three dimensional curve, but

describes only a single whorl through its entire length. The spiral is somewhat

. irregular and does not always extend to the basal part of the vibrissa. The spiral

of both vibrissae is left-handed; that is to say each is the opposite or mirror

. image of the spiral seen in such familiar items as a screw thread, a corkscrew, or

- the shell of a garden snail. For this reason the pair of vibrissae does not exhibit

symmetry about the sagittal plane of the head. The one vibrissa represents the

_ approximate image of the other, and a condition of true symmetry is that the

one half of the object (divided off by the plane of symmetry or sagittal plane)

represents the mirror image of the other half. A further cause of asymmetry is

the difference of phase at the basal commencement of the curvature between

the two vibrissae, which, continuing through the length of the curve, results in

the apex of one vibrissa (usually the left) being curved upwards, the other

downwards.

Associated with the enlargement and spiral curvature of the vibrissae in

these forms there is a variable degree of widening of the head. In males of C.

gladiator the head of the male is only slightly wider than that of the female, the

antennae being slightly more separated at their bases than in that sex. In the

males of Parahendelia spp. the head is conspicuously widened and the antennae

widely separated. The widening of the head in the males also occurs in the

Species which are dealt with by Frey (1960) in the genus Hendelia and Soós

_ (1963) in the genus Prohendelia. Some of these have the vibrissae enlarged, but

no mention is made of the curvature of the vibrissae.

16 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November jy:

Curved vibrissae are present throughout the family Clusiidae and in ms

other families of higher Diptera (e.g. Piophilidae, Agromyzidae, Heleomyzit |

Muscidae). Usually the curve lies approximately in one plane and may shy

slight deviations from the circular suggesting a plane spiral.

Parallels elsewhere in animal kingdom |

Paired spiral adornments of the head occur in certain groups of Manni:

and frequently are present in the male sex only, the adornments (horn, tx

being often absent or undeveloped in females. In this they resemble Пе

mentioned clusiid flies in which the vibrissae are best developed and attain t,

spiral structure in males. In the family Bovidae of the mammalian oi

Artiodactyla many species possess spiral horns. These horns may bed

spirally sculptured or their axes may be wound into a spiral curve. In evt

there is approximate symmetry of the pair in contrast to the asymmeti

clusiid pair. If the left horn has a left-handed spiral then the right hom ix

right-handed spiral (homonymous forms, e.g. sheep); when the left hom ts:

right-handed spiral, then the right horn has a left-handed spiral (heteronym:

forms, e.g. most species of “antelope’’).

The only close parallel with clusiid spirals among the mammali і:

perhaps among the whole animal kingdom) is found in occasional nii

specimens of the narwhal (Monodon monoceros, order Cetacea). The mti,

this whale has usually a single long straight tusk produced by the hyper

of one of a pair of teeth in the front of the upper jaw. The tusk shows sti:

left-handed spiral sculpturing. Rarely the male has both teeth developed i

tusks in which case the spiral sculpture of both is left handed.

I propose to use the term bisinistral to designate the kind осш)

twisting found in the paired cephalic processes of male Parahendeliay,

Clusiodes gladiator, and Monodon monoceros. The mirror image 0

condition, which could be termed bidextral, is unknown to me in the ai

kingdom. |

Adaptive value |

usually connected

deterring other males which enter an established territory. The sexual behai

of the Clusiidae is not yet recorded. Representatives of some other acalyp

families have comparably modified processes of the male head which are kt.

to be used in fighting other males of their species (McAlpine, 1975; M.

in press). The modification of males of Pogonortalis doclea (Walker) as бй!

by McAlpine consists of the enlargement of a group of bristles (поют

with the vibrissa) on the cheek region of each side of the head, whith

engaged with those of an opposing male when fighting. As in the lusit

considered, the male of P. doclea usually has the head broader than йй

female. Some other flies with broadened heads in the male sex (Ду ЙЁ

Achias, McAlpine unpublished) are known to engage the heads with one ad

in fighting: Because the structural modifications of these clusiids so r£

those of other flies, in which they are known to play a role in qu

behaviour, I consider it very probable that they are also adapted for fiie

This supposition could explain the significance of the asymmetry £^

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, 1976 7

FIG. 1. Head of Clusiodes gladiator, Ó. v: vibrissae.

FIG. 2. Hypothetical diagram of the vibrissae of a pair of С clusiid flies engaged in fighting.

The vibrissae are thickened for clarity.

above. In an opposed pair of males the left vibrissa of one individual would be

applied to the right vibrissa of the other. Hence the upwardly curved apex of the

left vibrissa would slide over the downwardly curved apex of the opponent's

right vibrissa.- Because both of these are curved in a left-handed spiral, they can

be closely applied over a considerable part of their length. This would not be

possible in a hypothetical pair of flies both with an asymmetrical pair of

homonymous (or both with heteronymous) vibrissae. In Clusiodes gladiator, as

in Pogonortalis and other agonistic male flies, the adaptations for fighting are

less developed in small weak males, which would be less likely to be able to

utilise them to advantage. If the agonistic behaviour takes the form of attempting

to force the rival from his footing on an area of substrate (as in Pogonortalis and

Zygothrica), then it is apparent how the forces applied through the vibrissae

could act. A fly with its left vibrissa applied to the dorsal surface of its

opponent's right vibrissa and its right vibrissa applied to the ventral surface of

its opponent’s left vibrissa (Fig. 2) would be in a position to exert a torque

through its opponent’s vibrissae in a counter-clockwise direction (as seen from

its own aspect). It is also in a position to receive such a force from its opponent

ina clockwise direction. Because the two contestants would face in opposite

directions, these same statements with respect to direction apply for each of

them. The increased distance between the vibrissae of the individual, resulting

from the widened head, would increase the value of the torque, according to the

lever principle. The first individual to yield to the opposing torque would tend

to be rolled over on its right side and could thus have difficulty maintaining a

footing on the substrate.

PH Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November 1

After forcing the departure of its opponent from the substrate (реш

well located leaf surface), the remaining male could be in a favourable posti |

for courting females.

References

R., 1960. Studien über indoaustralische Clusiiden (Dipt.) nebst Katalog der (шїї |

Comment. biol. Helsingfors 22:11:31%

McAlpine, D. K., 1960. A review of the Australian species of Clusiidae (Diptera, Ашур!

ata). Rec. Aust. Mus. 25: 63-94. |

McAlpine, D. K., 1975. Combat between males of Pogonortalis doclea (Diptera, Plays,

atidae) and its relation to structural modification. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(5): 10h"

Moulds, M. S. In press. Field observations on behaviour of Phytalmia... J. Aust. eu

Soos, A., 1963. Prohendelia (Prohendelia) freyi spec. nov., and some notes on the g

Hendelia Czerny s.l. (Diptera: Clusiidae). Acta zool. Acad. Sci. Hung. 9: 1t

Thomson, D. W., 1917. Or growth and form. University Press, Cambridge. 793 р. — |

Frey,

TIDE MARKS: A POORLY EXPLOITED COLLECTING SITE

By G. A. Williams

46 Louis Street, Granville, N.S.W. 2142.

Tide marks, particularly on less developed beaches offer the entomol

and especially the coleopterist, a unique if rather leisurely method of cole,

It is an area of potential collecting apparently ignored by most collectos

visits to beaches often yield rewarding results.

Wave action has the effect of concentrating large amounts of fut.

matter along beaches in long but narrow lines. Insects, even if living we |

washed ashore, frequently remain near this line and the collector needs шї

walk along these distinct tide marks.

Tide marks represent to many beach scavengers a potentially їшї!

food source and the intending collector therefore is placed in direct соци.

with them for any insect specimens deposited there. Ghost crabs, cpu.

and gulls, Larus spp. are coastal scavengers commonly met with. In їй

drying by sunlight and even the slightest breeze can quickly destroy and |

tide marks and the specimens there. To overcome this to some extent ttt)

rise is necessary if serious collecting is to be attempted. |

Results from beach collecting are of interest when supplementary toot,

collecting methods in the same district. For example, at Harrington, norte |

Taree on the New South Wales north coast, where I have taken Соко

lights for a number of years, Anoplognathus pallidicollis Blanchard has уш

taken at lights but examination of local tide marks in late November toe

January has revealed considerable numbers of this species. In contrat

dynastid Dipelicus duplex (Sharp) has yet to be found along tide lins be

common in mid February to late March at lights in the same tows:

Success depends greatly on prevailing weather conditions and the 02

ence of high and low tides. Experience so far indicates that optimum tides ape |

to be early morning ‘highs’ coupled with late afternoon low tides. Tide chati!

necessary if visits to beaches by entomologists planning to systematically ©

along these useful tide marks, are to be anything more than incidental. —

| Aust ent. Mag. 3(4), November, 1976 79

RECENT LITERATURE

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

| BARKER, J. S. F. and MULLEY, J. C.

1976. lsozyme variation in natural populations of Drosophila buzzatii.

Eyolution 30: 213-233.

| BOCK, I. R.

1976. Drosophilidae of Australia. I. Drosophila (Insecta: Diptera). Aust. J.

Zool., Suppl. Ser. 40: 1-105.

BRIESE, D. T.

1976. Thesis abstract. Ecological studies on an ant community in a semi-

arid habitat (with emphasis on seed-harvesting species) Aust. J. Ecol.

1(3): 201.

Hymenoptera: Chelaner spp. and Pheidole spp.

; CURRIE, N. T.

1974. Tobacco beetle control. Qd agric. J. 100(12): 587-594, illustr.

1 DOUBE, B. М. and HEATH, A. С. С.

1975. Observations on the biology and seasonal abundance of-an encyrtid

wasp, a parasite of ticks in Queensland. J. med. Ent. 12(4): 443-447.

| DOUBE, B. M. and KEMP, D. H.

1975. Paralysis of cattle by Ixodes шшс; Neumann. Aust. J. agric.

Res. 26(3): 635-640.

і DUCKWORTH, W. Donald and EICHLIN, Thomas D.

1974. Clearwing moths of Australia and New Zealand (Lepidoptera:

Sesiidae). Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology 180. 45 pp., illustr.

| EDGAR, J. А. and CULVENOR, C. С. J.

1974. Pyrrolizidine ester alkaloid in danaid butterflies. Nature 248 (No.

5449): 614-616, text-figs 1 & 2.

Lepidoptera: Danaus hamatus hamatus

Euploea tulliolus tulliolus

1975. Pyrrolozidine alkaloids in Parsonsia species (family Apocynaceae)

which attract danaid butterflies. Experientia 31: 393-394, 1 table.

| РАІМ, Alex and DOMROW, Robert

1974. The subgenus Cytostethum Domrow (Acari: Atopomelidae): mult-

iple speciation on the marsupial Potorous tridactylus (Kerr). Aust.

J. Zool. 22(4): 549-572, table 1, text-figs 1-40.

| GALLOWAY, I. D.

1975. Identifying insects . . . Earwigs (Order Dermaptera). Od agric. J.

101(5): 581-582, illustr.

Popular introductory notes specifically mentioning only Nala lividipes.

1975. Identifying insects. Cockroaches (Order Blattodea). Qd agric. J.

101(4): 399-402, illustr.

1976. Identifying insects. Termites (Order Isoptera). Qd agric. J. 102(2):

139-144, illustr.

: GARD, G. , MARSHALL, I.D. and WOODROOFE, G.M.

1973. Annually recurrent epidemic polyarthritis and Ross River virus

activity in a coastal area of New South Wales. II. Mosquitoes, viruses,

and wildlife. Amer. J. Trop. med. Hyg. 22: 551-560.

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4), November, t

80 |

RAY, D. A. H.

ioc Insect pests on passion fruit. Od agric. J. 102(2): 145-151, а)

PAPAVERO, N. and WILCOX, J. |

1974. Studies of Mydidae (Diptera) systematics and evolution. J. Ар

inary classification in subfamilies, with the descriptions of ton |

genera from the Oriental and Australian regions. Arquivos j|

Zoologia 25(1): 1-34, tables 1-3, maps 1-4, text-figs 1-14. [Index

parts I & II, 25(1): 59-60.]

ROSS, Edward S. |

1974. Embioptera (embiids, web-spinners, foot-spinners). (Chapter 23 i |

The insects of Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni Prs |

Carlton, Victoria. Page 50.

SINGH, Pritam

1974. Aseptic rearing of Epiphyas postvittana (Lepidoptera: Tortici |

; on a meridic diet. N.Z. J. Zool. 1(2): 241-243. |

SISSON, Robert F. |

1974. At home with the bulldog ant. National Geographic 146(1): 607,

illustr.

Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Myrmecia gulosa |

SMART, P., ARMATI, P., PIRIE, C. and GILMOUR, D.

1976. Chemosterilization of the Queensland fruit fly, Dacus tryoni. Ait |

J. agric. Res. 27(1): 85-94. . |

SMART, Р. and GILMOUR, D. |

1976. Chemosterilant as a booby-trapping agent for epe Ouenn р

fly, Dacus tryoni. Aust. J. agric. Res. 21(1): 95-100.

SMITH, D.

1975. Cabbage pest control investigations. Qd J. agric. animal Sciens

32(1): 13-18, tables 1-3.

Also issued, 1975, as Qd Dept. Prim. Indust., Div. Plant Indust. Bull. No. 16 |

SMITH, D. and IRONSIDE, D. A.

1974. The seasonal history of Gascardia destructor (Newstead) in Ques!

land. Od J. agric. anim. Sci. 31(3): 195-199, text-fig. 1.

Also issued, 1974, as Od Dept. Prim. fndust., Div. anim. Indust. Bull. xl

Van Den BROEK, W.

1975. The effect of temperature on damage to stored apples by the lgi,

brown apple moth, Epiphyas postvittana (Walker), and the effei |

cold storage on its viability. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(1): 1-5, tablas.

text-fig. 1. |

WALLBANK, B. E. and GREENING, H. G. |

1976. Insecticide resistance in grain insects. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. Т}!

31, illustr.

WEBB, С. C. and KOMAROWSKI, L. i

1976. Haplo-diploid locust embryos arising by accidental ћу

Chortoicetes. terminifera investigated by G-banding. Chromos

Berl. 55 247-251, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-5.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

EXCHANGE. Western Australian beetles (all families) for weevils from

N.S.W., Victoria or Tasmania. Dr F. H. Uther Baker, 4 Collier St., Applecross,

W.A. 6153.

EXCHANGE. Coleoptera from New Zealand for Australian. I am interested in

all families and also have specimens from Japan, Europe and U.S.A. for exchange.

“М. J. Meads, Ecology Div., D.S.I.R., P.O. Box 30466, Lower Hutt, New Zealand.

WANTED. Entomological cabinet, suitable for butterflies. A. D. Mares, 37

Farrer-Brown Court, Nuffield Village, Castle Hill, N.S.W., 2151. (Ph. 634 7139).

EXCHANGE. Butterflies from the Australian region wanted in exchange for

‘butterflies from South America and central Africa. Gunther E. Reschke, 5904

Eiserfeld, Am Spies 1, West Germany.

Kamerunga Biological Laboratories

P.O. Box 169, Cairns, Nth. Queensland, 4870

PREPARATORS AND COMMISSION COLLECTORS

FOR RESEARCH INSTITUTES

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends

и one or тоге printed pages. Further reprints may be purchased if ordered in

advance,

Matter submitted tor publication should, preferably, be type-written,

double spaced and in duplicate.

Persons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any

Paper considered unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065.

CONTENTS

BINNS, D. Interesting butterfly records from southern Queensland and

central New South Wales ..------- 1

McALPINE, David K. Spiral vibrissae in some clusid flies (Dipten,

Schizophora) -..- «sooo 00r DOSE

SHEPHERD, R.C.H. aad EDMONDS, J.W. Ectoparasite stragglers (Siphon

aptera and Acarina) of the wild rabbit, Oryctolagus cuniculus (b)

in Victoria llic c uut ee ee RN

SMITHERS, C. N. The generic position of Amphigerontia formosa Banks

(Psocoptera: Psocidae) and relatedispecies ELE

WILLIAMS, G. A. Tide marks: a poorly exploited collecting site . . ....

BOOK REVIEW — Birdwing butterflies of the world ..............

RECENT LITERATURE ....-:-- -P

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES ......------+++-++++-: inside bad

NEW BOOKS

MITES INJURIOUS TO ECONOMIC PLANTS by Jeppson, LR di

1975. 672 pages, 117 photos, 138 figs. Price $37.50

The authors provide an authoritative digest of all the available information on

mites (Acarina) known to produce injury to plants of economic importance. |

review our present knowledge of the general systematics, biology and distribui

of the world's phytophagous mites, and of their biological enemies, their rok

the transmission of plant diseases, and methods for their control. Тахопотш

to the economic species and a key to all genera of the Eriophyoidae are inclu

MITES OF MOTHS AND BUTTERFLIES by A. E. Treat. wi

362 pages, 150 figs. Price $43.75

This book is the only comprehensive treatment of mite-lepidopteran association

any language. The author provides an account of early discoveries, discusses eq.

ment and methods for studying mites, and describes their structure, ШЫ

and classification. Coverage is worldwide, although much of the material терг

the author’s own studies of North American species. ^

TOXICOLOGY OF PESTICIDES by W. J. Hayes. 1975. 580 m

illustr. Price $49.50 1

This book was written to show how the modern, quantitative science of tox |

ogy can help achieve a rational approach to environmental chemicals. Its

cerned with the principles and general conditions of exposure to toxic аре

observed effects of this exposure on human health, the problems of diagnosi

treatment, the means of preventing injury, and the impact of pesticide

domestic animals and wildlife. It is directed to the physician who must dig

and treat poisoning and advise his patients about the safe use of pesti

Australian Entomological Supplies |

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 5244

Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd) 4

ISSN 0311-1881

\USTRALIAN

INTOMOLOGICAL

lAGAZINE |

` ent. Mag.

Edited by M. S. Moulds

| VOLUME 3, PART 5

| FEBRUARY, 1977

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zed;

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and profesi

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each үй

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated joumal E

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be їогуш в

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$6.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$7.50 (US$10.00) per annum overseas

Institutional Subscriptions

A$7.50 (US$10.00) per annum

COVER |

Illustrated by Andrew Atkins from a specimen reared by "

Depicts the Australian hawk moth Hippotion scrofa (Boisduval) a com

endemic species found throughout the continent. The larvae, which can belt

feeding on Fuschias and Balsams in suburban gardens, are either green її

each colour forni possessing yellow lateral eye-spots and other limited mat

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS

6 Roger Street, Brookvale,

N.S.W., 2100.

Austtalian Entomological

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

Volume 3, Part 5 February, 1977

pT Ta лы

ОМА NUNN

f v BONS

ELECTED FROM >

ee SONTH WALES |

A LIST OF THE BUPRESTIDAE (COLEOPTERA)

LEPTOSPERMUM FLAVESCENS SM. AT EAST MINT

By G. A. Williams ОБ pea

46 Louis Street, Granville, New South Wales 2j42. VIC (OV ^

Introduction

East Minto is situated approximately 56 km south west of Sydney, roughly

‚_ equidistant between Liverpool and Campbelltown. The area is typical of the

Hawkesbury sandstone country of the Sydney environs. Local residential

development is, however, encroaching on this area of natural bushland.

Leptospermum flavescens Sm. (family: Myrtaceae), known locally as the

| Yellow Tea Tree, is frequently found in the area along open gullies, small water

- courses and cleared areas adjacent to roads.

Collecting of buprestids from the blossom of L. flavescens was carried

‚ out during the years 1972, 1974 and 1975. The occurrence of buprestid species

| was rated on a per season basis and data tabulated for the 19 species recorded.

In the following list the term ‘rare’ indicates less than three specimens, ‘few’

three to ten specimens and ‘common’ more than ten specimens taken during

: each year of collection.

Nomenclature follows that of Carter (1929).

List of species

Species Seasonal status Dates

1972 1974 1975 of collection

= —————— > ты dl, ee E eL LOT ИЩ

Subfamily Buprestinae

Neocuris guerini Hope absent rare absent 12 Dec- 17 Dec

Curis caloptera Boisd. absent absent rare 2 Dec

Stigmodera macularia Don. common common common 25 Nov - 14 Dec

Stigmodera andersoni L. & G. тате rare absent 2 Dec- 11 Dec

Stigmodera australasiae L. & G. rare absent absent 2 Dec

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 19 |

82 ' ny m |

Stigmodera balteata Saund. few few absent 26 Nov- 12D: |

Stigmodera bella Saund. absent rare absent 9 Dec |

Stigmodera coeruleipes Saund. rare rare absent 25 Nov-9 De |

Stigmodera cruenta L.&G. rare absent absent 2 Dec |

Stigmodera nasuta Saund. common common common 21 Noy- 17}: :

Stigmodera flavopicta Boisd. absent few rare 2 Dec-12 D

Stigmodera luteipennis L. &G. gare absent absent 2 Dec |

Stigmodera octospilota І. & С. таге absent few 25 Nov-2 De |

Stigmodera rufipennis Kirby few absent few 25 Nov-2 De

Stigmodera sexguttata Macl. rare few absent 2Dec-T |

Stigmodera sexplagiata L.&G. common common common 23 Noy-15 Ds

Stigmodera spinolae L. &G. absent absent rare 21 Noy

Stigmodera undulata (Don.) common few few 25 Nov- 10D: |

Subfamily Chalcophorinae |

Cyria imperialis Fab. rare absent absent 2 Dec

No. of spp. occurring each season 14 11 9 |

4 Я |

Discussion |

No buprestids were seen until the 21st November in any year, sone:

weeks after the initial blossoming of L. flavescens. Variation in local та

temperature in the three years of collection appeared to make no different:

blossoming times of the plant or the dates on which buprestids were first w

feeding from L. flavescens. The greatest number of both species and indivi

were reached just prior to the final flowering phases of the plant which ош

on approximately 18th December. |

The ‘Tick bush’ Kunzea ambigua (Sm.) Druce, family Myrtace T

available as a secondary food source until the end of November. One jewel! |

Neocuris guerini, although found only once on Leptospermum (1974)

reasonably common on Kunzea blossom growing only a few metres ai:

Random collecting in the area for buprestids after mid December revealed

Cisseis leucostricta, specimens of which were restricted to Banksia sp. — |

Considerable seasonal variation was noted during the period of this

in both the number of species and number of individuals present. It арр

populations of all the buprestids listed, other than those of the threm;

common species (S. macularia, S. nasuta and S. sexplagiata), are Э

considerable fluctuatioa from year to year. |

No doubt continued collecting from L. flavescens in the area wilt

further species. i

Acknowledgement |!

Thanks are expressed to the National Herbarium, Sydney, for |

identifications. |!

Reference |

CARTER, H.J., 1929. A check list of the Australian Buprestidae. Aust. Zool. 5 (4): X

» Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977 | 83

MIGRATION ОЕ PAP/L/O DEMOLEUS STHENELUS W. S. MACLEAY

(LEPIDOPTERA: PAPILIONIDAE) IN WESTERN AUSTRALIA

By B. Dell

School of Environmental & Life Sciences, Murdoch University, Murdoch, W.A.

Abstract

Observations of the behaviour of Papilio demoleus sthenelus W. S. Macleay in south-

. west Western Australia are reported. This butterfly is a spasmodic visitor to the Perth

| metropolitan area where it occasionally breeds on Citrus. The migratory nature of the

| species is reaffirmed and discussed.

Introduction

The chequered swallowtail (Papilio demoleus sthenelus W. S. Macleay)

occurs throughout mainland Australia but is uncommon in southern parts of

Western Australia. Common and Waterhouse (1972) state that the Species

| appears to be migratory, but little is known of its movements. Alexander (1917)

noted the build up of several insect species including the chequered swallowtail

during summer in the south west of Western Australia and suggested that

migration had occurred. Barrett and Burns (1951) refer to the sporadic

appearance of the chequered swallowtail in southern Australia but no details of

migration are given. The only confirmed record of migration of the chequered

swallowtail is that of Smithers and McArtney (1970) for the Northern

Temitory. Since very few insect migrations have been noted in Western

Australia (e.g. Smithers 1974) the following observations may be useful in

further studies on the migration of Lepidoptera.

Occurrence in Perth metropolitan area

Observations are reported for the period 1962-1976. During this time P. d.

Sthenelus appeared spasmodically in the Perth metropolitan area. Major

invasions occurred in October 1963, October 1968 and April 1976. A small

number of specimens were seen in late 1966. Butterflies from the 1963

invasion established themselves near Kalamunda and bred successfully on Citrus.

However, adults from the local generation dispersed and the species was not

seen again in this area until 1966.

The 1968 invasion occurred in late October during hot, sunny weather

Which followed a period of below average maximum temperatures. Accompany-

ing the influx of chequered swallowtails was a large number of lesser wanderers

(Danaus chrysippus petilia) and a few sulphurs (Eurema sp.). Eurema is a

northern genus which only rarely appears in the south-west of Western Australia.

It is probable that all the species referred to above migrated southwards after

temperatures returned to normal October conditions.

In 1976 the first specimens of P. d. sthenelus were seen in late March. By

late April the species was extremely common in the Perth region and was seen in

city streets, suburbs, surrounding rural land and within the jarrah forest of the

Darling Range. The earliest specimens captured were tattered and worn but by

April most of the specimens were in good condition. Mating behaviour was

observed on sunny days near Kalamunda but a search of nearby Citrus trees

revealed no larval stages. In an area of mixed Citrus and market gardening the

84 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, t; -

butterflies were attracted to young rows of swedes, flying low for long pei

of time or alighting on the plants. Within the jarrah forest the butterflies ve |

observed feeding at: the creamy-white, tubular flowers of Styphelia. Like my)

other species of butterflies they were also strongly attracted to Buddleia їо; |

Migration |

On 23 April 1976 a migration of P. d. sthenelus was observed пой,

Perth. Butterflies were seen flying south throughout the shaded area in Fig |

Some details of weather conditions and rates of migration at two localities x

given in Table 1. The day was warm, sunny and sultry. Butterflies were fix,

seen at 1000 hours (Western Australian Standard Time), increased in їшї.

until at least 1500 hours then decreased, the last specimen being seen at 16|

hours. At the locality near Regan's Ford, butterflies emerged fron ғ

Adenanthos - Eucalyptus open woodland, crossed a gravel road with avi

scrub verge, then passed across open farmland. A constant southerly dirti:

was maintained by all specimens. Occasionally one would stop to visit Dia

in flower along the road verge before continuing south. The migration inci

males and females. The condition of the wings varied from good to tattered I:

migration was observed over a distance of 100 metres and the butted:

maintained a near constant speed of from 6 to 7 m/sec. |

ТАВГЕ 1 |

Weather conditions and rates of migration of Papilio demoleus sthenelus at the locii

marked by a cross in Fig. 1.

: Wind Strength о н Migraine:

Locality Direction- (кира Noll

(1) 2 km SE Regan’s Ford N 0-10 28 - 30 1100 li

(W. of Mogumber) 1130 3

1200 &

(2) 6.5 km W. Dandaragan NW 0-10 30 1500 V

A similar migration rate and direction was observed at the second loa)

which is west of Dandaragan and approximately 36 km north of the ky

Ford locality. Here the migration was observed along 70 metres of grail

The behaviour of other day-flying Lepidoptera at these 1осаййй$

in Table 2. Apart from the small number of lesser wanderers, the migi.

behaviour of P. d. sthenelus contrasted with the non-directional movemen

feeding residents. 7

The migration probably did not extend very far inland. Near ИЛЕ

(са. 130 km ENE of the Dandaragan locality) only a small number of chee

swallowtails was seen from 28.iv.1976 - 2.v.1976. These were either fig" |

or south and probably were local movements of individual adults. A visttt |

Jurien Bay - Eneabba area on 10.v.1976 revealed only a few resident adults |

of the migration area shown in Fig. 1. No adults were seen in this area fouk |

later. Likewise, on 25.v.1976, no living specimens were seen near боо

90 km NNE of the Dandaragan locality). The migration was therefore ofis

duration. |

= Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977

Jurien Bay

;FIG. 1. Map showing region in which migration of Papilio demoleus sthenelus was observed

(shaded area) and localities (marked

by a cross) where detailed observations were made.

TABLE 2

Status of day-flying Lepidoptera at localities given in Table 1.

Species Occurrence Behaviour

-Papilio demoleus sthenelus common migrating south

Delias sp. rare visitor

Danaus chrysippus petilia present feeding at Daviesia, Leucopogon; migrating S

Vanessa kershawi common resident; feeding at Leucopogon

Precis villida calybe common resident; feeding at Leucopogon

Ogyris idmo idmo present resident

Nacaduba biocellata biocellat. — present resident; feeding at Daviesia

Neolucia agricola occidens common resident; feeding at Daviesia

Zizina otis common resident; feeding at Daviesia

Apina sp.

common

resident

& Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1 |

[

At the time of the migration detailed above there was a concomitai

increase in the number of adult chequered swallowtails in the Perth ne:

area. The insurge of adults from the north penetrated south into the jar

forest. In dense forest it is difficult to obtain accurate information on butter |

movement because some species tend to fly along fire breaks, tracks and crt

beds. For example, on 7.у.1976 in the Gleneagle Forest (ca. 45 km SE Perth |

a warm sunny day, during an observation period of 26 minutes, 20 ahi |

chequered swallowtails flew west along a track close to a creek bed. Sox

individuals stopped and rested on leaves, while others were in hurried flight zi

two adults flew east. This behaviour probably indicates that the species Wa |

moving locally and was not migrating west through the forest. |

Discussion |

The spasmodic appearance of P. d. sthenelus in the Perth metropolis]

can be explained by the migration of adults from more northern parts cfi

state. Reasons for the migrations are not known. The migrations do not dy;

occur at the same time of the year, having been recorded both in late spring:

autumn. Though the species could breed in Citrus groves near Perth, it han:

been successful in establishing itself in this region and has not yet зимі

more than one season. The species appears to follow a migration route vi

in the author’s opinion, will prove to be a pathway taken by other Sal

migrate into the south west. |

Larvae of the chequered swallowtail are reported to feed on Par

Common and Waterhouse 1972). In Western Australia this genus ws

throughout the Northern and Eremean botanical provinces. However, 8

species, P. cinerea, penetrates into the Irwin District of the south-west puis

P. patens, which has been established as a food plant grows in the north ys

Considering the distribution of potential food plants, it seems reasonable t

P. d. sthenelus would migrate southwards over the observed migration x

discussed above.

The absence of native food plants does not account for the failure dte

species to become resident in the lower south west because the larve?

species could feed on Citrus.

Acknowledgements |

1 would like to thank Allan Burbidge for assisting with observations

Jurien Bay region and John Dell for observations from Dalwallinu and Сой

References

Alexander, W. B., 1917. White winged black terns in Western Australia: a en

visitation. Emu 17: 95-100. |

Barrett, C. and Burns, A. N., 1951. Butterflies of Australia and New Guinea. N.H Sg

Melbourne.

Common, I.F.B. and Waterhouse, D.F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and кај

Sydney. |

Smithers, C. N., 1974. A migration of Vanessa kershawi (McCoy) (Lepidoptera: Nn

idae) in Western Australia. West. Aust. Nat. 13: 16-17. |

Smithers, C. N. and McArtney, 1. B., 1970. Record of a migration of the ag

swallowtail Papilio demoleus sthenelus Macleay (Lepidoptera: Papilioni |

Оа Nat. 37: 8. |

‚=

————

шен

Aust. ent. Мад. 3(5), February, 1977 87

A NOTE ON POPULATION MOVEMENT IN VYCTEMERA AMICA (WHITE)

(LEPIDOPTERA: ARCTIIDAE)

By C. N. Smithers

The Australian Museum, Sydney

The diurnal Cineraria moth [Nyctemera amica (White)] is fairly common

in southern and eastern Australia. Population movements of this species have

not, apparently, been recorded although Seitz (1890) mentions that it is

sometimes seen off the Australian coast thus implying deliberate flights or wind

borne displacement.

In early November, 1974, the Cineraria moth suddenly became extremely

common in Sydney after a period during which only single specimens had been

. noted. On 10th November a strong, dense population movement was observed

between the suburbs of Turramurra and Chatswood, the moths all moving

steadily in a west-south-westerly direction. As many as thirty specimens were in

. View at once and at times the population was too dense for any kind of count to

. be possible.

Many reports of flights and large populations were received from observers

. cooperating in the Australian Museum's migration study project. These reports

are summarized in Table I. An asterisk (*) indicates that large populations were

noted. Directions are given when they were reported; when not it is to be

assumed that numbers were seen on the dates indicated but that the population

was not obviously moving as a whole in any particular direction.

In all 94 reports were received of exceptional numbers being seen. The

earliest report was for 6th September 1974 (Tallarook-Albury) and the latest

. for January 1975 (Strathfield, Mordialloc). Of the reports which gave definite

. information of flight direction 41 were for November 1974 and 29 of these

included at least part of the period 9th-12th November.

The general picture which emerges from the data presented in Table I is as

follows. Numbers of N. amica were exceptionally high during the 1974-1975

season and large numbers were reported from mid-September 1974, especially

in Queensland. By early November the areas from which large numbers were

mported had increased and included the eastern part of the continent from

southern Queensland, through New South Wales and Victoria, to South Australia.

The observations of definite population movement increased during November

and movement was particularly conspicuous between the 9th and 12th

November, during which period 29 out of 41 observations of movement were

made. (A few additional reports gave a more general indication of *November"

movements without specifying dates). From this it would seem that the

populations which had become spectacularly large in many areas undertook

obvious unidirectional flights during mid-November. After that period unidir-

ectional flights became less obvious, the populations decreased rapidly and by

early December few observers reported large populations.

It is interesting to note that of 10 reports from Queensland 4 are relatively

early (September) (none is later than 22nd November); the few other reports of

large September populations are for inland localities. Population build-up seems

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977

TABLE I

Locality No. Dates Direction

QUEENSLAND ^

East Ayr ж 19.xi.74 N-NE

Banana * 20.ix.74

Maryborough Sep. 74

Kingaroy Æ

Wynnum early Nov. 74 SW

Chermside 16.xi.74

Sth Moonie R. to Miles to Isla Gorge * 19.ix.74

Warwick * 16-22.xi.74

Milmerran * 19.ix.74

Tamborine Mtn * mid Nov. 74 S

NEW SOUTH WALES

Coonabarabran, Pillaga, Moree ж 18.1х.74

Wallarobba 9-11.xi.74 $

Wagga to Forbes to Dubbo x 17.ix.74

Gateshead, Newcastle * 10.xi.74 N

Dudley, Newcastle * 11-12.xi.74 N

Edgeworth * 10.xi.74 NNW

Sodwalls via Hamilton * 58.xi.74

Belmont * 11-12.xi.74 NE

E. Maitland *

Paterson to Maitland * 12.xi.74 ESE

Paterson * 9.xi.74 SE

Point Stephens—2km N Cabbage Tree Is. * 9.xi.74 SE

Nulkaba * 9.xi.74 SE

Abadare * 9.xi.74 SE

Cessnock * 9.xi.74 SE

Big Island * 9.xi.74 SE

Gresford * 9.xi.74 SE

Singleton * 9.xi.74 SE

Raymond Terrace * 11.хі.74 ү

Revesby ж 10-12.х1.74 SW

Summerhill 12.xi.74 W

Gymea Bay * 9-11.xi.74 SW

Lane Cove River (Longueville) 10.xi.74 NW

Ryde * 8-15.xi.74 5

Narrabeen * 8-11.xi.74 N

Bayview * late Oct. - 9.xi.74 SW

Eastwood 11-12.xi.74 SE

Caringbah

Sans Souci Nov. 74

East Hills Nov. 74 W

Strathfield Nov., Dec. 74, Jan. 75 51

Wahroonga * 9.xi-28.xii.74 Wein

Ku-ring-gai Chase * 8.xi.74

Mt. Colah * 11.xi-3.xii.74

Cronulla * 9-11.xi.74 5

Glenfield Nov. 74 S&N

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977

Turramurra to Chatswood

Clontarf

Northmead

W. of Jenolan Caves

Megalong Valley

Wilton

Primbee

Keira

Mt. Keira

Macquarie Pass

Dapto

Lyons (A.C.T.)

West Wyalong to Hay to Mildura

SOUTH AUSTRALIA

Torrens Park

VICTORIA

Cohuna

Tallarook to Albury

Benalla

Bogong Village

Bogong High Plains (1,600m +)

Falls Creek (1,600m +)

Reservoir

Derrimut

Melbourne City

Mordialloc

St. Kilda East

Powelltown area

Drouin

Clayton

Leongatha

Sunshine

Balwyn

Footscray

Eastern Beach

Ballarat

Bairnsdale

Blackburn

Blairgowrie

Mornington Peninsula

Somers

Mortlake to Warnambool

Longwarry North

Western Port Bay

Nar Nar Goon North

Portland

*oX* 0X 0* X X

x * * o * * * кух жх х\к + x * хх ххх o

* X

10.xi.74

9-17.xi.74

early Nov. 74

26.xi.74

10-12.xi.74

9.xi.74

19.xii.74

9.xi.74

17.xi.74

29.xi.74

2.xii.74

3.xii.74

Nov. 74

22-23.xi.74

20-21.xi.74

25.xi.74

16.ix.74

early Oct.-late Nov. 74

late Nov. 74

30.xi-1.xii.74

3.xii.74

Nov. 74

4.xii.74

29.x.74

16-20.xi.74

Nov. 74 -Jan. 75°

18-20.x.74

1.xii.74

late Oct. 74 - mid Nov. 74

late Oct. 74

16-23.xi.74

16-20.xi.74

20.x-16.xi.74

4-26.xi.74

28.xi.74

1.xii.74

18.xi.74

Oct. - Nov. 74

mid Nov. 74

10-18.xi.74

24.xi.74

WSW

n Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977

to have occurred in northern and inland areas a little earlier than in southern and

coastal areas. | i

Although large populations were reported for a fairly long period that

during which most massed unidirectional flights were recorded was relatively

short (first half of November) and these flights took place almost simultaneously

over much of eastern Australia with a peak occurrence from about 9th-I5th

November. ј ]

A second remarkable feature of the flights is the variety of their directions.

Reports include virtually all directions and simultaneously very different

directions were reported for localities quite close to one another (e.g. in some

Sydney suburbs such as Ryde and Turramurra the directions were S and WSW

respectively for the same period on the same day). It must be concluded from

this that the flights involved local populations over relatively short distances or

that directional changes of the moving populations were frequent and taking

place at more or less fixed points on the route of flight. As the flow of

populations past a single point continued for a considerable time it must be

concluded that the latter is the more likely explanation for the difference in

flight directions at nearby localities. Such flight direction changes are known in

other migrant Lepidoptera e.g. Danaus plexippus (L.) and some African Pierids.

it can be concluded that N. amica is a species in which massed, unidirect-

ional population movements take place under certain circumstances and it seems

likely that owing to the complexity of the flight pattern the movements can be

detected clearly only in years of exceptional abundance.

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank the many cooperators in the Australian Museum's

migration study project, without whose continuing and enthusiastic help data

on Nyctemera amica could not have been collected, and Mr J. V. Peters for

comments on this note.

Reference

Seitz, A., 1890. Algemeine Biologie der Schmetterlinge. I. Theil. Zool. Jb. Abt. Syst. 5:

281-343.

A NOTE ON APPARENT OVIPOSITION BEHAVIOUR

IN A BOMBYLIID FLY (DIPTERA)

By Donald H. Colless

Division of Entomology, C.S.I.R.O., Р.О. Box 1700, Canberra City, АСТ.

Despite the abundance and diversity of Bombyliidae in Australia,

extraordinarily little is known of their larval biology. The few facts then known

were summarised by Roberts (1928a: 92), and a few other records were added

in the course of his revision of the family (Roberts 1928a, b; 1929). A very

brief summary was given by Colless and McAlpine (1970), to which I can now

add records of two undescribed species of Cyrtomorpha (held in the Aust.

National Insect Collection) reared from grasshopper egg-pods; also, of several

larvae, possibly of Bombyliidae, found in tunnels made by Hymenoptt

| диѕі ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977 91

(probably bees) in the walls of a termite mound. It is strange, though, that we

seem to know precisely nothing about the large subfamilies Lomatinae and

' Bombyliinae that make up the bulk of our fauna.

It therefore seems worth placing on record an observed case of apparent

' oviposition behaviour in a bombyliine. The specimen concerned is golden haired,

- with pale legs, and of medium size (wing length 6.6 mm); it keys to the genus

Anastoechus Osten-Sacken, but is not identifiable with any of the known species

| in that genus, or in the related Systoechus, as reviewed by Roberts (1928b). It

' can be mentioned, too, that Dr John Bowden (in litt.) has reservations as to

| whether the genus Anastoechus is really represented in this country.

The behaviour was observed, and the specimen later captured, on 23rd

_ April, 1976, at the foot of the Bukalara Plateau, N.T., a few kilometres east of

| the Mimets Co. mine on the McArthur River. The fly was first located by its

| characteristic, high-pitched buzz, and then seen to be hovering close to the

‚ ground beneath the slight overhang of a large sandstone block. As is common in

| such sites, the floor of the overhang consisted of a very fine, almost white sand,

| heavily pitted with the craters of ant-lions.

What caught the attention was that the fly (later found to be a female) was

slowly circling the rim of a crater, while the strong downdraught of her rapidly-

vibrating wings sent a fine spray of sand tumbling down, slowly but steadily

| filling the crater. Moreover, after what was perhaps one or two minutes, she

alighted on the rim, dabbed the end of her abdomen in the sand several times in

a manner strongly suggesting oviposition, and then continued as before to

. demolish the crater. The “oviposition” act was repeated a few minutes later;

—

and, finally, little trace remained of the crater, whose occupant (if there was

one) did not reveal its presence during the entire proceedings. Before capture

(since time was passing), the fly managed to partly demolish two other craters,

| alternating from one to the other, but alighting only once. On later examination,

her ovipositor was seen to be slightly extruded and had numerous sand grains

; adhering to it.

One cannot make too much of a single, casual observation, but it is hard

to attribute such behaviour to anything other than oviposition. In addition, it

would be completely consistent with a mechanism for introducing an egg, or a

| mpidy-hatching larva; into the near vicinity of a carnivorous host without

endangering either mother or offspring. Roberts (1928a: 137) records the

rearing of Anthrax confluensis Rob. from *the cocoon of a Myrmeleontid'. This

is somewhat surprising in view of the apparent predilection of that genus for

| es) nests; but it at least demonstrates the feasibility of parasitising such a

ost.

Seeing little chance of following up this observation, I offer it in the hope

, that someone else may do so, and perhaps ‘help fill a glaring gap in our

knowledge.

References

| Colless, D. H. and McAlpine, D. K., 1970. In The Insects of Australia. Chapter 34, Diptera.

(Melbourne University Press, Melbourne).

; Roberts, F. H. S., 19282, b; 1929. A revision of the Australian Bombyliidae. Proc. Linn.

Soc. N.S.W. 53: 90-144; 53: 413-455; 54: 553-583.

nn NN

92 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977

A NEW CAVE-FREQUENTING CARABID BEETLE FROMTHE SNOWY

MOUNTAINS REGION OF NEW SOUTH WALES

By B. P. Moore

C.S.LR.O., Division of Entomology, Canberra, А.С.

Introduction

On grounds of present tlimate and of presumed past glacial history, the

extensive cave-systems of the Snowy Mountains might appear to be the most

likely locality in mainland Australia to support a diverse and closely adapted —

arthropod fauna (Moore 1972) yet despite considerable exploration by

biologically orientated speleologists, few such species have been discovered and |

in particular, the paucity of carabid beetles is both puzzling and disappointing. |

In effect, the present record of a new species of Teraphis Castelnau providesthe |

first instance of a clearly cave-adapted carabid from the region and also, the firt _

occurrence anywhere of a cavernicolous member of the subfamily Psydrinae.

The discovery is therefore of special interest.

Teraphis cavicola sp. n.

Figs 1-2

Mostly shining black when mature: legs and antennae dark reddish-brown; |

palpi lighter, brownish-yellow. |

Head rather small, impunctate; frontal furrows arcuate, strongly impressed;

eyes reduced, subplanar, with few facets; labrum transverse.

Pronotum transverse, widest about the front third; anterior margin

concave, slightly sinuate; posterior margin rectilinear; sides lightly to rather

strongly rounded on front two-thirds, then nearly parallel to base; basal ang

rectangular, the impressions broad, coarsely punctate and bi-impressed.

Elytra subparallel except on apical curve; striae regular and markedy

crenulate; intervals lightly convex, the third without a discal pore; humeri

prominently dentate; subhumeral margins smooth; scutellary strioles absent;

aedeagus slender; median lobe membranous over much of dorsum; right

paramere with a few short, subapical setae.

Length: 5.9 - 6 mm; maximum width: 2.2 - 2.5 mm.

Holotype $ (slightly immature), River Cave, Yarrangobilly, NSW.

7.iii.1971, E. Hamilton-Smith, in the South Australian Museum, Adelaide.

Paratypes, 2 99, same data as holotype, in the South Australian Museum andin

the author's collection.

Teraphis cavicola is distinguished within its genus, as restricted by m?

(Moore 1963), by the great reduction of the eyes, although T. crenulata (51002

1923) shows this tendency to a lesser degree. However in Sloane’s species (which

is known only from the 9 holotype from Mount Kosciusko, N.S.W., together

with a 9 topotype taken by myself, in January, 1965), the elytral intervals at

obviously less convex than in cavicola; the third intervals carry a single setiferous

pore; short but deep scutellary strioles are present on the first intervals; and the

humeri (Fig. 3) are less prominent and less evidently dentate.

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977 93

AE er

Figs 1-3, Teraphis spp. (1) T. cavicola sp. n., holotype б; (2) T. cavicola sp. n., aedeagus

in right lateral view, with parameres detached; (3) T. crenulata (Sloane), holotype

9, base of pronotum and elytron, right side. Scale-lines = 1 mm.

3 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977

In effect, the eyes in T. cavicola have regressed almost to the same extent

as in the monotypic genus Trephisa Moore (1963) and this could bring the

validity of the latter into question. However, the type species of Trephisa

(parallela Moore) differs from all Teraphis species (including cavicola) in its

narrow, subcylindrical build and also in its minutely crenulate subhumerd

(elytral) margins (a feature not noticed by me at the time of the original

description). These differences would appear to justify retention of Trephisa as

a separate genus, at least until the Australian fauna of the tribe (the Tropidop-

tini) is more fully known.

Discussion

The discovery of a cavernicolous species of Psydrinae is not entirely

unexpected, in view of the strongly geophilous habits of members of the tribes

Tropidopterini, Mecyclothoracini and Meonidini, and of their close morpholos-

ical relationships with the cave-dominant Trechini. Indeed, occasional specimens

of Mecyclothorax ambiguus (Erichson) and of Meonis species had earlier been

detected (Moore unpublished), as presumed trogloxenes, during the biospeleo-

logical survey. Moreover, the above-mentioned Trephisa parallela is clearly an

endogeous insect (the types were taken from beneath deeply embedded

boulders in temperate rain forest) and the transition from the subterranean to

the cave environment is but a small evolutionary step.

The simultaneous existence, in the Snowy Mountains, of microphthalmic

cave-dwelling and litter-dwelling species of Teraphis is strong evidence that a

transition of the above kind has in fact taken place, although the comparable

levels of morphological adaptation shown by these two species would suggest

parallel evolution, rather than a direct derivation of one from the other. Also,

the limited extent of this adaptation indicates that entry into the cue

environment may have been a comparatively recent event. Thus although further

evidence concerning the status of 7. cavicola, as a cavernicole, would be most

desirable, the species appears likely to be no more than a troglophile.

Unfortunately, nothing whatever appears to be recorded about the biology of

surface-dwelling tropidopterines and it is therefore impossible even to speculate

about the habits of the new cavernicolous species.

Acknowledgement

I am indebted to Mr Elery Hamilton-Smith for the opportunity to study

his extensive material of cave-dwelling Carabidae, which has included the

present interesting new species.

References

Moore, B. P., 1963. Studies on Australian Carabidae (Coleoptera). 3. The Psydrinae. Trans.

R. ent. Soc. Lond. 115: 277-290.

Moore, B. P., 1972. Southern cave-beetle fauna in perspective. Proc. 8th Natnl Conf. Aust

ralian Speoeological Federation (Hobart 1971) pp 81-84.

Sloane, T. G., 1923. Studies in Australian Entomology. No. 18. New genera and species of

Carabidae. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 48: 17-39.

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977 95

RECENT LITERATURE

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

BAEHR, Martin

1976. Uber eine Aufsammlung von Carabiden (Coleoptera, Adephaga) aus

Tasmanien. Ent. Zeitschf. 86(14): 145-158.

BAILEY, Winston J. and RICHARDS, Kevin T.

1975. А report on the insect fauna of the Prince Regent River Reserve,

north-west Kimberley, Western Australia. In: A biological survey of

the Prince Regent River Reserve, north-west Kimberley, Western

Australia in August, 1974. Edited by Jenefer M. Miles and Andrew

A. Burbidge. Wildl. Res. Bull West. Aust. 3: 101-112, text-figs 1-6.

Many insects listed covering most orders.

BARTON BROWNE, L., MOORHOUSE, J.E. and VAN GERWEN, A.C.M.

1975. Excitatory state generated during feeding in the locust, Chortoicetes

terminifera. J. insect Physiol. 21: 1731-1735.

1975a. Sensory adaptation and the regulation of meal size in the Australian

plague locust, Chortoicetes terminifera. J. insect Physiol. 21: 1633-

1639.

BENGSTON, M., COOPER, Lynne M. and GRANT-TAYLOR, Frances J.

1975. A comparison of bioresmethrin, chlorpyrifos-methyl and pirimiphos-

methyl as grain protectants against malathion-resistant insects in

wheat. Qd J. agric. animal Sciences 32(1): 51-78, tables 1-18.

Coleoptera: Sitophilus oryzae

Rhizopertha dominica

Tribolium castaneum

Lepidoptera: Ephestia cautella

Also issued, 1975, as Od Dept. Prim. Indust., Div. Plant Indust. Bull. No. 720.

BENSINK, A. H. A. and BURTON, H.

1975. North Stradbroke Island. A place for freshwater invertebrates.

Proc. R. Soc. Qd 86(7): 29-45, tables 1-11, text-figs 1-5.

BERG, Rolf Y.

1975. Myrmecochorous plants in Australia and their dispersal by ants.

Aust. J. Pot. 23(3): 475-508, tables 1-8, text-figs 1-49.

BROADLEY, R. H.

1975. Tobacco pest control in seedbeds. Qd agric. J. 101(5): 609-616,

illustr.

CARNE, P. B.

1976. Cheiroplatys volsellus sp. n. and notes on related species (Coleoptera:

Scarabaediae. Dynastinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(1): 85-88, text-figs

1&2.

CROSBY, D. F.

1975. Insects of the Victorian national parks. Part 1 — Butterflies.

Victorian Ent. 5(3): 117-125.

1975a. Report on excursion, 9th November 1975. Victorian Ent. 5(6): 152.

Lepidoptera: 6 butterfly species mentioned.

1976. Further notes on the butterflies of the Big Desert. Victorian Ent.

6(2): 15-16.

A Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977

CUNNINGHAM, I. C. and BROADLEY, R. H.

1975. The major insect pests of tobacco. Od agric. J. 101(5): 617-62),

illustr.

DAVIDSON, R.L., HILDITCH, J.A., WISEMAN, J.R. and WOLFE, V.J.

1974. Prediction of mortality in scarab larvae from extremes of temper-

ature. Abstr. Australas. Conf. Ecol. Grassland Inverteb. 1974: 51-58,

Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae species

EDGAR, J. A.

1975. Danainae (Lep.) and 1, 2-dehydropyrrolizidine alkaloid-containing

plants — with reference to observations made in the New Hebrides,

Phil. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. (B)272: 467-476, tables 1 & 2, text-fiss

1-3.

Repeats data from CULVENOR, C. C. J. and ROBINSON, G. S., 1973 and

EDGAR, J. A., CULVENOR, C. C. J. and SMITH, J. W., 1971, q.v.

EISNER, Thomas, ANESHANSLEY, Daniel, EISNER, Maria, RUTOWSKI,

Ronald, CHONG, Berni and MEINWALD, Jerrold

1974. Chemical defense and sound production in Australian tenebrionid

beetles (Adelium spp.). Psyche 81(1): 189-208, table 1, text-figs 1-15.

ELDER, R. J.

1974. Oncopera brachyphylla Turner and Oncopera mitocera (Tume)

insecticide control trials 1964-1966. Od J. agric. anim. Sci. 3(3):

279-284, tables 1 & 2, text-fig. 1.

Lepidoptera: Hepialidae

Also issued, 1974, as Od Dept. Prim. Indust., Div. anim. Indust. Bull. No. 703.

ELLIOTT, H. J., McDONALD, F. J. D. and VESK, Maret

1975. Germarial structure and function in a parthenogenetic aphid, Aphis

craccivora Koch (Hemiptera: Aphididae). /nt. J. Insect Morphol. &

Embryol. 4(4): 341-347, text-figs 1-12.

FARROW, R. A.

1975. Offshore migration and the collapse of outbreaks of the Australian

plague locust (Chortoicetes terminifera Walk.) in south-east Aust-

ralia. Aust. J. Zool. 23(4): 569-595, text-figs 1-21.

FERRAR, P.

1975. Disintegration of dung pads in north Queensland before the intro-

duction of exotic dung beetles. Aust. J. exp. Agric. Anim. Husb.

15(74): 325-329.

FIELD, R. P.

1975. Butterfly collecting in the Flinders Ranges, S.A. Victorian Ent.

S(G)5UI593*

FILSHIE, B. K., DAY, M. F. and MERCER, E. H.

1975. Colour and colour changes in the grasshopper, Kosciuscola tristi

J. insect Physiol. 21: 1763-1770.

FOSTER, S. and GRAVES, Trevor

1975. Odonata of north Queensland. N. Qd Nat. 43(No. 166): 35.

[Introduction by T. Graves, remainder joint authorship.]

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977 97

FRANZMANN, B. A. and ROSSITER, P. D.

1974. Blue oat mite [Penthaleus major (Druges)] control trials in south-

ern Queensland. Qd J. agric. anim. Sci. 31(3): 221-224, tables 1 & 2.

Also issued as Qd Dept. Prim. Indust., Div. anim. Indust. Bull. No. 696.

GEIER, P. W. and CLARK, L. R.

1976. On the developing use of modelling in insect ecology and pest

management. Aust. J. Ecol. 1(3): 119-127, text-figs 1-3.

GEIER, P. W. and SPRINGETT, B. P.

1976. Population characteristics of Australian leafrollers (Epiphyas spp.,

Lepidoptera) infesting orchards. Aust. J. Ecol. 1(3): 129-144, tables

1-10, text-figs 1-6.

GRIMM, M. and LAWRENCE, P. J. T.

1975. Biological control of insects on the Ord. I. Production of Sitotroga

cerealella for mass rearing of Trichogramma wasps. J. Agric. West.

Aust. (4)16(4): 90-92.

GROSS, Gordon F.

1975. A revision of the Pentatomidae (Hemiptera-Heteroptera) of the

rhynchocoris group from Australia and adjacent areas. Rec. S. Aust.

Mus. 17(6): 51-167, text-figs 1-64.

HACKMAN, R. H.

1975. Expanding abdominal cuticle in the bug Rhodnius .and the tick

Boophilus. J. insect Physiol. 21: 1613-1623.

HARLEY, K.L.S. and KASSULKE, R.C.

1974. Notes on the biology and host range of Teleonemia validicornis

Stal (Hemiptera: Tingidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 13(4): 271-273, table

1, text-figs 1 & 2.

HEATHER, N. W.

1974. Records of termites attacking power poles in south-eastern Queens-

ind. Od J. agric. anim. Sci. 31(3): 225-229, table 1, text-fig. 1.

Also issued as Qd Dept. Prim. Indust., Div. anim. Indust. Bull. No. 705.

HOGAN, T. W.

1974. A genetic approach to the population suppression of the common

field cricket Teleogryllus commodus. Chapter 4, in: The use of

genetics in insect control. Edited by R. Pal and M. J. Whitten.

Elsevier, North Holland. Pp. 57-70, table 1, text-figs 1 & 2.

HOUSTON, Terry F.

1975. A revision of the Australian hylaeine bees (Hymenoptera: Colletidae).

Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. Ser. 36: 1-135, text-figs 1-278.

KEY, K. H. L.

1974. Mantodea (praying mantids). (Chapter 16). In: The insects of Austr-

alia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Vic. Pp. 40-41.

1974a. Orthoptera (grasshoppers, locusts, crickets). (Chapter 21). In: The

insects of Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton,

Victoria. Pp. 45-47. i

1974b. Phasmatodea (stick-insects). (Chapter 22). In: The insects of Aust-

ralia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Pp.

48-49, text-fig. 19.

98 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977

KING, 1. M. PE.

1976. Underwater sound production in Micronecta batilla Hale (Heterop.

tera: Corixidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(1): 35-43.

LANSBURY, I.

1975. Notes on additions, changes and the distribution of the Australian

water-bug fauna (Hemiptera-Heteroptera). Mem. nat. Mus. Vict. 36:

17-23, text-figs 1-24.

LYNDON, Ellen

1975. Tailed Emperor in Victoria. In Readers’ nature notes. Victorian Nat.

92(12): 272-273.

Lepidoptera: Polyura p. sempronius

MacQUILLAN, M. J.

1974. Problems in selection, application and use of a new pasture pest

insecticide — a chemical industry viewpoint. Abstr. Australas. Conf.

Ecol. Grassland Inverteb. 1974: 83-84.

Acarina: Halotydeus destructor and Penthaleus major

Collembola: Sminthurus viridis and Hypogastrura spp.

Orthoptera: Acrididae: lists 3 spp.

Lepidoptera: Hepialidae: Oncopera spp.

Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Aphodius tasmaniae

Hymenoptera: honey bees

MANSKIE, R. C.

1975. А short note on collecting in Victoria's S. E. corner. Victorian Ent.

5(3): 115.

Lepidoptera: several species of butterflies mentioned.

MAZANEC, Z.

1974. Influence of jarrah leaf miner on the growth of jarrah. Aust. For

37(1): 32-42.

Lepidoptera: Perthida glyphopa

MICHENER, Charles D. and SCHEIRING, Joseph F.

1976. Pupae of allodapine bees (Hymenoptera: Xylocopinae). J. Aust. ent.

Soc. 15(1): 63-70, text-figs 1-4.

MONRO, J. M.

1975. Environmental variation and the efficiency of biological control-

Cactoblastis in the southern hemisphere. Proc. ecol. Soc. Aust. а

204-212, table 1, text-figs 1 & 2.

NEBOISS, A.

1975. The genera Ophidius Candeze and Yalganus gen. nov. (Elateridae:

Coleoptera). Mem. nat. Mus. Vict. 36: 25-31, text-figs 1-18, pl. 3.

NEW, T. R.

1975b. Wasp parasites of mantid oothecae. Victorian Ent. 5(4): 136.

Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea: Torymidae: Podagrion

NEWMAN, Zaidee

1974. Cicada hunters. Granite Belt Nat. Dec/Jan 1973/4: 4, illustr.

Popular notes mentioning Hemiptera: cicadas

PUTHZ, Valker Hymenoptera: Exeridae

1975. Anadditional new Stenus from Australia (Coleoptera, Staphylinidae

Fieldiana Zoology 65(7): 85-88, text-fig. 1.

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977 99

1 RICE, M.J.

1976. Contact chemoreceptors on the ovipositor of Lucilia cuprina (Wied.),

the Australian sheep blowfly. Aust. J. Zool. 24(3): 353-360, text-

A figs 1-8.

| RIEK, E. F.

1973c. A Carboniferous insect. Nature, Lond. 224: 455-456.

1974a. Fossil history. (Chapter 8). In: The insects of Australia. Supplement

1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Pp. 28-29.

1974b. Ephemeroptera (mayflies). (Chapter 12). In: The insects of Australia.

Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Pp. 33-34,

text-fig. 15.

1974c. Plecoptera (stoneflies). (Chapter 20). In: The insects of Australia.

Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Page 44.

19744. Megaloptera (alderflies). (Chapter 28). In: The insects of Australia.

Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Page 60.

1974е. Neuroptera (lacewings). (Chapter 29). In: The insects of Australia.

Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Pp. 60-62,

text-fig. 23.

1974f. Strepsiptera. (Chapter 31). In: The insects of Australia. Supplement

1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Page 90.

1974s. Mecoptera (scorpion-flies). (Chapter 32). In: The insects of Australia.

Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria. Page 90.

1974h. Trichoptera (caddis-flies, caddises). (Chapter 35). In: The insects

of Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victoria.

Pp: 97-98, text-fig. 35.

1976. Neosecoptera, a new insect suborder based on specimen discovered

in the Late Carboniferous of Tasmania. Alcheringa 1(2): 227-234,

text-figs 1 & 2.

ROBERTS, Brian and WARREN, Margaret Anne

~ 1975. Diapause in the Australian flesh fly Tricholioproctia impatiens

(Diptera: Sarcophagidae). Aust. J. Zool. 23(4): 563-567, table 1,

text-figs 1 & 2.

с 197a. Insect populations of phalaris/white clover versus fescue/white clover

pastures under the same grazing regimes. Abstr. Australas. Conf.

Ecol. Grassland Inverteb. 1974: 81-82.

Lepidoptera: Oecophoridae: Philobota productella

Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Rhopaea morbillosa

Anoplognathus spp.

i ROHLFIEN, Klaus and EWALD, Birgit

1974. Katalog der in den Sammlungen des ehemaligen Deutschen Ento-

mologischen Institutes aufbewahrten Typen—XI. (Diptera: Cyclorr-

hapha: Schizophora: Calyptratae). Beitr. Ent. 24(1/4): 107-147.

Diptera: Calliphoridae, Tachinidae

1975. Katalog der in den Sammlungen des ehemaligen Deutschen Ento-

mologischen Institutes aufbewahrten Typen—XIII. Diptera: Cyclorr-

hapha: Division Aschiza. Beitr. Ent. 25(1): 151-161.

100 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5), February, 1977

SCHRADER, N. W. |

1976. Gibber-bird feeding on blowfly larvae. Aust. Bird Watcher 6(6): 179,

SERVENTY, Vincent

1974. Protecting butterflies. /n: Along the nature trail. Wildlife Aust

11(3): 94. Ў

This note includes an extract from a letter by J. Orrell.

SHENEFELT, R. D.

1975. Braconidae 8. Exothecinae Rogadinae. Hymenopterorum Catalogus

(nova editio) 12: 1115-1262.

SWAINE, G., CORCORAN, R.J. and DAVEY, Marguerite A.

1975. А commodity treatment against infestations of the Queensland fruit

fly, Dacus (Strumeta) tryoni (Froggatt), in Kensington mangoes. Qd

J. agric. animal Sciences 32(1): 47-50, tables 1 & 2.

Also issued, 1975, as Qd Dept. Prim. Indust., Div. Plant Indust. Bull. No. 719.

THWAITE, W. G.

1975. Control of apple pests. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 86(6): 15, illustr.

TSUI, P.T.P. and PETERS, W.L.

1975. The comparative morphology and phylogeny of certain Gondwanian

Leptophlebiidae based on the thorax, tentorium, and abdomind

terga (Ephemeroptera). Trans. Amer. ent. Soc. 101(4): 505-595,

tables 1-3, text-figs 1-98.

VANE-WRIGHT, R. I.

1975. An integrated classification for polymorphism and sexual dimorpl-

ism in butterflies. J. Zool., Lond. 117: 329-337.

Lepidoptera: Tellervo and Taenaris, p. 334

VESTJENS, W.J.M.

1975. Feeding behaviour of spoonbills at Lake Cowal, N.S.W. Emu 75(3)

132-136, pl. 8.

Insects of several orders identified to family.

WALTERS, P. J.

1976. Susceptibility of three Stethorus spp (Coleoptera: Coccinellidze)

to selected chemicals used in N.S.W. apple orchards. J. Aust. ent.

Soc. 15(1): 49-52, table 1.

WATSON, J. A. L.

1974f. Development of soldiers in incipient colonies of Mastotenmes

darwiniensis Froggatt (Isoptera). Insectes Soc. 21(2): 181.190.

1976. The synonymy of Ischnura heterosticta (Burmeister) and Ischnura

torresiana Tillyard (Odonata: Coenagrionidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc.

15(1): 71-78, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-24.

WHITTEN, M.J., FOSTER, G.G., ARNOLD, J. and KONOWALOW, C.

1974. The genetics of the Australian sheep blowfly. In: Handbook of

genetics. Editor, R. King. Plenum, New York.

WOODWARD, T.E., EASTOP, V.P. and EVANS, J.W.

1974. Hemiptera (bugs, leafhoppers, etc.). (Chapter 26). In: The insects of

Australia. Supplement 1974. Melb. Uni. Press, Carlton, Victori.

Pp. 52-57.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

| All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

} need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

| sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

- EXCHANGE. Coleoptera from New Zealand for Australian. I am interested in

- all families and also have specimens from Japan, Europe and U.S.A. for exchange.

| M. J. Meads, Ecology Div., D.S.LR., P.O. Box 30466, Lower Hutt, New Zealand.

WANTED. Entomological cabinet, suitable for butterflies. A. D. Mares, 37

Farrer-Brown Court, Nuffield Village, Castle Hill, N.S.W., 2151. (Ph. 634 7139).

- EXCHANGE. Butterflies from the Australian region wanted in exchange for

_ butterflies from South America and central Africa. Gunther E. Reschke, 5904

- Eiserfeld, Am Spies 1, West Germany.

. "ECOLOGY and Conservation in Papua New Guinea". 1976. 153 pages. This

volume constitutes the proceedings of a symposium held at the Wau Ecology

- Institute, P.N.G. 6 of the 21 papers presented concern either moths, butterflies,

: biological control or insect pests. Price $2.00. W.E.I., P.O. Box 77, Wau, P.N.G.

| быз» > . е

| Жатегиица Biological Laboratories

| | P.O. Box 169, Cairns, Nth. Queensland, 4870

PREPARATORS AND COMMISSION COLLECTORS

FOR RESEARCH INSTITUTES

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends

p one or more printed pages. Further reprints may be purchased if ordered in

‚ advance,

Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written,

double spaced and in duplicaté.

' Persons Submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

‚АП papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any

: Paper considered unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065.

CONTENTS |

COLLESS, D. H. A note on pp Pur behaviour in a Raper

fly (Diptera) . А |

DELL, В. Migration of Papilio demoleus sthenelus W. S. ipd ei |

optera: Papilionidae) in Western ‘Australia |

MOORE, В. Р. A new cave- frequenting carabid beetle from the em А

Mountains region of New South Wales a А

SMITHERS, С. N. А note on population movement in МАССЕ атіса ка

(White) (Lepidoptera: Arctiidae) fe HT OW ЕЕЕ:

WILLIAMS, G. A. A list of the Buprestidae (Coleoptera) collected from ni

Leptospermum flavescens Sm. at East Minto, New South Wales .

RECENT LITERATURE 4 225 "ES

ENTOMOLOGIGAT NOLILGES Sie inside back e

MORE NEW BOOKS

THE HUNGRY FLY by V. G. Dethier. 1976. 489 pages, 222 ed

28 tables. Price $37.50.

This book is an exploration of what we mean when we say that an animal "

"hungry"; it analyses the concepts of motivation and drive as tested in extensive

and elegant experiments on blowflies. The fly, then, is incidental; concepts and =

experimental techniques for evaluating them are the main subject.

THE SOCIAL BEHAVIOUR OF THE BEES by Charles D. Michener. 2

1974. 404 pages, illustr. Price $31.25.

Besides the honey bee there are 20,000 other bee species, many of which are i

social. This book is the first to offer a systematic account of social behaviour in 4

the entire superfamily Apoidea. With the aid of over 200 illustrations, all levels of

social organization in bees are described, from simple aggregations of solitary

nests to elaborate, eusocial colonies.

SPHECID WASPS OF THE WORLD by R.M. Bohart and A.S. Menke»

et al. 1976. 695 pages, 190 figs. Price $53.25.

This massive work is a veritable encyclopedia, treating the sphecidae on a world

wide basis; it will be indispensable to wasp specialists, entomologists in general,

museum curators, students of biology and zoogeography, morphologists, and

amateur naturalists interested in wasps. Illustrations facilitate recognition by pro-

viding side and facial views; outline drawings supplement the keys and diagnoses.

Australian Entomological Supplies

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228 Phone (Sydney) 5244614

Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 433972 :

ISSN 0311-1881

USTRALIAN

NTOMOLOGICAL

AGAZINE

ent. Mag.

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 3, PART 6

APRIL, 1977

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devotes

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealani

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professioni

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volum, |

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to: |

Australian Entomological Press, |

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions |

$6.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$7.50 (US$10.00) per annum overseas |

Institutional Subscriptions

A$7.50 (US$10.00) per annum

COVER

Illustrated by Andrew Atkins from a specimen reared by Nigel Qui

Depicts the Australian hawk moth Hippotion scrofa (Boisduval) a commit

endemic species found throughout the continent. The larvae, which can be fox:

feeding on Fuschias and Balsams in suburban gardens, are either green or blad,

each colour forni possessing yellow lateral eye-spots and other limited marks |

Published by |

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS |

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, |

N.S.W., 2065, Australia. |

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS

6 Roger Street, Brookvale,

N.S.W., 2100.

Austtalian Entomological

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

Volume 3, Part 6 April, 1977

FURTHER RECORDS OF DUNG BEETLES (COLEOPTERA:

SCARABAEIDAE) FROM THE TOOWOOMBA DISTRICT

By P. G. Allsopp

Department of Primary Industries, P.O. Box 102, Toowoomba, Qld., 4350.

Abstract

Further collecting of Scarabaeidae at baited pitfall traps and natural food sources has

revealed the presence of another eight species at the five sites previously examined.

Thirteen species taken at two additional sites and further seasonal and host records are also

given.

Introduction

Previously the results of trapping dung beetles at five sites in the

Toowoomba area, south-east Queensland, were enumerated (Allsopp, 1975).

| Since July 1974 trapping using excrement and fish bones has continued at these

sites. In addition traps were set out at two other localities with different

vegetation and soil types; at Leyburn, 65 km south-west of Toowoomba, in

* open forest with sandy soil and at Evanslea, 40 km west of Toowoomba, in

| pasture on deep black clay soil. Natural food sources such as cow and Sheep

* dung and mushrooms were examined for scarabs whenever the opportunity

presented itself.

As well as these records Matthews (1976) in his revision of the Australian

Coprini provided four records from the Toowoomba district; Notopedaria

geminata (Macleay) and N. pratensis Matthews from Toowoomba and N.

interrupta (Carter) from Ravensbourne and Middle Ridge (a suburb of

: Toowoomba).

In the following list the terms “таге”, “few” and “common” have the

sme meanings as stated in Allsopp (1975). Those species which were recorded

in that paper are marked here with an asterisk.

List of species

SCARABAEINAE

l. Onthophagus muticus Macleay—Toowoomba; human excrement; few;

December to January.

102

20.

21.

22;

23.

24.

257

26.

24.

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977

O. parvus Blanchard—Leyburn; mushrooms; few; March.

Q. peramelinus (Lea)—Ravensbourne (rainforest); at ultra-violet light;

rare; January.

O. quinquetuberculatus Macleay—Evanslea; cow dung; common; October

to March.

*0. atrox Harold—Flagstone Creek, Leyburn; cow, horse and sheep dur;

and in burrows; common; November to March.

*Q. leanus Goidanich—Ravensbourne (rainforest); human excrement; few;

January.

О. declivis Harold Toowoomba; light; few; September to November

О. desectus Macleay—Ravensbourne (rainforest); human excrement and

ultra-violet light; rare; October to November.

. *Q. pugnax Harold—Ravensbourne (rainforest); cow dung; few; January,

Q. anchommatus Lea—Leyburn; mushrooms and flying during the day;

common; March.

О. dunningi Harold—Ravensbourne (pasture and rainforest), Hampton,

Murphys Creek, Flagstone Creek, Toowoomba; mushrooms and fish bones;

common; November to February.

*O. australis Guerin—Evanslea; cow dung; common; November to December,

April.

«Qr nurubuan Matthews—Ravensbourne (rainforest); human excrement;

few; November.

*0. auritus Erichson—Murphys Creek; fish bones; common; November.

O. walteri Macleay—Leyburn; mushrooms; few; March.

О. latro Harold—Leyburn; mushrooms; few March.

O. fletcheri Blackburn—Evanslea; cow dung; common; November.

. *Q. waterhousei Boucomont and Gillet—Leyburn; sheep dung; common,

January to March:

. *Q. sydneyensis Blackburn—Ravensbourne (rainfarest and pasture); сот

dung; common; November, January to February.

*0. rubicundulus Macleay—Murphys Creek; cow dung and fish bons

common; November, January.

O. sp. nr. bicarinaticeps Lea—Leyburn, Evanslea; cow and sheep dung;

few; November, March.

*0. granulatus Boheman—Leyburn, Evanslea; cow and sheep dung; common,

November to March.

O. consentaneus Harold—Leyburn; sheép and cow dung; common

December to March.

O. depressus Harold—Leyburn; mushrooms; rare; March.

Onthophagus sp. C.—Toowoomba; one female was taken which Matthew

(pers. comm.) could not place without a male, but thought may belong

an undescribed species; cow dung; rare; March.

*Cephalodesmius quadridens Macleay—Toowoomba, Ravensbourne (tir

forest); fish bones; common; November to January.

*Monoplistes leai Paulian—Toowoomba, Ravensbourne (rainforest); fst

bones; few; December to January.

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 103

28. Lepanus ustulatus (Lansberge)—Ravensbourne (rainforest); fish bones;

rare; January.

APHODIINAE

29. *Aphodius suberosus Blackburn—Ravensbourne (rainforest); ultra-violet

light and cow dung; common; January.

30. A. lividus Oliver- Toowoomba, Flagstone Creek; ultra-violet light and cow

dung; common; November to February.

HYBOSORINAE

31. *Liparochrus sp. ? sculptilis Westwood—Ravensbourne (rainforest); fish

bones; few; November, February.

32. *Liparochrus sp.-Toowoomba, Hampton, Flagstone Creek; fish bones;

common; November to February.

Discussion

The above records are all new and when combined with those of Allsopp

(1975) fill in gaps or provide extensions to the ranges of various species as given

by Matthews (1972, 1974, 1976). The most interesting records are those of the

five mushroom inhabiting species, O. anchommatus, O. depressus, O. latro,

0. parvus and O. walteri taken at Leyburn. Neither depressus nor parvus were

recorded as mycetophagous by Matthews (1972). All specimens were taken from

two species of fungi, one of which was extremely decomposed and largely

resembled a mass of faeces.

The presence of O. latro at Leyburn is a notable southward extension of

its known range. Hughenden, 1100 km to the north-west, is the most southerly

record given by Matthews (1972).

Records of the two species of Liparochrus in baits of dung and fish bones

represent the first data on food sources of any Australian species of this genus.

Overseas work on other genera of the Hybosorinae, e.g. Endródi (1964), records

various cadavers and excrement as adult food scources.

In summary 42 species of Scarabaeidae have been collected in the

Toowoomba district during the two studies. Twenty-one were taken at the

Ravensbourne rainforest site and nine in the pasture. Fifteen species were

recorded from Toowoomba, eleven from Hampton, ten from Leyburn, eight

from Murphys Creek, seven from Flagstone Creek and five from Evanslea.

References

Allsopp, P. G., 1975. Dung beetles (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) collected in the Toowoomba

district, south-east Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. 2: 47-49.

Endródi, S., 1964. Phaeochrous— Arten (Coleoptera Polyphaga, Fam. Scarabaeidae). Explor.

Parc. natn. Garamba Miss. H. de Saeger 44: 115-127.

Matthews, E. G., 1972. A revision of the scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia. I. Tribe

Onthophagini. Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. 9: 1-330.

Matthews, E. G., 1974. A revision of the scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia. II. Tribe

Scarabaeini. Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. 24: 1-211.

Matthews, E. G., 1976. A revision of the scarabaeine dung beetles of Australia. III. Tribe

Coprini. Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. 38: 1-52.

104 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977

THE LIFE HISTORY OF TRAPEZITES HETEROMACULA

MEYRICK AND LOWER (LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE)

By A. F. Atkins and C. G. Miller

Unit 18 “Springcourt”’, 17-19 Spring Rd, Springvale South, Victoria 3172

and

35 Uralba St, Lismore, N.S.W. 2480

Introduction |

Trapezites heteromacula Meyrick and Lower, 1902 is distributed from the

islands of the Torres Strait and Cape York to Kuranda, north Queensland. Its

life history was previously unknown.

Several male and female specimens were seen and collected by the authors

in September, 1975, at Tozer's Gap, 18 km north-west from Iron Range airport,

Cape York Peninsula, Queensland. A female was observed by Miller to lay an egg |

at the base of a Lomandra plant growing at the edge of dry forest. The egg was

subsequently reared to the adult stage by Atkins.

Life history |

Food plant. Lomandra longifolia Labille, family Xanthorrhoeaceae. |

Egg (Figs 1, 2). Diam. 1 mm, dome-shaped, white to pale green when first laid,

turning within 24 hours to cream with orange dorsal and lateral markings. Laid

11 a.m. Eastern Standard Time, 26 September 1975, in cloudy humid weather.

Larva. 1st instar (Fig. 3): length 2.5 mm; hatched 5 October 1975; head shiny

black with long white setae on frons and dorsal area; prothoracic plate black;

body grey-green with a brown dorsal line and two pale brown dorsolateral lines;

long pale setae on posterior segments.

2nd-5th instars (4th instar, Figs 4, 5): head semi-gloss black with sever! |

dull red-brown spots to frons, coarsely granulose; body with skin covered with

minute tubercles and setae, grey-green with fawn-pink anterior and posterior

segments, brown dorsal and dorsolateral lines as in first instar.

2nd instar, length 5 mm, reached approximately 26 October, 1975.

3rd instar, length 10 mm, reached approximately 10 November, 1975.

4th instar, length 18 mm, reached approximately 28 November, 1975. |

Sth instar, length 30 mm, reached approximately 2 January, 1976.

Pupa (Figs 9, 10). Length 17 mm (pupation occurred 31 January 1976) fawnto

grey-fawn; spiracles black and prominent; paired dark markings at anterior and

posterior edges of thorax, mottled dark brown markings on dorsal and lateri

areas of thorax and abdominal segments. Frons, dorsal and lateral areas of pup

covered with multi-branched setae (Fig. 7). Sclerotised short projection, -

mottled black, on pupal cap. Adult male emerged 16 February 1976 (now in |

A. Atkins collection). |

FIGS 1-13. Life history of Trapezites heteromacula: (1, 2) egg, dorsal and lateral views;

(3) 1st instar larva; (4, 5) 4th instar larva, dorsal and lateral views; (6) head of 5th

instar larva; (7) pupal setae; (8) anterior end of pupa; (9, 10) pupa, lateral and бой _

views; (11) shelter of 5th instar larva; (12, 13) adult male (reared) and female from

Iron Range, Queensland, each showing upperside at left and underside at right.

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977

105

106 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977

The egg was laid on the upperside of a leaf of the food plant. The freshly

emerged larva ate the egg shell before retreating between the leaves of the food

plant at the base. The second instar larva made a shelter from Lomandra leaves

drawn together by silk. This shelter was extended and reinforced by later

instars. The larva emerged in the late evening and early morning to eat, cutting

oblique slices from the Lomandra leaves. The fourth and fifth instar larvae

sheltered in a rolled dicotyledonous leaf which was secured to the base of the

food plant by silk. Pupation occurred in this final shelter. The pupa was attached

by the cremaster to a pad of silk. It was very active, sharply vibrating and

vigorously twisting the abdominal segments when disturbed.

The life history duration was recorded in the cooler climate of Victoria

the larva readily accepting Lomandra filiformis (Thunb.). The life history of this

species is very similar to that of Trapezites eliena (Hewitson) and Trapezites

iacchus (Fabricius) but the larva is smaller and the larval head darker. The multi-

branched pupal setae of Trapezites heteromacula are a distinguishing character.

HYPOLIMNAS MISIPPUS (L.) AND EUPLOEA CORE CORINNA

(W. S. MACLEAY) (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE) FROM

NORFOLK ISLAND

By Beryl Evans

P.O. Box 305, Norfolk Island

Euploea core corinna (W. S. Macleay) and Hypolimnas misippus (L.) ar

recorded for the first time from Norfolk Island, South Pacific Ocean.

Twelve species of butterflies have been recorded from Norfolk Island

(Smithers, 1970; 1970a; 1975). This note records the capture and observation

of two unrecorded species in 1974 and 1975 as follows:-

Euploea core corinna (W. S. Macleay). 1 specimen, 12.iii.1975 (P. Prole);

1 specimen 10.iv.1975 (О. Evans). In addition to the above captured specimens

the species was seen on 4.v.1975 (О. Evans); 14.v.1975 (О. Evans); 3.vi.1975

(B. Evans); 8.vii.1975 (B. Evans). Specimens are in the author's collection.

Hypolimnas misippus (L.) 1 9, 3.vi.1974 (B. Evans). Specimen in the

author's collection; photograph of same in the Australian Museum, Sydney.

These new records bring the number of known species for Norfok

Island to fourteen.

References

Smithers, C. N., 1970. A note on the seasonal occurrence of some Norfolk Island butter

flies. Proc. R. Zool. Soc. 1968-69: 46-47.

Smithers, C. N., 1970a. Norfolk Island butterflies. Australian Entomological Press, Sydney.

24 pp., pls I & II.

Smithers, C. N., 1975. Melanitis leda bankia (Fabricius) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in

Sydney and on Norfolk Island. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(5): 110-111.

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 107

FIRST RECORD OF THE NYMPHALID BUTTERFLY LEX/AS AEROPA (L.)

FROM AUSTRALIA

By G. B. Monteith and J. F. R. Kerr

Entomology Department, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Queensland, 4067

29 Hipwood Road, Hamilton, Queensland, 4007

Abstract

Three specimens of Lexias aeropa (L.) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae: Limenitini) are

recorded from northern Cape York Peninsula, north Queensland, this being the first

Australian record for this New Guinea* butterfly. The subspecific status of the Australian

specimens is not resolved.

Introduction

Level with the northern part of Shelburne Bay in eastern Cape York

Peninsula, north Queensland, the Great Dividing Range swings to within 10 km

of the coast, and in the vicinity of 11°40'S. is capped by an extensive tract of

rainforest. Further patches and riverine bands of rainforest occur on the

adjacent narrow coastal plain. The presence of this rainforest system was only

guessed at (Brass, 1953) until the recent construction of access roads; it is

described and mapped by Lavarack and Stanton (1977), who give its total

ara as 60,000 ha. Visits by field parties in July, 1975, and February, 1976,

enabled the first systematic entomological collecting to be undertaken in the

area. Monteith and Hancock (in press) list 98 butterfly species from the region:

one of these, Lexias aeropa (L.), a rather conspicuous nymphalid previously

unrecorded from Australia, forms the subject of this paper.

A note on nomenclature

Various generic and specific names have been given to the species. It was

originally described in Papilio by Linnaeus (1758), and was later included in a

group of species designated as the genus Euthalia by Hiibner in 1819. In 1832,

Boisduval made it the unique member of his new genus Lexias, but this failed to

gin popular acceptance, and most later writers retained the species in Euthalia

(Fruhstorfer, 1913; Corbet, 1949). In the only comprehensive modern generic

review of the tribe Limenitini, Chermock (1950) also regarded Lexias as a

. Synonym of Euthalia. However, in very recent times, Lexias has come back into

_ ае (D'Abrera, 1971; Smart, 1975), and we elect to accord with this practice.

, Regarding the specific name, Linnaeus changed his original spelling,

| &ropa, of the 1758 10th edition of his Systema Naturae to aeropus in the 12th

edition of 1767 (Hemming, 1967). Boisduval (1832) followed this change in

citing the type species of Lexias as Papilio aeropus, and most subsequent writers

have also used aeropus (Fruhstorfer, 1911-16; D’Abrera, 1971). However some

. modern authors have used the original aeropa (Corbet, 1949; Smart, 1975), and

a third spelling aerope, was used by Chermock (1950). The specific name derives

. from the Greek mythological figure, Aerope, which, accordirig to the Inter-

national Code, should be latinized to ‘aeropa and used as an unvarying noun in

* "New Guinea” is used throughout to indicate the island of New Guinea, i.e. Irian Jaya plus

the mainland of Papua New Guinea.

—

]

108 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977

apposition to the generic name. The change by Linnaeus in 1767 was thus an

unjustified emendation under the Code and the correct trivial name should

be aeropa.

Field observations

In July, 1975, three specimens of Lexias aeropa were collected: 9, Dividing

Range, 15 km W. of Captain Billy Creek, Cape York Pen., N. Qld (14245 E,

11?40' S), 4-9.vii.1975, J. F. R. Kerr (In Kerr Collection); 8, Captain Billy Creek |

Road Crossing,, Cape York Pen., N. Qld (142?50' Е, 11°40’ S), 11.vii.1975,

G. B. Monteith (In Australian National Insect Collection); $, same locality, |

12.vii.1975, С. B. Monteith (In University of Queensland Insect Collection).

On the advice of an experienced New Guinea collector, Mr Don Sands,

over-ripe bananas had been taken to the locality in the hope of attracting

Apaturina erminea (Cramer), which has been sighted several times in Cape York |

Peninsula (Daniels, 1975) but which has yet to be netted. The female Lexias was

netted at about midday while feeding on discarded skins of these bananas inside

rainforest on the crest of the range at about 100 m altitude. Mr Sands has since

confirmed that L. aeropa is often taken at fermenting fruit baits in New Guinea;

Talbot (1932) records the species feeding on sap of an "ironwood tree” in |

Mysol. However, on a subsequent visit to the locality in February, 1976, by one .

of us (GBM), fruit baits were exposed over several days, but Lexias was not seen. |

Both males taken were collected during mid-afternoon in swampy

Melaleuca vegetation adjacent to riverine rainforest on the north bank of Captain

Billy Creek on the coastal plain about 5 km from the coast. A further female was

seen at the rainforest edge at 5.00 p.m. in the same locality, but escaped capture.

When disturbed, adults fly for a short distance and then alight in the sun with

wings outspread; males have some resemblance to Yoma sabina parva (Butler,

which has similar habits and colour.

Discussion

Lexias aeropa is one of two members of the genus, the other being Lexi

panopus Felder from the Philippines. L. aeropa occurs from the Moluccas in the

west through New Guinea (including Aru and Kai) to the Bismarck Archipelago

in the east. Within this range it exhibits considerable geographical variation,

which, coupled with its pronounced sexual dimorphism and occasional female

polymorphism, has generated a complex infra-specific terminology for the

various forms. Eleven subspecies have been proposed as follows (see Fig. 1):

1. L.a.aeropa (Linn., 1758) Ambon, Ceram, Goram, (Лаз.

Figured by Clerck, 1764.

Bachan, Halmahera.

Sula-Mangoli Archipelago.

2. L.a.cporidorix (Fruhs., 1913)

3. L.a.orestias (Fruhs., 1913)

4. L.a.paisandrus (Fruhs., 1913)

5. L.a.helvidius (Fruhs., 1913)

6. L.a.choirilus (Fruhs., 1913)

Obi.

Buru.

Waigeo. Fig. by Fruhstorfer (1913)

and D'Abrera (1971). Talbot (1932)

indicates that it may be a synonym

of the name nodrica Boisdwd.

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 109

7. La.eutychias (Fruhs., 1913) New Guinea, Aru, Kai, Dampier Is.

Figured by Fruhstorfer (1913).

8. L.a.hegias (Fruhs., 1913) Bismarck Archipelago

9, La.angustifascia (Joicey & Noakes, 1915) Biak. Fig. Joicey & Noakes (1915).

10. L.a.mysolensis (Talbot, 1932) Mysol.

П. La.meforensis (Talbot, 1932) Mefor (? = Numfor).

FIG. 1. Distribution of Lexias aeropa (L.) showing the known geographic extent of the

species (dotted line) and the land masses on which the eleven nominal sub-

species occur. The recorded locality for L. aeropa in Cape York Peninsula is

indicated by X.

Most of these subspecies are differentiated by variations in width, colour

and degree of interruption of the median bands on the fore and hind wings.

. Females are normally larger than males, with wing bands paler, and those of the

fore wings more broken. In some subspecies females are polymorphic, existing

in two or more colour forms; this is most pronounced in the New Guinea race,

eulychias, where Fruhstorfer (1913) has given names to 4 non-geographic forms

of the female, viz. f. eutychias, f. ergena, f. albifera and f. midia. The status of

these various infra-specific nominal taxa is in need of review.

The capture of 3 specimens and the sighting of one more leave little

doubt that a breeding population of L. aeropa exists in Australia, even though

. i has yet to be noted at such intensively collected and vegetationally more

diverse areas as Cape York, 100 km to the north, and Iron Range, 120 km to the

. South of Captain Billy Creek. The taxonomic status of this population with

ath Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977

FIGS 2-5. Lexias aeropa: (2) 9 from Captain Billy Creek region, Cape York Peninsula;

(3) d from same locality; (4) 9 from Uberi, Central District, Papua New Guinea,

26.x.1975, D. P. Sands (In A.N.I.C.); (5) d from Variata Park, Central District, .

Papua New Guinea, 4.x.1975, D. P. Sands (In A.N.I.C.).

respect to the complex existing infra-specific nomenclature described above i

difficult to determine. Geographically, the Cape York population is closest to |

the widespread subspecies, eutychias, from New Guinea, and this same subspecies |

is also recognized as occurring on the Aru and Kai Islands which are а similar

distance from the south coast of the New Guinea mainland to that of Cape York.

Examination of a number of Specimens from eastern New Guinea show

eutychias to be rather variable; in fact, variation within eutychias seems —

comparable with that accepted as Separating some of the nominal insular

subspecies. Compared to New Guinea mainland specimens the female from Cape -

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 111

York Peninsula (Fig. 2) is inseparable from “white” form females from Port

Moresby (Fig. 4), but the two males differ from any New Guinea males seen in

the greater width and more angled outer margin of the hindwing band and the

less pointed hind wing tornus (Figs 3, 5). There seems little point in assigning

the Australian form: to any formal subspecific category until study of adequate

material allows evaluation of the true biological status of the many described

forms of this species.

The host plant of L. aeropa overseas is given as Calophyllum (Fam.

Guttiferae) by Fruhstorfer (1913). Two species of Calophyllum occur in Cape

York Peninsula: C. inophyllum L. associated with the coastline, and C. sil Laut.

in the inland rainforests. Both would be expected to occur commonly in the

region where the Lexias were encountered, as well as further south in north

Queensland (J. G. Tracey, pers. comm.).

Acknowledgements

Field work by GBM was supported by a grant from the Australian

Biological Resources Study Interim Council. We are grateful to Mr T. L. Fenner,

Mr D. P. A. Sands and Mr J. Sedlacek for access to specimens from Papua New

Guinea, to Mr D. L. Hancock and Mr Sands for helpful comments, and to

Mr J. G. Tracey for botanical advice.

References

Brass, L. J., 1953. Results of the Archbold Expeditions. No. 68. Summary of the Cape

York (Australia) Expedition. Bull. Am. Mus. nat. Hist. 102(2): 1-205.

Chermock, R. L., 1950. A generic revision of the Limenitini of the world. Amer. midl.

Nat. 43(3): 513-569.

Clerck, С. A., 1764. Icones Insectorum rariorum. Part 2, plate 39, fig. 1. (Stockholm).

Corbet, A. S., 1949. The Linnean names of Indo-Australian Rhopalocera. Part 7. Proc. R.

ent. Soc. Lond. (B)18: 191-199.

D'Abrera, B., 1971. Butterflies of the Australian region. 415 pp. Lansdowne, Melbourne.

Daniels, G., 1975. Butterflies recorded from north Queensland dvring August to November,

1974. News Bull. ent. Soc. Qd 3(8): 141-145.

Fruhstorfer, H., 1911-16. Nymphalidae. Jn Seitz, A., Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde. V ol.

9 (1908-1927). Indo-australischen tagfalter. Pp. 453-766, pls 107-138.

Hemming, F., 1967. The generic names of the butterflies and their type-species. Bull. Br.

Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) Suppl. 9: 1-509.

Joicey, J. J. and Noakes, A., 1915. New butterflies and a moth from Biak. Trans. ent.

Soc. Lond. 15: 59-62.

lavarack, P. S. and Stanton, J. P., 1977. Vegetation of the Jardine River catchment and

adjacent coastal areas. Proc. R. Soc. Od 88: 39-48.

Monteith, G. B. and Hancock, D. L. (in press). Range extensions and notable records for

butterflies of Cape York Peninsula, Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 4: in press.

Smart, P., 1975. The illustrated encyclopedia of the butterfly world in colour. 275 pp.

Salamander Books, London.

Talbot, G., 1932. New forms of Lepidoptera from the Oriental Region. Bull. Hill Mus.

4: 155-169.

15 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977

CYCETES COLLESSI SP. N. (PSOCOPTERA: PSOCIDAE) REPRESENTING

A GENUS NEW TO AUSTRALIA

By C. N. Smithers

The Australian Museum, Sydney

Abstract

Cycetes collessi sp. n., the first representative of the genus for Australia, is described

from the Northern Territory.

Introduction

The genus Cycetes was erected by Enderlein (1907) to accommodate

Cycetes thyrsophorides Enderlein from Java. Navas (1927) described Goya

pictus, also from Java; Goya was synomymized with Cycetes by Roesler (1944).

A female specimen, clearly congeneric with C. thyrsophorides, was recently

collected in the Northern Territory by Dr D. H. Colless; this represents the

first record of this genus from Australia and is described here.

Cycetes collessi sp. n.

FEMALE

Coloration (in alcohol). Head pale brown with brown markings an

irregular patch of small spots on either side of the pale median epicranial

suture and a few irregular brown marks adjacent to compound eyes. Frons

with a dark mark on each side antero-laterally to the anterior ocellus. A narrow

brown stripe part way along each of the anterior arms of the epicranial suture.

Epistomial suture dark brown in middle and near antennal bases. Postclypeus

with parallel stripes (about fourteen) which run from epistomial suture forwards

but do not reach anteclypeus. Anteclypeus, labrum and genae pale brown. Scape

and pedicel pale but each dark at base; first flagellar segment pale brown,

remainder of flagellum black. Eyes black. Ocelli pale. Maxillary palp with two

basal segments pale, third segment brown, fourth segment almost black.

Prothorax dark brown dorsally. Mesonotum shiny, very dark brown, pi

adjacent to sutures. Femora pale with brown spots dorsally. Tibiae pale except

for the distal ends which are dark brown. Tarsi brown. Fore wings (Fig. !)

hyaline marked in shades of brown; dark areas of pterostigma reddish brown.

Veins brown or very pale, somewhat transparent, except for the following

which are opaque white: R4,s and Rs for a short length before bifurcation.

Hind wings hyaline, faintly tinged with brown near base and near apex; veins

brown or somewhat transparent. Abdomen pale with irregular, segmentaly

arranged, brown bands dorsally; tergite 9 strongly sclerotized and dark brown;

terminal structures dark.

Morphology. Length of body: 4.5 mm. Epicranial suture indistinct but

discernible. Head sparsely setose, setae short. Postclypeus fairly flat, flowing

smoothly into frons; vertex smoothly rounded. Lengths of flagellar segments

fi: 1.56 mm.; fj: 1.32 mm. Antennae extremely long and fine. Scape much

broader than pedicel. Surface of flagellar segments with very fine transvers

ridges. Setae more densely arranged on distal segments than on proximal. 58

outwardly curved. Eyes small, not reaching level of vertex and set well forward.

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 113

FIGS 18. Cycetes collessi sp. n. 9. (1) fore wing; (2) hind wing; (3) paraproct; (4)

Subgenital plate; (5) lacinia; (6) spermathecal entrance; (7) epiproct; (8) gonapophyses.

hg Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977

IO/D: 2.6; PO: 0.7. Ocelli large. Lacinia (Fig. 5). Labrum lightly sclerotized

except for the anterior apophyses which flank an ovoid, glabrous area and fora

series of five exceptionally strongly developed alveolae bearing fine, short setae

along the anterior margin between the anterior apophyses. Basal segment of fore

tarsus with fourteen strong spinelike setae forming a comb on ventral side; а

few, less well developed spine-like setae on second segment. Measurements of

hind leg: F: 1.04 mm.; T: 1.96 mm.; tı: 0.40 mm.; tj: 0.24 mm; rt: 16:1,

ct: 21, 6. Ctenidiobothria of hind leg with very strongly developed spines,

especially those of first tarsal segment. Fore wing length: 4.8 mm.; fore wing

width: 1.7 mm. Fore wings (Fig. 1) with pterostigma broadened and rounded in

distal half. Rs - M crossvein well developed; stem of Rs only slightly curved;

Ел fused with M at top of cell Мз for a long length. R4,5 sinuous, approach-

ing strongly Ко +з in middle of its length. M beyond Rs - M crossvein almost

straight. Areola postica with broad apex. In hind wing (Fig. 2) Rs and M fused

for a fairly long length. M and Rs separating at a narrow angle. Cu; curved. IA

sinuous. Epiproct (Fig. 7). Paraproct (Fig. 3) with a strong, ventrally directed

spine on the inner side arising from the dorsal margin near the apex. Subgenital

plate (Fig. 4) with two glabrous, lightly sclerotized areas and a posterior, median

setose lobe. Gonapophyses (Fig. 8) with very lightly sclerotized external valve,

which is easily distorted in preparations. Entrance to spermatheca (Fig. 6).

MALE. Unknown.

MATERIAL EXAMINED. NORTHERN TERRITORY: 1 9 (holotype), Batten

Creek, 31 km. WSW of Booroloola, McArthur River area, 16.iv.1976 (D. H.

Colless). Holotype in the Australian National Insect Collection.

Discussion

The descriptions of Cycetes thyrsophorides Enderlein and Goya pictus

Navas are of very similar species, both from Java. That of C. thyrsophorides is

the more detailed and well illustrated, including figures of the female genitalia;

the illustration of a wing provided by Navas (Navas 1927, fig. 1) is somewhat

roughly executed. It seems likely that Goya pictus is the same as Cycetes

thyrsophorides as previously suggested (Smithers, 1967). They are certainly

congeneric as indicated by Roesler (1944). C. thyrsophorides and C. pictus

resemble each other in colour pattern, the curvature of the stem of Rs is similar

in the two species and in both the fusion of Rs and M is short or at a point.

C. collesi differs from C. thyrsophorides and C. pictus in being a little

smaller, in having a straighter stem to Rs, in having a very long fusion of К

and M, in having fairly long Rs-M crossvein and in the pattern of the darkened

area of the subgenital plate.

References

Enderlein, G., 1907. Die Copeognathen Javas. Notes Leyden Mus. 29: 107-126, 6 figs

Navas, L., 1927. Comunicaciones Entomologicas. 8. Socopteros del Museo de Hambur.

Rev. Acad. Cienc. Zaragoza 11: 37-52, 9 figs.

Roesler, R., 1944. Die Gattungen der Copeognathen. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 117-166.

Smithers, C. N., 1967. A catalogue of the Psocoptera of the world. Aust. Zool. 15(1): 1145.

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 115

BUTTERFLIES FROM AN AREA BETWEEN THE BUNYA MOUNTAINS

AND ARCHOOKOORA STATE FOREST, QUEENSLAND

By Murdoch De Baar

25 Irwin Terrace, Oxley, Queensland 4075.

One hundred and fourteen species of butterflies have been collected or

sen between 1969 and 1974 in the strip from Archookoora State Forest

through Kumbia to the Bunya Mountains, of which the road distance is 37

kilometres (22 miles) (Fig. 1). The altitude varies from approximately 427

metres (1400 ft.) to 1128 metres (3700 ft.) and annual rainfall averages from

63.5 cm (25 in.) upwards. All collections have been made close to the road. I

have not recorded months of occurrence for species where these are unavailable

or of little interest. The nomenclature used follows that of Common and

Waterhouse (1972).

Nanango e

ARCHOOKOORA

S'MT.KIANGAROW (1128m)

A MI. MOWBULLAN

QUEENSLAND

FIG. 1. Map showing the road between Archookoora State Forest and Bunya Mountains,

the area from which butterflies are here recorded.

116

List of species

Species

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977

Months observed

HESPERIIDAE

Badamia exclamationis (Fab.)

Chaetocneme beata (Hew.)

Netrocoryne repanda repanda C. & R. Feld.

Trapezites eliena (Hew.)

Trapezites symmomus symmomus Hubner

Trapezites petalia (Hew.)

Anisynta tillyardi Waterh. and Lyell

Dispar compacta (Butl.)

Signeta tymbophora (Meyrick & Lower)

Toxidia peron (Latreille)

Toxidia parvula (Plotz)

Toxidia doubledayi (Feld.)

Toxidia rietmanni rietmanni (Semp.)

Toxidia crypsigramma (Meyrick & Lower)

Neohesperilla xanthomera (Meyrick & Lower)

Hesperilla malindeva Lower

Hesperilla ornata ornata (Leach)

Taractrocera anisomorpha (Lower)

Taractrocera papyria papyria (Boisd.)

Ocybadistes flavovittatus flavovittatus (Latreille)

Ocybadistes walkeri sothis Waterh.

Telicota ancilla ancilla (Herrich-Schaffer)

PAPILIONIDAE

Protographium leosthenes leosthenes (Doubleday)

Graphium macleayanum macleayanum (Leach)

Graphium sarpedon choredon (C. & R. Feld.)

Graphium eurypylus lycaon (C. & R. Feld.)

Papilio anactus W. S. Macleay

Papilio aegeus aegeus Don.

Papilio fuscus capaneus Westw.

Papilio demoleus sthenelus W. S. Macleay

Cressida cressida cressida (Fab.)

PIERIDAE

Catopsilia pyranthe crokera (W. S. Macleay)

Catopsilia pomona pomona (Fab.) form catilla

Catopsilia pomona pomona (Fab.) form crocale

Catopsilia gorgophone gorgophone (Boisd.)

Eurema hecabe phoebus (Butl.)

Eurema smilax (Don.)

Eurema herla (W. S. Macleay)

Eurema brigitta australis (Wallace)

Elodina parthia (Hew.)

Jan.

Jan., Oct., Nov.

Feb., Dec.

Oct., Nov.

Nov.

Oct., Nov.

Jan.

Feb., Apr.

Jan.

Mar., Sept., Nov.

Mar.

Sept., Dec.

Nov.

Oct.

Oct., Nov.

Sept., Oct.

Mar.

June, Aug.

Mar.

Mar., Nov.

Mar., Oct., Nov.

Feb., Nov.

Feb.

Jan., Feb.

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977

Hypochrysops delicia delicia Hew.

Flodina angulipennis (H. P. Lucas)

Elodina padusa (Hew.)

Delias argenthona argenthona (Fab.)

Delias nysa nysa (Fab.)

Delias aganippe (Don.)

Delias nigrina (Fab.)

Anaphaeis java teutonia (Fab.)

Cepora perimale scyllara (W. S. Macleay)

Appias paulina ega (Boisd.)

Pieris rapae rapae (L.)

NYMPHALIDAE

Danaus plexippus plexippus (L.)

Danaus chrysippus petilia (Stoll)

Danaus hamatus hanatus (W. S. Macleay)

` Euploea core corinna (W. S. Macieay)

Euploea tulliolus tulliolus (Fab.)

Melantis leda bankia (Fab.)

Hypocysta metirius Butl.

Hypocysta pseudirius Butl.

Hypocysta adiante adiante (Hubner)

Geitoneura acantha acantha (Don.)

Heteronympha merope merope (Fab.)

. Heteronympha mirifica (Butl.)

. Heteronympha banksii mariposa Tindale

Ypthima arctoa arctoa (Fab.)

Polyura pyrrhus sempronius (Fab.)

Phaedyma shepherdi shepherdi (Moore)

. Doleschallia bisaltide australis C. & R. Feld.

- Hypolimnas bolina nerina (Fab.)

Hypolimnas misippus (L.)

Vanessa kershawi (McCoy)

Vanessa itea (Fab.)

| Precis villida calybe (Godart)

Precis orithya albicincta (Butl.)

Acraea andromacha andromacha (Fab.)

LYCAENIDAE

Jalmenus evagoras evagoras (Don.)

Jalmenus ictinus Hew.

Jümenus daemeli Semp.

-Osyris genoveva duaringa Bethune-Baker

Osyris abrota Westw. & Hew.

Ogyris olane ocela Waterh.

Ogyris bamardi barnardi Miskin

Ogyris oroetes Hew.

Ogyris amaryllis meridionalis Bethune-Baker

117

Oct. to Dec.

Oct., Nov.

Jan., Feb., Apr., Nov.

Sept. to Nov.

Feb.

Jan.

Jan., Mar., Nov., Dec.

Nov., Dec.

Dec., Apr.

Mar., Apr.

Jan.

Apr.

Feb.

Oct. to Dec.

Dec. to Feb.

Oct., Dec.

Oct., Nov.

Nov., Dec.

Jan., Apr.

Jan. to May

Mar., Apr.

Jan., Mar., Apr.

118 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977

Hypochrysops cyane (Waterh. & Lyell) Oct.

Pseudodipsas cuprea Sands Sept. to Dec., Apr.

Pseudodipsas myrmecophila Waterh. & Lyell Oct.

Paralucia pyrodiscus pyrodiscus (Rosenstock) Feb.

Paralucia aurifera (Blanch.) Feb.

Lucia limbaria Swainson Nov., Dec.

Danis hymetus taygetus (C. & R. Feld.)

Prosotas felderi (Murray)

Nacaduba berenice berenice (Herrich-Schaffer)

Nacaduba kurava parma Waterh. & Lyell Dec., Mar.

Nacaduba biocellata biocellata (C. & R. Feld.) Aug. to Nov.

Erysichton lineata lineata (Murray) Jan.

Catopyrops florinda halys (Waterh.) Feb., Dec.

Syntarucus plinius pseudocassius (Murray) Mar., June

Theclinesthes scintillata (T. P. Lucas) Mar.

Theclinesthes miskini (T. P. Lucas) Apr.

Theclinesthes onycha onycha (Hew.) Jan., Sept.

Lampides boeticus (L.)

Euchrysops cnejus cnidus Waterh. & Lyell Feb.

Everes lacturnus australis Couchman Feb.

Neolucia serpentata serpentata (Herrich-Schaffer) Oct., Apr.

Zizula hylax attenuata (T. P. Lucas) Dec.

Zizina otis labradus (Godart)

Zizeeria knysna karsandra (Moore) June

Zizeeria alsulus alsulus (Herrich-Schaffer) Dec.

Candalides absimilis (Feld.) Sept. to Nov.

Candalides consimilis consimilis Waterh. Sept. to Jan.

Candalides cyprotus pallescens (Tite) Sept., Nov.

Cer dalides xanthospilos (Hubner) Feb., Nov.

Candalides heathi heathi (Cox) Oct.

Philiris innotata innotata (Miskin) Feb.

Comments

Chaetocneme beata was often found trapped by its proboscis in the

flowers of white moth vine (Araujia hortorum), as were many other species of

butterflies and moths. I have noted this butterfly hilltopping at dusk in an

ironbark forest.

Toxidia rietmanni rietmanni is not known north of this area, the above

capture being previously recorded in De Baar (1976).

Hypolimnas misippus was common during April, 1976 although apparent-

ly absent before this date and in other years.

Euploea tulliolus tulliolus. Two specimens were seen during very wet

weather in February, 1971.

Heteronympha merope merope was generally uncommon but there wer

periods when occasional specimens could be seen flying in the same direction,

about northwards.

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977 119

Jalmenus evagoras evagoras collected on the Bunya Mountains tend

towards an intermediate form between evagoras and eubulus Miskin.

Pseudodipsas cuprea flew on a dry ironbark-grasstree hilltop at 6-12 m

among ironbark leaves. Males lack copper colouring but have some blue scales

on their upper wing surfaces. This species has previously been recorded only as

far north as Toowoomba (Common and Waterhouse, 1972).

Pseudodipsas myrmecophila. Three males were captured and two others

missed, flying around a small low bush. There was an extreme fire warning at

the time with a harsh dry wind blowing and a humidity of about 5%. These

records establish a new locality for this rare species.

Paralucia pyrodiscus pyrodiscus and Paralucia aurifera flew together at a

rain forest edge on the Bunya Mountains.

Philiris innotata innotata. I have collected only two females of this species

during a very wet period during February, 1971.

In addition to those species listed a single female lycaenid, possibly a new

species, has been taken. A fast flying azure seen may well prove to be Ogyris

inthis Waterh. and Trapezites maheta maheta (Hew.) has been collected within

30 kilometres and may well occur in the area. |

Acknowledgements

I wish to thank Dr I. F. B. Common and Mr E. D. Edwards for examining

specimens of Pseudodipsas cuprea, and Miss J. A. Walden for typing the

manuscript.

References

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robert-

son, Sydney.

De Baar, M., 1976. Notes on Hesperiidae and Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera) from south-eastern

Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(6): 123-124.

RECENT LITERATURE

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

ALLSOPP, P. G.

1975. Scarabaeidae collected in light traps at St. George, Brookstead and Gatton,

Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(4): 69-71.

1976. Neophyllotocus undarus (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae), a new species

from Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(4): 327-328, text-figs 1-4.

ANDERSON, D. T., FLETCHER, M. J. and LAWSON-KERR, C.

1976. A marine caddis fly, Philanisis plebeius, ovipositing in a starfish, Patiriella exigua.

Search 7(11-12): 483-484, illustr.

ANDERSON, J. M. E.

1976. Aquatic Hydrophilidae (Coleoptera). The biology of some Australian species with

descriptions of immature stages reared in the laboratory. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(2):

219-228, text-figs 1-16.

ANONYMOUS

1972. Blowfly strike in sheep. Bull. West. Aust. Dept. Agric. 3864: 1-12, illustr.

1973. Ant pests in Western Australia. Bull. West. Aust. Dept. Agric. 3114: 1-7, illustr.

1974. Control of potato and onion pests. Qd agric. J. 100(12): 604-606.

1975. Lucerne pest control at a glance. Qd agric. J. 101(4): 424-425.

120 Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6), April, 1977

ATKINS, Andrew F. " А

1975. The life history of Anisynta tillyardi Waterhouse and Lyell (Lepidoptera: Hesper-

iidae: Trapezitinae). Aust. ent. Mag. 2(4): 72-75, text-figs 1-16.

1975. The first record of Rachelia extrusa (C. and R. Felder) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae:

Trapezitinae) in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(3): 237-241, text-figs 1-9.

1975. Larval foodplants of some Queensland butterflies. News Bull. ent. Soc. Qd 3(1):

117-119.

1975. Notes on hill-topping butterflies of Queensland. Victorian Ent. 5(4): 131-135,

] text-fig.

1976. New т for butterflies in southern, central and northern Queensland. Aust.

ent. Mag. 3(1): 1-4.

1976. Notes on some butterfly captures in Victoria. Victorian Ent. 6(2): 13-14.

1976. Ogyris abrota, Jalmenus icilius and a request. Victorian Ent. 6(5): 31-38.

Lepidoptera

1977. Notes on Victorian butterflies. Victorian Ent. 7(1): 5.

CAMPBELL, M. M.

1975. Duration of toxicity of residues of malathion and spray oil on citrus foliage in

South Australia to adults of a california red scale parasite Aphytis melinus DeBach

(Hymenoptera: Aphelinidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc 14(2): 161-164, table 1, text-fig. 1.

CAMPBELL, M. M. and KETTLE, D. S.

1976. Number of adult Culicoides brevitarsis Kieffer (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) emer-

ging from bovine dung exposed under different conditions in the field. Aust. J.

Zool. 24(1): 75-85, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-4.

DOUGLAS, R. G.

1976. Butterflies in north-western New South Wales: Narrabri and Bellata. Aust. ent.

Mag. 3(1): 12-15.

DREW, R. A. I.

1975. Zoogeography of Dacini (Diptera: Tephritidae) in the South Pacific area. Pacific

Ins. 16(4): 441-454, tables 1-4, text-figs 1 & 2!

EDGE, V. E. and CASIMIR, M.

1976. Toxicity of insecticides to adult Australian plague locust, Chortoicetes terminifera

(Orthoptera: Acrididae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(4): 321-326, table 1, text-fig. 1.

EDGE, V. E., WRIGHT, W. E. and GOODYER, G. J.

1975. The development and distribution of dieldrin resistance in banana weevil borer,

Cosmopolites sordidus Germar (Coleoptera: Curculionidae) in New South Wales

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(2): 165-169, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-3.

ELLIOTT, H. J. and McDONALD, F. J. D.

1972. A revision of Strongylurus Hope (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae: Cerambycinae)

including a description of the male genitalia. Aust. J. Zool, Suppl. Ser. ЇЇ:

1-20, text-figs 1-62.

1976. Reproduction in a parthenogenetic aphid, Aphis craccivora Koch: embryology,

ovarian development and fecundity of apterae, and alatae. Aust. J. Zool. 24(1):

49-63, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-17.

ELLIOTT, H. J., McDONALD, F. J. D. and VESK, Maret

1975. Germarial structure and function in a parthenogenetic aphid, Aphis craccivor

Koch (Hemiptera: Aphididae). J. insect Morph. Emb. 4(4): 341-348.

ELSHAFIE, M.

1976. Nysius vinitor Berg. (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae) infecting pigweed, Portulaca oleracea

L. J. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 9: 54.

FAIN, A. and DOMROW, R.

1976. The genera Campylochirus Trouessart and Campylochiropsis Fain (Acari:

Atopomelidae), parasites of phalangeroid marsupials in Australia. Proc. Linn. Sot

N.S.W. 101(1): 27-37, text-figs 1-16.

FARROW, R. A.

1975. Off shore migration and the collapse of outbreaks of the Australian plague

locust (Chortoicetes terminifera Walk.) in south-east Australia. Aust. J. Zool.

23(4): 569-595, text-figs 1-21.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

WANTED. Butterflies of the genus Agrias. Will buy or exchange for what you

have. Require data for any subspecies and forms. Any help greatly

appreciated. Greg Watson, P.O. Box 1567, Wollongong, N.S.W. 2500.

WANTED. Australian insects (all types). Please send details to Mr Ian Gook,

13 Henry St, Highett, Vic., 3190.

WANTED. Ova of butterflies or moths. Will buy or exchange for European

species (100 species available). Please advise species, quantity and

price/exchange required and all known food plants. Send 30 cents in

International Reply Coupons for my 1977 price list. Ray Adams F.R.E.S.,

Carretera Principal 139, Tamaraceite, Las Palmas De Gran Canaria.

$1,000 IN PRIZES

FOR INSECT WORLD DIGEST WRITING CONTEST

Data Courier, Inc., publishers of Insect World Digest, a bimonthly magazine devoted

to popular articles on insects and insect life, is sponsoring a writing competition for

articles on any entomological subject. The prize winning articles will be published in the

magazine. All articles submitted will be considered for purchase by the magazine.

Five prizes are offered: First prize, $500; second prize, $200; and three prizes of

$100, each. The winning articles will be used in the Jan/Feb 1978 and following issues. The

deadline for submissions of articles is September 1, 1977.

The competition is open to any person in the world (except for staff members and

employees of Data Courier Inc.). All articles must be illustrated with colour and/or black and

white photographs, drawings and diagrams. All articles submitted must be offered for sale

and will be purchased at published rates if accepted. No article will be returned unless

accompanied by a self addressed, stamped envelope. (Foreign entries: send international

money order for postage, or indicate that you will accept a bill for return postage.)

The articles will be judged by a panel of writers and editors consisting of: Dr James

S. Packer, Managing Editor, Entomological Society of America; Mr Kenneth F. Weaver,

Assistant editor, National Geographic Magazine; Dr Howard E. Evans, Natural History author,

Colorado State University; Mr Robert Boyle, Senior Writer, Sports Illustrated; and Dr Ross H.

Arnett, Jr., Editor, Insect World Digest.

For detailed information, entry blanks, and Author Guidelines, write to the Editor,

Dr Ross H. Arnett, Jr., P.O. Box 505, Kinderhook, NY 12106, U.S.A.

For sample copies (prepaid $2.00 ea.) of the magazine, write to Data Courier, Inc.,

620 South Fifth Street, Louisville, KY 40202, U.S.A.

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends

for one or more printed pages. Further reprints may be purchased if ordered in

advance,

Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written,

double spaced and in duplicate.

Persons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any

paper considered unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065.

CONTENTS

ALLSOPP, P.G. Further records of dung beetles (Соо Scarabaeita) |

from the Toowoomba district j

ATKINS, A. F. and MILLER, C. G. The life sms of Трек Ж.

macula Meyrick and Lower (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) ......... 14

De BAAR, M. Butterflies from an area between the Г" Mountains and |

Archookoora State Forest, Queensland ......... di

EVANS, B. Hypolimnas misippus (L.) and Euploea core corinna T & |

Macleay) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) from Norfolk Island . . 1%

MONTEITH, G. B. and KERR, J. F. R. First record of the mph | |

butterfly Lexias aeropa (L.) from Australia ...... . 10]

SMITHERS, C. N. Cycetes collessi sp. n. CSS Pcie) ert

ing a genus new to Australia ..... . n

RECENT LITERATURE . ЛОО И ay

$1,000 in prizes for Insect word digest writing contest ..... inside back cover

ЕМТОМОГОСІСАТ NOTICES ИУ inside back cover и

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228. Ph. (02) 524 4614

Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (02) 43 3972

We offer both the amateur and professional entomologist a most comprehensive |

range of quality equipment and a wide selection of entomological books. — |

MAIL ORDERS A SPECIALTY

WRITE OR RING FOR OUR FREE CATALOGUES

Cpe - • |

Ramerunga Bivlagical Laboratories |

P.O. Box 169, Cairns, Nth. Queensland, 4870

PREPARATORS AND COMMISSION COLLECTORS

FOR RESEARCH INSTITUTES

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

AUSTRALIAN |

'ENTOMOLOGICAL

MAGAZINE

Aust, ent. Mag.

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 4, PART 1

JULY, 1977

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated joumal devoted

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand

and Papua ‘New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume,

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to; |

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$6.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$7.50 (US$10.00 or Stg£5.00 per annum overseas)

Institutional Subscriptions

A$7.50 (US$10.00 or Stg£5.00 per annum)

COVER

Illustrated by Barry Moore.

Depicts a Fiddler Beetle, Eupoecila australasiae (Donovan), on the

wing. Chafers of this subfamily (Cetoniinae) are able to deploy their wins

without spreading the elytra and their flight is thus exceptionally fast

and direct.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMGLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS

6 Roger Street, Brookvale,

N.S.W., 2100.

Austtalian Entomological

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

Volume 4, Part 1 <= VICTÜuly, 1977

BUTTERFLIES OF THE BLACK MOUNTAIN - MT. PAINTER AREA,

AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY

By David Ferguson

15 Bussell Crescent, Cook, A.C.T. 2614

Abstract

The flight periods of butterflies from the Black Mountain - Mt. Painter area of the

Australian Capital Territory are given for the period 1972-77.

Introduction

The Black Mountain - Mt. Painter area lies near the Civic Centre of

Canberra. It includes the Black Mountain Reserve, about 3 km north-west of

Civic Centre, and the area around Mt. Painter, about 3 km from Black Mountain

and about 6 km from Civic Centre, together with the area between the two

mountains. The vegetation varies from sclerophyll forest, with scrubby under-

gowth on Black Mountain, to almost treeless pasture on and around Mt.

Painter. The height of Black Mountain is 812 m (2660 ft) and that of Mt..

Painter is 743 m (2437 ft). The rainfall of the area averages 64 cm (25.2 in) per

unum, with an average monthly temperature range of 6.3°C to 19.5°C.

This list has been compiled from observations taken over the period

from 1972 to early 1977. Of the 80 odd species known from the A.C.T., 44.

have been recorded from the Black Mountain - Mt. Painter area by the author.

List of species

HESPERIIDAE

Netrocoryne repanda repanda C. & R. Felder. Three male specimens have been

taken on Mt. Painter, one in March 1974 and two in January 1977.

Trapezites phigalioides Waterhouse. One male was taken on Mt. Painter in

October 1976,

Trapecites phigalia phigalia (Hewitson). Commonly observed in October and

шї on Black Mountain. А male was taken in November 1975 on Mt.

anter.

Trapezites luteus leucus Waterhouse. On Mt. Painter it is common during

Üctober and November, but less so in February and March. It has not been

Observed on Black Mountain.

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977

Dispar compacta (Butler). One male was taken in February 1973 on Black

Mountain. |

Toxidia peron (Latreille). Two males were taken on Mt. Painter and Black

Mountain in December 1976. It occurs commonly on the coast and tablelands

(Common and Waterhouse, 1972).

Taractrocera papyria papyria (Boisduval). September to April.

Ocybadistes walkeri sothis Waterhouse. September to April.

PAPILIONIDAE

Papilio aegeus aegeus Donovan. November to March.

Papilio anactus W. S. Macleay. November to March.

Papilio demoleus sthenelus W. S. Macleay. October to March. Adults are quite

abundant during October to November, but less so from December to March.

PIERIDAE

Catopsilia pyranthe crokera (W. S. Macleay). One female of the pale form was

taken in April 1976 on Black Mountain by M. Bink.

Eurema smilax (Donovan). November to February. Usually it is uncommon.

Delias aganippe (Donovan). Adults can be found on the wing from September

to November and again from January to March.

Delias harpalyce (Donovan). A common species, found from September to

November and again from January to March.

Delias nigrina (Fabricius). A number of both sexes were taken flying around

mistletoe on Mt. Painter from the end of November to the beginning of

December 1974. Another was taken in February 1975 on Mt. Painter by M.

Bink. Common and Waterhouse (1972) have indicated that it is essentially a

coastal species, not extending far inland. It has not previously been recorded

from the A.C.T.

Anaphaeis java teutonia (Fabricius). Often seen in large migratory flights from

September to December.

Pieris rapae rapae (Linnaeus). August to May.

NYMPHALIDAE

Danaus plexippus plexippus (Linnaeus). Uncommon species, October to March.

Danaus chrysippus petilia (Stoll). This species was very common in the period

October 1973 to February 1974. Since then only two have been taken in

March 1976 and October 1975.

Euploea core corinna (W. S. Macleay). This species was very common from

November 1973 to February 1974. None has been taken since.

Geitoneura acantha acantha (Donovan). December to March.

Geitoneura klugii klugii (Guerin-Meneville). December to March.

Heteronympha merope merope (Fabricius). Late October to early May.

Heteronympha penelope penelope Waterhouse. December to March.

Polyura pyrrhus sempronius (Fabricius). November to April. It is common i

the sclerophyll forest of Black Mountain. Males have been taken hill-topping on

Mt. Painter.

Hypolimnas bolina nerina (Fabricius). A single female was captured in January

1975 on Black Mountain. Common and Waterhouse (1972) state that it i

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 3

unusually rare near Sydney and that an adult had been taken in eastern

Victoria.

Vanessa kershawi (McCoy). September to May.

Vanessa itea (Fabricius). September to May.

Precis villida calybe (Godart). September to May.

i LYCAENIDAE

Jalmenus evagoras evagoras (Donovan). This species has been taken abundantly

during December and January on Black Mountain, especially in areas containing

its food plant (Acacia decurrens). However, none has been observed on

Mt. Painter.

Jalmenus ictinus Hewitson. December to March. Pupae obtained from Mt.

Painter took 12 days to emerge.

Ogyris olane ocela Waterhouse. Males have been observed on top of Black

Mountain from November to January. One male was taken on Mt. Painter in

December 1976.

Hypochrysops delicia delos (Waterhouse and Lyell). Males have been taken

hilltopping on Mt. Painter in December and January. The author has not

captured them on Black Mountain although they are known to occur there.

Pieudodipsas cuprea Sands. Males have been observed on both Mt. Painter and

Black Mountain during December and January.

Lucia limbaria Swainson. September to November and January to March.

McCubbin (1971) notes that it is usually a scarce butterfly but it is very

common on Mt. Painter. It has not been observed on Black Mountain.

Nacaduba biocellata biocellata (C. & R. Felder). December to March.

Theclinesthes onycha onycha (Hewitson). Taken in December and January from

Mt. Painter and Black Mountain.

Lampides boeticus (Linnaeus). September to April.

Neolucia agricola agricola (Westwood and Hewitson). During December large

numbers have been observed on Black Mountain, but none has been observed

on Mt. Painter.

Neolucia serpentata serpentata (Herrich-Schaffer). September to April.

Zizina otis labradus (Godart). September to May.

Candalides acastus (Cox). August to September and December to January.

Common on Black Mountain but not seen on Mt. Painter.

Candalides hyacinthinus hyacinthinus (Semper). August to February. Common

and Waterhouse (1972) note that it appears in August, even in the A.C.T. It is

common on Black Mountain where its food plant (Cassytha sp.) is abundant,

but it has not been seen on Mt. Painter.

Acknowledgement

I would like to thank Dr R. L. Kitching for confirming the identification

ofa number of specimens.

References

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robert-

son, Sydney. vii + 498 pp.

McCubbin, C., 1971. Australian butterflies. Nelson, Melbourne. xxxi + 206 pp., illustr.

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 |

A LIST OF THE SCARABAEOIDEA (COLEOPTERA) COLLECTED FROM .

LIGHTS AT PALM COVE AND ELLIS BEACH, NORTH QUEENSLAND

By G. A. Williams

46 Louis Street, Granville, N.S.W. 2142.

Abstract

Twenty eight species of Scarabaeoidea are recorded from Palm Cove and Ellis Beach, |

north Queensland and their relative abundance noted. The known range of Phyllotocus —

laterofuscus Lea is extended southwards and the attraction of 5 species of Cetoniinae to

light is noted. :

Introduction

Polm Cove and Ellis Beach are two small tourist centres situated 25 and

27 km aorth of Cairns respectively, North Queensland. Both sites border the

sea and share a similar coastal environment; predominantly scrub woodland,

dry sclerophyll forest and rain forest confined to gullies and ravines leading

down from the Great Dividing Range immediately to the west. Extensive ares

of the narrow coastal plain to the west and south of Palm Cove are given overto

residential development and sugar production. Insect trapping was confined to

street and residential dwelling lights.

Collecting was carried out from June 1973 to January 1974 inclusiv,

each night at Palm Cove and once weekly at Ellis Beach. The occurrence of

species was noted and data tabulated for the 28 species recorded. In the

following list the term ‘rare’ indicates less than three specimens, ‘few’ three to

ten specimens and ‘common’ more than ten specimens, taken during the period

of collection. Dates of collection are given for ‘rare’ species, months only for

others. As it was not possible to continue the survey beyond January 1974,

species occurring up to that time are indicated in the list as ‘still present.

List of species

Species Locality Frequency

LUCANIDAE

Lucaninae

Figulus regularis Westw. Palm Cove 5 Dec.26 Dec. таге

Metopodontus torresensis Deyr. Palm Cove 4 Jan. rare

GEOTRUPIDAE

Bolboce atinae

Blackbu nium reichei Guer. Palm Cove 31 Oct.-29 Nov. rare

Віаскри sium simplicicips Blkb. Palm Cove July, Sept,Dec. common

Stenaspivius albosetosus Howaen Palm Cove late Nov., Dec. few

SCARA! AEIDAE

Hybosor aae

Phaeoch: »us emarginatus Cast. Ellis Beach 17 Dec. rare

5 1 пае

1 'gus consentaneus Har. Palm Cove 20 Dec.-18 Jan. rare

Onthop igus latro Har. Palm Cove Nov. - Dec. few

Onthop. igus muticus Macl. Palm Cove 26 Aug.-9 Sept. rare

Melolon iinae |

Dermoic ida albohirtum Waterh. Palm C, EllisBch June - Jan. still present; common |

Aust ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 Е

.. Lepidiota bovilli Blkb. Palm Cove Nov. - Jan. still present;common

` Lepidiota consobrina Gir. PalmC,EllisBch Oct., Nov. few

Lepidiota sororia Moser Palm Cove 16 Aug. rare

| Lepidiota squamulata Waterh. Palm Cove Oct. few

Phyllotocus laterofuscus Lea Palm Cove 18 Dec. rare

Rutelinae

Anomala antiqua (Gyll.) Palm C, EllisBch Oct., Nov. common

Anoplognathus boisduvali Boisd. Palm C, EllisBch Nov. - Jan. still present; common

Anoplognathus nebulosus Macl. Palm Cove 28 Dec. rare

Dynastinae

Dipelicus bovilli (Blkb.) Palm Cove 9 Aug. rare

Dipelicus optatus (Sharp) Palm Cove 9 Sept. rare

Neodon pecuarius (Reiche) Palm Cove Nov. - Jan. still present; few

Aylotrupes gideon L. Palm C, EllisBch Nov. - Jan. still present;common

Cetoniinae

Hemipharis insularis Gory & Perch Palm Cove 16 Dec. rare

; Ischiopsopha pulchripes Thoms. Ellis Beach Dec., Jan. few

lichiopsopha yorkiana (Jans.) Ellis Beach 23 Dec. rare

| Lomaptera cinnomonea Thoms. Ellis Beach Dec., Jan. still present; common

Protaetia tibialis Macl. Palm Cove 14 Dec. rare

Discussion

Of the 28 species recorded, 24 were found at Palm Cove and 10 at Ellis

Beach. Six species were shared between the localities. A further melolonthine,

Lepidiota froggatti Macl., not included in the list was collected from tide marks

at Palm Cove, but is known to come to light in the area (J. G. Brooks, pers.

солт),

Small species (length less than 1 cm) were poorly represented, particularly

frm the Melolonthinae and Scarabaeinae. With the exception of a single

hydosorine, Phaeochrous emarginatus Cast. from Ellis Beach, all small Species

Isted were retrieved from a backyard poolat Palm Cove over which was mounted

1 flourescent courtesy light.

The Rutelinae also were poorly represented. Carne (1957, 1958) lists a

minimum of 23 species occurring in the coastal area of Innisfail - Cairns.

Though most of these Species would be diurnal plant feeders, many would be

active at night and occur at lights.

All but one of the species listed from Palm Cove and Ellis Beach are

within their previously recorded ranges. Phyllotocus laterofuscus Lea is previously

listed only from the Endeavour River (Britton 1957). Thus, its capture at

Palm Cove represents a southern extension of its known range.

.. The occurrence of five species of cetoniines at light was of particular

interest to me as I was previously unaware of light attraction in this subfamily

and Lea (1914) makes no mention of it. Hemipharis insularis Gory and Perch.

and Protaetia tibialis Macl. were very active during daylight hours, and occurred

only rarely at lights. Ischiopsopha pulchripes Thoms. and Limaptera cinnomomea

homs. were observed only at lights. The latter species swarmed in extremely

large numbers around a single light at Ellis Beach.

As no collecting was carried out from February to May much scope exists

А Aust. ent. Мад. 4(1), July, 1977

for further additions to this list of both species and their times of occurrence.

Acknowledgments

I wish to thank my wife for valuable collecting assistance, Drs E.B. Britton,

P. B. Carne and E. G. Matthews for identifications, Mr G. A. Holloway for

allowing me to view the Coleoptera in the Australian Museum and Mrs B. E.

Wilkinson for typing the manuscript.

References

Britton, E. B., 1957. A revision of the Australian chafers (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae, Melo-

lonthinae). Volume 1. British Museum (Natural History) London, 185 pp.

Carne, P. B., 1957. A revision of the ruteline genus Anoplognathus Leach (Coleoptera, |

Scarabaeidae). Aust. J. Zool. 5(1): 88-143.

Carne, P. B., 1958. A review of the Australian Rutelinae (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae). Aust.

J. Zool. 6(2): 162-240.

Lea, A. M., 1914. Notes on Australian Cetonides: with a list of species and descriptions of {

some new ones. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 38: 132-218.

RENE Lon nmm ————

A NOTE ON THE BEHAVIOUR OF PROTOMILTOGRAMMA TOWNSEND

(DIPTERA: SARCOPHAGIDAE)

By G. Daniels

Associate, Australian Museum, Sydney.

Little, if anything, has been recorded regarding the biology and habits |

of Australian species of sarcophagid flies belonging to the subfamily Milto- |

grammatinae. It therefore seems worth placing on record observations of adult |

specimens of Protomiltogramma seeking the subterrainian nests of Cerceris sp. |

(Hymenoptera: Sphecidae).

Such behaviour was observed during January 1976 at Byfield State Forest, |

north of Yeppoon, Queensland. The flies were observed in wet sclerophyl forest |

along a seldom used fire road and were resting on grass stems approximately

150 mm above the ground, where they were quick to fly and investigate any |

insects that flew past. Cerceris sp. was nesting in tunnels along the fire road. і

Upon detecting a specimen of Cerceris, a fly would pursue the wasp, flying |

approximately 100-150 mm behind. If the wasp flew more than 10-12 metres, |

the fly would alight on a nearby grass stem and then wait before repeating the |

procedure. However, if the wasp entered its nest while being pursued, the fly |

would land on a grass stem about 100-150 mm away and wait while the wasp |

opened the nest and entered. When the wasp emerged from the nest, the fly |

would rapidly enter before the wasp had sealed the entrance. Upon the wasp

returning and reopening the nest the fly would quickly exit.

At no time was a wasp seen to be carrying prey, and presumably the nests

were already stocked.

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank the Queensland Department of Forestry for

permission to study and collect insects at Byfield, Dr D. Н. Colless for

determining the fly, and Mr G. A. Holloway for determining the wasp.

——————————————————————————— E — — ——

Aust ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 А

HARPALUS FULVICORNIS THUNBERG: A SOUTH AFRICAN CARABID

BEETLE ESTABLISHED IN WESTERN AUSTRALIA

By B. P. Moore

С.5.1.К.О., Division of Entomology, Canberra, A.C.T.

Introduction

As long ago as the early spring of 1959, I collected a series of a medium-

szed and apparently unremarkable harpaline carabid beetle from several

localities in southwestern Western Australia. In the field, and upon later cursory

examination, the specimens passed for a species of the large and difficult native

gnus Diaphoromerus Chaudoir* and they were set aside with other unidentified

material of the group. However, upon close study, later, the adhesive tarsal

vestiture of the males was seen to be of the biseriately squamose type (Fig. 1),

characteristic of the tribe Harpalini, rather than the uniformly spongiose type

(Fig. 2) that is found in the Anisodactylini, to which Diaphoromerus and most

others of the larger Australian Harpalinae belong. At that time, the only known

Australian genus of Harpalini was Phorticosomus Schaum, where most of some

20 species have secondarily lost the tarsal vestiture, but the Oriental Coleolissus

Bates has since been recorded (Moore, 1967; Darlington, 1968) in two species,

from Cape York Peninsula.

Recourse to modern overseas works dealing with the Harpalinae (e.g.,

Basilewsky, 1951; Habu, 1973; Lindroth, 1968) led to the conclusion that the

Westem Australian insect was probably a species of the widespread genus

Harpalus Latreille and this was supported by direct comparison with material

ofthis genus in my general reference collection, although a specific identification

could not be achieved. However it was noted that the species ran most smoothly

though keys to the African fauna given by Basilewsky (op. cit.) and that, if it

could be assumed to have originated in southern Africa, an identification as

H. fulvicornis Thunberg resulted. Such an identification, in a worldwide genus

of over 600 species, was of course highly speculative, in the absence of

authentic reference material, and the matter was therefore once more set aside.

Recently, during the course of a visit to London, I took the opportunity

to reexamine the problematical Australian harpaline at the British Museum

(Natural History) and in a world-fauna context. My specimens were compared

with many candidate species from most areas within the geographical range of

the genus and including authentic fulvicornis (1d, 299, Bechuanaland, F. W:

Jones, 1907, det. Basilewsky), when it became clear that they did indeed belong

to that South African species.

The following description and keys are given as an aid to recognition of

H. fulvicornis within the Australian fauna but in view of the special difficulties

sociated with the classification of Harpalinae (which is very dependent upon

male secondary sexual characters), it should be emphasised that firm identificat-

on will normally require direct comparison with authentically determined

material. This will be especially the case with isolated female specimens.

“This is now merged with Notobia Perty (Noonan, 1976)

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 `

Harpalus fulvicornis Thunberg

(Figs 1, 3, 4, 6)

Harpalus fulvicornis Thunberg, 1806, in Schönherr, “Synonymia Insectorum", |

1: p. 200. Type: Cape.

? Carabus abdominalis F., 1787, “Mantissa Insectorum”, 1: p. 201; 1801, :

“Systema Eleutheratorum”, 1: p. 196. Туре: Cape (apparently lost). |

Mostly piceous-black, underside lighter in some specimens; upperside, і

especially the elytra, with bronze reflections; legs ferrugineous; antennae brown- #

ish, the basal segment lighter, reddish. Fully winged.

Head of average size for a harpaline (i.e., smaller than in Phorticosomus 1

spp.); eyes small, not prominent, lightly enclosed by postocular orbits; mandibles #

short; median tooth of mentum (Fig. 4) weak; basal segment of labial palpi:

multisetose on leading edge. Pronotum rather variable in shape but transverse?

(width/length about 1.45) (Fig. 6); basal impressions feeble, single on each side, #

punctulate. Elytra rather convex except on disc, striae fine, smooth; intervals»

nearly flat, finely shagreened in male, more strongly so in female; a short

scutellary striole on the second intervals; third intervals with a small pore at the-

hind quarter (this sometimes wanting). Male anterior and intermediate tarsi:

lightly expanded, the basal 4 segments biseriately squamose beneath (Fig. 1),

those of female simple. Median lobe of aedeagus (Fig. 3) with a weak apical barb. |

Length: 9-11 mm. À

Confirmed Australian records: WESTERN AUSTRALIA, Margaret River,

30.viii.1959, 11 exx (В. P. Moore); Flinders Вау, 30.viii.1959, 2 exx (В. P.

Moore), Manjimup, 1.ix.1959, 4 exx (B. P. Moore); Mandura, i.1970, 1 ex. (T. E]

Bellas). All specimens from beneath fallen logs in open pastures.

African distribution (sec. Basilewsky, op. cit.): Orange Free State, Cape?

Province, Botswana (Bechuanaland). |

FIGS 1-5. Carabidae, Harpalinae: (1) male fore tarsal vestiture (squamose type) of Harpalus

fulvicornis Thunberg; (2) the same (spongiose type) of Notobia (Diaphoromerus)*

germari (Castelnau); (3) aedeagus of H. fulvicornis in left lateral and dorsal views;

(4) mentum of H. fulvicornis; (5) the same of N. germari. Scale-lines 0.5 mm.

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 9

KEY FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF H. FULVICORNIS

WITHIN THE AUSTRALIAN HARPALINAE

1. Male front and middle tarsi expanded and sponziose beneath ............ 2

- Male front (and sometimes middle) tarsi either expanded and biseriately squamose

beneatironunmoditiediasunitemalcge eT 3

2. Basal segment of labial palpi bisetose on leading edge ............. Pelmatellini

-g Ths-seementimultisetose qc Anisodactylini

3. Basal segment of labial palpi bisetose on leading edge ............. Stenolophini

A hisiseemeniimultise lOS аа Harpalini 4

4. Very robust species; head large; underside markedly hirsute; male tarsi usually

unmodified, sometimes weakly squamose beneath. ....... Phorticosomus Schaum

- Less robust; head smaller; underside virtually glabrous; males with front tarsi

prominent yasqua moses benca Ш ОРООНО 5

5. Elytral third intervals multipunctate ................... Coleolissus Bates

с OH б Harpalus Latreille

(fulvicornis Thunberg)

FIG. 6. Harpalus fulvicornis Thunberg from Margaret River, W.A.: (a) male; (b) female

(natural length 9-11 mm).

Discussion

Although no information is available to indicate how Harpalus fulvicornis

reached southwestern Australia it seems reasonable to assume that the species

—

10 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 `

was accidentally imported through the agency of commerce. For although at |

first sight the occurrence at comparable latitudes on both sides of the southern |

Indian Ocean might seem to have some zoogeographical significance, this appears |

most unlikely on closer examination. Harpalus is evidently a relatively modem :

genus, typical of the northern temperate zone, where it is both widespread and |

rich in species, and it has no near relatives in the older southern harpaline faunas |

of Australia and South America, where the more primitive tribes, Anisodactylini |

and Pelmatellini are dominant. Its present occurrence, in a number of species, in :

southern Africa, may readily be explained as a secondary southward extension, |

via the East African ranges, of a primarily northern evolutionary line. In support |

of such an hypothesis, it may be noted that isolated species of the genus are —

found at middle and higher elevations in those ranges, whereas попе is known -

from the surrounding tropical plains. Any suspicion that H. fulvicornis might |

represent a gondwanian relic in southern Africa and western Australia тау .

therefore be safely dismissed.

The question of a likely time of arrival for the alien species here is also

uncertain, although an examination of candidate material in the various state |

museums might be expected to provide some useful clues. Such a task would, |

however, likely prove a demanding опе, in view of the close level of scrutiny -

that would be required. Meanwhile, one may speculate that the introduction |

possibly occurred during the first half of the nineteenth century, when

horticultural plant materials were being imported from South Africa on a large

scale. The well known Capeweed (Arctotheca calendula) was apparently already

naturalised in Western Australia by 1833 (Chisholm, 1958) but an animal species

might well have taken longer to become firmly established. H. fulvicornis was

evidently unknown to Sloane when he reported (Sloane, 1898) on a large

collection of Carabidae made a few years earlier, in the western State (including

the south-western portion) by A. M. Lea—and such a diligent collector as Lea

would certainly have taken it had it been as common and widespread as whenl

discovered it in 1959.

Acknowledgements

I wish to thank the authorities of the British Museum (Natural History)

for study facilities and Mr J. Green for the print forming Fig. 4.

References

Chisholm, A.H. (ed), 1958. Australian encyclopaedia. 2: 261. Angus and Robertson, Sydney.

Basilewsky, P., 1951. Revision générale des Harpalinae d'Afrique et de Madagascar. Ann.

Mus. Congo belge (serie 8) 9: 7-333.

Darlington, P. J., 1968. The carabid beetles of New Guinea. Part iii. Harpalinae (continued):

Perigonini to Pseudomorphini. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. 137: 1-253 (p. 64).

Habu, A., 1973. Carabidae: Harpalini. Fauna japonica 13: 1-430.

Lindroth, C. H., 1968. The ground beetles of Canada and Alaska. Part 5. Opusc. Eit. Suppl.

34: 649-944.

Moore, B. P., 1967. New or little known Australian Carabidae in the Frey Museum (Со).

Ent. Arb. Mus. Frey 18: 308-322 (p. 314).

Noonan, G. R., 1976. Synopsis of the supra-specific taxa of the tribe Harpalini (Coleopterz

Carabidae). Quaest. Ent. 12: 3-87.

Sloane, T. G., 1898. On Carabidae from West Australia, sent by Mr A. M. Lea (with

descriptions of new genera and species, synoptic tables, etc.). Proc. Linn. Soc.

N.S. W. 23(3): 444-520.

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 11

NEW RECORDS FOR BUTTERFLIES IN QUEENSLAND AND

NORTHERN NEW SOUTH WALES

By Murdoch De Baar

. 25 Irwin Terrace, Oxley, Queensland, 4075

This paper presents new records for species from Queensland and northern

New South Wales from specimens collected by the author. Previously known

distributions cited below have been taken from Common and Waterhouse (1972).

Nomenclature also follows that of Common and Waterhouse.

HESPERIIDAE

Hasora hurama hurama (Butler). Cooloola, near Gympie, Queensland, 5 Feb. 1977.

Asingle female in bad condition was taken. This Species was previously only

known from north of Mackay, Queensland. The prevailing windy weather at the

time may have been responsible for this record.

Tmpezites phigalia philus Waterhouse. Cooloola, near Gympie, Queensland, 29

Sept. 1975. A single female taken at rest on sand.

Toxidia andersoni (Kirby). Bald Rock, near Tenterfield, northern New South

Wales, 1-2 Dec. 1975. This species was previously only known from south of New

England National Park, N.S.W. T. andersoni males were flying in association with

Trapezites iacchoides Waterh. and Hesperilla idothea idothea (Miskin) at 1341 m.

Mesodina halyzia halyzia (Hew.). Cooloola, near Gympie, Queensland, 29 Sept.

1975. This species was flying in wallum count ry where its host (Patersonia) grows.

Telicota anisodesma Lower. Cooloola, near Gympie, Queensland, 17-18 Nov.

1975. Many males and females were taken or seen in rain forest areas. Previously

known from as far north as Noosa Heads and Montville.

Cephrenes trichopepla (Lower). Nerang, near Southport, Queensland. 16 Oct.

1976. This species has been collected south to Brisbane (J. F. R. Kerr, pers.

comm.) and the distribution is now extended to Nerang.

PIERIDAE

Elodina padusa (Hew.). Mareeba, north Queensland, 21 Mar. 1975. One male and

one female taken which extends the known distribution of this species to the

north-east. Previously it was known only from south of a line joining Rockh-

ampton and Burketown іп the Gulf of Carpentaria.

NYMPHALIDAE

Heteronympha penelope penelope Waterh. Bald Rock, near Tenterfield, N.S.W.,

20 Mar. 1976. This extends the known distribution of this species from the Glen

ще area northwards. This species was flying with А. paradelpha deervalensis

ums,

Üreixenica lathoniella herceus Waterh. and Lyell. Bald Rock, near Tenterfield,

N.S.W., 20 Mar. 1976. This extends the known distribution of this Species from

the Dorrigo Plateau northwards to the Queensland border.

LYCAENIDAE

/ilmenus evagoras eubulus Miskin. 35 km south of Boggabilla, N.S.W., 24 Apr.

977. This extends the known distribution of this species southwards from

12 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977

Millmerran, Queensland. Two males in reasonable condition were taken in

brigalow country.

Hypochrysops protogenes miskini (Waterh.). Cooloola, near Gympie, Queensland,

17-18 Nov. 1975. Several females and one male were collected in rain forest

areas where Smilax australis vines were common. The distribution of this rare

species has been confined to the Kuranda - Paluma and Brisbane - Southport

areas.

Lucia limbaria Swainson. 5 km south of Augathella, Queensland, 10 Nov, 1975.

This extends the distribution of this species westward from the Roma area.

Candalides heathi heathi (Cox). Charleville, Queensland, 9 Nov. 1975. Several

males were collected. The known westward range of this species in Queensland

was previously Mitchell.

Acknowledgements

I wish to thank Mr M. S. Moulds for his advice, and Miss J. A. Walden for

typing the manuscript.

Reference

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robert-

son, Sydney. vii + 498 pp.

BOOK REVIEW

Adventures with Australian animals by Harry Frauca. 1976. Rigby, Adelaide.

8vo. 164 pages, illustrated in colour and b. & w. ISBN 0 7270 0120 5.

Price $9.95.

This book describes the highspots of fifteen years field experience by -

the author. Twenty chapters cover his encounters with a wide variety of |

Australian: animal life including birds, reptiles, frogs, bats and insects; seven |

chapters concern insects, either directly or in part, and another is devoted to |

spiders. It is not a reference work but rather an autobiographical account of

the authors travels and experiences, generously illustrated with photographs |

of high quality.

There are 23 colour and 21 black and white photographs of insects; in |

all, these are less than half the total number of plates in the book. The plates |

are grouped in sections and usually are not related to the adjacent text. I think |

it would have been useful had the text and plates been cross referenced.

The style is casual and easily read. Throughout the text much useful |

information about the creatures which form the basis of the book, is revealed. |

Probably the accounts of behaviour are the most interesting. Of the insects |

discussed the chapters relating to the behaviour of bull ants (Myrmecia sp)

and tipulid flies of the genus Leptotarsus are the most notable. There are also |

interesting observations on the behaviour of insects before rain.

For anyone wishing to read a book of this type I can recommend this |

title. It is of special interest to field naturalists and nature photographers.

Colin Holmes |

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 13

OBSERVATIONS ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF ARG YNNIS

HYPERBIUS INCONSTANS BUTLER (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE)

By T. A. and K. J. Lambkin

15 View St, Paddington, Queensland, 4064.

Abstract

Observations on the life history of Argynnis hyperbius inconstans Butler are recorded

from material collected near Gympie, southeast Queensland. The larval food plant is Viola

betonicifolia Sm.

Introduction

The Australian Fritillary, Argynnis hyperbius inconstans, is distributed

along the east coast of Australia from Gympie to Urunga (Common and

Waterhouse, 1972) and usually occurs “around river estuaries or swampy coastal

areas” (McCubbin, 1971). The life history for this subspecies has not previously

been recorded although Waterhouse (1932) notes that the larvae “were found

many years ago feeding on Wild Violets by the late Rowland Illidge’’.

On two weekends in January 1977 four eggs which were observed being

laid and several second last and final instar larvae found feeding on wild violets

(Viola betonicifolia) were collected from the locality, 10 km south of Gympie,

recorded by Binns (1976). Several adults were also taken. Two of the eggs

subsequently hatched but one of the larvae died during the first instar and the

other survived only to second instar. The larvae which were taken in the field

were reared to adults. Rearing of the eggs and larvae took place in Brisbane.

Life history

Egg (Fig. 1). Pale yellow, about 0.9 mm high and 0.7 mm wide (greatest

width); somewhat dome-shaped with 16 or 18 longitudinal ribs and numerous

continuous horizontal connecting ribs more closely spaced basally than apically;

about half the number of longitudinal ribs terminating at about three quarters

length, the remaining ribs continuing to form an irregular series of depressed

arolets over the apical quarter; micropylar depression hexagonal. Duration of

eg stage, 5 days.

ECCO

Sick

FIG. 1. Egg of Argynnis hyperbius inconstans.

lana. First instar. On emergence, head black with long primary setae; body

white, latera] to dorsolateral regions of abdomen and dorsal region of abdominal

Segment 1 brownish; body setae on darkened bases, the setae of last 3 abdominal

Sgments curved backwards, the rest mostly forwards. Colour darkens with age;

list before ecdysis body mostly dark brown with a lateral white stripe and pairs

of white dorsal spots on mesothorax, metathorax and abdominal segments 2, 4

and 6. Duration of first instar, 5 days.

14 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977

Second instar. Body brownish black with short, thick scoli in same pattern

as final instar; lateral abdominal scoli, dorsal scoli of prothorax, mesothorax and

abdominal segments 2, 4, 6, 8 and9 cream-brown, all other scoli brownish black.

Second last instar similar to final instar.

Final instar (Fig. 2). Total length (unstretched), about 40 mm. Head black

with 2 small anterodorsal blunt horns. Body black, with a dorsal longitudinal

broad orange stripe becoming indistinct on abdominal segments 8 and 9; |

abdomen with obscure pinkish-orange markings along row of lateral scoli;anal .

plate pinkish-orange with a broad median black stripe; legs black; prolegs black

basally, plantae orange. Thorax and abdomen with well developed long scoli .

with black secondary setae; prothorax with 4 scoli, anterior dorsal pair black, .

posterior dorsolateral pair each mostly black but with basal eighth dull orange; |

mesothorax with a dorsal pair of scoli, each mostly black but with basal quarter ;

reddish-pink; metathorax with 4 scoli, a dorsal pair each with basal half reddish- |

pink and apical half black, an anterior dorsolateral pair similar to dorsal pair; |

abdominal segments 1-8 with dorsal, dorsolateral and lateral pairs of scoli (i.e. 6

in all per segment), segment 9 with a dorsal pair, segment 10 with a lateral pair, |

all reddish-pink over basal half to three quarters, apically black.

Pupa (Fig. 3). Total length, 26 mm. Deep orange-brown with fine dark brown |

markings, after about one day fading to brown to pale brown, cremasteral region |

remaining orange-brown. Head with a pair of blunt anteroventral horns; each |

thoracic segment and first 2 abdominal segments with a pair of dorsal broad- |

based, black-tipped metallic silver spines with anteriorly placed apices; meso- |

thorax with a central, dorsal projection, obtuse in lateral view, with a dark brown |

stripe along its extremity; thorax with 2 pairs of lateral projections, the anterior |

pair blunt horns, the posterior pair broadly convex in dorsal view, both pairs of |

projections edged dorsally with dark brown; abdomen with a pair of dorsal |

longitudinal diffuse dark brown stripes and a diffuse dark brown stripe along :

each line of spiracles reaching from posterior to spiracle of segment 4; abdominal :

segments 3-8 each with a pair of dorsal black spines, each spine of segment 3 set |

on a low abdominal projection. Pupal duration 7-9 days.

Larval food plant. Viola betonicifolia Sm., family Violaceae, the purple violet |

or wild violet.

Field notes

The larvae were collected from wild violets growing along the edge of a |

gully overgrown with Lomandra longifolia longifolia (long-leaved mat rush) in a |

cleared paddock opposite the small swamp mentioned by Binns (1976) (See :

Fig. 4). The insignificant wild violets grew only along the edges of the mat rush ;

stand and were largely hidden by the mat rushes and the long grass of the |

lower slopes of the gully.

Adult fritillaries were quite common along the gully. About thirty to forty)

were observed on the Sunday morning of the first weekend (9th January), the:

male to female ratio being about ten to one. Both sexes flew freely in the:

sunshine with a floating, gliding flight, feeding at the flowers of Cirsum vulgare ў

(spear thistle) and often settling on the mat rushes. On the afternoon of the 16th.

January a female was observed landing in a small open patch among the long:

] |

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 15

eee 26% ;

FIGS 2-4. Argynnis hyperbius inconstans: (2) final instar larva; (3) pupa; (4) collection site

of adults and immature stages.

grass on the lower slope of the gully. She then walked through the grass for a

short distance to a wild violet and laid three eggs singly on the underside of

separate leaves of Oxalis corniculata (creeping oxalis) which grew very close to

the violet, and one egg on the upper side of a wild violet leaf.

No pupae were observed in the field.

Note

Adult fritillaries were: still common at the locality at the end of April. On

18 May, 1977 three small larvae (first or second instar) were collected at night

feeding on Viola. These pupated on 24, 25 and 26 May. None have emerged to

date (7 June). This information, kindly supplied by Murdoch De Baar, indicates

that the butterfly continues to breed well into the cooler part of the year.

Acknowledgements '

We wish to express thanks to Doug Binns who kindly supplied information

about the locality, the director and staff of the Queensland Herbarium for

. identifying the plants, J. Bartly and G. B. Monteith for the photographs, and

T. Turrisi and D. Berner for help in the collection and observation cf the adults

. &dimmature stages.

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977

References

D., 1976. Interesting butterfly records from southern Queensland and central New

South Wales. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4): 73-74.

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robert-

son, Sydney. Pp. i-xii, 1-498, illustr.

McCubbin, C., 1971. Australian butterflies. Nelson, Melbourne. Pp. i-xxi, 1-206, illustr.

Waterhouse, G. A., 1932. What butterfly is that? Angus and Robertson, Sydney. Pp. i-x,

1-291, illustr.

Binns,

THE OAK LEAF-MINER, PHYLLONORYCTER MESSANIELLA (ZELLER)

(LEPIDOPTERA: GRACILLARIIDAE) ESTABLISHED ON NORFOLK ISLAND

By C. N. Smithers

The Australian Museum, Sydney

Common (1976) reported the presence of the oak leaf-miner [Phyllono-

rycter messaniella (Zeller)] in Australia and gave a summary of the history of

this European species in New Zealand and Australia.

Recent collecting on Norfolk Island, (South Pacific Ocean) has revealed

its presence there also. Beating an oak tree, one of the few on the island, in the

“Hundred Acre Reserve” at Rocky Point, dislodged a few adults and several

pupae and pupal cases. The tree was heavily infested and in a sample of one

hundred leaves taken at random from all sides of the tree not one was without

mines. Table 1 gives the incidence of mines per leaf.

TABLE 1

No. of No. of No. of No. of

mines leaves mines leaves

10215 15 36 - 40 4

6-10 26 41-45 2

11-15 12 46 - 50 1

16-20 20 51-55 0

21:225. 6 56 - 60 2

26 - 30 6 60 - 65 1

S ADAE 5 Total 100

Three adults and eighteen pupae collected on 13.ii.1977 have been placed

in the Australian Museum collection.

Stringent restrictions are imposed on the import of plant material of any

kind into Norfolk Island and it seems likely that the species has arrived without

man’s assistance as there is no indication that suitable host material has recently

been imported.

Reference

Common, I. F. B., 1976. The oak leaf-miner, Phyllonorycter messaniella (Lepidoptera:

Gracillariidae) established in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(4): 471-473, 6 figs.

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 is

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065, Australia

This bibliography lists, in an accumulative manner, all literature published since the

beginning of 1972 that directly concerns Australian insects. It attempts to fulfil the need for

acomprehensive list of current Australian entomological literature. If you have published any-

thing likely to be overlooked I would be greatful for reprints or details of such publications.

ALDERSON, John

1975. Descriptions of the larvae of Ceratognathus niger (Westw.) Coleoptera: Lucanidae

(stag beetle). Victorian Nat. 92(10): 217-221, pls I & II.

1976. Behaviour and larvae of two rose chafer beetles Eupoecila australasiae (Don),

Diaphonia dorsalis (Don) (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae, Cetoniinae). Victorian Nat.

93(3): 86-91, pls I-IV.

ALLEN, R. N., WONG, P., et al.

1975. Diseases ang pests of kikuyu grass. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 86(5): 18-19.

Н Lepidoptera: Sod webworm, Common armyworm, Lawn armyworm

DOBLER, Helga

1976. Katalog der in den Sammlungen des ehemaligen Deutschen Entomologischen

Institutes aufbewahrten Typen—XIV. (Coleoptera: Dytiscidae, Haliplidae, Gyrin-

idae, Rhysodidae, Paussidae). Beitr. Entom., Berlin 26(1): 179-186.

DOMROW, Robert

1975. A new species of Paraspeleognathopsis Fain (Acari: Ereynetidae) from an

Australian dasyurid marsupial J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(2): 97-99, text-figs 1-3.

1976. Cercomegistina (Acari) in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(2): 201-205, text-

figs 1-7.

DOMROW, R. and MOORHOUSE, D. E.

1975. Labidocarpine mites from bats in the Australian region (Acari: Chirodiscidae).

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(2): 107-112, text-figs 1-7.

DOUBE, B. M.

1975. Photoperiodic induction of diapause in the kangaroo tick Ornithodoros gurneyi

Warburton (Acarina: Argasidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(3): 221-224, tables 1-4.

1976. Two races of the kangaroo tick Ornithodoros (Pavlovskyella) gurneyi Warburton.

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(4): 329-332, tables 1-3.

EVANS, Howard, E.

1976. A revision of spider wasps of the genus Crenostegus (Hymenoptera: Pompilidae).

Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 43: 1-107, table 1, text-figs 1-116.

EVANS, Howard E., MATTHEWS, Robert W. and PULAWSKI, Wojciech

1977. Notes on the nests and prey of four Australian species of Tachysphex Kohl, with

description of a new species (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc.

15(4): 441-445, text-figs 1 & 2.

LEY, Elizabeth M.

975. Revision of the genus Hyphesma Michener (Apoidea: Colletidae). Aust. J. Zool.

23(2): 277-291, text-figs 1-5.

1975. New species and records of Brachyhesma Michener (Apoidea: Colletidae:

Euryglossinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(2): 139-144, text-figs 1-19.

1976. Revision of the subgenus Euryglossa Smith (Apoidea: Colletidae: Euryglossinae).

Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 41: 1-72, text-figs 1-19.

916. New species and tecords of Pachyprosopis Perkins (Apoidea: Colletidae:

Euryglossinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(4): 399-407, text-figs 1-17.

976. New species and records of Euryglossina Cockerell (Apoidea: Colletidae:

Euryglossinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(3): 273-279, text-figs 1-21.

1977. Notes on flying characteristics of Euryglossa (Xenohesma) bees and how a

gyhandromorph resolves а taxonomic problem. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(4): 469-

470, text-figs 1 & 2.

Xs Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977

HOUSTON, Terry F. р н

1975. Nests, behaviour and larvae of the bee Stenotritus pubescens (Smith) and behav-

iour of some related species (Hymenoptera: Apoidea: Stenotritinae). J. Aust. ent.

Soc. 14(2): 145-154, text-figs 1-15.

1976. New Australian allodapine bees (subgenus Exoneurella Michener) and their imma-

tures (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae). Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 100(1): 15-28,

text-figs 1-56.

HUGHES, R. D.

1975. Assessment of the burial of cattle dung by Australian dung beetles. J. Aust. ent.

Soc. 14(2): 129-134, text-figs 1-6.

1975. Living insects. 8vo. The Australian Naturalist Library. Collins, Sydney. Pp. 1-304,

text-figs 1-69,.b. & w. pls B1-B17, col. pls C1-C25. ISBN 0 00 2114372.

HUGHES, R. D. and WOOLCOCK, L. T.

1976. Aphaereta aotea Sp. n. (Hymenoptera: Braconidae), an alysiine parasite of dung

breeding flies. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(2): 191-196, text-figs 1 & 2.

HYNES, H. B. N.

1976. Tasmanian Antarctoperlaria (Plecoptera). Aust. J. Zool. 24(1): 115-143, table 1,

text-figs 1-10.

IRONSIDE, D. A.

1974. Biology of macadamia nut borer (Cryptophlebia ombrodelta (Lower) ). Qd J.

agric. anim. Sci. 31(3): 201-212, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-6.

Lepidoptera: Tortricidae: Cryptophlebia ombrodelta

Also issued as Od Dept. of Primary Industries, Div. Anim. Industry Bull. No.695.

JACKSON, Ada

1975. Sea shore, swamp and bush. Second edition. 8vo. Uni. of W.A., Nedlands. Pp.

1-272, illustr. ISBN 0 85564 096 0.

A popular work mentioning a number of insects, mostly in broad general terms.

Originally published in 1942.

LAITHWAITE, Eric, WATSON, Allan and WHALLEY, Paul E. S.

1975. The dictionary of butterflies and moths. Ato. Michael Joseph, London. Pp. i-xlvi,

1-296, colour pls 1-405.

LEARMONTH, Andrew and LEARMONTH, Nancy

1973. Encyclopaedia of Australia. Second edition. 8vo. Hicks, Smith and Sons, Sydney

and Frederick Warne, London. Pp. i-viii, 1-606, plus 16 maps, illustr.

Popular style notes mentioning most orders of insects.

First edition published 1968.

LENZ, M. and CREFFIELD, J. W.

1973. Responses of some Australian subterranean termites to solid wood and sawdust

. of four wood species. Proc. 16th Forest Prod. Res. Conf., Melboume. Vol. 1.

Le SOUEF, J. C.

1975. A new locality for Proeidosa polysema (Lower) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae). Aust.

ent. Mag. 2(4): 75.

1975. New butterfly records for Springsure, Central Highlands, Queensland. Aust. ent.

Mag. 2(5): 97.

1975. A winter visit to inland Queensland. Victorian Ent. 5(5): 145-149.

Lepidoptera: many butterfly species mentioned and briefly mentions the moth

Uliocnemis partita.

1976. Some Little Desert Buprestidae. Victorian Ent. 6(3): 25-26.

1976. Collecting butterflies with a chain saw. Victorian. Ent. 6(6): 43-44.

Li, C.S., NISHIDA, T., PATHAK, M.D., ROTHSCHILD, G.H.L., TORII, T., WONGSIRI, T.,

Y ANO, K. and YASUMATSU, K.

1976. Rice stem-borers. Chapter 5. /n V.L. Delucchi (ed.), Studies in biological control.

International Biological Programme, Vol. 9. Cambridge University Press. Pp. 121-

Е 137, tables 13-16, text-figs 18-20.

LOBL, Ivan

1976. The Australian species of Scaphidium Olivier (Coleoptera: Scaphidiidae). J. Aust.

ent. Soc. 15(3): 285-295, text-figs 1-11.

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977 19

LYNDON, Ellen

1975. A new butterfly. Latrobe Valley Nat. 144: 1.

Lepidoptera: Polyura pyrrhus sempronius (popular style notes)

1975. Tailed emperor in Victoria. Victorian Nat. 92(12): 272-273.

Lepidoptera: Polyura p. sempronius

McALPINE, David K.

1975. Combat between males of Pogonortalis doclea (Diptera, Platystomatidae) and its

relation to structural modification. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(5): 104-107.

1976. A new genus of flies possibly referable to Cryptochetidae (Diptera, Schizophora).

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3): 45-56, text-figs 1-11.

1976. Spiral vibrissae in some clusiid flies (Diptera, Schizophora). Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4):

75-78, text-figs 1 & 2.

McFARLAND, Noel

1976. Hilltopping and defence behaviour in a diurnal agaristid moth. Aust. ent. Mag.

3(2): 25-29.

McKAY, R. J.

1975. The wolf spiders of Australia (Araneae: Lycosidae): 5. Two new species of the

bicolor group. Mem. Qd Mus. 17(2): 313-318, tables 1-4, figs 1 & 2.

1975. The wolf spiders of Australia (Araneae: Lycosidae): 6. The leuckartii group. Mem.

Qd Mus. 17(2): 319-328, table 1, figs 1-3.

McKENZIE, J. A.

1975. The influence of low temperature on survival and reproduction in populations of

Drosophila melanogaster. Aust. J. Zool. 23(2): 237-247, tables 1-5, text-figs 1-3.

McMILLAN, R. P.

1975. Observations on flies of the family Milichiidae cleaning Araneus and Nephila

spiders. West. Aust. Nat. 13(4): 96.

MAIN, Barbara York

1975. The citrine spider: a new genus of trapdoor spider (Mygalomorphae: Dipluridae).

West. Aust. Nat. 13(4): 73-78, text-figs 1-3.

MALIPATIL, M. B. and KUMAR, R.

1975. Biology and immature Stages of some Queensland Pentatomomorpha (Hemiptera:

Heteroptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(2): 113-128, text-figs 1-14.

MARKS, Elizabeth N.

1974. Mosquitoes and man. Report of Australian Institute of Health Surveyors first

national conference incorporating the thirty fifth conference of the Queensland

Division held at Brisbane Sth to 9th August 1974. Pp. 31-39, tables 1-3.

1974. Blackdown Tableland miscellany. Q.N.C. News 70: 3-4.

Mentions species of ticks, bees and mosquitoes.

Note: O.N.C. News is the monthly newsletter of the Queensland Naturalists’

Club, Brisbane.

1976. Some mosquitoes (Culicidae) of Blackdown Tableland. Od Nat. 21(5-6): 118.

1977. A common fellowship of endeavour. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(4): 353-363.

Notes of a historical nature concerning in part mosquito research and control.

MARSHALL, Judith Anne

1975. A catalogue of the primary types of Mantodea (Dictyoptera) in the British

i Museum (Natural History). Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.)31(8): 309-329.

, G. М. S.

1976. Spiders — Isla Gorge, August 1973. Qd Nat. 21(5-6): 104, 106.

MILLER, C. G. and MORHAUS, I. G.

1975. Butterfly records of interest from the northern rivers district of New South Wales.

Aust. ent. Mag. 2(4): 85-86.

MORRISON, lan

1976. Wolf spider and her eggs. Victorian Nat. 93(5): 188.

Aracnida: Lycosa ramosa

NAGATOMI, Akira and IWATA, Kusuo

1976. Female terminalia of lower Brachycera — I. (Diptera). Beitr. Ent., Berlin 26(1):

5-47, text-figs 1-34.

P5 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(1), July, 1977

se aL Australian host record for Phalacrotophora Enderlein (Diptera: Phoridae).

Aust. ent. Mag. 2(4): 84. ay

1975. Aerial dispersal of some Victorian Psocoptera as indicated by suction trap catches.

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(2): 179-184, tables 1-4.

1975. The immature stages of Drepanacra binocula (Neuroptera: Hemerobiidae), with

notes on the relationships of the genus. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(3): 247-250,

text-figs 1-7.

1975. The biology of Chrysopidae and Hemerobiidae (Neuroptera), with reference to

their usage as biocontrol agents: a review. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 127(2):

115-140, table 1.

1976. The Australian species of Polynema Haliday, s.l., (Hymenoptera: Mymaridae)

described by A. A. Girault. Aust. J. Zool., Suppl. Ser. 42: 1-65, tables 1-4,

text-figs 1-141.

1977 Aspects of exploitation of Acacia phyllodes by a mining lepidopteron, Acrocercops

plebeia (Gracillariidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(4): 365-378, tables 1-11.

OAKESHOTT, J. G.

1976. Biochemical differences between alcohol dehydrogenases of Drosophila melanog-

aster. Aust. J. Biol. Sci. 29(4): 365-373, tables 1-6.

ORRELL, John

1974. See SERVENTY, V., 1974.

1975. Bunny moth. Wildlife Aust. 12(4): 140-141, illustr.

Lepidoptera: Xyleutes amphiplecta; life history notes written in popular style.

PALMER, J. M.

1975. The grass-living genus Aptinothrips Haliday (Thysanoptera: Thripidae). J. Ent.

(B)44(2): 175-188, map 1, text-figs 1-13.

Butterflies of the Australian Region by Bernard D'Abrera

SECOND EDITION

Due for publication July 1977

This title has been extensively revised. Some new taxa are again included and

many additional photographs of species omitted from the first edition now appear.

This second edition will be subtitled BUTTERFLIES OF THE WORLD, VOL. 1,

and will form part one of a proposed Five Volume set on the world fauna.

Recommended Price $75.00

OUR PRE-PUBLICATION OFFER

$67.50 (post free within Australia)

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228. Phone (Sydney) 524 4614

Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43 3972

Bamerunga Biological Laboratories

P.O. Box 169, Cairns, Nth. Queensland, 4870

PREPARATORS AND COMMISSION COLLECTORS

FOR RESEARCH INSTITUTES

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

_ All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

| med not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

. ent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

_ WANTED. A сору, in reasonable condition, of Butterflies of the Australian

region by B. D’Abrera. P. Gillespie, phone 451-4551 (Sydney).

_ WANTED. Stereoscopic microscope. Must be good condition with good quality

oculars. Suitable for studying entomological specimens. R. Pickworth,

Phone 44 4111 (Sydney).

. FOR SALE. Large butterfly and beetle collection. Approx. 3,000 Lepidoptera

and 3,500 Coleoptera. The collection is housed in seven display cabinets

of varying sizes and designs, all profusely inlaid with timbers of the world

and depicting butterflies and beetles in various designs. Ivan Guy, phone

607 7708 (Sydney) after 5 pm weekends.

COLOUR PLATES

FOR AUST. ENT. MAG.

Interest has been expressed in recent months concerning the possibility

of publishing colour plates. We would like to offer authors such an opportunity.

Colour printing is expensive and the journal could not bear the full cost. Authors

_ Wanting colour illustrations will therefore need to subsidize the cost of their

- plates. We feel we can offer colour plates at reasonable prices as follows: first

г plate $180; additional plates $85 each. We remind authors, that in the case of

_ joint authorships, the cost per author would be only half the above rates.

Photographs for colour plates are best submitted as colour transparencies,

either in the usual 35 mm.size or as 24" sq. slides. Paintings are also acceptable.

Further enquiries should be directed to the Editor.

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends

| h Т or more printed pages. Further reprints may be purchased if ordered in

advance,

Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written,

‘double spaced and in duplicate.

Persons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

“All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any

Rpr considered unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065.

CONTENTS

DANIELS, G. A note on the behaviour of Protomiltogramma Townsend

(Diptera: Sarcophagidae) .

De BAAR, M. New records for tous: in | Queensland E s

New South Wales .....

FERGUSON, D. Butterflies of dio Black Китү = Mt. Painter a area,

Australian Capital Territory . Р

І АМВКІМ, Т. A. and К. J. ОК оты оп | the life Lits eii Аит

hyperbius inconstans Butler (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) .

MOORE, B. P. Harpalus fulvicornis Thunberg: a South Siem carabid

beetle established in Western Australia .

SMITHERS, C. N. The oak MEE apma] (Zelle) |

(Lepidoptera: Gracillariidae) established on Norfolk Jsland . |

WILLIAMS, С. A. A list of the Scarabaeoidea (Coleoptera) silos from |

lights at Palm Cove and Ellis Beach, north Queensland . "REA

BOOK REVIEW — Adventures with Australian Onirmal ggg

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative CO of AER

entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds ....... |

—ÓÉáü А...

— -— Wm

COLOUR PLATES for Aust. ent. Mag. ......-.--+---- ES backe

ENTOMOLOGIGAL NODIGES ЗРЗЕ Я inside back ¢ i

Cloncurry, Qld 65km W.of Cobar, N.S.W. Noorinbee North, near Mt Hotham Alpine Reserve, Canberra, АСТА

21 Mar. 1974 28 April, 1975 Cann River, E. Vic. Vic. Alt. 1,830m 20 March 1974 ©

B. S. Jones K. T. Carrington 19 22 Mar. 1975 F. H. Innes

P. S. D. MacDonald K. & M. Walker-Jones

Mataranka Hstd., 20km S. of Copley, S.A. Gordonvale, N. Qld a "59" ^0

5 ^ №. рргох. 27°59'S, 140 10 E Karratha, W.A.

Roper iver, N.T. found in long grass 19 Jan. 1976 NE of Moonba, S.A. 197-8

| арман тота 29 June, 1975 P. J. & E. T. Smith 24 Jan. 1976 G.A. Hawkinson

AA. Stal Jennifer Montgomery S.K. & P.B. Johnston

$8.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)

As few as 50 copies of any one label may be ordered. Labels must be orderé

in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 lables. Thus, an order may contait

| for example, 50 copies of one label, 50 copies of a different label, 400 copit

of a third and 500 of a fourth. Total number of labels, 1,000. Alternatives:

an order might be 50 copies each of 20 different labels, again a total of 1 00

Layouts for orders must be clear, spaced as required, and preferably types

Delivery within 4-6 weeks. Payment with orders please. Ig

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065

ISSN 0311-1881

DATA LABELS — PRINTED TO ORDER fj

We will print data labels to your own requirements. These labels can be safely: |

used with either pinned or alcohol preserved material. Samples appear below L

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 4, PART 2

SEPTEMBER, 1977

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted #

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand ^

and Papua ‘New Guinea. It is d

esigned for both amateur and professional #

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume. :

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to: #

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$6.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$7.50 (US$10.00 or Stg£5.00 per annum overseas)

Institutional Subscriptions

A$7.50 (US$10.00 or Stg£5.00 per annum)

COVER

Illustrated by Barry Moore.

Depicts a Fiddler Beetle, Eupoecila australasiae (Donovan), on the й

wing. Chafers of this subfamily (Cetoniinae) are able to deploy their wings 3

without spreading the elytra and their flight is thus exceptionally fast #

and direct.

Published by :

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS

6 Roger Street, Brookvale,

N.S.W., 2100.

Australian Entomological

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

Volume 4, Part 2 i September, 1977

| RANGE EXTENSIONS AND NOTABLE RECORDS FOR BUTTERFLIES

| OF CAPE YORK PENINSULA, AUSTRALIA

By G. B. Monteith and D. L. Hancock

Entomology and Zoology Departments, University of Queensland, St. Lucia, 4067

| Abstract

| Recent literature is summarized on butterflies of Cape York Peninsula and new

distribution data and other notes are presented for 50 Species occurring in the area. In

addition 98 species are listed for a previously uncollected region near Shelburne Bay on the

&st coast. Zetona delospila Waterhouse is newly recorded for Queensland and new localities

| ue given for it in Western Australia and Northern Territory.

| Introduction

| For the purposes of this paper Cape York Peninsula is taken as that part

. ofnorth Queensland north of 16°S, i.e. from about Cooktown northwards. This

region has come under increasing scientific scrutiny in recent years and much

modem literature is cited by Kikkawa (1976, 1977).

The butterfly fauna of the Peninsula, a diverse, tropical region approaching

that of the state of Victoria in size, is rather poorly known and most published

| ttcords refer to three localities which have been accessible to collectors over the

| fats viz. Cooktown, Cape York and Iron Range (= Claudie River). These three

localities feature prominently in Waterhouse and Lyell’s “The Butterflies of

| Australia” of 1914, still the only systematic listing of localities for all Peninsula

species. The Endeavour River (site of Cooktown) had been the scene of some of

_ he earliest collections of Australian butterflies when the naturalists of Cook’s

_ 1770 voyage took many species later described by Fabricius; a hundred years

. liter the gold rush established the town of Cooktown there and it has remained

| inaccessible centre popular with collectors ever since. The vicinity of Cape York

isel was a popular stopping place for early exploratory vessels and these,

‘pecially the “Rattlesnake” in 1848 and 1849, made some butterfly collections

there; later with the establishment of the settlement of Somerset in 1863 visitors

became more frequent and today the town of Bamaga maintains the accessibility

of the region (Anonymous, 1974). The most prominent early collector at Cape

York was the German, H. Elgner, who sent much material to G. A. Waterhouse

during the first decade of this century; some of his records, particularly of

ред Spp., have never been repeated and need validation. The Iron Range

cords of Waterhouse and Lyell (1914) are all attributable to J. A. Kershaw of

the National Museum of Victoria who made striking discoveries in this rich area

during a 3 month Stay in the summer of 1913-1914 (Kershaw, 1914-1915).

22 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977 $

Quite fortuitously these three localities of Cooktown, Cape York and Iron Range

coincide with the three major rainforest systems of the Peninsula and hence

Waterhouse and Lyell’s 1914 book gives a surprisingly accurate picture of |

butterfly distribution in the Peninsula despite its limited geographic coverage.

Peters (1971) checklist of butterfly types in the Australian Museum gives

additional label data for many Peninsula species described by Waterhouse & Lyell.

After 1914 there was little reported collecting in the Peninsula until quite

modern times. Exceptions included a joint visit to Cape York by E. J. Dumigan

and W. B. Barnard for six weeks in 1927 followed by a 3 months return visit by

Barnard in 1928 (Dumigan, 1933), and some collecting in the goldfields around

Coen by W. D. Dodd and athers. These collections resulted in descriptions of

Hypochrysops elgneri barnardi by Waterhouse (1934) from Cape York, and the

Jezebel now known as Delias ennia tindalii Joicey & Talbot by Tindale (1923) #

from Coen.

Then in 1961 and 1966, J. F. R. Kerr and J. Macqueen visited Iron Range :

and “rediscovered” the rich Claudie River district first collected by Kershawin #

1913. Their exciting discoveries (Kerr, 1966; Kerr, 1967) of four new Australian #

records, Toxidia inornata inornata (Butler), Hypochrysops hippuris Hewitson, ©

Philiris ziska (Grose-Smith) and Philiris diana papuana (Wind & Clench) and one #

undescribed subspecies, Candalides consimilis toza Kerr, encouraged an influx of #

other collectors to the Peninsula, many of whom published notes. Le Souef #

(1971а) and Monteith (1971) both record species from Iron Range and Coen; 8

Le Souéf (1971b) notes Virachola democles (Miskin) from Cooktown and #

Trapezites macqueeni Kerr & Sands from Musgrave. When Monteith (1972) gave =

a comprehensive list of 144 species then known from Iron Range he cited 12 ©

collectors who had worked there since 1961. McCubbin (19722) gave a list of »

species from Weipa and also (1972b) discussed the origin of the peninsula fauna; ©

his book (McCubbin, 1971) mentions and illustrates some Weipa species. 8

D’Abrera (1971) described Philiris ziska titeus based on some of Kerr’s 1961 #

Iron Range specimens in the British Museum. Manskie and Manskie (1972) 7

listed some Cooktown species. |

In 1972 *Butterflies of Australia" by Common and Waterhouse appeared =

in which Common's excellent treatment of the fauna included individual maps ©

showing the gross pattern of each species’ known range in the Peninsula; new #

information not mapped is given in an appendix. Discoveries in the Peninsula «

have continued since 1972: Mimene atropatene Fruhst., Rachelia extrusa (С.&`

R. Felder) and Lexias aeropa (L.) have been newly recorded from Australia ё

respectively by Miller (1975), Atkins (1975) and Monteith & Kerr (1977), while ©

Hypolimnas antilope (Cramer) was taken in Queensland for the first time at.

Lockerbie (Gibb, 1977) and there is a sight record for Apaturina erminea Cramers

by Daniels (1975). McEvey (1977) lists 61 species taken at Iron Range ini

January 1974 including the first Australian mainland record of Petrelaea danai

(de Niceville). A new subspecies of Birdwing, Ornithoptera priamus macalpinei, «

was recognized by Moulds (1974) and largely unsubstantiated comments on}

Peninsula Birdwings were given by D’Abrera (1975). A cumulative listing of 141:

species known from the Cape York area is given in Anonymous (1974), while:

Жа. Um tms

Mis iile

ха

ГИ ЕГ ЧГ И

—

а УВ,

CAM wu

— u—— eee

чы. ч

оч _

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977 23

t Daniels (1975) lists species captured at Iron Range in 1974. Information on

| biology of species at Iron Range has been given by Kerr & Macqueen (1967) for

Jalmenus eichhorni Staudinger, by Daniels (1976) for H 'ypochrysops theon

medocus (Fruhst.), by Moulds (1976a) for Narathura araxes eupolis (Miskin),

and by Moulds (1976b) for Deudorix epijarbas dido Waterhouse.

Since 1974 we have been undertaking the entomological component of a

project entitled “The Ecological Biogeography of Cape York Peninsula”, led by

Dr J. Kikkawa and funded by the Australian Biological Survey. Butterflies were

chosen as а group for special attention and to this end all available literature and

museum locality records have been compiled and a programme of field collecting

in the Peninsula carried out, concentrating on poorly collected areas. In addition

we have sought the cooperation of the many private collectors who have visited

the Peninsula in recent years; the enthusiasm, depth of knowledge and generosity

of these individuals has made this aspect of the project a pleasurable and

productive exercise, adding greatly to our body of information. All records have

been mapped in detail and we present here significant extensions to known range

. id other notable records for 50 Peninsula species. An appendix is given of 98

species recorded from a previously uncollected region at Shelburne Bay, midway

between Iron Range and Cape York. The following abbreviations have been used

throughout: GBM, G. B. Monteith; SRM, S. R. Monteith; W & L, Waterhouse

and Lyell; C & W, Common and Waterhouse; UQIC, University of Queensland

Insect Collection; ANIC, Australian National Insect Collection; QM, Queensland

Museum. Localities referred to in the text are shown on the map (Fig. 1).

Family HESPERIIDAE

1. Hasora discolor mastusia Fruhstorfer

1, Iron Range, 21.v.1973, C. G. Miller (In Miller Coll.); 26d, Mt Webb National Park, 50 km

N. of Cooktown, 11-14.vii.1976, GBM & SRM (In UQIO); 16, Rocky River, Silver Plains,

2.1976, D. P. A. Sands (In Sands Coll); 19, Cooktown, 3.vii.1964, J. C. Le Souéf (In Le

_ Souéf Coll.).

North of Cairns on the mainland of the Peninsula this species has been

1 recorded only from Cape York (W & L, 1914); the present records establish its

_ Presence at several localities in the intervening region.

2. Netrocoryne repanda expansa Waterhouse

368, Mt White summit, Coen, 27.x.1976, D. P. A. Sands (In Sands Coll.).

These specimens, which agree with the northern race of this Species,

constitute 2 400 km extension of known range north from Mt Molloy, its

Previously known limit (C & W, 1972).

3. Trapezites macqueeni Kerr & Sands

. 2%, sandstone outcrops 30 km W. of Fairview, 26.vi.1975, GBM; 4dd, same locality,

114x1976, GBM & SRM; 1d, sandstone hilltop 12 km N. of Hopevale, 15.vii.1976;

CEM & SRM (In UQIC); 1d, 31 km NW by W of Cooktown, 250 m, 20.v.1977, I. Е.В,

| Common & E. D. Edwards; 34d, 11 km SE by S of Laura, 24.v.1977; I. F. B. Common &

| E. D. Edwards (In ANIC); 1265, sandstone outcrops 30 km W. of Fairview, 23-25.vii.1977,

| CG. Miller (In Miller Coll.).

These records of hill-topping males confirm that this recently described

| Species is established well north of the Atherton Tableland from which it was

24 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977

noted by the describers and authenticate the female from Musgrave méntioned |

by Le Souéf (1971) and C & W (1972). Its apparent commonness on the

sandstone ranges around Laura suggests that it may be a characteristic species :

of this land form, and that its very sporadic occurrences further south represent :

occasional extensions outside its main centre of distribution.

4. Trapezites eliena (Hewitson)

1d, Lagoon 4.5 km upstream of Jardine River road crossing, 24.viii.1973, J. Winter; 19, |

sandstone outcrops 30 km W. of Fairview, 22-24.vi.1976, GBM & SRM; 16, sandstone #

hilltop, 12 km N. of Hopevale, 15.vii.1976, GBM & SRM (In UQIC); 988, 31 km NW by W :

of Cooktown, 250 m, 20-22.v.1977, I. F. B. Common & E. D. Edwards (In ANIC).

This species has previously been known as far north as Kuranda and it :

has generally been accepted as a tableland species in the northern part of its |

range (C & W, 1972). These specimens not only extend the range of the species

750 km to the north but also establish it as surviving in lowland areas. The!

Jardine River locality is virtually at sea-level while the Fairview and Hopevale =

sites are at about 120 and 250 metres respectively. Genitalia of the males shows

no discernible differences from southern populations.

5. Toxidia peron (Latreille)

1d, 9 km S. of Archer River Crossing, 28.vi.1975, GBM (In UQIC); 36d, Mt White summit, =

Coen, 27.x.1976, D. P. A. Sands (In Sands Coll.).

These hill-topping males extend the known range of this species арргох- ж

imately 450 km north from its previously recognized northern limit at Kuranda.z

In the northern part of its range this species is normally mountain restricted:

(C & W, 1972) but the Archer River specimen was taken at around 200 m. ^

6. Toxidia inornata inornata (Butler)

19, Captain Billy Creek road crossing, 9-13.vii.1975, GBM; 365, 299, Dividing Range, 15 km

W. of Captain Billy Creek, 5-12.ii.1976, GBM (In UQIC). i

This is the first locality outside Iron Range for this rainforest species in

Australia and extends its known range about 130 km further north. Attention

is drawn to the distinct purplish sheen above and below in fresh specimens

7. Hesperilla ornata (Leach)

19, bred ex larva on Gahnia, Mt Lamond, Iron Range, 10.vii.1975, M. S. Moulds (In Moulds

Coll.); pupal fragments ex shelters on Gahnia sieberana, Leo Ck road, 500 m, Mellwraith Rg

30 km NE. of Coen, 29.vi.-4.vii.1976, GBM, SRM & M. De Baar (In UQIC & De Baar Coll). —

This skipper has been taken in larval form by A. F. Atkins at Iron Ranged

in April, 1971 (Monteith, 1972) and also in September, 1975 (Atkins per: (

comm.) but the bred 9 noted here is the first adult specimen for the Peninsula.—

The pupal fragments from Mcllwraith Range were taken from typical Hesperilla

feeding shelters on Gahnia sieberana, а known foodplant of Hesperilla отїй

Although pupal caps, which are normally diagnostic for species of Hesperilla

were not present the cremaster fragments were examined by Mr Atkins who

confirms them as similar to H. ornata elsewhere in north Queensland. The Iron

Range population has been attributed to the northern subspecies H. 0.

monotherma (Lower) on immature characters and circumstantial evidence бш =

Mr Moulds (pers. comm.) reports that his adult 9 is much more similar to the =

typical subspecies, H. o. ornata (Leach). Clearly precise subspecific assignments

should await further adult material including males. i

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977 25

TORRES STRAIT

| замам А

| Friday Is f ow |

nis

| 4 Cape York ` EA

| Bamaga y PE жый = SHELBURNE

| ; BAY

= Cape Grenville

Portland Roads

eSilver Plains

ү © t

= ort Stewart 2 ew Cape Melville

И o

Princess

i Charlotte

КО а a Bay

_ j^

[те

| 022

не со! :

f 7 Mt Webbe:

| Bes A Мс е

<flopevalée

Fairview

~ Laura

0 0 100 150 km

Helerivalee,

"IG. 1. Мар of Cape York Peninsula showing localities mentioned in text. Inset shows

enlargement of Shelburne Bay region.

26 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977

8. Ocybadistes walkeri sonia Waterhouse

19, Telegraph Crossing of Dulhunty River, 2-4.vii.1975, СВМ; 19, Andoom Bridge, Weipa,

6.11.1976, GBM (In UQIC).

C & W (1972) give the Claudie River as the northern limit for this

subspecies; these records extend its known range 120 km to the north as well as

to the west coast at Weipa.

9. Ocybadistes hypomeloma hypomeloma Lower

19, sandstone outcrops 30 km W. of Fairview, 22-24.vi.1976, GBM & SRM (In 0010).

This specimen is from about 230 km north of Kuranda which was cited

by C & W (1972) as the northern extent of this subspecies. It agrees with the

subspecies hypomeloma rather than vaga (Waterhouse) from N.T. and Prince of

Wales Island in having the spot above M, of the hindwing present and separate

from the postmedian band.

10. Sabera fuliginosa fuliginosa (Miskin)

266, 19, Isabella Falls, 30 km NW. of Cooktown, 28.vii.1964, J.C. Le Souéf (In Le Souëf Coll).

C & W (1972) give this species’ range as Paluma to Mossman and Daniels

(1975) notes it a little further north at Daintree. These specimens extend its

range another 120 km north.

11. Mimene atropatene Fruhstorfer

19, Mt. Lamond, Iron Range, 1.viii.1977, C. G. Miller (In Miller Coll.).

This species was known in Australia from one specimen taken at Iron

Range in May 1973 (Miller, 1975) until this second specimen taken 4 years |

later by the same collector within 50 m of the original capture.

Family PAPILIONIDAE

12. Protographium leosthenes leosthenes (Doubleday)

Many specimens, Mt White, Coen, 8-13.1.1964, M. S. Moulds (In Moulds Coll); sightings, |

same locality, 27.x.1976, D. P. A. Sands. |

This endemic Australian species is mainly known as far north as Mt Garnet |

but two records are available from the tip of the Peninsula (C & W, 1972; W&L, .

1914). The present captures and sightings on Mt White establish its presence in |

the central Peninsula. There is also a specimen in the Australian Museum from :

Banks Island, in the middle of Torres Strait, but it has yet to be taken on the |

New Guinea mainland.

13. Graphium macleayanum (Leach)

1d, Leo Creek road, ca 500 m, Mcllwraith Range, 30 km NE of Coen, 29.vi-4.vii.1976, GBM |

& SRM (In UQIC).

The presence of this species on the McIlwraith Range, 475 km north ofits |

previous. northernmost record at Kuranda (C & W, 1972) is particularly #

noteworthy. The species is common in more temperate parts of Australia and :

its occurrence in the Cairns region is restricted to cool rainforests of the Atherton :

Tableland and other ranges above 400 m. The Mcllwraith Range is the only 4

appreciable area above this altitude north of Cooktown and it is unlikely that #

the species will be found elsowhere in the Peninsula. Surprisingly, it has only:

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977 27

recently been taken in the extensive mountain system between Mossman and

Cooktown (Mt Misery, Dec., 1974, M. S. Moulds) but this may reflect lack of

collecting at higher elevations. Although the population at Mcllwraith Range is

aparently well isolated, the specimen available shows no discernible differences

from Atherton Tableland examples of Graphium macleayanum wilsoni Couch-

man; however the specimen was picked up dead and damaged so definite

subspecific assignment should await further material.

14. Graphium macfarlanei macfarlanei (Butler)

19, Dividing Range, 15 km W. of Captain Billy Creek, 4-9.11.1976, GBM; 19, 16, Kerr Point,

Weipa, 3-5.1.1976, GBM (In UQIC).

This uncommon species has been taken at Cape York (W & L, 1914) and

Iron Range (Monteith, 1972) in the northern Peninsula and these present records

. dos the gap between these two sites and extend its known range to the west

coast at Weipa. At Weipa it was common in February in small patches of coastal

| rainforest.

15. Ornithoptera priamus (Linnaeus)

Subsp. euphorion (Gray): 18, Mt Webb Nat. Pk, 50 km N. of Cooktown, 11-14.vii.1976,

.. СВМ & SRM (In UQIC).

| Subsp. macalpinei Moulds: 19, Stewart River 5 km W. of Port Stewart, 25-27.vi.1976, GBM

і &SRM (In UQIC).

" ws

Omithoptera priamus exists on the mainland of the Peninsula as three

named races, viz. O. p. pronomus (Gray) from the Bamaga-Somerset area north

of the Jardine River, O. p. macalpinei Moulds from the Claudie River south to

1 Siver Plains Homestead, and О. p. euphorion (Gray) from Cooktown south to

| Mackay (Moulds, 1974). The records above extend the known range of macalpinei

15 km further south to the Stewart River, and that of euphorion 50 km north to

| Mt Webb, narrowing the gap between them to about 200 km. Several visits to the

- =

< wm =”

min forests at Capelands, midway between the Iron Range and Bamaga rain

forests, have failed to locate birdwings there. If this apparent absence from

suitable habitat midway between the known ranges of subspp. pronomus and

macalpinei is real then it supports the recognition of macalpinei as a distinct

subspecies, despite the doubts expressed by D'Abrera, 1976.

At the Stewart River females were seen flying around large-leafed

Aristolochia vines later determined by the Queensland Herbarium as A. tagala.

- Thisisthe first confirmed foodplant for subsp. macalpinei. A note on the identity

тү

of large north Queensland species of Aristolochia is necessary here. The Stewart

River plants were identical to that figured by McCubbin (1971, p. 177) as the

foodplant of O. p. poseidon at Banks Island, and named by him as A. indica; the

sme writer (p. 144) also lists A. indica as the foodplant of O. p. euphorion at

(aims; Moulds (1974), in referring to an unidentified foodplant of O. p.

macalpinei at Iron Range, says it was “probably A. indica, a common foodplant

of 0. p. euphorion in the Cairns district”; C & W (1972) cite both A. indica and

А. tagala as foodplants of О. p. euphorion. Advice from the Queensland

Herbarium indicates that all Aristolochia in N. Qld and Torres Str. with large,

soft leaves and sub-spherical, dehiscent fruit should be known as A. tagala, and

ne Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977

that true A. indica is probably an Asian species not occurring in Australia. Mr D.

P. Sands (pers. comm.) states that in Papua New Guinea A. tagala is highly

variable geographically in both leaf size and texture, and that N. Qld plants are

well within the range of variability known there for A. tagala.

The other unidentified Aristolochia foodplant at Iron Range with indeh-

iscent fruit referred to by Moulds (1974) is undoubtedly A. deltantha, this

species having been recently identified from the area by the Qld Herbarium.

Family PIERIDAE

16. Elodina padusa (Hewitson)

16, hilltop, 5 km N. of Musgrave, 7.vii.1976, GBM & SRM (In UQIC); 1d, 19, Mareeba,

24.11.1975, M. De Baar (In De Baar Coll.); 446, Quarantine Bay, Cooktown, 18-19.vii.1964,

J. C. Le Souéf (In Le Souéf Coll.).

In Queensland this species has been known south and west of a line

joining Rockhampton and the Gulf of Carpentaria (C & W, 1972). These

specimens show it to extend considerably further northwards into the drier

parts of the Peninsula.

17. Appias ada caria Waterhouse & Lyell

16, Capsize Creek, 64 km N. of Archer River crossing, 17.vii.1975, GBM; 16, Peach Creek

crossing, 25 km NNE. of Coen, 4-5.vii.1976, GBM & SRM (In UQIC); 2d, 499, same data,

M. De Baar (In De Baar Coll.); 12, Old Lockhart River Mission, 26.x.1974, M. S. Moulds

(In Moulds Coll.).

This species, often regarded as rare, has been taken regularly at Iron Range

(Monteith, 1972; Daniels, 1975) but has been known elsewhere in the Peninsula

proper only from the type locality at the Ducie River (W & L, 1914) which

remains the northernmost record. These new records show it to be fairly

widespread in the central Peninsula but still not recorded between the Mcllwraith

Range and Daintree.

18. Delias nysa nivira Waterhouse & Lyell

2638, Tozer’s Gap area, Iron Range, 25.ix.1975, C. G. Miller & A. F. Atkins (In Miller and

Atkins Colls).

This rare race of Delias nysa has been recorded in the past only from its

type locality near Coen and these two males extend its known range 130 km

north to Iron Range

Family NYMPHALIDAE

19. Danaus plexippus plexippus (Linnaeus)

2 sightings, Lockerbie, Cape York, 13-27.iv.1973, GBM & SRM.

Although known from New Guinea this widespread introduced species

seems extremely rare on the Peninsula, perhaps because of the scarcity of its

milkweed foodplants. It is mentioned under the name of Danaida archippus by

Kershaw (1915) in his account of a visit to the Claudie River, but this cannot be

confirmed because W & L (1914), who studied Kershaw's material from the

Claudie River, fail to mention the species from the Peninsula. The first authentic

record for the Peninsula is at Iron Range by Daniels (1975) and the sightings

reported above extend its known presence to the northern tip.

v -— wu

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977 29

20. Euploea tulliolus tulliolus (Fabricius)

1 specimen, Iron Range, May 1973, C. G. Miller (collected but not retained): 1d, 19,

Cooktown, 4.у.1922; 15, Cooktown, 23.iv.1922 (In QM).

Although C & W (1972) map the distribution of this species as being

continuous along the eastern séaboard between Cape York and northern N.S.W.

ad “common north of Gladstone" there have, in fact, been no Specimens

published for the 700 km interval between the localities of Cape York cited by

W&L (1914) and Cape Tribulation, near Mossman, cited by Daniels (1975).

The isolated records given here for Cooktown and Iron Range, the latter

requiring confirmation, indicate that although present on the body of the

Peninsula it is apparently a very rare butterfly there.

21. Tellervo zoilus (Fabricius)

Two races of this species have been recorded from north Queensland, viz.

T. 2 gelo Waterhouse & Lyell known from Torres Strait to Iron Range, and

T. 2 тойи (Fab.) known from Cooktown to Paluma (C & W, 1972). Newly

collected specimens from intervening localities are as follows:

16 Coen, 10.1.1964, M. S. Moulds (In Moulds Coll); 586, Leo Creek road, ca 500 m,

Mcllwraith Range, 30 km NE. of Coen, 29.vi-4.vii.1976, M. De Baar (In De Baar Coll.). 1d,

sme data, GBM & SRM; 19, Mt Webb Nat. Park, 50 km N. of Cooktown, 11-14.vii.1976,

GBM & SRM; 10, rainforest on Endeavour River, 7 km N. of Hopevale, 18.vii.1976, GBM &

SRM; 16 Mclvor R. crossing, 40 km N. of Cooktown, 15-18.vii.1976, GBM & SRM (In UQIC).

The Leo Creek and Coen males are typical of subsp. gelo in having small

subcostal spots beneath the hindwing; the specimens from immediately north of

Cooktown conform-to subsp. zoilus in that these spots are larger. These records

cose the gap between the known ranges of these two races from 375 km

to less than 250 km.

22. Elymnias agondas australiana Fruhstorfer

4%, 399, Peach Creek crossing, 25 km NNE. of Coen, 4-5.vii.1976, M. De Baar (In De Baar

Coll); 15, same data but coll. GBM & SRM (In UQIC); 26d, Rocky River, Silver Plains,

2x.1976, D. P. A. Sands (In Sands Coll.).

These specimens extend the known range of this species 110 km south

fom Iton Range to the vicinity of the McIlwraith Range.

23. Pantoporia venilia moorei (W. Macleay)

19, Peach Creek Crossing, 25 km NNE. of Coen, 4-5.vii.1976, GBM & SRM; 1d, Leo Creek

‘oad, ca 500 m, McIlwraith Range, 30 km NE. of Coen, 29.vi.-4.vii.1976, GBM & SRM; 1d,

Stewart River, 5 km W. of Port Stewart, 25-27.vi.1976, GBM & SRM (In UQIC).

Iron Range is the former southern known limit for this species (C & W,

1972) and these specimens extend it 150 km further south to the Stewart River

where it was uncommon in the strips of riverine rainforest there. It was common

in the Mcllwraith Range region.

24. Pantoporia consimilis consimilis (Boisduval)

16, 2%, Kowanyama, 9-12.1.1977, D. L. Hancock (In UQIC).

This common Species of the east coast has not hitherto been collected on

the west coast of the Peninsula. At Kowanyama it was not uncommon in

‘arian vegetation near the settlement. Surprisingly, it has not been taken at

Weipa which has adequate rainforest.

es Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977

Family LIBYTHEIDAE

25. Libythea geoffroy nicevillei Olliff

24d, Mt White, Coen, 13.1.1964, M. S. Moulds (In Moulds Coll.).

Few specimens of this rare butterfly are known from Australia and this

is the first record for the species in the considerable interval between Cooktown

and Cape York, the Peninsula localities noted by C & W (1972).

Family LYCAENIDAE

26. Liphyra brassolis major Rothschild

19, Silver Plains Homestead, 21.xi.1961, J. L. Wassell (In ANIC).

The moth butterfly has previously been noted from Cape York and

Cooktown in the Peninsula (W & L, 1914) and this specimen establishes its

presence in the intervening region. Its host ant, Oecophylla smaragdina, is

ubiquitous throughout the Peninsula and the butterfly is undoubtedly more

widespread than these sparse collections indicate.

27. Virachola democles (Miskin)

446, 499, unnamed creek 11 km S. of Batavia Downs, collected as larvae by GBM & SRM on

30.iv.1975 and reared by J. F. R. Kerr (In UQIC & Kerr Colls.); 16, 19, Stewart River,

5 km W. of Port Stewart, collected as larvae by GBM & SRM on 27.vi.1976 and reared by

M. De Baar; 49$, 499, near Peach Creek crossing, 25 km NNE. of Coen, collected as larvae by

GBM & M. De Baar on 4.vii.1976 and reared by M. De Baar (In UQIC & De Baar Colls.);

15, Mt White, Coen, 12.1.1964, M. S. Moulds (In Moulds Coll.); Chillagoe, July, 1977, SRM,

many infested fruit of Strychnos lucida but no adults obtained.

This rare species is noted from Cooktown by Le Souéf (1971) but has been

taken only once on the mainland further north, at Iron Range by J. F. R. Kerr

(Monteith, 1972). These new records indicate a wide distribution on the

Peninsula. The previously known foodplant of V. democles is the vine Strychnos

colubrina, in the fruit of which the larvae develop (Waterhouse, 1938). All

the present specimens except the Mt White d were bred from the fruits of

Strychnos lucida, a small tree common along the margins of dry gallery vine

forests in the Peninsula, this is the same foodplant from which Virachola smilis

dalyensis Le Souéf & Tindale has been reared in the Northern Territory (Le

Souéf & Tindale, 1970). The tree bears a heavy crop of spherical, orange fruit,

2-3 cm in diameter with a thin brittle rind enclosing several disc-shaped seeds in

a translucent white pulp; these fruit have been harvested for. commercial

extraction of strychnine. Larvae of V. democles live inside the fruit and consume

the entire contents before pupating inside the hollow shell. A round hole in the

rind of the fruit is made for frass ejection by the larva and at maturity this hole

is about 4 mm in diameter. Before pupation the larva webs the hole over with

silk and the presence of this webbing is a useful indicator of fruits containing

pupae. At emergence the adult butterfly tears away the window of webbing by

vigorous scraping with its stout mid-tibial spurs and emerges through the

frass-ejection hole. One butterfly which had emerged from a pupa in a plastic

bag was seen to audibly scrape at the plastic bag with its tibial spurs for à

considerable time before inflating its wings. As predicted by C & W (1972)

infested fruit are attached to the tree by larval silk to prevent premature falling.

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977 31

28. Deudorix epirus agimar Fruhstorfer

19, Rocky River, Silver Plains, 2.x.1976, D. P. A. Sands (In Sands Coll.).

This species has been taken rarely as far south as Iron Range previously

and this specimen extends its range 110 km further south to the Rocky River,

a eastern effluent stream from the Mcllwraith Range.

29. Narathura micale amytis (Hewitson)

390 Stewart River, 5 km W. of Port Stewart, 19-20.vii.1975, GBM; 19, same locality, 25-

21311976, GBM & SRM; 19, Port Stewart, 26.vi.1976, СВМ; 2dd, 19, Peach Creek crossing,

25 km NNE. of Coen, 4-5.vii.1976, GBM & SRM; 1d, Kerr Point, Weipa, 3-5.ii.1976, GBM;

16, Andoom, Weipa, Feb., 1975, GBM (In UQIC); 286, 299, Peach Creek crossing 25 km

NNE. of Coen, 4-5.vii.1976, M. De Baar (In De Baar Coll).

Two subspecies of N. micale occur on the North Queensland mainland:

N. т. amytis from Cape York to Iron Range, and М. т. amphis (Waterhouse)

iom Cooktown southwards (C & W, 1972). The above specimens can all be

referred to subsp. amytis fairly readily and extend the range of this race south

to the Stewart River. There is a specimen available from a little north of

Cooktown [1d, Cape Flattery heath, 45 km N. of Cooktown, 13-14.vii.1976,

GBM & SRM (In UQIC)] which, on distributional evidence, should be best placed

with subsp. amphis, but which shows some features in accord with amytis

(colour; narrower dark wing margins). In addition there is evidence that the

species is present near Musgrave, in the middle of the arid corridor between Coen

ad Cooktown (S. Johnson, pers. comm., specimen coll. July 1976 but not

retained). Since №. micale is not rainforest restricted (see discussion of Danis

lymetus) there may be need to review the status of these two subspecies if more

intermediate specimens are taken.

30. Ogyris zosine typhon Waterhouse & Lyell

266, hills near Coen, 11.1.1964, M. S. Moulds (In Moulds Coll.).

The only previous locality for this Species in the Peninsula north of

Cooktown has been Iron Range (C & W, 1972, p. 453) and this Coen record

shows that it will undoubtedly prove to be much more widespread.

31. Ogyris amaryllis Hewitson

446,29, sandstone outcrops, 30 km W. of Fairview, 24-25.vii.1977, C.G. Miller (Miller Coll.).

This species has previously been known as far north as Cairns (C & W,

1972). More study is required to determine the subspecific identity of this

tewly discovered northern population.

32. Hypochrysops ignita chrysonotus Grose-Smith

1d, sandstone outcrops, 30 km W. of Fairview, 26.vi.1975, GBM; 19, near airport, 27 km N.

of Coen, 28.vi.1975, GBM; 19, Peach Creek crossing, 25 km NNE. of Coen, 5.vii.1976,

M. De Baar (In UQIC).

On the Peninsula north of Cooktown this species has been recorded only

from Cape York itself (W & L, 1914) and these specimens are from considerably

further south in drier parts of the Peninsula.

33. Hypochrysops polycletus rovena Druce

19, small creek, 11 km S. of Batavia Downs, 30.vi.1975, GBM; 19, Pinnacle Creek, 25 km N.

of Archer River crossing, 29.vi.1975, GBM; 1d, Andoom Bridge, Weipa, 6.ii.1976, GBM;

32 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977

1d, Peach Creek crossing, 25 km NNE. of Coen, 4-5.vii.1976, GBM; 16, 19, Mt White

summit, Coen, 6.vii.1976, GBM & SRM (In UQIC); 269, 19, Peach Creek crossing, 4-5.vii.

1976, M De Baar (In De Baar Coll.); 18, Mt White summit, Coen, 27.x.1976, D.P.A. Sands (In

Sands Coll.); 1188, 499, Mt White summit, Coen, 8-13.i.1964, M.S. Moulds (In Moulds Сой).

The only Peninsula records north of Cooktown for this rainforest species

have been at Iron Range (C & W, 1972; Monteith, 1972). The above collections

extend its range to the west coast at Weipa and south to Coen; most specimens

were taken in dry depauperate vine forests which the species seems to prefer.

34. Hypochrysops elgneri barnardi Waterhouse

1d, Leo Creek road, ca 500 m, Mcllwraith Range, 30 km NE. of Coen, 29.vi.1976, M. De

Baar (In De Baar Coll.).

This specimen was shaken from Melaleuca foliage in open forest on the

Mcllwraith Range about 100 km further south than the known southern extent

of the species at Iron Range.

35. Danis hymetus salamandri W. Macleay

1d, Mt White summit, Coen, 6.vii.1976, GBM & SRM; 1d, 19, Stewart River, 5 km W. of

Port Stewart, 19-20.vii.1975, GBM; 268, same locality, 25-27.vi.1976, GBM & SRM; 19,

15 km S. of Yarraden, Coen Distr., 27-28.vi.1975, GBM; 26d, 5 km S. of Musgrave, 7.vii.

1976, GBM & SRM; 485, 19, Mclvor River crossing, 40 km N. of Cooktown, 15-18.vii.1976,

GBM & SRM (In UQIC); 19, Mt White, Coen, 10.i.1964, M. S. Moulds (In Moulds Coll).

Two races of D. hymetus have been recognized in North Queensland,

D. h. salamandri W. Macleay from Torres Strait and Cape York south to Silver

Plains, and D. h. taletum (Waterhouse & Lyell) ranging from Mossman to Paluma.

The above specimens all agree with typical salamandri in having cilia of hindwing

with at least some checkering and male with well defined white central area of

hindwing. Thus the northern race extends continuously across the dry barrier

zone between Coen and Cooktown almost to Cooktown itself. This is unusual

because for most species that show subspecific differentiation in North Queens

land this arid, rainforest-free zone level with Princess Charlotte Bay is the

geographic barrier between the races. But, in this case, neither the butterfly nor

its foodplant, Alphitonia, are rainforest-restricted so the barrier is ineffective.

Clearly some other factor is operational in separating taletum and salamandri

and it may eventuate that zaletum is a high rainfall induced form.

36. Danis danis serapis Miskin

19, Bloomfield Road, via Helenvale, 21-22.v.1975, D. L. Hancock (In UQIC); 19, Cooktown,

1.v.1922; 16, Cooktown, 13.iv.1922 (In QM).

This subspecies is recorded in C & W (1972) from Paluma north to

Mossman and Daniels (1975) notes it a little further north at the Daintree

River. The above records extend the known range north to the Cooktown area.

37. Danis cyanea arinia (Oberthur)

19, Claudie River, May 1961, J. F. R. Kerr; 288, 299, Claudie River, 24.iv.-2.v.1966, J.F.R. |

Kerr (In Kerr Coll.).

This is the first locality for this species in the 600 km interval between

the previous records on the Peninsula at Cooktown (W & L, 1914) and Cape

York (C & W, 1972).

—

— abs MUT ^em а=.

ffe recy

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977 33

38. Prosotas nora auletes (Waterhouse & Lyell)

19, Iron Range, Sept., 1975, C. G. Miller (In Miller Coll.); 19, Captain Billy Creek, 9-13.vii.

1975, J. F. R. Kerr (In Kerr Coll.).

Although this species ranges from Torres Strait to Mackay existing records

for the mainland north of Cooktown are confined to Cape York (W & L, 1914);

the above localities verify its occurrence elsewhere in the Peninsula.

39. Nacaduba biocellata biocellata (C. & R. Felder)

| specimen, Iron Range, Sept., 1975, C. G. Miller & A. F. Atkins (netted and discarded); 1

specimen, Peach Creek crossing, 25 km NNE. of Coen, 4-5.vii.1976, M. De Baar (netted and

discarded); 3d, 5 km S. of Musgrave, 7.vii.1976, GBM & SRM; 19, sandstone outcrops,

30 km W. of Fairview, 22-24.vi.1976, GBM & SRM (In UQIC).

This widespread and normally common species has been recorded Australia-

wide except for the northern parts of Queensland and the Northern Territory.

These records establish it as widespread in the Peninsula but still not known

from north of Iron Range.

40. Catopyrops florinda estrella (Waterhouse & Lyell)

16, 5 km S. of Musgrave, 7.vii.1976, GBM & SRM (In UQIC); 1G, Claudie River, Мау 1961,

ЈЕ. R. Kerr (In Kerr Coll.).

In Queensland this species has been taken previously as far north as

Cooktown (W & L, 1914) and these specimens show it to occur sparsely 375

im further north to Iron Range.

41. Jamides aleuas coelestis (Miskin)

10, 399, Quarantine Bay, Cooktown, 5-19.vii.1968, J. C. Le Souéf; 15, same locality, 8.vii.

1974, J. C. Le Souéf; 1d, Iron Range, 15.vii.1968, J. C. Le Souéf (In Le Souéf Coll.).

The main distribution of this species in Australia is from Cairns to Tully

but C & W (1972, Appendix p. 453) also note a record from Iron Range. The

latter record is cited in full above as well as new records for Cooktown in the

intervening region.

42. Syntarucus plinius pseudocassius (Murray)

495 Stewart River, 5 km W. of Port Stewart, 25-27.vi.1976, GBM & SRM (In UQIO); 19,

Cooktown, 8.vii.1964, J. C. Le Souéf; 19, Daintree, 28.vii.1964, J. C. Le Souéf (In Le

Souéf Coll.).

Although this subspecies is also known from islands north of Australia it

lis not been taken prior to this from north of Cairns on the mainland (C & W,

1972); these records extend it more than 350 km further north. At the Stewart

River adults were numerous flying around an understory shrub of Plumbago

zeylanica, a known host of this butterfly; pupae and pupal exuviae were present

0n the sticky seed-heads of the plant.

43. Theclinesthes scintillata (T. P. Lucas)

18 Iron Range, 7.vii.1976, S. Johnson (In Johnson Coll.); 15, Peach Creek crossing, 25 km

NNE. of Coen, 4-5.vii.1976, GBM & SRM; 19, Mt White summit, Coen, 6.vii.1976, GBM &

SRM (In UQIC); 16, Wallaby Creek, Cooktown, 8.vii.1964, J. C. Le Souéf (In Le Souéf

Coll); 16, Iron Range, 27.v.1974, J. W. C. d'Apice (In d'Apice Coll.).

Although listed in C & W (1972) as occurring from Torres Strait to the

Richmond River, there have in fact been no precise records in the literature for

34 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977

the Peninsula north of Kuranda cited by W & L (1914). The above records

show it occurs at least north to Iron Range.

44. Zetona delospila (Waterhouse)

299. sandstone outcrops, 30 km W. of Fairview, 22-24.vi.1976, СВМ & SRM (In UQIC); 66$,

1799, sandstone outcrops, 30 km W. of Fairview, 23-25.vii.1977, C.G. Miller (In Miller Coll.).

1d, 299, 16° 28'S, 136 89'E, 46 km SSW. of Borroloola, N.T., 28.x.1975, E. D. Edwards;

1d, 18749 S, 123717 E, 163 km SE. by E. of Broome, W.A., 5.viii.1976, I. F. B. Common;

TG WIS: 18°55'S, 123°27'E, 145 km SE. by E. of Broome, W.A., 7 viii.1976, I. F. B.

Common; 29$, same locality but dated 8.viii.1976; 398, 18°53'S, 123743'E, 186 km SE.

by E. of Broome, W.A., 10.viii.1976, I. F. B. Common (In ANIC).

This monotypic, endemic, Australian genus is rare in collections and has

been known from a few individuals taken between King Sound and the Ord

River in the Kimberley region of Western Australia (C & W, 1972). The 13

specimens listed here have been taken since the publication of “Butterflies of

Australia” and show the species to occur not only into very arid country SE of

Broome but also right across arid parts of north Australia into the base of the

Cape York Peninsula near Laura, no less than 1,700 km outside its previously

known range. West of Fairview specimens were taken atop a Triodia-covered,

sandstone escarpment typical of the large belt of sandstone country around

Laura. There the species coexisted with the interesting Trapezites macqueeni

(q.v.), evidence that this habitat will probably repay an intensive search for

its more cryptic butterfly fauna.

45. Zizeeria knysna karsandra (Moore)

3dd, Kerr Point, Weipa, 3-5.ii.1976, GBM; 1d, Port Stewart, 26.vi.1976, GBM; 2dó, 19,

Kowanyama, 7-8.1.1977, D. L. Hancock (In UQIC); 3dd, 19, Flinders Is., 5.vi.1973, J. W. C.

d'Apice (In d'Apice Coll.).

These records for both east and west coasts of the Peninsula are the first

for this species north of Cairns and extend the range of the species by 600 km.

46. Freyeria trochylus putli (Kollar)

464d, 19, Port Stewart, 28.iv.1961, J. L. Wassell (In ANIC); 3 unsexed, Cooktown, 8.v.1922;

2 unsexed, Cooktown, 9.v.1922 (In QM); 26d, Flinders Is., 5.vi.1973, J. W. C. @Apice; -

585, 299, Portland Roads, 2.v.1969, J. №. C. d'Apice (In d'Apice Coll.).

C & W (1972) record this species as far north as Cairns on the east coast _

of Australia and these new localities take it a further 500 km north into the

Peninsula.

47. Candalides absimilis (Felder)

1d, Mt White summit, Coen, 6.vii.1976, GBM & SRM (In UQIC); 56d, same locality, -

27.х.1976, D. P. A. Sands (In Sands Coll).

The only records north of Cooktown (Manskie, 1972) for this species have |

been for Iron Range (C & W, 1972, appendix p. 453) and these hilltopping |

males from Coen establish its presence in the intervening region.

48. Philiris diana papuana Wind & Clench

1d, Bamaga, 28.iii.1976, C. R. & D. J. Franzen (In Franzen Coll); 19, Dividing Range, |

15 km W. of Captain Billy Creek, 5-12.ii.1976, GBM (In UQIC).

This subspecies of P. diana has been taken previously in Australia only at |

Iron Range (C & W, 1972) and these two new localities show that it is -

widespread north to the tip of the Peninsula.

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977 35

49. Philiris kamerungae Waterhouse

subsp. lucina Waterhouse & Lyell: 19, Peach Creek crossing, 25 km NNE. of Coen, 4-5.vii.

1976, M. Be Baar (In De Baar Coll.).

subsp. kamerungae Waterhouse: 19, McIvor River, 40 km N. of Cooktown, 8.vii.1964, J. C.

Le Souéf (In Le Souéf Coll.).

These records extend the range of /ucina about 100 km south from Iron

Range, and that of kamerungae 200 km north from Cairns, these being the

previous distributional limits given for the subspecies by C & W ( 1972).

50. Philiris fulgens kurandae Waterhouse

ld Cape York, 4.xi.1927, E. J. Dumigan; 1d, 19, Dividing Range, 15 km W. of Captain

Billy Creek, 5-12.11.1976, GBM (In UQIC); 1d, Bamaga, March, 1976, C. R. & D. J. Franzen

І (In Franzen Coll.); 16, Gunshot Creek, 12-15.vii.1975, J. F. R. Kerr; 19, Dividing Range,

15 km W. of Captain Billy Creek, 9-13.vii.1975, J. F. R. Kerr (In Kerr Coll.).

This species has not been recorded north of Iron Range (C & W, 1972)

on the mainland of Australia but these 6 specimens from 4 different localities

show it is widespread right to the tip of the Peninsula.

Species list for Shelburne Bay region

(Table 1)

On an aerial reconnaissance of the Peninsula in 1948, L. J. Brass, leader of

the Archbold Expedition, believed he saw a large tract of unreported and

inaccessible rainforest near Shelburne Bay (Brass, 1953), but 23 years elapsed

before its presence was confirmed by Pedley and Isbell (1971). Much of the

region is now part of a pastoral development called "Capelands" and road

construction has allowed detailed vegetational mapping by Lavarack and Stanton

. (1977) who estimate the area of rainforest as 535 km?. The northern part of the

region has been proposed as a national park (Stanton, 1976).

The area is shown in the inset to Fig. 1. Rainforest is best developed along

the crest of the Great Dividing Range (here only ca 100 m high) inland from

Captain Billy Creek; riverine fringes and small patches also occur on the narrow

coastal plain. The intrinsic interest. of this rainforest system is that it lies virtually

midway between the well-collected rainforests at Lockerbie and Iron Range

. which have rather contrasting butterfly faunas. The first butterflies collected

lr were 41 species taken in August 1973 by J. Winter of the Qld National

г Parks & Wildlife Service; since then 3 visits by our A.B.R.S. parties have increased

the list and extended coverage to heath and woodlands west of the Divide. As

there have been published records for only one butterfly species [Appias ada

tri from the Ducie River (W & L, 1914)] from the Peninsula between Iron

Range and Bamaga, we list the 98 spp. taken on these trips in Table 1. The six

_ Sites sampled are shown on the inset map and on the table as A, B, C, D, E, F.

Details of the sites, collectors and dates are as follows:

_ Site A: Cockatoo Creek crossing at site of former McDonnell Telegraph Station. Eucalyptus

, , Woodland with small rainforest patch. (GBM, Sept., 1974; GBM & SRM, July, 1975)

Site B: Gunshot Creek crossing. Heath and woodland with some rainforest trees alongcreek.

(J. F. R. Kerr, D. L. Hancock, GBM & SRM, July, 1975)

36 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977

TABLE 1. List of butterfly species collected at six sites in the Shelburne Bay region of Cape York

Peninsula. See text and map for details of sites.

Species Sites Months Species Sites Months

HESPERIIDAE ar NYMPHALIDAE —contd| |

Badamia exclamationis DE 2:958 Hypocysta irius BC EF |2,789

Tagiades j. janetta B DEF | 2,7,8 Hypocysta a. adiante BC EF | 7,89

Trapezites heteromacula BOF R 7 Xois a. arctous ABCD F | 2,7

Trapezites iacchus B 7 Polyura p. sempronius E 7

Toxidia thyrrhus E Е], Lexias aeropa EF} 7

Toxidia i inornata EF | 2,7 Neptis p. staudingereana E 7

Neohesperilla xiphiphora D 2 Pantoporia v. moorei ABC EF |2,78

Notocrypta w. proserpina EF 7 Pantoporia c. consimilis |АВС EF |2,78

Taractrocera ina D 2 Doleschallia b. australis В EF |2,78

Ocybadistes w. sonia BC 7 Hypolimnas b. nerina BC EF |2,78

Ocybadistes a. heterobathra E 7 Hypolimnas a. lamina BC EF } 2,7,8,9

Suniana 1. neocles D 2 Yoma s. parva E 7

Suniana s. rectivitta AB EF 7,8 Precis h. zelima BC F| 0, 9

Arrhenes d. iris E 7 Precis v. calybe ВО ЕШ Т9

Telicota с. argeus СЕК |2377 Precis о. albicincta CDEF | 2,7,8,9

Telicota а. krefftii В ЕЕ | 2,7,8 Cethosia c. chrysippe Е |27

Telicota о. ohara E |0558 Cupha p. prosope B EF | 2,78

Telicota m. mesoptis EF | 2,7 LYCAENIDAE

Cephrenes a. sperthias E 7 Bindahara p. yurgama E |27

Sabera c. albifascia B EF | 2,7 Rapala v. simsoni р |2

Sabera d. autoleon EF 7 Deudorix e. agimar E 7

Pelopidas a. dingo ВЛЕЗ 237, Hypolycaena p. phorbas | BC EF |2,7,89

Pelopidas 1. lyelli ABCD ES) Hypolycaena d. turneri E 7

PAPILIONIDAE Jalmenus eichhorni CDEF | 2,7,8

Graphium s. choredon EF | 2,7,8 Narathura w. wildei B EF; 7

Graphium m. macfarlanei Es | 237, Narathura a. eupolis BC E | 2,7, 9

Graphium a. ligatum E | 2,7,8 Narathura m. amytis ABC EF | 2,7,8

Papilio a. aegeus B EF | 2,7,8 Hypochrysops t. medocus E | 1

Papilio u. joesa ABCDEF | 2,7,8,9 Hypochrysops a. apelles | В EF | 2,78

Cressida c. cressida D 2 Hypochrysops а. phoebus F 8

Pachliopta р. queenslandicus | ABCDEF | 2,7,8,9 Hypochrysops n. narcissus Е |27

PIERIDAE Hypochrysops digglesii F7

Eurema c. virgo ЕЕ |2, 8 Pseudodipsas eone E | 2,78

Eurema h. phoebus BCDEF | 2,7,8 Danis h. salamandri АВС EF | 2,7, 9

Eurema l. lineata ВС ЕКЕ | 325 9. Prosotas d. dubiosa EF | 7

Eurema herla Е 2 Prosotas п. auletes FII

Delias a. argenthona B 7 Nacaduba b. berenice F| 7

Delias m. waterhousei EF 7,8 Nacaduba k. parma ABC EF | 7

Delias a. inferna E 2 Jamides phaseli В E. |27

pios p. scyllara E 7 Anthene s. affinis EF| 7

ppias p. ega ЕЛ 78 Anthene 1. godeffroyi Fi 7

pit ieee ee Theclinesthes o. onycha C F| 78

- ilia > Catochrysops p. i D 2

Danaus a. affinis В EF | 2,7,8 Zizina ee Cs P am. F 8

Danaus h. hamatus E 8 Candalides h. helenita |АВ ЕЕ | 2,78

Euploea c. corinna F 8 Candalides e. erinus ABCDEF | 2,7,89

LEER 2. gelo _ EF | 2,7,8 Candalides sp. B EF| 7

ed тн i = a á ee jose 14

Mycalesis 1. terminus BC EF Sue cud m o E

nA rc. 31; Philiris i evinculis AB 7

p. perseus |ABCDEF 2,7,8,9 Praetaxila s. punctaria B Е [278

сш MÀ 7807

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977 37

Site C: Dulhunty River crossing. Eucalyptus and melaleuca woodland with some denser

vegetation along creek. (GBM, Sept. 1974; GBM & SRM, July, 1975)

Site D: “Capelands” Headquarters. Continuous heath. (GBM, Feb, 1976)

Site E: Dividing Range at Y-Junction. Extensive rainforest with some adjacent sclerophyll

vegetation. (J. Winter, Aug, 1973; J. F. В. Kerr, D. L. Hancock, GBM & SRM, July,

1975; GBM, Feb, 1976)

Site F: Coast plain at Captain Billy Ck road crossing. Mixed rainforest and sclerophyll (mel-

aleuca) vegetation. (Winter, Aug, 1973; Kerr, Hancock, GBM & SRM, July, 1975)

The list shows that the region has a well-developed rainforest fauna having

most affinities with that of Lockerbie to the north. Most of the rainforest,

Peninsula-restricted species that were formerly known from both Lockerbie and

Iron Range also occur at Shelburne Bay, e.g. Eurema candida, Delias aruna,

Pantoporia venilia, Elymnias agondas, Deudorix epirus and Hypochrysops theon.

However, of the six rainforest species previously known only from Iron Range-

Mcllwraith Range and not from Lockerbie (Toxidia inornata, Mimene atropatene,

Rachelia extrusa, Hypocysta angustata, Apaturina erminea and Jamides cytus),

oly one, T. inornata, was encountered at Shelburne Bay. Notable absentees

from the list are species of the normally ubiquitous genera Elodina and Euploea

(except one record of Euploea core) and the apparent absence of Ornithoptera

pramus has been commented on earlier (p. 27). The only butterfly to date

known in Australia only from the region is Lexias aeropa.

Acknowledgements

A grant from the Australian Biological Resources Study Interim Council

(now the Australian Biological Survey) assisted field travel by the authors. We

ae greatly indebted to Mr A. F. Atkins, Dr I. F. B. Common, Mr J. W. C.

@Apice, Mr M. De Baar, Mr E. D. Edwards, Mr D. J. Franzen, Mr S. Johnson,

Prof. J. F. R. Kerr, Mr J. C. Le Souéf, Dr C. G. Miller, Mr M. S. Moulds,

Mr D. P. А. Sands and Dr J. Winter for information on their collections in the

Peninsula, and for permission to publish interesting records. Assistance with

identification of some specimens was given by M. De Baar, J. F. R. Kerr and

D. P. A. Sands. Access to the Australian Museum, QM and ANIC collections was

kindly permitted respectively by Dr C. N. Smithers, Mr E. C. Dahms and Dr I. F.

B. Common. Plant identifications were carried out by the Queensland Herbarium.

Special thanks are due to Sybil Monteith who accompanied GBM on several

Peninsula trips and helped in many ways.

References

Anonymous, 1974. Focus on Cape York. Report of Fauna Subcommittee of Entomological

. . Society of Queensland. Pp. 1-36 (Mimeo).

Atkins, A. F., 1975. The first record of Rachelia extrusa (C. & R. Felder) (Lepidoptera:

Hesperiidae: Trapezitinae) in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14: 237-241.

Buss, L. J., 1953. Results of the Archbold Expeditions. No. 68. Summary of the 1948

Cape York (Australia) Expedition. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. 102(2): 1-205.

Common, I. F. B. & Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robertson,

| Sydney. 498 pp.

D'Abrera, B., 1971. Butterflies of the Australian Region. Landsdowne, Melbourne. 415 pp.

D'Abrera, B., 1975. Birdwing Butterflies of the World. Landsdowne, Melbourne. 260 pp.

38 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977

Daniels, G., 1975. Butterflies recorded from North Queensland during August to November,

1974. News Bull. ent. Soc. Qd 3(8): 141-145.

Daniels, G., 1976. The life history of Hypochrysops theon medocus (Fruhstorfer) (Lepid-

optera: Lycaenidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15: 197-199.

Dumigan, E. J., 1933. A trip to Cape York. Minutes of the Ent. Soc. Qd, June, 1933.

Gibb, W. F., 1977. The rediscovery of Hypolimnas antilope (Cramer) (Lepidoptera: Nymph-

alidae) in Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. this issue: 39.

Kerr, J. F. R., 1966. New records of Lepidoptera in Australia. J. ent. Soc. Qd 5: 72-3.

Kerr, J. F. R., 1967. New records of Lycaenidae in Australia and a description of a new

subspecies. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 6: 49-51.

Kerr, J. F. R. & Macqueen, J., 1967. Notes on the genus Jalmenus (Lepidoptera: Lycaen-

idae) with a description of a new species. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 6: 45-48.

Kershaw, J. A., 1914-15. A naturalist in northern Queensland. Victorian Nat. 31: 113-124,

161-172, 179-184.

Kikkawa, J., 1976. The birds of Cape York Peninsula. Part 1. The Sunbird 7(2): 25-41.

Kikkawa, J., 1977. The birds of Cape York Peninsula. Part II. The Sunbird 7(4): 81-106.

Lavarack, P. S. and Stanton, J. P., 1977. Vegetation of the Jardine River catchment and

adjacent coastal areas. Proc. R. Soc. Qd 88: 39-48.

Le Souéf, J. C., 1971a. To Iron Range in 1968. Victorian Ent. 1(1): 8-10.

Le Souéf, J. C., 1971b. Winter collecting. Victorian Nat. 88(1): 23-24.

Le Souéf, J. C. and Tindale, N. B., 1970. A new subspecies of Virachola smilis (Hewitson)

(Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) from northern Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 9(3): 219-

222.

Manskie, R.G. and Manskie, N., 1972. Collecting in north-eastern Australia, 8 April - 4 June,

1972. Victorian Ent. 2(5): 17-23.

McCubbin, C., 1971. Australian butterflies. Nelson, Melbourne. 206 pp.

McCubbin, C., 1972a. Notes on the butterflies of Weipa, north Queensland, 6-18 June, 1969,

Victorian Ent. 2(1): 9-11.

McCubbin, C., 1972b. The origin of the butterflies of Cape York Peninsula. Aluminium

(Publ. by Comalco Ltd) 5: 6-11.

McEvey, S. F., 1977. Notes from a collecting trip to Cairns and Iron Range including a

new record from the Australian mainland. Victorian Ent. 7(5): in press.

Miller, C. G., 1975. The first record from Australia of the skipper Mimene atropatene Fruh-

storfer (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 2(3): 50.

Monteith, G. B., 1971. Insect collecting at Iron Range. News Bull. ent. Soc. Qd 78: 17-20.

Monteith, G. B., 1972. A list of butterfly records from the Iron Range area of Cape York

Peninsula. News Bull. ent. Soc. Qd 85: 9-14.

Monteith, G. B. and Kerr, J. F. R., 1977. First record of the nymphalid butterfly, Lexias

aeropa (L.) from Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(6): 107-111.

Moulds, M. S., 1974. A new subspecies of Ornithoptera priamus (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae)

from north Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(2): 28-34.

Moulds, M. S., 1976a. Migrations of Narathura araxes eupolis (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae)

across Lloyd Bay, Cape York Peninsula. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(6): 130-132.

Moulds, M. S., 1976b. A native food plant for the butterfly Deudorix epijarbas (Lepidop-

tera: Lycaenidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2): 30-31.

Pedley, L. and Isbell, R. F., 1971. Plant communities of Cape York Peninsula. Proc. R. Soc.

Qd 82(5): 51-74.

Peters, J. V., 1971. A catalogue of the type specimens o f the Hesperioidea and Papilionoidea

(Lepidoptera) in the Australian Museum. Australian Entomological Press, Sydney.

Stanton, J. P., 1976. National parks for Cape York Peninsula. Australian Conservation

Foundation, Melbourne, 56 pp.

Tindale, N. B., 1923. On Australian Rhopalocera. Trans. Proc. R. Soc. S. Aust. 47: 342-354.

Waterhouse, С. A., 1938. Notes on Australian butterflies in the Australian Museum No. 1.

Rec. Aust. Mus. 20(3): 217-222.

Waterhouse, G. A. and Lyell, G., 1914. The butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robertson,

Sydney. 239 pp.

SS ee — Ku

nme db. e e

ee Ж

cdi ms m

ї Aust ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977 39

THE REDISCOVERY OF HYPOLIMNAS ANTILOPE (CRAMER)

(LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE) IN AUSTRALIA

By W. F. Gibb

4/55 Burrai Street, Morningside, Brisbane, 4170.

Abstract

The second Australian specimen of Hypolimnas antilope (Cramer) is recorded from

- Lockerbie Scrub, north Queensland. The species was previously known from Australia by

‚ aspecimen taken at Darwin, Northern Territory.

The writer visited the Lockerbie Scrub area of Cape York Peninsula, north

‚ Quensland, during April, 1975. About 9.00 am on the 12th, I noticed a

‚ бету resting on an overhanging branch in rain forest. The specimen appeared

i to be the brown form of Hypolimnas alimena lamina Fruhstorfer which was

| qite common in the area at the time. It was disturbed and flew around a small

| ckaring on the opposite side of the road, but its rapid and distinctive flight

| Wight my attention. After the specimen re-alighted on the same branch it

‚ was captured.

Following my return to Brisbane the Specimen was identified as a male

Of Hypolimnas antilope (Cramer) from an illustration in Waterhouse and

lyell (1914).

The specimen illustrated by Waterhouse and Lyell remains the only other

specimen of this species recorded from Australia. This toois a male and is

г tow housed in the collection of the Australian Museum, Sydney. It bears data as

flows: “P, Darwin, 6.3.09, F. P. Dodd”. In addition, there is attatched to the

cimen a printed yellow label stating “Passed through C. W. Wyatt Theft

Colection 1946-1947". While the latter label provides grounds for suspicion

a to the authenticity of the record (c.f. Moulds, 1974; Le Souéf, 1976) there

ino doubt that in this case the data is correct. The specimen is recorded

from Darwin in Waterhouse and Lyell (1914), the record is noted in the Register

ofthe late С. A. Waterhouse and as the species occurs in Timor and Babar

(Common and Waterhouse, 1972), there is no reason to doubt the locality

on geographic grounds.

later comparison of my specimen with that in the Australian Museum

confirmed that the two were conspecific.

Acknowledgements

I wish to thank Dr І. Е. B. Common and Mr M. S. Moulds for their

advice and comparing my specimen with that in the Australian Museum, Mr G.

Monteith and Mr D. Hancock for their examination of my specimen, Mr John

Harris for his photography, and Mr A. N. Burns for helpful discussion.

: : References

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Rob-

ertson, Sydney.

125086 J. C. 1976. Death of Colin Wyatt. Victorian Ent. 6(4): 32-33.

Moulds, M. S., 1974. A new subspecies of Ornithoptera priamus (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae)

3 from north Queensland. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(2): 28-34.

Waterhouse, G. A. and Lyell, G., 1914. The butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robert-

son, Sydney.

40 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2), September, 1977

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

KITCHING, R. L.

1976. The ultrastructure of the eggs of Jalmenus evagoras (Donovan) (Lepidoptera:

Lycaenidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3): 42-44, text-figs 1-6.

1976. The genus Ceraon Buckton (Homoptera: Membracidae) with description of a new

species and notes on genitalic nomenclature. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(4): 339-351,

text-figs 1-30.

1976. On the prothoracic spiracles of the first instar larvae of calyptrate Cyclorrhapha

(Diptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(2): 233-235, text-figs 1-11.

1976. The immature stages of the Old-World screw-worm fly, Chrysomya bezziana

Villeneuve, with comparative notes on other Australian species of Chrysomya

(Diptera, Calliphoridae). Bull. ent. Res. 66: 195-203, table I, pls V-XIII.

MEYER-ROCHOW, V. Benno

1975. Local taxonomy and terminology for some terrestrial arthropods in five different

ethnic groups of Papua New Guinea and central Australia. J. R. Soc. West. Aust.

58(1): 15-30, tables 1-4.

MOORE, B. P.

1976. Notes on two South American carabid species (Coleoptera) established in Aust-

ralia. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(6): 126-129, text-fig. 1.

1976. A species of Chloromerus (Diptera: Chloropidae) swarming in the Canberra

district. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2): 21-22.

1976. A new genus and species of Pterostichini (Coleoptera: Carabidae) from Cape

York Peninsula. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(4): 425-427, text-figs 1-3.

1977. A new cave-frequenting carabid beetle from the Snowy Mountains region of New

South Wales. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5): 92-94, text-figs 1-3.

ROSE, A. Barclay |

1975. Moths of the families Sphingidae, Notodontidae and Agaristidae observed in :

Ku-ring-gai Chase National Park, N.S.W. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(5): 93-96.

1976. Fauna food study. Parks and Wildlife 1(5): 162-167, illustr.

A general survey of the food of native fauna. Insects are mentioned and illustrated

but Latin names are not included.

ROXBURGH, N. A.

1975. Constant watch on blowflies. Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 86(6): 16-17, illustr.

Diptera: Lucilia cuprina

SALINITRI, V.

1976. Obtaining burrow characteristics: paraffin wax, another method. Victorian Ent.

6(1): 2-3.

Hymenoptera: /ridomyrmex purpureus, l. albipes, M. puriformis

SANDERS, Peter

1975. Insects could nip profits in the bud. Aust. Country Mag. 38(1): 39-40, illustr.

Popular style notes on grain insect pests.

STRONG, L.

1975. Defence glands in the giant spiny phasmid Extatsosma tiaratum. J. Ent. (A)50(1):

65-72, text-figs 1-8.

STUCKENBERG, B. R.

1973. The Athericidae, a new family in the lower Brachycera (Diptera). Ann. Natal Mus.

21(3): 649-673, text-figs 1-47.

TENORIO, JoAnn M.

1976. Catalog of entomological types in the Bernice P. Bishop Museum. Subclass Асап.

Pacific Insects 17(1): 7-46.

Acari: Spinturnix queenslandicus, p. 41

THWAITE, W. G.

1976. Codling moth, Cydia pomonella (L.) (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae): flight records for

eight seasons at Bathurst, N.S.W. J. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 9: 43-46, text-fig. 1.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

| All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

teed not be а subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

ип! to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

WANTED. Stereoscopic microscope. Must be good condition with good quality

. oculars. Suitable for studying entomological specimens. R. Pickworth,

| Phone 44 4111 (Sydney).

i| EXCHANGE. One pair of Ornithoptera rothschildi for exchange for similar

| tare Omithoptera. Contact Mr I. Robertson, 5/96 Willsmere Rd, Kew,

Victoria, 3101.

` FORSALE. Ornithoptera from West Irian including O. tithonus, O. rothschildi,

0. goliath and others. Also Delias and other Lepidoptera. For further

information contact Greg Watson, P.O. Box 1567, Wollongong, 2500.

| COLOUR PLATES

| FOR AUST. ENT. МАС.

Interest has been expressed in recent months concerning the possibility

ofpublishing colour plates. We would like to offer authors such an opportunity.

(olour printing is expensive and the journal could not bear the full cost. Authors

Wanting colour illustrations will therefore need to subsidize the cost of their

. pitis. We feel we can offer colour plates at reasonable prices as follows: first

- hte $180; additional plates $85 each. We remind authors, that in the case of

_ pint authorships, the eost per author would be only half the above rates.

Photographs for colour plates are best submitted as colour transparencies,

| ther in the usual 35 mm size or as 2/4" sq. slides. Paintings are also acceptable.

Further enquiries should be directed to the Editor.

| QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

| long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

_| BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

| EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends

| A or тоге printed pages. Further reprints may be purchased if ordered in

advance,

Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written,

ШШ spaced and in duplicate.

Pons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

Al papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any

Fr considered unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065.

CONTENTS

GIBB, W. F. The rediscovery of Hypolimnas ора ere) (Lepid-

optera: Nymphalidae) in Australia . :

MONTEITH, G. B. and HANCOCK, D. L. Renee extensions cil notable

records for butterflies of Cape York Peninsula, Australia ........ |

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative UI of Australian |

entomology. Compiled by M. S. Мошіѕ........ E

COLOUR PLATES for Aust. ent. Mag. ...---+---+-+--- пат бу

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES ..................... inside back cd

DATA LABELS - PRINTED TO ORDER i

We will print data labels to your own requirements. These labels can be safely

used with either pinned or alcohol preserved material. Samples appear below

Cloncurry, Qld 65km W.of Cobar, N.S.W. Noorinbee North, near Mt Hotham Alpine Reserve, Canberra, ACT. Д

21 Маг. 1974 28 April, 1975 Cann River, E. Vic. Vic. Alt. 1,830m 20 March 1974

B. S. Jones K. T. Carrington 19 22 Mar. 1975 F. H. Innes

P. S. D. MacDonald К. & M. Walker-Jones

Mataranka Hstd., 20km S. of Copley, S.A. Gordonvale, N. Qld approx. 27°59'5, 140*10E Karratha, W.A. 1

Roper River, N.T. found in long grass 19 Jan. 1976 NE of Moonba, S.A. 19 T

25 Jan. 1977 29 June, 1975 P. J. & E. T. Smith 24 Jan. 1976 G.A. Hawkinson =

T.S. & Т.А. Stall Jennifer Montgomery S.K. & P.B. Johnston |

$8.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)

As few as 50 copies of апу one label may be ordered. Labels must be огдегев

in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 lables. Thus, an order may contain:

for example, 50 copies of one label, 50 copies of a different label, 400 copie

of a third and 500 of a fourth. Total number of labels, 1,000. Alternative

an order might be 50 copies each of 20 different labels, again a total of 1,0063

Layouts for orders must be clear, spaced as required, and preferably typeq

Delivery within 4-6 weeks. Payment with orders please.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065

Butterflies of the Australian Region by Bernard D'Abrere

SECOND EDITION

Publication now expected October 1977

This title has been extensively revised. Some new taxa are again included ats

many additional photographs of species omitted from the first edition now appeag

This second edition will be subtitled BUTTERFLIES OF THE WORLD, VOL.

and will form part one of a proposed Five Volume set on the world {аш

Recommended Price $75.00

OUR PRE-PUBLICATION OFFER

$67.50 (post free within Australia)

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228. Phone (Sydney) 524 461 si

Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43 ЭПИ

155М 0311-1881 Г

USTRALIAN

NTOMOLOGICAL

р"

Edited by М. S. Moulds

VOLUME 4, PART 3

NOVEMBER, 1977

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted“

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand.

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional ^

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.*

SUBSCRIPTIONS |

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to: ^

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$6.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

А$7.50 (US$10.00 or Stg£5.00 per annum overseas)

Institutional Subscriptions

A$7.50 (US$10.00 or Stg£5.00 per annum)

COVER

Illustrated by Barry Moore.

Depicts a Fiddler Beetle, Eupoecila australasiae (Donovan), on thei

wing. Chafers of this subfamily (Cetoniinae) are able to deploy their wings

without spreading the elytra and their flight is thus exceptionally fast:

and direct.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS

6 Roger Street, Brookvale,

N.S.W., 2100.

Australian Entomological

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

_ Volume 4, Part 3 November, 1977

JUNONIA ERIGONE (CRAMER) (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE)

RECORDED FROM AUSTRALIA

By E. D. Edwards

CS.LR.O. Division of Entomology, P.O. Box 1700, Canberra City, 2601.

Abstract

A single female Junonia erigone (Cramer) is recorded from Rimbija Island, Northern

Territory. It does not differ significantly from Timor specimens.

Introduction

Junonia erigone (Cramer) is known from many Indonesian islands includ-

- ing southern Sumatra, Java, Timor, Wetar, Tanimbar, Celebes, Moluccas,

Seram, Waigeo, Kai and Aru. It is also known from New Guinea, Fergusson

. bland and the Trobriand Islands. Eleven subspecies have been described.

In January 1977 a single female was taken on Rimbija Island, Northern

| Teritory. The only previous record of J. erigone from Australia is by Roepke

(1938) who listed Australia in the distribution of J. erigone but failed to cite

material on which his list was based.

Material

A single female labelled “11.015 136.45E Rimbija Is., Wessel Islands, N.T.

18 Jan. 1977 Е. D. Edwards", in the Australian National Insect Collection.

Description

Female (Figs 1 and 2). Above:— Head, thorax, abdomen pale brown;

antennae dark brown. Fore wing dark brown, basal third with pale brown

‘Suffusion, markings pale orange, eyespots black surrounded with orange some

‘with blue centres, three subterminal suffused bands of pale brown. Hind wing

dark brown, basal half with pale brown suffusion, eyespots black surrounded by

‘range and with blue centres, three subterminal suffused bands pale brown.

42 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(3), November, 19777

Beneath:— Head, thorax, abdomen pale ochre; antennae brown, terminal“

half of club black. Fore wing various shades of brown, reddish suffusion basally 2

and terminally, mauve suffusion towards apex, grey towards dorsum, markings’

ochre, eyespots black surrounded with orange. Hind wing various shades of

brown, mauve suffusion basally, a dark median suffusion, and reddish suffusion?

towards termen, eyespots black dots. :

Length of fore wing 27 mm.

Male. The male is unknown from Australia. Elsewhere the male of this”

species has a pattern similar to that of the female, but the apex of the fore wing:

is more produced.

;

Discussion |

J. erigone may be distinguished from J. hedonia гета (Fabricius) by the

presence of pale orange markings and a larger eyespot between CuA, and СпА,#

on the fore wing and by the much less produced tornus of the hind wing

Usually the three Australian species villida Fabricius, orithya L. and

hedonia L. have been referred to Precis Hiibner. Lesse (1952) recognized that

the male genitalia of octavia Cramer, the type species of Precis, are very

different from those of the Australian species. The Australian species, including

erigone, have male genitalia similar to those of evarete Cramer (= lavini

Cramer), the type species of Junonia Hübner, and should therefore be reassigned:

to that genus. Precis and Junonia were described simultaneously and, even ifi

regarded as congeneric, Junonia has precedence owing to the use of Junonia by

Doubleday. and Westwood (1846-50) as first revisers (Cowan, 1970).

The specimen from Rimbija was taken resting, with wings spread, on 2

leaf at the margin of monsoon forest belonging to the “Monsoon Forest’

Formation" of Specht (1958). The life history is very briefly recorded by

Roepke (1938) who gives the Javanese name of the foodplant as “deroendoeng’s)

Related species feed on plants of the family Acanthaceae of which eleven species:

are recorded from the Darwin and Gulf region of the Northern Territory by”

Chippendale (1972). Photographs of the Australian specimen have beer

compared with specimens in the British Museum (Natural History) and differ

from specimens from Kai, Aru, Tanimbar and New Guinea but do not diffen

significantly from specimens from Timor. As populations on adjacent islands

often differ it is suggested that the Northern Territory specimen is a vagrant

from Timor or belongs to a population recently established by a vagrant ron

Timor. However, until further collecting is done in the Northern Territory, they

status of the species in Australia must remain in doubt. 4

The subspecific name walkeri Butler is available for the Timor populations

and the Australian specimen is tentatively assigned to it.

Acknowledgements

I am indebted to Мг R. I. Vane-Wright for comparing photographs with

specimens in the British Museum (Natural History), to Mr J. Green for thi

photographs and to Dr I. F. B. Common for assistance in various ways.

тти у= — mm

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(3), November, 1977 43

| Figs 1 & 2. Junonia erigone, Rimbija Island, Wessel Islands, N.T.: (1) upperside; (2).underside.

References

| Chippendale, E. M., 1972. Check list of Northern Territory plants. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.

96: 207-267. :

Cowan, C. F., 1970. Annotationes Rhopalocerologicae 1970. 70 pp. Published by the

author, Berkhamsted. |

Doubleday, Е. and Westwood, J. O., 1846-50. The genera of diurnal Lepidoptera Vol. I.

‚250 pp, 30 pls. Longman, Brown, Green and Longmans, London. j

Lesse, H. de, 1952. Note sur les genres Precis Hb. et Junonia Hb. [Lep. Nymphalidae].

Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 57: 74-77.

Roepke, W., 1938. Rhopalocera Javanica. Nymphalidae. Pp 235-362, pls 26-36. Veenman

en Zonen: Wageningen. y

Specht, R. L., 1958, The Cni geology, soils and plant ecology of the northern portion

of Arnhem Land. Jn Specht, R. L. and Mountford, .C. P., Records of the

American Australian scientific expedition to Arnhem Land. 3. Botany and plant

ecology. 522 pp. Melbourne University Press, Melbourne.

44 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(3), November, 1977

A RECORD OF MIGRATION AND AGGREGATION IN ALCIDES ZODIACA

(BUTLER) (LEPIDOPTERA: URANIIDAE)

By C. N. Smithers and J. V. Peters

The Australian Museum, Sydney

and

245 Quarry Road, Ryde, N.S.W.

Despite the fact that Alcides zodiaca (Butler), the Zodiac moth, is a

common species in parts of Queensland and population movements are common,

little has been recorded of its biology.

Poulton (1933) recorded a great southerly migration at Cairns in the

winter of 1925, the movement lasting several days, always with several in sight.

Froggatt (1907) mentions that swarms are often seen flying across rivers and

Dodd (1933) mentions that it travels from the coast inland for 200-300 miles,

flying very high. Williams (1930) mentions the species as a migrant.

On 22nd and 23rd December 1972 we observed a strong south easterly

migration in the Atherton area. On the 22nd, at Atherton, large numbers were

in flight for most of the day. On the 23rd migration was observed on the road

from Atherton to Millaa Millaa Lookout. 2 km north of Tarzali a count of 26 per

minute over a front of about 100 metres was recorded. There was a slight head

wind at the time. The flight was clearly less dense towards Millaa Millaa Lookout

but at the Lookout numbers were again high.

As early as 1821 King (1826) observed large numbers in a Pandanus grove

at Cape Grafton, Queensland, and Poulton (1933) mentioned “roosting at

night" in association with migration. On 19th December, 1972 we observed a

large aggregation on trees along the Mulgrave River near Gordonvale. The

specimens appeared to have very recently emerged but according to campers at

the site specimens had been present there for at least two weeks.

Details of the biology of this species, such as descriptions of immature -

stages, length of life, larval food, locality and nature of aggregations and the -

extent and direction of migrations do not seem to have been recorded in the

literature. Such a conspicuous, abundant and obviously interesting species well |

warrants the attention of naturalists in appropriate areas.

References

Dodd, K. M., 1933. Migrating insects in Queensland. N. Od Nat. 1(8): 3-5.

Froggatt, W. W., 1907. Australian insects. William Brooks & Co., Sydney. 449 pp.

King, P., 1826. Narrative of a survey of the intertropical and western coasts of Australia

performed between the years 1818 and 1822. John Murray, London. Vol. 1. !

451 pp.

Poulton, E. B., 1933. The gregarious resting habits of Danaine butterflies in Australia;

also of the Heliconine and Ithomiine butterflies in tropical America. Proc. R. 1

zy ent. Soc. Lond. 7: 64-65.

Williams, C. B., 1930. Collected records relating to insect migration: second series. Trans.

ent. Soc. Lond. 78(1): 139-170.

Aust ent. Mag. 4(3), November, 1977 45

MACROSIAGON DIVERSICEPS (COLEOPTERA: RHIPIPHORIDAE) REARED

FROM A SPHECID WASP, WITH NOTES ON OTHER SPECIES

By E. McC. Callan

13 Gellibrand Street, Campbell, Canberra, A.C.T.

Abstract

Macrosiagon diversiceps (Blackburn) is reported for the first time as a parasite of the

sphecid wasp Pison spinolae Shuckard in Australia, where the genus is now known to

parasitize four families of wasps Scoliidae, Tiphiidae, Eumenidae and Sphecidae.

Introduction

The Rhipiphoridae are parasitic beetles exhibiting larval heteromorphosis

comparable with that in the Meloidae and are well represented in Australia.

Biologically the subfamily Rhipiphorinae is the best known with the genus

Rhipiphorus attacking bees and Macrosiagon parasitizing wasps. Macrosiagon is

worldwide in distribution and in Australia M. cucullatum (Macleay) has been

recorded from Scoliidae (Jarvis, 1922) and M. punctulaticeps (Blackburn) from

Tiphiidae (Ridsdill Smith, 1968, 1971).

In Macrosiagon large numbers of minute eggs are laid in various situations,

probably often in flowers. The first stage larva, known as a triungulin, is an

active, free-living planidium and reaches its host by phoresy attached to the

adult wasp. The triungulin enters the wasp larva, feeding at first internally, but

later emerges and moults to feed on the host as an ectoparasite. In several species

adult beetles have been reared from wasp cocoons, so the host larva is not killed

until after the cocoon is completed. The life-cycle of the parasite is univoltine

and closely correlated with that of its host.

There are records of Rhipiphoridae as parasites of Sphecidae in South

Africa (Brauns, 1911), United States (Barber, 1915) and South America

(Wiliams, 1928; Eberhard, 1974). This is the first report of a rhipiphorid

parasitizing a sphecid wasp in Australia.

Macrosiagon diversiceps (Blackbura)

This species was originally described in the genus Emenadia from SW

Australia (Blackburn, 1899), reference being made to its characteristic blue

tidescence. As in other Rhipiphoridae, the sexes сап be easily distinguished, the

male having flabellate and the female serrate antennae. In studying the nesting

behaviour of the sphecid wasp Pison spinolae Shuckard, I reared a male of M.

diversiceps from a mud nest of this species built in a disused lawn sprinkler at

Canberra, Australian Capital Territory.

P. spinolae belongs to the sphecid subfamily Larrinae, tribe Trypoxylo-

lini, and is known only from Australia and New Zealand. It builds a nest of

ftom one to six or more mud cells typically in protected situations, often in

outbuildings, Spiders of the family Argiopidae are stored by the female wasp as

food for the developing larva. ;

In February 1972 I observed a female of P. spinolae in process of building

‘nest in the opening (9.0 mm diameter) of the lawn sprinkler, which was kept

46 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(3), November, 1977

on a shelf in my garage. The space available permitted the construction of only

two cells and these were provisioned with spiders, an inner cell being completed

on 27 February 1972 and an outer one a few days later. The outer cell was

opened soon after it was sealed and contained 7 argiopid spiders with an opaque

white egg measuring 2.5 by 0.5 mm attached to the opisthosoma of one of the

spiders. The inner cell was not opened and the sprinkler with the intact cell was

stored for over 8 months in a plastic container.

On 18 November 1972 the male of M. diversiceps emerged from the cell

by biting a hole through the mud partition, which had been the base of the

outer cell, and remained alive in the container for several days. Adult life in the

genus is said to be relatively short.

It was something of a coincidence that on 4 December 1972 I captured a

female of M. diversiceps on the flowers of asparagus, Asparagus officinalis lis,

in my garden at Canberra. It may well have been laying its eggs in the flowers.

Macrosiagon reared from known hosts

Six species of Macrosiagon were described by Blackburn (1899) in the

genus Emenadia, and a key given to the 12 species then known from Australia.

At that time nothing was recorded of their biology and their hosts were

unknown.

Three of the 10 named species of Macrosiagon in the Australian National

Insect Collection, C.S.I.R.O., Canberra were reared from identified hosts. There

is a male of M. capito (Blackburn) labelled “emerged from nest of Abispasp.

27/2/48 .G. J. S.”, but without locality. The identity of the collector is also

unknown; Dr G. J. Shanahan and Mr G. J. Snowball of Sydney kindly inform

me (1977, in litt.) that they cannot recall having collected the specimen. Abispa

is a genus of large (23-32 mm), stout-bodied, eumenid wasps, which often build

their mud cells in houses; three species occur in Australia, all known from

Queensland and one reaching southern New South Wales.

M. diversiceps is represented by a male and two females, the male reared

from Pison spinolae (Sphecidae), Canberra, A.C.T., emerged 18.xi.72 (E. McC.

Callan), and one of the females taken on asparagus flowers, Canberra, A.C.T.,

4.xii.72 (E. McC. Callan). M. punctulaticeps is represented by five specimens,

one of which is a male reared from Hemithynnus hyalinatus Westwood

(Tiphiidae), Tilbuster, N.S.W., 30.ix.65 (T. J. Ridsdill Smith).

Discussion

The host preferences of Macrosiagon are restricted and only wasps are

parasitized, but little is known of actual host specificity. Ridsdill Smith (1968)

recorded M. punctulaticeps from the cocoons of several species of thynnine

wasps in eastern Australia and it is obviously not host specific. He suggested

that this was why the adults varied so much in size.

In Australia species of Macrosiagon are now recorded as parasites of wasps

of the families Scoliidae, Tiphiidae, Eumenidae and Sphecidae. This is based on

published records, on a specimen of M. capito in the Australian National Insect

Collection, and on the present report of M. diversiceps parasitizing Pison

„= лш ы оше м сыи шлш — ——À T

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(3), November, 1977 47

spinolae. What we do not know is whether M. diversiceps attacks only Pison

species and M. punctulaticeps parasitizes only thynnine wasps. Regrettably,

these parasitic beetles are rarely reared from their hosts.

Acknowledgement

Iam indebted to Dr E. B. Britton for the identification of M. diversiceps.

References

Barber, H. $., 1915. Macrosiagon flavipennis in cocoon of Bembex spinolae (Coleoptera,

Rhipiphoridae). Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 17: 187-188.

Blackburn, T., 1899. Further notes on Australian Coleoptera, with descriptions of new

genera and species. XXV. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 23: 22-101.

. Bmuns H., 1911. Biologisches über südafrikanische Hymenopteren. Z. wiss. insektBiol.

7: 90-92.

Eberhard, W. G., 1974. The natural history and behaviour of the wasp Trigonopsis cameronii

Kohl (Sphecidae). Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond. 125: 295-328.

| Tamis, E., 1922. Early stages of Macrosiagon cucullata Macl. Qd agric. J. 18: 39.

. Ridsdill Smith, T. J., 1968. A study on the biology and ecology of Hemithynnus hyalinatus

| (Hymenoptera: Tiphiidae), a parasite on the larvae of scarabaeid beetles. M.Sc.

thesis, Univ. New England, N.S.W., Australia.

Ridsdill Smith, T. J., 1971. Field notes on the occurrence of Hemithynnus hyalinatus

(Hymenoptera: Tiphiidae) as a parasite of scarabaeids on the New England table-

lands. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 10: 265-270.

Wiliams, F. X., 1928. Studies in tropical wasps - their hosts and associates. Bull. Exp. Sta.

Hawaii. Sug. Planters’ Assoc., Ent. Ser. 19: 1-179.

OBSERVATIONS OF THE TAILED EMPEROR POLYURA PYRRHUS

SEMPRONIUS (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE) IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By B. L. Brunet

9 Linwood Ave., Bexley, N.S.W. 2207

Introduction

Sine my childhood I had seen the tailed emperor Polyura pyrrhus

‘empronius (F.) in areas of Sydney but was surprised to find it common in

Adelaide. It has only recently been recorded from South Australia (Hatch,

1977; Quick, 1974), the species being previously known only from eastern and

torthem Australia. This paper lists further records for South Australia and

rds observations on the behaviour of the species.

Sightings and observations

found this butterfly plentiful in Veale Gardens, an Adelaide park, from

ih February to 25th March 1976. I visited the Gardens regularly during this

- period and made notes as follows: —

First sighting, 8th February. Two males were sighted and captured. One

was netted and the other “plucked” from a branch of a tree by hand. This tree,

ҮШ was later identified as Polygala myrtifolia L., was yielding a frothy, white

“p, tasting bitter-sweet and alcoholic, and it was on this that the second

butterfly was feeding when it was taken. The sap came from the limbs of the

tree, only a few feet from the ground. These insects usually have a very rapid,

definite type of flight and are almost impossible to net until they either land

48 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(3), November, 1977

or are engrossed in drinking. Those that have been feeding for some time on

fermenting sap are often easy to capture.

Second sighting, 28th February. During the morning two males and one

female were netted about the same tree. In the afternoon I “plucked” a freshly

emerged male from the same tree, while it was sipping the flowing sap.

Third sighting, 2nd March. One male netted.

Fourth sighting, 3rd March. Six males taken by net. The butterflies, if

disturbed when feeding flew high up into the air, but did not travel far.

Fifth sighting, 13th March. Two males and one female taken. Other females,

some on the wing and some feeding, were to be seen in the early morning sun-

shine at the same tree. These were feeding as late as dusk. I observed, on this

occasion, that when specimens alighted on the tree trunk they ran briskly about

with proboscies extended, apparently searching for a choice area of frothy sap.

I made several cuts into the tree branches to entice further butterflies. The

external cuts I made were seen to heal in a matter of two to three days. A

female Common Brown Heteronympha merope merope (F.), was seen feeding

amongst the congregating P. p. sempronius males on this occasion.

Sixth sighting, 15th March. One female taken while feeding on sap with an

Australian Admiral Vanessa itea (F.) in the early morning. During the morning 1

witnessed approximately twenty males flying in the vicinity of the same tree. It

was noted that in the mornings adults flew about and did not seem to be partic-

ularly interested in feeding, but rather in flying, and alighting, head down, on

leaves and branches of almost any tree. Males appeared to be territorial at this

time, some individuals choosing a particular twig or leaf of a tree for their vantage

point. If a male sighted another male within a radius of some 10 m it would fly

directly at it, chasing it until it left the area. If a female flew into the area the

male acted as if trying to attract the female and at times would successfully mate.

During the afternoon I visited the spot again. There seemed to be no sign of the

butterflies at all. On each previous visit adults were obvious as they flew in the

area and encircled the tree (food.source). I became curious and after quietly

approaching the tree I saw there, sitting on a long thin branch and feeding from

the sap, eight perfect specimens, six males and two females. I decided to

select and take the two females and *plucked" them gently from the tree, one

at a time. None of the others moved.

Seventh sighting, 25th March. Three males and one female taken.

Discussion

The discovery of Polyura pyrrhus sempronius in South Australia in such

numbers is indeed unexpected. It would appear that the species is now well

establishéd in Adelaide and can be expected to remain a permanent resident.

Acknowledgement

I wish to thank Mr R. Carolin of the Botany Dept., Sydney University, for

identifying the tree, Polygala myrtifolia.

References

Hatch, J. H., 1977. A new breeding butterfly Polyura pyrrhus sempronius (Fabricius) in

y South Australia (Charaxinae). S. Aust. Nat. 51(4): 55-62.

Quick, W. N. B., 1974. Some abnormal insect records for the summers of 1972 to 1973,

1973 to 1974. Victorian Ent. 4(5): 66-71.

amm eid a aa a

Aust ent Mag. 4(3), November, 1977 49

THE BUTTERFLIES OF WARRUMBUNGLE NATIONAL PARK,

NEW SOUTH WALES

By G. Daniels and M. S. Moulds

Associates, Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.

Introduction

The Warrumbungle National Park is situated approximately 480 km north-

west of Sydney and some 30 km west of Coonabarrabran. It comprises the major

part of an isolated group of mountains well known for their spectacular geological

senery. A recent illustrated account of the Park is given by Fox (1975).

The 36 buttertly species listed here include all known records for the

Park. The only previously published accounts of butterflies for the Park are

those of Smithers and Peters (1972) whose records are shown below as

“Jan/Feb”, and a short note (Anonymous, 1961) mentioning 2 butterfly species,

Eurema smilax and Heteronympha merope merope, taken during April.

Collecting by us during the Easter holiday period from 20-24 April 1973,

a well as during weekends in September and January by one of us (GD) has

provided the remaining data. Our collecting was undertaken in the lower regions

of the Park, principally in the vicinity of Pincham, Canyon and Burbie Camps,

| a well as higher elevations including Quinton's Lookout, Split Rock, Bluff

Mountain and Mount Exmouth (the last 2 localities being the highest in the

Park with elevations of approximately 1200 m).

List of species

. HESPERIIDAE

- lwactrocera papyria papyria (Boisduval) Jan, Jan/Feb, Apr

_ Ücybadistes walkeri sothis Waterhouse Jan/Feb, Apr

. PAPILIONIDAE

Papilio aegeus aegeus Donovan Apr

Papilio demoleus sthenelus W. S. Macleay Sept, Jan/Feb, Apr

. PIERIDAE

Catopsilia pyranthe crokera (W. S. Macleay) Apr

Eurema hecabe phoebus (Butler) Sept, Apr

Eurema smilax (Donovan) Sept, Jan/Feb, Apr

Ebdina padusa (Hewitson) Sept

Delias argenthona argenthona (Fabricius) Apr

Delias aganippe (Donovan) Sept, Apr

Anaphaeis java teutonia (Fabricius) Apr

Pieris rapae rapae (Linnaeus) Sept, Jan/Feb, Apr

NYMPHALIDAE

Dangus plexippus plexippus (Linnaeus) Apr

Danaus chrysippus petilia (Stoll) Sept, Jan/Feb, Apr

Euploea core corinna (W. S. Macleay) Jan/Feb, Apr

Hypocysta metirius Butler Jan

Hypocysta pseudirius Butler Sept, Jan/Feb, Apr

50 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(3), November, 1977

Geitoneura acantha acantha (Donovan)

Geitoneura klugii klugii (Guérin-Méneville)

Heteronympha merope merope (Fabricius)

Polyura pyrrhus sempronius (Fabricius)

Hypolimnas bolina nerina (Fabricius)

Vanessa kershawi (McCoy)

Vanessa itea (Fabricius)

Precis villida calybe (Godart)

Acraea andromacha andromacha (Fabricius)

LYCAENIDAE

Paralucia pyrodiscus pyrodiscus (Rosenstock)

Lucia limbaria Swainson

Nacaduba biocellata biocellata (C. & R. Felder)

Theclinesthes onycha onycha (Hewitson)

Lampides boeticus (Linnaeus)

Neolucia serpentata serpentata (Herrich-Scháffer)

Zizina otis labradus (Godart)

Candalides hyacinthinus hyacinthinus (Semper)

Candalides xanthospilos (Hübner)

Candalides heathi heathi (Cox)

Jan/Feb, Apr

Jan/Feb

Jan, Jan/Feb, Apr

Jan/Feb, Apr

Apr

Sept, Jan/Feb, Apr

Jan

Jan/Feb

Sept, Apr

Jan/Feb, Apr

Sept, Apr

Jan/Feb, Apr

Sept, Jan/Feb, Apr

Sept, Jan/Feb

Jan/Feb

Discussion

The distributions of all the above species are extensive, most occuring at

least throughout eastern Australia and in fact a comparison of the faunal lists of

Mendooran (c. 80 km S) (Daniels, 1975) and Narrabri (c. 120 km ENE) (Douglas,

1976), with that of the Warrumbungle National Park show many similarities.

Only 2 species, Taractrocera papyria papyria and Paralucia pyrodiscus pyrodiscus,

have not been recorded quite as far west at this latitude previously.

On 23rd April 1973 migrations of Anaphaeis java, Catopsilia pyranthe

and Vanessa kershawi were observed between Canyon and Pincham Camps. A.

java was flying NNE at 25-30/min, while both C. p vranthe and V. kershawi were

flying approximately E and in much smaller numbers.

Eggs and larvae of Danaus plexippus and D. chrysippus were common on

Asclepias curassavica growing along the water courses in the lower regions of the

Park, during April 1973. Females of Polyura pyrrhus were observed ovipositing

on Kurrajongs (Brachychiton populneum) at Canyon Camp also at this time.

The 36 species now known from the Park, by no means form an exhaustive

list of those that can be expected to occur there. The nature of the limited

collecting so far undertaken indicates that many other species will certainly be

found following further collecting.

Acknowledgements

Thanks are extended to the National Parks and Wildlife Service and the

Warrumbungle National Park Trust for permission to collect in the Park.

———

т лр

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(3), November, 1977 51

References

Anonymous, 1968. Some insects of the Warrumbungle National Park. Circ. ent. Soc. Aust.

(N.S.W.) 184: 18-19.

Daniels, G., 1975. The butterflies of Mendooran, N.S.W. Aust. ent. Mag. 2: 57-59.

Douglas, R. G., 1976. Butterflies in north-western New South Wales: Narrabri and Bellata.

Aust. ent. Mag. 3: 12-15.

Fox, A. M., 1975. The Warrumbungle Mountains, a personal experience. Aust. nat. Hist.

18(8): 296-303.

Smithers, C. N. and Peters, J. V., 1972. Butterflies observed in Warrumbungle National Park

N.S.W. Aust. ent. Mag. 1(1): 11-12.

BOOK REVIEW

Insects and the life of man. Collected essays on pure science and applied biology.

By Sir Vincent B. Wigglesworth. 1976. Chapman & Hall, London. Australian

distributors: Hicks, Smith & Sons, Pty Ltd, Sydney. vi * 217 pages, 140 cm x

20 cm, 10 figures. Price $23.10 (hard cover), $9.90 (paperback).

This slim but attractive little volume brings together sixteen diverse essays

and addresses published by the doyen of insect physiology earlier in his long and

distinguished career. The subjects range from down-to-earth entomological topics,

г Sich as "Insects and the Farmer" (Chapter 6) and “Malaria at War” (Chapter 9),

* through more general assessments and perspectives exemplified by “Science, Pure

+ ad Applied" (Chapter 4) and “The Insect as а Medium for the Study of

Physiology” (Chapter 10), a biography, “The Contributions of Sir John Lubbock

-—

* (Lord Avebury) to Insect Physiology” (Chapter 11), to quite philosophical

. themes, “Wordsworth and Science" and “The Religion of Science” in the

list two chapters.

Inevitably, some of the earlier and more factual contributions, such as

| “DDT and the Balance of Nature” (Chapter 3), are now rather out-of-date and

| Rrhaps, of little more than historical interest; this is readily acknowledged by

— —. ee eee

_ —— ——

the author in his Introduction and in footnotes scattered through the text. But

г these chapters are well worth the reading, nonetheless, for they demonstrate, in

Kirospect, the tortuous paths of scientific thinking and understanding in such

important fields as insect ontogeny and practice in pest control. Here, too, the

author frequently foreshadowed developments and problems that have since

materialised and the present-day reader can hardly fail to be impressed by his

-vident Perspicacity and mastery of his subject.

Each of the essays and addresses was evidently intended to serve,

originally, as an independent and rounded contribution but despite this, the

. Present combination forms a Surprisingly well integrated and logical series and

. ‘overs a broad spectrum. Some repetition that could perhaps have been reduced

| Ly more extensive editing, is apparent between related chapters but this does

101 seriously detract from overall readability.

The book is well produced and remarkably free from typographical errors

but its high local price seems likely to restrict the wide readership it would

otherwise deserve.

B. P. MOORE

52 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(3), November, 1977

A REAPPRAISAL OF THE GENUS CALLISTOPTERA

ENDERLEIN (PSOCOPTERA)

By T. R. New

Dept. Zoology, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Vic. 3083.

Abstract

The family affinities of Callistoptera are reassessed on the basis of a female specimen,

which is described and illustrated. The genus has many features in common with

Calopsocidae and Pseudocaeciliidae and, on balance of characters, is transferred from

Epipsocetae to constitute a subfamily (Callistopterinae) of the Calopsocidae,

Callistoptera was raised by Enderlein (1903) to contain C. anna Enderlein

(1903) from New Guinea. The genus has remained monotypic and has convent-

ionally been placed in a family of its own, Callistopteridae, which (following

Roesler 1944; although with little direct evidence) has been placed in the Group

Epipsocetae, together with Epipsocidae, Ptiloneuridae and allied groups. Little

is known of the genus, and later workers have relied entirely on Enderlein's

description for inferences on its relationships: no other specimens have hitherto

been reported in the literature. The type of C anna, formerly in the Biro

collection in Hungary, is believed destroyed. Although some types of species

described by Enderlein (1903) were later sold to the British Museum (Natural

History) (BMNH), that of Callistoptera is not listed in either Enderlein’s letters

or lists, or in the BMNH type catalogue. Whilst sorting Psocoptera in BMNH

I came across two slides, made by the late J. V. Pearman, which together

support many parts of a female specimen of Callistoptera. Much of the specimen

is badly damaged, but sufficient characters are visible to demonstrate conclus-

ively that the affinities of Cullistoptera are not with the Epipsocetae. The

Pearman specimen is without locality data, but in colour and general form of

the forewing is clearly referable to С. anna.

The following is a brief description of this specimen: Head (overall shape

not visible): labrum not bearing longitudinal thickened ridges; apex of lacinia

(Fig. 1) with large outer and small inner tine; apical segment of maxillary palp

elongate. Wing venation as in Figs 2 and 3: pterostigma joined by short

crossvein to R2,5, R4 and К; separating before wing margin; M 3-branched;

Cula and Culb separating well anterior to posterior margin of wing; hind wing

broad, with R, unbranched; hind margin lobed; Cul strongly sinuous. Tarsus

2-segmented; tarsal claws (Figs 4, 5) without subapical tooth, pulvillus broad.

Mirror and rasp of Pearman's organ present on hind coxa. Basal hind tarsal

segment with 20 ctenidia, apical hind tarsal segment with 2 ctenidia. Subgenital

plate (Fig. 6) simple, rounded. Gonapophyses (Fig. 7) complete: external valve

broad and setose; dorsal valve with two tapered lobes, spiculate; ventral valve

with setose ovoid lobe. Epiproct tapered (Fig. 8). Paraproct (Fig. 8) with field

of c20 trichobothria and two central setae lacking basal rosettes.

Ё Aust. ent. Mag. 4(3), November, 1977 53

FIGS 1-8, Callistoptera anna Enderlein, 9. (1) apex of lacinia; (2) forewing venation; (3)

hindwing venation; (4 and 5) tarsal claws of legs II and 111; (6) subgenital plate;

(7) gonapophyses; (8) epiproct and paraproct. (Scales in mm, 7 and 8 to same scale).

54 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(3), November, 1977

Dimensions (mm): FW 5.37, HW 3.88, hind F 1.170, T 1.890, t, 0.555,

tə 0.165, t, /t; 3.364.

It is clear that Callistoptera differs fundamentally from psocids grouped

in the Epipsocetae, and the combination of characters present allies it with the

Pseudocaeciliidae and the Calopsocidae. These two families are closely similar

(Smithers, 1967): the main difference is the development of secondary venation

in the most common genera of Calopsocidae, although this is limited to the

radial region of the forewing in Dirla Navas (Java). Recent examination

of a ‘cotype’ of Calopsocus infelix (Hagen) (New, unpublished) shows that it

has a setose, bilobed apex to the subgenital plate, as have most Pseudocaeciliidae.

It is likely that the 'setose ovoid lobe' to the ventral gonapophysis valve of

Callistoptera does, in fact, represent an adpressed half of thé apex to the

subgenital plate, but this is not clear in the preparation. In C. infelix, and in

two other Calopsocus species examined, the bilobed apex to the plate is

connected only membranously to the anterior portion of the plate, and easily

becomes detached: the anterior portion is then 'simply rounded'.

The following characters are shared between Callistoptera, Pseudocaecil-

iidae and Calopsocidae: forewing membrane setose (in only some genera of

Pseudocaeciliidae), tarsal claw with broad pulvillus, gonapophyses complete,

with dorsal and ventral valves lobed. The forewing vein Cu; is generally glabrous

in Pseudocaeciliidae, but is setose in Calopsocidae and Callistoptera, and,

whereas the areola postica is long and shallow in Pseudocaeciliidae, its form in

Callistoptera is very similar to that in Dirla (Calopsocidae). Callistoptera differs

from both families in having the hindwing vein R simple, rather than forked,

and the hindwing shape is unusual in the Psocoptera. It seems increasingly

unlikely as evidence accumulates that the Pseudocaeciliidae and Calopsocidae

can be maintained as separate families, and Callistoptera must be included in the

same assemblage. Although Callistoptera differs from genera currently placed in

Calopsocidae in having no subapical tooth to the claw, wing characters strongly

suggest that the genus should be allied with Dirla. On balance, pending more

detailed investigation of the Calopsocidae, Callistoptera is here tentatively

reassigned to a separate subfamily within the Calopsocidae (Callistopterinae)

characterised by: (1) secondary forewing venation limited to linking of R, with

R2+3, (2) separation of R4 and К; in the forewing, (3) R simple in hindwing and

(4) tarsal claws without a subapical tooth.

Acknowledgement

I am very grateful to Mr. D. Hollis for allowing me to examine Psocoptera

in his care at the British Museum (Natural History).

References

Enderlein, G., 1903. Die Copeognathen des indo-australischen l'aunengebietes. Ann. hist.-

nat. Mus. hung. 1: 179-344.

Roesler, R., 1944. Die Gattungen der Copeognathen. Stettin. ent. Ztg. 105: 117-166.

Smithers, C. N., 1967. On the relationships of the Calopsocidae (Psocoptera). J. Aust. ent.

Soc. 6: 61-64.

| Aust. ent. Mag. 4(3), November, 1977 am

COELOPHORA VERANIOIDES BLACKBURN: A VARIETY OF

COELOPHORA INAEQUALIS (F.) (COLEOPTERA: COCCINELLIDAE)

By Dinah F. Hales

_ School of Biological Sciences, Macquarie University, North Ryde, N.S.W. 2113.

Abstract

| Crosses between the coccinellids Coelophora veranioides Blackburn and Coelophora

inequalis (F.) produce fertile progeny of both colour patterns. C. veranioides should be

considered as a variety of C. inaequalis. Coelophora ripponi, Coelophora mastersi and

Coccinella religiosa should also be treated as varieties of C. inaequalis.

In recent studies of native aphid populations, the author has collected a

mmber of aphid predators, including various coccinellids. The latter included

specimens identified by Dr E. B. Britton as Coelophora inaequalis (F.) and

. Coelophora veranioides Blackburn. Subsequently a pair was taken in copula

. Mosman, N.S.W., 2 Feb. 1975); the male corresponded to the C. inaequalis

їшї pattern (Fig. 1) and the female to the C. veranioides pattern (Fig. 2).

Both elytral patterns were present among the progeny of this female. A number

г of controlled crosses were carried out between the two forms and all resulted in

. the production of fertile progeny.

FIGS 1-2. (1) Coelophora inaequalis; (2) C. inaequalis var. veranioides.

C veranioides can therefore no longer be considered as a separate species.

C inaequalis is already known to be a very variable species, and a number of

varieties have been named. Specimens agreeing with the description of С

vermioides could be distinguished as C. inaequalis var. veranioides. As mentioned

i the original description (Blackburn, 1894), the longitudinal stripe on each

élytton (Fig. 2) is sometimes broken in the middle. No characteristics were

found for distinguishing between C. inaequalis var. veranioides and standard

C медидї in the larval and pupal stages.

Britton (personal communication) considers that Coelophora ripponi

Crotch, 1874 is the same as C. inaequalis var. veranioides, differing only in

«ТСЕ

56 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(3), November, 1977

having the longitudinal stripe slightly thicker, and in addition, that Coccinella

religiosa Lea, 1901 is a synonym of Coelophora inaequalis var. novemmaculata

(F.). Timberlake (1922) reared an all-black variety of C. inaequalis; this suggests

that the black species C. mastersi Blackburn,1892 may also be a synonym of

C. inaequalis.

Coelophora inaequalis is widely distributed in Australia and Asia, and

has been imported into Hawaii. Specimens in the Australian Museum and

Australian National Insect Collection indicate that C. inaequalis var. veranioides

occurs throughout the coast and mountain regions of eastern Australia.

The inheritance of the elytral pattern of C. inaequalis var. veranioides is

described elsewhere (Hales, 1976).

Acknowledgements

I am grateful to Dr E. B. Britton for help he has given me in this study

and to Betty Thorn who drew the figures.

References

Blackburn, T., 1892. Further notes on Australian Coleoptera, with descriptions of new

genera and species. XII. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 12: 207-261.

Blackburn, T., 1894. Further notes on Australian Coleoptera, with descriptions of new

genera and species. XVI. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 18: 200-240.

Crotch, G. R., 1874. A revision of the coleopterous family Coccinellidae. E. W. Janson,

London.

Hales, D. F., 1976. Inheritance of striped elytral pattern in Coelophora inaequalis (F.)

(Coleoptera: Coccinellidae). Aust. J. Zool. 24: 273-276.

Lea, A.M., 1901. New species of Australian Coleoptera. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 26: 488-512.

Timberlake, P. H., 1922. Observations on the phenomena of heredity in the ladybeetle,

Coelophora inaequalis (Fabricius). Proc. Hawaii. ent. Soc. 5: 121-133.

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065, Australia

This bibliography lists, in an accumulative manner, all literature published since the

beginning of 1972 that directly concerns Australian insects. It attempts to fulfil the need for

a comprehensive list of current Australian entomological literature. If you have published any-

thing likely to be overlooked I would be greatful for reprints or details of such publications.

BRYAN, R. P.

1976. The effect of the dung beetle, Onthophagus gazella, on the ecology of the infect-

ive larvae of gastrointestinal nematodes of cattle. Aust. J. agric. Res. 27(4):

567-574, text-figs 1-3.

BUCHANAN, G. A.

1977. The seasonal abundance and control of light brown apple moth, Epiphyas post-

vittana (Walker) (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae), on grapevines in Victoria. Aust. J.

agric. Res. 28(1): 125-132, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-5.

BURNS, G. G.

1976. An explanation of the entomological terms used by Mr J. H. Carter in his key to

the genus Stigmodera (Family Buprestidae). Victorian Ent. 6(2): 17-20.

CAMPBELL, M. M. and KETTLE, D. S.

1975. Oogenesis in Culicoides brevitarsis Kieffer (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) and the

development of a plastron-like layer on the egg. Aust. J. Zool. 23(2): 203-218,

tables 1-7, text-figs 1-11.

1976. Sugar feeding and longevity in Culicoides brevitarsis Kieffer (Diptera: Ceratopog-

onidae) in the laboratory. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(4): 333-337, tables 1-3, text-fig. 1.

1976. Marking of adult Culicoides brevitarsis Kieffer (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae). J.

Aust. ent. Soc. 14(4): 383-386, tables 1 & 2.

CARVER, Mary

1977. New and recent additions to the aphid fauna of Australia (Homoptera: Aphididae).

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(4): 461-465, text-figs 1-4.

CARWARDINE, Peter

1975. Some notes from the Donna Buang excursion. Victorian Ent. 5 (3): 116.

Lepidoptera: Atherosperma moschatum, Nyctemera amica, Vanessa kershawi,

Nola metalopa, Orgyia anartoides

1975. Observations of Papilio anactus. Victorian Ent. 5(3): 116.

Lepidoptera

1976. Excursion report. (Brisbane Ranges, 4th March 1976 and Heathcote excursion,

8th February 1976). Victorian Ent. 6(2): 11-12.

Lepidoptera: several butterfly species mentioned; some moths briefly mentioned

Coleoptera: Paropsis sp. briefly mentioned

Hymenoptera: Philomastiginae sp. briefly mentioned

For additional records to Brisbane Ranges report see Victorian Ent. 6(3): 24.

1976. Report of Rushworth excursion. Victorian Ent. 6(6): 44.

| Lepid.: Ogyris olane, Candalides hyacinthinus, Lucia limbaria, Delias harpalyce

‚ CHADWICK, C. E. and NIKITIN, M. I.

1976. Records of parasitism in the families Ichneumonidae, Braconidae and Aulacidae

(Hymenoptera). J. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S. W.) 9: 28-38.

| CLAY, Theresa

1976. The spinosa species-group, genus Boopia Piaget (Phthiraptera: Boopiidae). J. Aust.

| ent. Soc. 15(3): 333-338, table 1, text-figs 1-8.

_ CLIFT, A. D. and McDONALD, F. J. D.

1976. Some relationships between diet and ovarian development in Lucilia cuprina

| (Wied.) (Diptera: Calliphoridae). Aust. J. Zool. 24(1): 87-93, tables 1-4.

_ COOK, Edwin F.

1977. A new genus and five new species of Scatopsidae (Diptera) from New Guinea

| and Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(4): 447-452, text-figs 1-13.

DANIELS, G.

1975. A new species of Broticosia Hull (Diptera: Asilidae) from eastern Australia.

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(2): 185-187, text-figs 1-7.

1975. A new genus and species of Asilidae (Diptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(2): 189-

191, text-figs 1-8.

1975. Three new species of Questopogon Dakin and Fordham (Diptera: Asilidae)

from Australia. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 100(4): 223-230, text-figs 1-16.

1976. Notes on the behaviour of the robber fly Promachus interponens Walker

(Diptera: Asilidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 2(6): 124-125.

1976. Description of the male of Criorrhina soror Paramonov (Diptera: Syrphidae).

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1): 10-12.

1916. А new locality for Signeta tymbophora (Meyrick & Lower) (Lepidoptera:

Hesperiidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2): 29.

1976. A key to species of Australian Otitidae (Diptera: Schizophora) with notes on

distribution. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2): 34-35.

1976. Pseudalmenus chlorinda (Blanchard) (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) from southern

New South Wales. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3): 57.

1976. The life history of Hypochrysops theon medocus (Fruhstorfer) (Lepidoptera:

Lycaenidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(2): 197-199, text-figs 1-7.

58 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(3), November, 1977

FIELD, R. P.

1976. Integrated pest control in Victorian peach orchards: the role of Typhlodromus

occidentalis Nesbitt (Acarina: Phytoseiidae). Aust. J. Zool. 24(4): 565-572,

table I, text-figs 1-2.

FRAUCA, Harry Д

1976. Observations on oviposition іп ап Australian crane-fly (Diptera: Tipulidae).

Aust. ent. Mag. 2(6): 132-135, text-figs 1 & 2.

FREITAG, R.

1975. An unusual structure in females of Cicindela olbicans Chaudoir and related species

(Coleoptera: Cicindelidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(3): 319-320, text-fig. 1.

GOODYER, G. J. and BROWN, G. R.

1976. Laboratory screening of insecticides against larvae of the tobacco looper, Chryso-

deixis argentifera (Guenée) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae). J. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.)

9: 22-23, table 1.

GOODYER, G. J., WILSON, A. G. L., and CLIFT, A. D.

1975. Insecticide resistance in Heliothis armigera (Hübner) (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae)

in the Namoi Valley of New South Wales, Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14Q):

171-173, tables 1 & 2.

GORDON, J. A.

1975. A guide to the control of external parasites of poultry. Od agric. J. 101(4):

471-486, illustr.

GREENSLADE, P. J. M.

1975. Dispersion and history of a population of the meat ant Iridomyrmex purpureus

(Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Aust. J. Zool. 23(4): 495-510, tables 1-3, text-figs

1-4.

1975. Short-term change in a population of the meat ant Iridomyrmex purpureus

(Hymenoptera: Formicidae). Aust. J. Zool. 23(4): 511-522, tables 1 & 2, text-figs

1-6.

1976. Distribution of two forms of the meat ant Jridomyrmex purpureus (Hymenoptera:

Formicidae) on Kangaroo Island and in the Yorke Peninsula. Aust. J. Zool.

24(4): 557-564, table 1, text-figs 1-3.

1976. The meat ant Iridomyrmex purpureus (Hymenoptera: Formicidae) as a dominant

member of ant communities. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(2): 237-240, tables 1-3.

GROSS, Gordon F.

1976. Plant-feeding and other bugs (Hemiptera) of South Australia. Heteroptera —

Part II. Handbook of the flora and fauna of South Australia, issued by the

Handbooks Committee on behalf of the South Australian Government, Adelaide.

Pp. 251-501, text-figs 99-227. [Orders to S.A. Government Printer, Netley,

S.A. 5037. Price $7.50, plus postage.]

GRUND, R. and SIBATANI, A.

1975. The lifé history of a hitherto unrecognised lycaenid species: Theclinesthes alboci-

ncta (Waterhouse) from South Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(5): 99-103, text-figs 1-4.

HALES, D. F.

1975. Aphids — a success story. Koolewong 4(3): 1-12, illustr.

1976. Biology of Neophyllaphis brimblecombei Carver (Homoptera: Aphididae) in the

Sydney region. Aust. Zool. 19(1): 77-84, tables 1 & 2.

1976. Inheritance of striped elytral pattern in Coelophora inaequalis (F.) (Coleoptera:

Cóccinellidae). Aust. J. Zool. 24(1): 273-276, table 1, text-fig. 1.

HALES, Dinah F. and CARVER, Mary

1976. A study of Schoutedenia lutea (van der Goot, 1917) (Homoptera: Aphididae).

Aust. Zool. 19(1): 85-94, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1 & 2.

HALL, M. C.

1976. Native food plant records for some Northern Territory butterflies. Aust. ent.

Mag. 3(3): 41.

HALLIDAY, R. B.

1975. Electrophoretic variation of amylase in meat ants, Iridomyrmex purpureus, and

its taxonomic significance. Aust. J. Zool. 23(2): 271-276, tables 1-4, text-figs 13.

* Aust. ent. Mag. 4(3), November, 1977 59

* HELM, K. F.

= 1975. Migration of the armyworm Persectania ewingii moths in spring and the origin of

outbreaks. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(3) 229-236, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-4.

' HICKMAN, V. V.

1976. The biology of Neides tasmaniensis Gross (Hemiptera: Berytidae). J. ent. Soc.

| Aust. (N.S.W.) 9: 3-10, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-19.

| HOLLOWAY, J. D. and PETERS, J. V.

|. 1976. The butterflies of New Caledonia and the Loyalty Islands. J. nat. Hist. 10: 273-

318, text-figs 1-36.

Relationships with the Australian butterfly fauna are discussed.

| HOOPER, G. H. S.

1975. Sterilization of Dacus cucumis French (Diptera: Tephritidae) by gamma radiation.

l. Effect of dose on fertility, survival and competitiveness. J. Aust. ent. Soc.

14(1): 81-87.

1975. Sterilization of Dacus cucumis French (Diptera: Tephritidae) by gamma radiation.

II. Effect of dose rate on sterility and competitiveness of adult males. J. Aust.

ent. Soc. 14(2): 175-177, tables 1 & 2.

_ JOHNS, S.R., LAMBERTON, J.A., MOORE, B.P. and SIOUMIS, A.

1975. Alkaloids of Ochrosia poweri Bail. The stereochemistry of poweridine and the

| identity of elliptamine and reserpiline. Aust. J. Chem. 28(7): 1627-1629.

. JONES, Rhondda E.

.. 1975. Dehydration in an Australian rockpool chironomid larva, (Paraborniella tonnoiri).

| J. Ent. (A)49(2): 111-119, tables 1-3, text-figs 1-4.

. MY, B.H., CARLEY, J.G. and FILIPPICH, Cheryl

1975. The multiplication of Queensland and New Guinean arboviruses in Culex

annulirostris Skuse and Aedes vigilax (Skuse) (Diptera: Culicidae). J. med. Ent.

12(3): 279-283, tables 1 & 2.

. KELSEY, L. P.

1975. New Australian Scenopinidae (Diptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(3): 197-212, text-

| figs 1-11.

KETTLE, D. S. and ELSON, M. M.

1975. The undescribed male and immature Stages of Culicoides interrogatus Lee and

Reye. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(1): 23-29, table 1, text-figs 1-14.

Diptera: Ceratopogonidae: Culicoides interrogatus

1975. The immature stages of Paradasyhelea minuta Wirth and Lee with a note on adult

antennal sensilla and a discussion on the relationships of the genus Paradasyhelea

Macfie. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(3): 255-261, text-figs 1-13.

1975. Variation in larvae and adults of Culicoides austropalpalis Lee and Reye in S.E.

Queensland. J. nat. Hist. 9(3): 321-336, tables 1-7, text-figs 1-8.

1976. The immature stages of some Australian Culicoides Latreille (Diptera: Ceratopo-

gonidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(3): 303-332, tables 1-5, text-figs 1-83.

KETTLE, D. S., ELSON, M. M. and DYCE A. L.

1976. Culicoides gladysac sp. n. (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) from eastern Australia,

with descriptions of its larva and pupa and a re-examination of C. mykytowyczi

Lee and Reye and C. moreensis Lee and Reye. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(2): 173-182,

tables 1-3, text-figs 1-26.

NEBOISS, A.

1975. The family Oeconesidae (Trichoptera) from New Zealand and Tasmania. Aust.

ent. Mag. 2(4): 79-84, text-figs 1-13.

PARKIN, Rhonda

1975. Research news. New concoction for caterpillars. Agric. Gaz. N.S. W. 86(5): 49-50.

Lepidoptera: Spodoptera litura, Heliothis armigera, Pieris rapae, Plutella xylostella

1976. Research news. Migratory locust moves south. Agric. Gaz. N.S. W. 87(3): 61, illustr.

Orthoptera: Locusta migratoria. Notes on work being carried out by G. Baker.

PFITZNER, John C. and FARGHER, Roger K.

1976. Butterflies of central Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(6): 117-122.

60 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(3), November, 1977

Biological Illustrator

Accurate drawings or paintings to accompany manuscripts intended

| for publication rendered by qualified and experienced illustrator.

ANDREW ATKINS t

Refer to back issues of this journal for examples of work.

DATA LABELS — PRINTED TO ORDER

We will print data labels to your own requirements. These labels can be safely

used with either pinned or alcohol preserved material. Samples appear below.

Cloncurry, Qld 65km W.of Cobar, N.S.W. Noorinbee North, near Mt Hotham Alpine Reserve, Canberra, A.C.T |

21 Mar. 1974 28 April, 1975 Cann River, E. Vic. Vic. Alt. 1,830m 20 March 1974 |

B. S. Jones K. T. Carrington 19 22 Mar. 1975 F. H. Innes

P. S. D. MacDonald K. & M. Walker-Jones

Mataranka Hstd., 20km S. of Copley, S.A. Gordonvale, N. Qld approx. 27°59'5, 140°10'Е Karratha, W.A. |

Roper River М.Т. found in long grass 19 Jan. 1976 NE of Moonba, S.A. 197 |

an. 29 June, 1975 P. J. & E. T. Smith

| T.S. & LA. Stall ek J REATI Sout 24 Jan. 1976 G.A. Hawkinson

Jennifer Montgomery S.K. & P.B. Johnston

$8.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)

As few as 50 copies of any one label may be ordered. Labels must be ordered |

in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 lables. Thus, an order may contain, |

for example, 50 copies of one label, 50 copies of a different label, 400 copies |

| of a third апа 500 of a fourth. Total number of labels, 1,000. Alternatively |

| an order might be 50 copies each of 20 different labels, again a total of 1,000.

Layouts for orders must be clear, spaced as required, and preferably typed.

| Delivery within 4-6 weeks. Payment with orders please.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065

Butterflies of the Australian Region by Bernard D’Abrera

SECOND EDITION

The publishers have now advised us that this book will not appear

until 1978.

We continue to offer this title at our special pre-publication price of

$67.50 (post free within Aust). The recommended price is $75.00.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228. Phone (Sydney) 524 4614

Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43 3972

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

sent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

WANTED. Stereoscopic microscope. Must be good condition with good quality

oculars. Suitable for studying entomological specimens. R. Pickworth,

Phone 44 4111 (Sydney).

EXCHANGE. One pair of Ornithoptera rothschildi for exchange for similar

таге Ornithoptera. Contact Mr I. Robertson, 5/96 Willsmere Rd, Kew,

Victoria, 3101.

FOR SALE. Ornithoptera from West Irian including O. tithonus, O. rothschildi,

0. goliath and others. Also Delias and other Lepidoptera. For further

information contact Greg Watson, P.O. Box 1567, Wollongong, 2500.

COLOUR PLATES

FOR AUST. ENT. MAG.

| Interest has been expressed in recent months concerning the possibility

-of publishing colour plates. We would like to offer authors such an opportunity.

Colour printing is expensive and the journal could not bear the full cost. Authors

wanting colour illustrations will therefore need to subsidize the cost of their

- plates. We feel we can offer colour plates at reasonable prices as follows: first

. plate $180; additional plates $85 each. We remind authors, that in the case of

. їшї authorships, the eost per author would be only half the above rates.

Photographs for colour plates are best submitted as colour transparencies,

_ ether in the usual 35 mm size or as 224" sq. slides. Paintings are also acceptable.

Further enquiries should be directed to the Editor.

Ramerungn Biological Laboratories

P.O. Box 169, Cairns, Nth. Queensland, 4870

PREPARATORS AND COMMISSION COLLECTORS

FOR RESEARCH INSTITUTES

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends

for one or more printed pages. Further reprints may be purchased if ordered in

| advance,

Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written,

-double spaced and in duplicate.

| Persons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

| Al papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the tight to reject any

- Piper considered unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065.

]

CONTENTS

BRUNET, B. L. Observations of the tailed emperor Polyura pyrrhus?

sempronius (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in South Australia... ...

CALLAN, E. McC. Macrosiagon diversiceps (Coleoptera: Rhipiphoridae)

reared from a sphecid wasp, with notes on other species......... |

DANIELS, G. and MOULDS, М. 5. The butterflies of Warrumbungle?

National Park, New South Wales УУТ i

EDWARDS, E. D. Junonia erigone (Cramer) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae)

recorded from-Australia: ЗСО ]

HALES, Dinah F. Coelophora veranioides Blackburn: a variety of Coeli

ophora inaequalis (F.) (Coleoptera: @occinellidac) 5

NEW, T. R. A reappraisal of the genus Callistoptera Enderlein (Psoc?

optera).. СИИ |

SMITHERS, C.N. and PETERS, J.V. А record of migration and aggregs

ation in Alcides zodiaca (Butler) (Lepidoptera: Uraniidae) КОО :

BOOK REVIEW — Insects and the life отоп E M

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australiar

entomology. Compiled by M. S. Моша c.

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES ..... eee nn inside back

Christmas Cards

Your entomological friends will certainly appreciate

these. Even non-entomologists will be attracted by

the superb line drawings produced specially for this

project. Those in the insect world will know the

quality of work produced by the artists concerned.

Two different cards are available. One shows the

butterfly Delias nigrina, with food plant and pupa,

in a natural setting illustrated by Andrew Atkins.

Barry Moore, a beetle enthusiast, has illustrated

the other with the Botany Bay Diamond Weevil

Chrysolopus spectabilis on its food plant, Black

Wattle. The greeting in both

is “Seasons Greetings”.

Cards are competitively priced at 85c for 10, post}

Envelopes are not supplied but cards fit standard 5%, х3} 4

IMPORTANT. When ordering please state how many butt

and how many beetle cards are required.

order from

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS &

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W. 206%

ISSN 0311-1881

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 4, PART 4

DECEMBER, 1977

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$6.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$7.50 (US$10.00 or Stg£5.00 per annum overseas)

Institutional Subscriptions

A$7.50 (US$10.00 or Stg£5.00 per annum)

COVER

Illustrated by Barry Moore.

Depicts a Fiddler Beetle, Eupoecila australasiae (Donovan), on the

wing. Chafers of this subfamily (Cetoniinae) are able to deploy their wing

without spreading the elytra and their flight is thus exceptionally fist

and direct.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS

6 Roger Street, Brookvale,

N.S.W., 2100.

Australian Entomological

Volume 4, Part 4

EXTENSIONS TO THE KNOWN RANGE OF THE BUTTERFLY

TISIPHONE HELENA (OLLIFF) (LEPIDOPTERA: NYMPHALIDAE)

By M. S. Moulds

16 Park Ave, Waitara, N.S.W. 2077

The distribution of the Helena Brown butterfly, Tisiphone helena (Olliff)

appears restricted to a relatively small area of north eastern Queensland.

Specimens have been recorded from Kuranda, Herberton, the Gray Range (south

of Cairns), near Gordonvale at approx. 150 m, from Mt Bellenden Ker and at

Mision Beach (between Innisfail and Tully) (cf. Common and Waterhouse,

. 1972; McCubbin, 1971).

During several collecting trips in the region I have taken this butterfly at

new localities as follows:

(8) at sea level on the northern bank of the Daintree River at the ferry crossing

Some 8 km ESE of Daintree township. Here a large species of sword grass (Gahnia

зр) grows in profusion in a paper bark swamp where T. helena flies commonly.

larvae have also been found feeding on the Gahnia. Adults have been noted

_ during January and April.

(b) near the summits of Mount Misery and Mount Spurgeon (alt. over 1,200 m)

north west of Mossman. Several adults were seen flying in rain forest during

December 1974.

(0 near Mount Baldy, approx. 8 km W. of Atherton. Four adults were seen in

rain forest on 13th January 1977 and several larvae were found feeding on a

Species of Gahnia.

(i) at Tully Falls, some 25 km south of Ravenshoe. One adult found on 11th

lmwry 1977 flying in dense vegetation along the hillside above the falls.

Previously T. helena was not known north of Kuranda. The discovery of

the Daintree colony extends the known range of this butterfly more than 80 km

further north while Mt Misery - Mt Spurgeon forms an intermediate population

between Kuranda and Daintree. The Tully Falls record, on the other hand,

extends the known southern range of the butterfly on the Atherton Tableland.

References

Common, 1. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus & Robertson,

Sydney. 498 pp.

McCubbin, C., 1971. Australian butterflies. Thomas Nelson, Melbourne. 206 pp.

62 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(4), December, 1977

BOOK REVIEWS

Insect ecology by E. G. Matthews. Published 8th November, 1976. University of

Queensland Press, St. Lucia. xvii, 266 pages, 31 text-figs, several in colour.

Recommended price: $14.00 cloth edition; $7.95 paperback edition.

This is a book that all interested in Australian insects should read. It is а

stimulating and interesting text concerning a topic inadequately covered by

other Australian books suitable for the amateur or non-specialist. As stated

in the preface “the writing is at a level that will neither encumber the layman

with unnecessary jargon....... nor be too elementary to be of interest to

the professional ecologist".

The first chapter, a statement of general ecological and evolutionary

principals, is probably the most worthwhile. For those wanting an authorative

introduction to insect ecology this first chapter is certainly worth consulting.

The remaining chapters are basically statements concerning those insects found

in different habitats; the arid zone, forests, inland and marine waters, caves and

mountains are discussed to varying degrees. The book is concluded by a list

of references, a glossary of terms used in the text, a subject index and an index

of common and scientific names. Nearly all the insect species mentioned in the

text as examples of various points discussed are Australian.

There is no doubt that this book fulfils a need in Australian entomological

literature. Naturalists, conservationists and both amateur and professional

entomologists will benefit from reading this title.

Beetles in colour by Leif Lyneborg. First published in Denmark, 1976. English.

edition published 1977 by Blandford Press, Poole, Dorset. 187 pages with .

475 colour figures. Recommended Australian price $8.95. Copy for review -

supplied by the Australian distributors, Australia and New Zealand Book .

Co., Brookvale, N.S.W.

This is one of a series of handbooks dealing with the natural history |

of Britain and Europe. Like others in the series this volume is basically an

introductory text. The forty eight colour plates are probably the most

useful part of the book for Australian readers. The first forty four of these

illustrate a selection of adult beetles and constitute, to some degree, an

identification guide to beetle families. The remaining four plates illustrate

larvae and again could be used as a guide for family determination. In general,

the plates are of good quality.

The text provides notes on sixty seven families, most of which also

occur in Australia. Apart from a very brief introductory chapter, the remaining ;

text discusses the beetle species illustrated and consequently does not relate |

to Australian fauna.

M. S. Moulds #

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(4), December, 1977 63

NEW OR LITTLE KNOWN POGONINAE (COLEOPTERA: CARABIDAE)

FROM LAKE EYRE, SOUTH AUSTRALIA

By B. P. Moore

C.S.I.R.O., Division of Entomology, Canberra, A.C.T.

Abstract

4 | Pogonus grossi and Р. gilesi spp п. are described from Lake Eyre, South Australia

№ and are compared with the other four known Australian members of the genus.

Introduction

The Pogoninae form a widespread but small and closely knit group of

+ carabid beetles, all of which appear to be confined, in nature, to saline habitats.

+ Many of the exotic species are restricted to littoral localities but in Australia,

* sometimes far removed from the coast.

The four described Australian pogonines are currently placed (Csiki, 1928)

in the principal and cosmopolitan genus Pogonus Nicolai, but they are certainly

diverse in form and in pigmentation and some may ultimately need to be

transferred to other genera. However, а satisfactory classification could result

* only from a revision of the entire subfamily, with adequate consideration of the

+ local worker. Moreover, the Australian pogonines themselves are probably still

5 ve imperfectly known and it would appear pointless to contemplate a generic

. The present paper deals with a large collection from Lake Eyre, South

— Australia, and made available for study by the South Australian Museum. This

— extensive material, which represents the combined results from several expedit-

» ions, includes many specimens of Pogonus hypharpagoides Sloane, a species

0 hitherto known only from the unique type (which I have examined) from Lake

Callabonna, S.A. (Sloane, 1895). Also well represented are the two new species

= the lake shore and it seems quite extraordinary that this one locality should

v pport three large populations of obviously mobile, yet closely related and

» Sienotopic beetles.

= as on ee

4 Diagnosis of the Pogoninae

| Small halophile carabid beetles with the following character states:—

P Anterior tibiae with one spur displaced to the proximal side of the cleaning

morgan, mesepimera not attaining the coxa cavities; two supraorbital setae on

^ each side of head; frontal furrows short or obsolescent; mandibles with a seta in

othe scrobe; antennae with two basal segments glabrous; elytra with no obvious

“шет plica; male anterior tarsi with two basal segments dilatate and inwardly

stentate, the adhesive vestiture Squamose; parameres styloid, the left much larger

Пап the right, the apices setose.

Pogonus grossi sp. n. (Figs 1, 2, 8)

Elongate, convex, subcylindrical; largely brownish-testaceous but eyes and

mandibles dark brown to black; hindwings fully developed. Head rather small,

convex, impunctate, shining; eyes small, not very prominent, enclosed behind

PA Aust. ent. Mag. 4(4), December, 1977

FIG. 1. Pogonus grossi sp. n., paratype д (natural length: 6.2 mm).

in lightly swollen orbits; frontal furrows straight, rather deep; mandibles short;

antennae short, reaching backwards only to base of pronotum, the outer

segments increasingly broad and compressed. Pronotum lightly transverse (1.1

x 1.5 mm in holotype), a little broader at apex than at base, convex, shining,

but anterior margin and basal impressions strigose; anterior margin sinuate,

posterior margin arcuate; sides lightly rounded on front half, then obliquely

contracted to base, minutely sinuate at hind angles; front angles not prominent

but well marked; hind angles subdentiform, bearing the posterior marginal seta;

basal impressions rather large and deep, connected by a shallow, rugose impr-

ession; marginal channel narrow in front, expanded before hind angles; median

line well impressed on disc. Elytra elongate, subparallel, convex, shagreened and

lightly striate; striae distinctly punctate; humeri rounded but well marked; third

intervals with 3-5 small pores, set near the third striae; legs short; male

anterior tarsi lightly expanded. Aedeagus weakly sclerotised, the median lobe

. Aust ent. Mag. 4(4), December, 1977 65

membranous over much of dorsum and broadly compressed in lateral view.

Length: 5.2 - 6.4 mm; maximum width: 1.6 - 2.1 mm.

Types. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Holotype d, Lake Eyre, south shore, 23.iv.55,

б. F. Gross, in the South Australian Museum, Adelaide. Paratypes, 27, same

data as holotype; 7, Lake Eyre, north shore, surface of Madigan Gulf, in bait

traps, 2-7.xi.66, С. F. Gross, in the South Australian Museum, the Australian

National Insect Collection (Canberra) and the author’s collection. Paratypes

. indude both sexes but some cannot readily be sexed without remounting.

P grossi is easily distinguished from other Australian pogonines by its

combination of pale colour and narrow, cylindrical form and in these respects

й approaches certain exotic species currently placed in the genus (or subgenus)

Syrdenus Chaudoir, although the type species of the latter (filiformis Dejean,

of the Mediterranean region) is certainly more extreme in the second character.

Species of Syrdenus are apparently more fossorial in habits than are those of

Pogonus sensu stricto, but the existence of so many intermediates, in both form

and state of depigmentation (with grossi now bridging the last obvious gap)

. militates against retention of Chaudoir’s taxon as a full genus.

Pogonus gilesi sp. n. (Figs 3, 9)

Rather broad, subdepressed; colour as in grossi; hindwings fully developed.

_ Hed of average size, rather depressed, impunctate, shining; eyes large and

prominent, not enclosed behind; frontal furrows obsolescent; mandibles longer

FIGS 2-7. Pogonus spp, pronota, right side: (2) grossi sp. n.; (3) gilesi sp. n.; (4) zietzi Sloane;

(5) australis Chaudoir; (6) cardiotrachelus Chaudoir; (7) hypharpagoides Sloane.

(Scale line = 0.5 mm).

66 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(4), December, 1977

than in grossi and more sharply pointed; antennae slender, extending backwards

beyond the humeri, the outer segments only slightly expanded. Pronotum

transverse (1.8 x 1.5 mm in holotype), cordate, depressed, shining; anterior

margin lightly emarginate; posterior margin arcuate; sides slightly curved on front

third, then obliquely contracted and slightly sinuate just before the posterior

marginal seta; anterior angles rounded but well marked; posterior angles obtuse

but rather prominent, bearing the posterior marginal seta; basal impressions

linear, connected by a smooth transverse impression; marginal channel narrow

throughout; median line lightly impressed on disc. Elytra broad, rather depressed,

broadest about the hind third; striae fine but even, lightly crenulate; third

intervals with 3 small pores, set against the third striae; legs proportionately

longer and more slender than in grossi. Aedeagus weakly sclerotised; right

paramere with only a single seta.

Length: 6.1 - 8.4 mm; maximum width: 2.1 - 3.3 mm.

Types. SOUTH AUSTRALIA: Holotype d, Lake Eyre, north shore, Madigan Gulf,

at light, 6.xi.55, E. T. Giles, in the South Australian Museum. Paratypes (both

sexes), 35, same data as holotype; 17, same locality and captor but various dates

in 1955; 2, Cooper Crossing, 12.xi.55, E. T. Giles; 1, Clayton Crossing, 13.xi.55,

E. T. Giles: in the South Australian Museum, The Australian National Insect

Collection and the author’s collection.

This new species may be distinguished from the (usually) smaller grossi

by its broad, depressed form and longer, more slender legs and antennae.

P. hypharpagoides Sloane is more heavily built than either of the new species

and has a relatively massive head.

Key to the Australian species of Pogonus

Fully: pigmented,:metallic ‘speciess шз ыык шу Put. 2

= Largely pale, depigmented species ...............+.-+--....3

2 Larger (length 7.5 - 8.5 mm); sides of pronotum (Fig. 6) less sinuate

before hind angles, the submarginal ridge beside these angles well

тпаткеа em rr er Рата cardiotrachelus Chaudoir

- Smaller (length 6.5 - 6.7 mm); sides of pronotum (Fig. 5) more sinuate;

submarginal'ridge. obsolescent ш су 1 te eee ae australis Chaudoir

3 Bicolorous: head and pronotum dark brown, elytra pale; form very depre-

ssed; base of pronotum lobate (Fig. 4); length c. 6.5 тт..... zietzi Sloane

- Largely pale testaceous; less depressed or very convex; base of pronotum

itruncate!(Biss:233,.7) ж. ЕЕ МОЛ PEERS 4

4 Elytra broad, subdepressed; sides of pronotum distinctly sinuate (Fig. 3);

lengthj?6:01—"8'4cmm а т Л К T gilesi sp. n.

- Elytra narrow, convex, subcylindrical; sides of pronotum not or scarcely

Sinuatem(Eigseo Аук Ж КЛ л j s s. 5

5 Larger (length 7.2-8.1 mm); form massive, head large. . hypharpagoides Sln.

- Smaller (length 5.2 - 6.4 mm); form slender and more parallel; head

сташ a Mer HL. orm cte р Д К у... grossi sp. n.

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(4), December, 1977 67

FIGS 8, 9. Pogonus spp, aedeagi in left lateral view, with parameres detached: (8) grossi

sp. n.; (9) gilesi sp. n. (Scale line = 0.1 mm).

Unfortunately, none of these species has been collected sufficiently widely

to give an adequate impression of its geographical distribution. However, I have

_ Wamined specimens of both metallic species (cardiotrachelus and australis)

frm Victoria and from south-western Australia, although their northern

< (? coastal) limits remain unknown. The depigmented species are apparently

confined to saline habitats in the inland arid region.

Acknowledgements

Гат indebted to my colleague, Dr E. B. Britton for drawing my attention

to the new species and to Dr E. G. Matthews for the loan of the material

upon which they are based.

References

Csiki, E., 1928. Carabidae. In Junk and Schenkling, Coleopterorum Catalogus 2: 213-219.

Sloane, T. G., 1895. Notes on Carabidae from Lake Callabonna, central Australia. Trans. R.

Soc. S. Aust. 19: 124-137.

68 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(4), December, 1977

CHRYSANTHEMUM GALL MIDGE, RHOPALOMYIA (DIARTHRONOMYIA)

CHRYSANTHEMI (AHLBERG) (DIPTERA, CECIDOMYIIDAE)

ESTABLISHED IN AUSTRALIA

By B. J. Loudon

Biological and Chemical Research Institute, Rydalmere, N.S.W., 2116

Cecidomyiid midges bred from small conical galls on Chrysanthemum

sinense found at Epping (a Sydney suburb), New South Wales, in November

1976 were identified by Dr K. M. Harris of the British Museum (Natural History)

as being Rhopalomyia (Diarthronomyia) chrysanthemi (Ahlberg). This species

attacks chrysanthemums in North America and Europe (Hussey ег al. 1969) and

has not been previously recorded from Australia.

Midge specimens in the insect collection at the Biological and Chemical

Research Institute, Rydalmere, which had been bred from chrysanthemum galls

found at Kogarah in 1970 and at Lindfield in 1974, were also identified as

R. chrysanthemi. Mr J. H. Fleming, President of the Chrysanthemum Study

Club of Australia, informs me that infestations of chrysanthemum galls were

first noticed during the 1968/69 season in the Carlingford-Epping area. In the

1969/70 season heavier infestations occurred at Dural, Epping,. Liverpool

and Greenacre. These were undoubtedly R. chrysanthemi galls. Mr Fleming's

communications with fellow chrysanthemum growers in other parts of

Australia have yielded no further reports of infestations. It appears that the

Australian distribution of R. chrysanthemi may at present be limited to the

Sydney area.

R. chrysanthemi is restricted to Chrysanthemum sinense as its host plant

(Barnes 1939) and the main method of dispersal is by immature stages being

transported in plants and cuttings (Hussey et al 1969). Barnes (1939) has

recorded that the life cycle of R. chrysanthemi ranges from 26 to 149

days, depending on temperature. In summer galls become visible within 16

days of oviposition but in winter it may take up to 100 days before galls are

apparent. It is anticipated that awareness of R. chrysanthemi and effective

control of infestations by growers could inhibit the dispersal of this pest

in Australia.

Two species of hymenopterous parasites emerged from galls collected at

Guildford, Epping and Parramatta and these were identified as Tetrastichus sp.

(Eulophidae) and Dimeromicrus sp. (Torymidae) by Z. Boucek of Common-

wealth Institute of Entomology. Approximately 20% of the galls collected

were parasitised. Essig (1916) also recorded a Tetrastichus sp. parasitising

R. chrysanthemi in the U.S.A.

References

Essig, E. O., 1916. The chrysanthemum gall fly, Diarthronomyia hypogaea (F. Low). J. econ.

Ent. 9: 461-467.

Barnes, Н. F., 1939. The chrysanthemum midge. J. R. Hort. Soc. 64: 503-506.

Hussey, N. W., Read, W. H. and Hesling, J. J., 1969. The pests of protected cultivation.

Edward Arnold, London.

С Aust ent. Mag. 4(4), December, 1977 69

WT er

PRELIMINARY NOTES TOWARDS A REVISION OF THE MYGALOMORPH

SPIDER GENUS DYARCYOPS (CTENIZIDAE)

By Barbara York Main

Zoology Department, University of Western Australia, Nedlands, W.A.

Abstract

Distinguishing features of the genera Arbanitis L. Koch and Dyarcyops Hogg are

= gen A number of species formerly included in Arbanitis are transferred to Dyarcyops.

A provisional list of the named species of Dyarcyops is given and their former generic

position and synonyms indicated. It is suggested that Dyarcyops also occurs in New Guinea

and New Zealand.

Introduction

Species of the two genera Arbanitis L. Koch 1874 and Dyarcyops Hogg

- 1902 are frequently confused and placed in the wrong genus. Differences

between the two genera have already been noted by Main (1964, 1967) when

. Arbanitis fuscipes Rainbow was at the same time attributed to Dyarcyops.

A. gracilis Rainbow & Pulleine was also placed in Dyarcyops by Main (1967)

. d later Arbanitis pulchellus was transferred to Dyarcyops (Main 1972). In the

_ шша] history book “Spiders” (Main 1976), the species A. hirsutus Rainbow &

. Pulleine was referred to as Dyarcyops hirsutus. In the above publications it was

not appropriate to discuss the rationale for such nomenclatural changes.

Justification for the revised status of the above species is here briefly explained.

Afuller account of the species is to be presented elsewhere in a revision of the

- denizid genera of Australia (in preparation).

In the meantime because of the general confusion between the two genera,

_ lindude here a provisional list of the “revised” species of Dyarcyops (see Table

1), Documentation of data on individual Species diagnostic features, type

specimens, field data and distribution is to be presented later. Dyarcyops ranges

| fom New Guinea to Tasmania and westward in the south as far as Adelaide. It

- 5 particularly abundant in south eastern Queensland and the eastern half of New

эш

South Wales. Specimens are frequently presented for specialist identification and

} tntomologists are hampered because of the lack of any recent revision of the

genus. Thus the present provisional or “working list" is intended to serve as a

practical guide. A great deal more work needs to be done on the biology of the

gnus to confirm the suggested status of some of the species.

Distinction between Arbanitis and Dyarcyops

Specimens of the type species of Dyarcyops, Dyarcyops andrewsi Hogg,

‘Were collected by me in December 1954 from the type locality Mt. Compass,

South Australia (BYM 1954/542, 543, 544). In 1958 I examined the holotype

of D. andrewsi in the British Museum of Natural History. Features noted on the

| holotype and the above specimens and the biology of D. andrewsi formed the

| basis for distinguishing the genus Dyarcyops from the earlier described Arbanitis.

| To these distinguishing features other characteristics were later added from

| observations on many species. The most obvious differences between the two

genera are:

70 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(4), December, 1977

(1) Arbanitis. Carapace and legs glabrous, sparsely hairy. The carapace is broad,

with rounded sides; high caput and deeply procurved fovea (at least in female).

Rastellum of stout teeth. Eyes in compact group with two rows close together

and slightly raised in mid region. Legs relatively short and stout, usually heavy

ventral spines on palp and first two pairs of legs (especially tarsus and

metatarsus), scopula dense or sparse. Sternum broad, posterior sigilla large,

conspicuous and well away from margin. Male lacks an apophysis on tibia I

(except A. tasmanica which may more appropriately be placed in Cantuaria).

Burrow always closed by a door.

(2) Dyarcyops. Carapace and legs not particularly glabrous, carapace often with

dense pile of hairs which may have a golden sheen, carapace relatively narrow

with gently curved margins; caput not so strongly arched as in Arbanitis; fovea

usually only slightly procurved. Rastellum of few teeth which are long and

tapering. Eyes relatively widely spaced, arrangement may appear square rather

than rectangular, AME often well behind ALE. Legs relatively long and slender,

hirsute; ventral spines fewer and more slender than in Arbanitis, tarsus often

with only two, three or no spines; scopula dense; lateral faces of legs frequently

with conspicuous dark “pencil” marks on the long axis of the joints particularly

the metatarsi and tibiae. Sternum not so wide in mid region, posterior sigilla

small, often round and close to margin. The general appearance is. that of a

diplurine rather than a typical ctenizid. Male usually with an apophysis on tibia

I. Burrow usually without a door (D. gracilis is a notable exception).

On the above criteria many species that were formerly attributed to

Arbanitis should be transferred to Dyarcyops. There are also several unnamed

species, established on biological features (such as lack of door) as belonging

to Dyarcyops occurring in southeast Queensland, northern New South Wales

and southern Victoria.

Note on Dyarcyops ornata Rainbow

Idioctis ornata Rainbow, which is not a barychelid but a species of

Dyarcyops (as defined above) has already been referred to as Dyarcyops ornata

(Main, 1976). I saw the type specimens of J. ornata (four males and one female,

lodged in the Australian Museum) in 1954 and noted that they had the features

of a ctenizid. Patricia Webb later also examined the type specimens of I. ornata

and corroborated that the species was not a barychelid (in litt. 1961). She

also suggested that it was the same Species as that later described by Rainbow

and Pulleine as Aganippe ornata (of which species I have not seen the type).

These two species are herewith synonymised and the new combination

Dyarcyops ornata (Rainbow) confirmed.

I also examined male and female specimens of D. ornata collected by

Patricia Webb from near Eidsvold, the type locality of both the above nominal

species. These specimens are lodged in the Entomology Department of the

University of Queensland. Further, in April 1965 I collected female Specimens

from Eidsvold (BYM 1965/120, 121, 147, 148, deposited in the Zoology Dep-

artment of the University of Western Australia).

Table I lists the named species of Dyarcyops; the original name and revised

status of each species is given. The list includes one species from Papua but

ое 0 ERR

TABLE I

Species of Dyarcyops, their former generic position and synonyms

Nominal species

Revised status

9 Dyarcyops andrewsi Hogg 1902

| 9 Arbanitis chisholmi Hickman 1933

| 9 Arbanitis elegans Rainbow & Pulleine

| 1918

|— Cdrbanitis fuscipes Rainbow 1914

| 9 Arbanitis gracilis Rainbow & Pulleine

1918

| $ Arbanitis hirsutus Rainbow & Pulleine

| 1918

_ Od Arianitis mestoni Hickman 1928

| 69Arbanitis montanus Rainbow &

Pulleine 1918

- 9 Arbanitis pulchellus Rainbow &

Pulleine 1918

- 2 Arbanitis papilliosus Rainbow &

| Pulleine 1918

| 49 Arbanitis scaurus Hickman 1927

62 Arbanitis villosus Rainbow 1920*

d Arbanitis bradleyi Rainbow 1920*

| ? Aganippe ornata Rainbow & Pulleine

1918

| 9 Dyarcyops biroi Kulczynski 1908

_ 9 Dyarcyops melancholicus Rainbow

& Pulleine 1918

2 Dyarcyopsionthus Rainbow &

| Pulleine 1918

$ Dyarcyops maculosus Rainbow &

1d Dyareyops robertsi Main & Mascord

1974

dMegalosara villosa Rainbow 19141

59 Idioctis ornata Rainbow 1914

9 Idioctis papuensis Rainbow 1920*

= Dyarcyops andrewsi Hogg 1902

[type species]

7 Dyarcyops fuscipes (Hickman 1933)

[new synonymy]

- Dyarcyops elegans (Rainbow & Pulleine 1918)

[new combination]

7 Dyarcyops fuscipes (Rainbow 1914)

[see Main 1964, 1967, 1976]

7 Dyarcyops gracilis (Rainbow & Pulleine 1918)

[see Main 1967, 1976]

7 Dyarcyops hirsutus (Rainbow & Pulleine 1918)

[see Main 1976]

= Dyarcyops mestoni (Hickman 1928)

[new combination]

= Dyarcyops fuscipes (Rainbow 1914)

[new synonymy]

= Dyarcyops pulchellus (Rainbow & Pulleine 1918)

[see Main 1972]

= Dyarcyops sp.

[possibly an aberrant specimen of D. pulchellus |

= Dyarcyops scaurus (Hickman 1927)

[new combination]

= Dyarcyops villosus (Rainbow 1920)

[new combination]

= Dyarcyops villosus (Rainbow 1920)

[new synonymy]

= Dyarcyops ornata (Rainbow 1914)

[new synonymy]

= Dyarcyops biroi Kulczynski 1908

[= possibly D. fuscipes (Rainbow) |

- ? Dyarcyops fuscipes (Rainbow 1914)

[new synonymy]

= Dyarcyops fuscipes Rainbow (1914)

[new synonymy]

- Dyarcyops maculosus Rainbow & Pulleine 1918

- Dyarcyops robertsi Main & Mascord 1974

- Dyarcyops fuscipes (Rainbow 1914)

[new synonymy, nomen oblitum]

- Dyarcyops ornata (Rainbow 1914)

[see Main 1976]

- Dyarcyops villosus (Rainbow 1920)

[new synonymy]

* Papuan Species.

Although the name Megalosara villosa appears on an earlier page of the same publication

a that in which D. fuscipes (Rainbow) is described it is preferable, in accordance with

Artide Ma of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature to give priority to

шаре. The name Megalosara villosa requires suppression. (This is more fully discussed in

the revision of Australian Ctenizidae, in preparation).

72 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(4), December, 1977

no New Zealand species although I believe that some of the species placed by

Forster (1968) in Cantuaria should be transferred to Dyarcyops. I recognise

unequivocally eight named Australian species of Dyarcyops, and one from Papua

as follows (type localities given in brackets after each species): D. andrewsi

(Mt. Compass, S.A.), fuscipes (Willoughby, North Sydney, N.S.W.), gracilis

(Domain, Sydney, N.S.W.), hirsutus (Kedron Brook, Qld), mestoni (Woodsdale,

Tasm.), ornatus (Eidsvold, Qld), pulchellus (Tamborine Mt., Qld), scaurus

(Westmoreland Falls, Mole Creek, Tasm.), villosus (Papua). The validity of the

following two is questionable as they may be synonyms of fuscipes: D. biroi

(Mt. Victoria, Blue Mts., N.S.W.), maculosus (La Perouse, Botany Bay, N.S.W.).

It is possible that Arbanitis maculipes Hogg [= Arbanitis annulipes (C.

Koch)] has some affinity with Dyarcyops. However I believe it to be quite

distinct from other Australian species groups including those in Arbanitis and

consider that it possibly warrants placement in a genus by itself.

Acknowledgements

Thanks are due to the staff of the following institutions for facilities and

making types and other specimens available for examination during my invest-

igations on Arbanitis and Dyarcyops; British Museum of Natural History,

Australian Museum, Entomology Department of the University of Queensland,

Queensland Museum.

References

Forster, R. R., 1968. The Spiders of New Zealand. Part II. Ctenizidae, Dipluridae. Otago

Mus. Bull. 2: 1-180.

Main, B. Y., 1964. Spiders of Australia. (Jacaranda).

Main, B. Y., 1967. Spiders of Australia. (Jacaranda).

Main, B. Y., 1972. The mygalomorph spider genus Stanwellia Rainbow & Pulleine (Diplur-

idae) and its relationship to Aname Koch and certain other diplurine genera.

J. R. Soc. West. Aust. 55(4): 100-114.

Main, B. Y., 1976. Spiders. (Collins, Sydney).

Additional references in which the genera Arbanitis and Dyarcyops are described

and those in which the nominal species (listed in Table I) are described.

Hickman, V. V., 1928. Studies in Tasmanian spiders. Part II. Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm.

1927: 158-175.

Hickman, V. V., 1933. A new ctenizid spider from New South Wales. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist.

(10)12: 210-216.

Hogg, H. R., 1902. On some additions to the Australian spiders of the suborder Mygalom-

orphae. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 1902(2): 121-142.

Koch, L., 1874. Die Arachniden Australiens. (Nürnberg).

Kulezynski, W., 1908. Arachneae musei nationalis Hungarici in regionibus Indica et Australia

a Ludovico Biro collectae. Ann. hist. nat. Mus. nat. Hung. 6: 428-494, pl. IX.

Main, B. Y. and Mascord, R., 1974. Description and natural history of a “tube-building”

species of Dyarcyops from New South Wales and Queensland (Mygalomorphae:

Ctenizidae). J. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 8: 15-21.

Rainbow, W. J., 1914. Studies in Australian Araneidae No. 6. The Territelariae. Rec. Aust.

Mus. 10: 187-270.

Rainbow, у I 1920. Trapdoor spiders of the “Chevert” Expedition. Rec. Aust. Mus. 13:

Rainbow, Ms 4 are E: R. H., 1918. Australian trap-door spiders. Rec. Aust. Mus.

: 81- ; :

1 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(4), December, 1977 73

TWO NEW SPECIES OF PELECORHYNCHUS MACQUART (DIPTERA:

PELECORHYNCHIDAE), WITH THE FIRST RECORD OF THE

FAMILY FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA

By G. Daniels

Associate, Australian Museum, Sydney

Abstract

Pelecorhynchus mackerrasi and P. tigris are described as new, the former being the

~ first member of the family Pelecorhynchidae to be recorded from Western Australia.

| Pelecorhynchus mackerrasi sp. n.

- Holotype б, WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Warren River, 6 miles SE of Pemberton,

- I7Jan. 1971, G.A. Holloway and Н. Hughes; in the Australian Museum, Sydney.

| An ornate species; thorax with complete pale dorsocentral and lateral lines

which are confluent posteriorly; abdomen with complete pale and partly

< interrupted black transverse bands; wings with conspicuous rows of more or

4 Ess confluent spots.

i facets about three times as large as lower facets, separated by a fairly well

: defined line. Face with creamy white tomentum; hairs black; parafacials with

silver-grey tomentum and yellow hairs admixed with a few black hairs; a group

of black hairs on lower margin. Ruff yellow haired.

. Thorax. Mesoscutum mainly brownish with conspicuous pale grey markings; a

| naow indistinct pale brown median line along length of mesoscutum, becoming

Е pde grey posteriorly; dorsocentral lines pale grey, fairly broad, slightly narrowed

on dorsal margin posteriorly to mesonotal suture, becoming confluent posterior-

. ly sutural line grey, narrow, sharply delimited posteriorly, less so anteriorly;

- lateral line grey-white extending to posterior margin; median, dorsocentral and

+ literal lines confluent posteriorly, so that posterior fourth of mesoscutum is

1 ‘ntirely grey; postsutural sublateral area darker brown than other mesoscutal

Р we, hairs black, white on posterior fourth; pre- and postsutural hairs laterally

} copper coloured, admixed with a few black hairs; postalar hairs white, less

| conspicuous than in the similar P. personatus (Walker). Anterolateral scutellar

' margin pale grey, remainder of scutellum deep brown; infra-apical tuft of

. hairs reddish. Postmesopleural prominence pale grey anteriorly, darkening to

| brownish posteriorly; hairs white anteriorly, changing to copper coloured

-admixed with a few black elements; postmesopleural tuft white. Squamal tuft

| White to creamy.

| Les. Uniformly dark brown; apical tarsal segment partly black dorsally.

| Wings. Greyish, Sub-hyaline, with a series of conspicuous, oblique, irregular, pale

] brown markings. Cells C and Sc indistinctly brownish. Remainder of patterning

; Similar to that of personatus. Vein R4 arising distinctly further basally than in

і personatus or nigripennis Ricardo; vein 2A almost straight.

- Abdomen. Anterior half of each tergite pale grey, posterior half deep brown,

74 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(4), December, 1977

except first tergite which is pale brown. Tergites 4 and 5 narrowly deep brown

on apical margin, the grey transverse bands infuscated pale brown anteriorly;

apical transverse lines on tergites 1-3 interrupted medially for about two thirds

their depth by a pale grey indentation which is about twice as wide as deep;

tergites 4 and 5 with a very shallow indentation. Abdominal hairs copper

coloured, the dark apical band on tergite 2 with black hairs. Lateral tergal tufts

poorly developed, represented by a few white hairs basally on each tergite.

Length. 13 mm.

Habitat. Taken in dry sclerophyll forest in the vicinity of a swamp.

FEMALE. Unknown.

This species is named in honour of Dr I. M. Mackerras.

The discovery of a single distinctive pelecorhynchid specimen from

Western Australia was surprising, as the distribution of.Pelecorhynchus in

Australia was thought to be restricted to the highlands of Tasmania and the

eastern highlands of Victoria and New South Wales, with small extensions to

lower coastal areas.

P. mackerrasi belongs to the personatus species group, as defined by

Mackerras and Fuller (1942). The species shows resemblances to both personatus

and nigripennis, the brownish broken wing spots allying it to personatus, whilst

the relatively wide transverse abdominal bands ally it to nigripennis. From both

these species mackerrasi can be separated by the complete pale grey lateral

mesocutal band, partly grey scutellum and the absence of distinct red abdominal

and thoracic hairs and hair tufts. The abdomen has the lateral hair tufts more or

less absent. The overall colouration tends towards a distinct brown and grey,

rather than black and grey. The conspicuous enlargement of the upper eye facets

is unique amongst species of the personatus group, and is only known to occur

in lunnulatus Mackerras and Mackerras.

Pelecorhynchus tigris sp. n.

Holotype d, VICTORIA: Gordon, 13 Nov 1969, E. F. Riek. Paratypes: 25, same

data; in Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra.

A medium sized, relatively narrow bodied, ornate species. Antennae mostly

orange. Thorax black, with an orange median longitudinal line. Wings orange,

black spotted. Legs black with yellow tarsi. Abdomen of male black.

MALE. Head. Antennae orange, segments 1 and 2 black. Eyes separated by the

length of the frons. Frons and face shining black, with some whitish tomentum

and black hairs; parafacials whitish, with white hairs. Ruff creamy.

Thorax. Mesoscutum with sublateral areas black, black haired; median area dull

orange, golden haired; dorsocentral lines continuous, pale yellow, bordered

laterally by a narrow pale yellow zone. A pair of narrow brownish lines begin

anteriorly on inner margins of yellow dorsocentral lines, converge slightly to

join on posterior eighth of mesoscutum, and widen abruptly to touch inner

margins of dorsocentral lines at scutellar suture. Scutellum brownish medially,

yellowish orange laterally; golden haired except for lateral distal margin which

ир

„В. ні

WU VEN WESS CUR

. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(4), December, 1977 75

is white haired and medial area which is black haired. Marginal hairs of meso-

scutum black, mixed with silvery white. Supra-alar and post-alar tufts white.

Pleura black, with black and grey hairs on post-mesopleural prominence;

_ silvery white post-mesopleural and squamal tufts.

Legs. Black with yellow tarsi.

Wings. Orange anteriorly, more greyish yellow posteriorly, with a narrow

blackish zone along posterior border. Membrane with two large dark brown

patches; the first occupies the entire radial field from the apex of R, to a point

sightly distal to the bifurcation of R4. 5; the second extends along Кл; to its

* bifurcation with Кз, and widens posteriorly to include the discal cell and m-cu

WENT м. да.

Abdomen. Shining black dorsally and ventrally, with a pair of indefinite paler

ueas and zones of white hairs on the first visible tergite; tergal hairs black,

white laterally, except towards the apices, where they are more or less replaced

by black.

Length. 11.5 - 11.9 mm.

- FEMALE. Unknown.

Р. tigris is a very distinct species which can be confused only with fulvus,

* fom which it is distinguished by the orange antennae and darker wings.

Acknowledgements

I would like to thank Dr D. K. McAlpine, Australian Museum, and Dr D.

1. Colless, C.S.1.R.O. for permission to study material in their charge.

Reference

: Mackerras, I. M. and Fuller, M. E., 1942. The genus Pelecorhynchus (Diptera, Tabanoidea).

Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 67(1-2): 9-76, pl. 1, 78 text-figs:

(FABRICIUS) (HYMENOPTERA: VESPIDAE) TAKEN IN SYDNEY

By C. N. Smithers and G. A. Holloway

The Australian Museum, College Street, Sydney

** "чи"

Е Edwards (1976) has discussed the world distribution pattern of the German

лар [as Paravespula germanica (Fab.)]. Originally of Holartic distribution it is

ov known also from New Zealand (Thomson, 1922; Thomas, 1960), Tasmania

Anonymous, 1962) and Western Australia (Anonymous, 1977).

1 The only published record of the species in New South Wales appears to be

ht of Chadwick and Nikitin (1969) who list one specimen (a queen, now in

ote collection of the Biological and Chemical Research Institute, Rydalmere)

76 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(4), December, 1977

intercepted by quarantine authorities in Sydney on sawn Pinus radiata timber

from New Zealand on 1.xi.1954. The same collection contains a second queen,

similarly intercepted, taken in tamarillos (tree tomatoes) from New Zealand

on 24.vii.1968.

On 10.vi.1975 Dr D. K. McAlpine found a dead worker specimen outside

the Australian Museum and on 19.ii.1977 Mrs A. S. Smithers took a living

worker specimen from a window in the Sydney suburb of Turramurra (both

specimens in the Australian Museum). The origin of these specimens is, of course,

not known but it may be significant in the case of the Turramurra specimen that

visitors from New Zealand had been guests in the house during the previous

week.

Queens of the species are easily and often transported by man and this

has been suggested as the most important means of spread in New Zealand

(Thomas, loc. cit.); this is probably due to the queens' habit of hibernating

during winter. On the other hand, some colonies are known to be active through

winter in some of the frost free areas of New Zealand. At present it is not

known whether the species is established in the Sydney area; nests have not

been found.

A related species, V. vulgaris (L.) is known to be well established in

Melbourne and as the two species are not easy to distinguish in the field without

close examination it is possible that V. germanica could become established

there without being noticed.

It is hoped that this note will encourage observers to keep a watch for

these conspicuously marked black and yellow wasps. The authors will be pleased

to receive specimens suspected of being Vespula spp. for identification.

Acknowledgements

We would like to thank Dr E. Schicha, Miss J. Cardale and Miss E. Matheson

for permission to examine material in their care, Dr G. R. Else for providing

named British specimens for comparison and Dr K. Richards for providing

references to Western Australian records.

References

Anonymous, 1962. European Wasp. Tasm. J. agric. 1962: 341-342, 3 figs.

Anonymous, 1977. European Wasp. Farmnote. West. Aust. Dept. Agric. 40/77, 2 pp.

2 figs.

Chadwick, C. E. and Nikitin, M. I., 1971. Some insects and other invertebrates intercepted

in quarantine in New South Wales. Part 2. Arthropoda (excluding Coleoptera) and

Mollusca. J. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 6: 37-56. .

Edwards, R.,1976. The world distribution pattern of the German Wasp, Paravespula germanica

(Hymenoptera: Vespidae). Ent. Germ. 3(3): 269-271.

Thomas, C. R., 1960. The European Wasp (Vespula germanica Fab.) in New Zealand. N.Z.

Dep. sci. industr. Res. Inf. Ser. No. 27. 74 pp., 30 figs.

Thompson, G. M., 1922. The naturalisation of animals and plants in New Zealand. Appendix

“В”. Canterbury University Press.

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(4), December, 1977 77

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065, Australia

BEDFORD, G. O.

1975. Observations on the biology of Xylotrupes gideon (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae:

Dynastinae) in Melanesia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(3): 213-216, table 1.

BEIER, M.

1976. A cavernicolous atemnid pseudoscorpion from New South Wales. J. Aust. ent.

Soc. 15(3): 271-272, text-fig. 1.

BOLTON, Barry

1975. The sexspinosa-group of the ant genus Polyrhachis F. Smith (Hym. Formicidae).

J. Ent. (B)44(1): 1-14, text-figs 1-14.

COSTA, Michael

1975. Hunteracarus womersleyi gen. n., sp. n., a laelapid mite (Acari) associated with

Cephalodesmius armiger Westwood (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc.

14(3): 263-269, text-figs 1-18.

CURRIE, G. A.

1976. Life history of a gall fly on eucalypts. Victorian Nat. 93(5): 196-197.

Reprinted from a longer paper published in 1937, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.

62(3-4): 147-174.

FORSTER, Joan

1976. A plague of crickets. Victorian Nat. 93(2): 70.

FURNESS, G. O.

1976. The dispersal, age-structure and natural enemies of the long-tailed mealybug,

Pseudococcus longispinus (Targioni-Tozzetti), in relation to sampling and control.

Aust. J. Zool. 24(1): 237-247, tables 1 & 2, text-figs 1-5.

GALBRAITH, Jean

1976. Butterflies and bits and pieces. Report of talk by Mr Sterkenburg 24.9.76. Latrobe

Valley Nat. 155:4-5.

GALLOWAY, I. D.

1976. Identifying insects . . . Thrips (Order Thysanoptera). Qd agric. J. 102(4): 349-

354, illustr.

1976. Identifying insects — stick insects (order Phasmatodea). Qd agric. J. 102(5): 445-

446, illustr.

GAULD, I. D.

1976. A revision of the Anomaloninae (Hymenoptera: Ichneumonidae) of Australia.

Aust. J. Zool. 24(4): 597-634, text-figs 1-56.

HARLEY, K. L. S. and KASSULKE, R. C.

1975. The suitability of Teleonemia prolixa (Stål) for biological control of Lantana

camara in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(3): 225-228, tables 1-3.

MOULDS, M. S.

1975. The song of the cicada Lembeja brunneosa (Homoptera: Cicadidae) with notes on

the behaviour and distribution of the species. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(3): 251-254,

text-figs 1-6.

1976. Migrations of Narathura araxes eupolis (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) across Lloyd

Bay, Cape York Peninsula. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(6): 130-132, text-fig. 1. -

1976. A native food plant for the butterfly Deudorix epijarbas (Lepidoptera: Lycaen-

idae). Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2): 30-31, pl. I.

| QUICK, W. N. B.

1975. A review of butterfly protection and conservation. Victorian Ent. 5(3): 110-114.

1976. Wandering larvae. Victorian Ent. 6(5): 38.

Lepidoptera: Heteronympha cordace cordace

1976. The distribution of Oreixenica lathoniella herceus in Victoria. Victorian Ent.

6(5): 39, map p. 40.

78 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(4), December, 1977

RICE, M. J. and McRAE, T. M. J A |

1977. Contact chemoreceptors on the ovipositor of Locusta migratoria L. J. Aust. ent.

Soc. 15(4): 364.

RICE, M. J. and WEBB, P. D.

1975. Giant axons in the central nervous system of Ctenomorphodes tessulatus (Gray),

an Australian stick insect. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(3): 277-282, text-figs 1-6.

RICKARD, L. S. ? 1 ! : \

1975. Painted lady butterfly. Tuatara (J. Biol Soc. Victoria Uni., Wellington, N.Z.)

21(3): 129 |

Lepidoptera: Vanessa kershawi specimens seen in New Zealand mentioned as

probably coming from Australia.

RIEK, E. F.

1976. The Australian genus Tympanophora White (Orthoptera: Tettigoniidae: Tymp-

anophorinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(2): 161-171, text-figs 1-41.

1976. The family Stilbopterygidae (Neuroptera) in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(3):

297-302, text-figs 1-6.

1977. The marine caddis fly family Chathamiidae (Trichoptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(4):

405-419, text-figs 1-50.

SANKOWSKY, Garry

1975. Life history of Precis hedonia zelima (Fabricius) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae).

Aust. ent. Mag. 2(5): 108-109, text-figs 1-5.

SCHICHA, E.

1975. A new predacious species of Amblyseius Berlese from strawberry in Australia,

and A. longispinosus (Evans).redescribed (Acari: Phytoseiidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc.

14(2): 101-106, text-figs 1-17.

1975. Predacious mites (Acarina: Phytoseiidae) on sprayed apple trees at Bathurst

(N.S.W.). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(3): 217-219, table 1, text-fig. 1.

SCHLEGER, A. V. and LINCOLN, D. T.

1976. Boophilus microplus: characterization of enzymes introduced into the host.

Aust. J. biol. Sci. 29(5, 6): 487-497, tables 1-6, text-figs 1-6.

SCHLEGER, A.V., LINCOLN, D.T., McKENNA, R.V., KEMP, D.H. and ROBERTS, J.A.

1976. Boophilus microplus: cellular responses to larval attachment and their relationship

to host resistance. Aust. J. biol. Sci. 29(5, 6): 499-512, tables 1-5, text-figs 1-9.

SINCLAIR, P.

1976. Notes on the biology of the salt-marsh mosquito, Aedes vigilax (Skuse) in south-

east Queensland. Qd Nat. 21(5-6): 134-139, tables 1-4.

SMITHERS, C. N.

1975. The names of Australian and New Zealand Myopsocidae (Psocoptera). Aust. ent.

Mag. 2(4): 76-78.

1975. Melanitis leda bankia (Fabricius) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in Sydney and on

Norfolk Island. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(5): 110-111. |

1975. Records of two species of Ectopsocus McLachlan (Psocoptera: Ectopsocidae)

from One Tree Island, Queensland. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(3): 243-245, text-figs

1 & 2.

1976. Epipsocopsis mouldsi sp. n. representing a family (Psocoptera: Epipsocidae) new

to Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2): 32-34, text-figs 1-5.

1976. A record of Aeshna brevistyla Rambur (Odonata: Aeshnidae) from Norfolk Island.

Aust. ent. Mag. 3(3): 57.

1976. The generic position of Amphigerontia formosa Banks (Psocoptera: Psocidae) and

related species. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4): 67-73, text-figs 1-12.

1977. A note on population movement in Nyctemera amica (White) (Lepidoptera: Arct-

iidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5): 87-90, table I. a

1977. Tracing patterns of insect flight. Aust. nat. Hist. 19(1): 25-29, illustr.

Lepidoptera: Wanderer, Anaphaeis java teutonia, Vanessa kershawi, Badamia

exclamationis 1

SMITHERS, C. N. and THORNTON, I. W. B.

1975. The Psocoptera (Insecta) of Lord Howe Island. Rec. Aust. Mus. 29(16): 453-472,

table 1, text-figs 1-54. Separate errata slip issued simultaneously with original.

^ Aust ent Mag. 4(4), December, 1977 79

-. 1976. Records of Psylla dodonaeae Tuthill (Hemiptera: Psyllidae) in Australia, with

| notes on its biology. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(3): 347.

1975. Notes on Lake Omeo, Gippsland, Victoria, Australia. Victorian Nat. 92(8): 156-

162, tables 1-4.

Hemiptera: Corixidae and Notonectidae

Coleoptera: Hydrophilidae, Dytiscidae (sp. unnamed)

І Diptera: Orthocladinae, Chironomidae апа Ceratopogonidae (sp. unnamed)

TIMPERLEY, Dick and SHARPE, Ray

—. 1975. Beware Boophilus microplus! Northern Terr. Affairs 9(2): 23-25, illustr.

^ TUART, Lindsay

Lepidoptera: Heliothis armigera

- 1975. Corrections to S. L. Tuxen's "Australian Protura” (1967). J. Aust. ent. Soc.

| 14(3): 193-195, table 1, text-figs 1-4.

» Van GRIEKEN, John ,

- 1976. Craspedochaeta deceptiva (Malloch), a synonym of C. punctipennis (Wiedemann)

| (Diptera: Anthomyiidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(3): 348.

“1 WALADDE, S. M.

~ 1977. The sensory nervous system of the adult cattle tick Boophilus microplus (Canest-

rini) Ixodidae. Part I. Light microscopy. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(4): 379-387, tables

1& 2, text-figs 1-14.

WATSON, J. A. L.

- 1904. The development of soldiers in incipient colonies of Mastotermes darwiniensis

Froggatt (Isoptera). Insectes Soc. 21: 181-190.

WHITE, M. J. D.

^ 1975. Karyotypes in the genus Biroella and the origin of the Australian morabine

1 grasshoppers. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(2): 135-138, text-figs 1-7.

WHITLEY, Gilbert Percy

SVHITLEY, G. P. and STANBU RY, P. J.

— 1915. Type specimens in the Macleay Museum, University of Sydney. VII. The holc-

type of Gryllus spinulosus Johansson (Insecta: Orthoptera: Tettigonioidea). Proc.

| Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 100(3): 202-204, pls XXII & XXIII.

WILLARD, J. R.

1977. Dispersal of California red scale (Aonidiella aurantii (Maskell)) (Homoptera:

Diaspididae) in relation to weather variables. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(4): 395-404,

1 tables 1-5, text-fig. 1.

pNILLIAMS, G. A.

- 1976. Tide Marks: a poorly exploited collecting site. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4): 78.

i Coleoptera: Anoplognathus pallidicollis and Dipelicus duplex

- 1977. A list of the Buprestidae (Coleoptera) collected from Leptospermum flavescens

| Sm. at East Minto, New South Wales. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5): 81-82.

MONG, L. K. and CROWDEN, R. K.

Ё 1976. Preliminary studies on the mucus secretion of the wood wasp, Sirex noctilio F. I.

| Physicochemical and biochemical properties. Aust. J. biol Sci. 29(1,2): 21-32,

table 1, text-figs 1-8.

"MATT, Colin

ULE, R. A. and WATSON, J. A. L.

17 19%. Two further domestic species of Cryptotermes from the Australian mainland

CAPE Kalotermitidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(3): 349-352, tables 1-3, text-

igs 1 & 2.

NOW PUBLISHED

Bibliography

Australian Butterflies

(Lepidoptera: Hesperioidea and Papilionoidea)

1773-1973

By M. S; Mourps

Australian Entomological Press

14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W., Australia

1977

239 pages with over 2,000 references and abstracts

Price $18.00 (post free to Aust ent. Mag. subscribers)

This long-awaited bibliography is at last available. An attempt has been made to

list every publication ever published up to and including 1973 that concerns an

Australian butterfly. All species mentioned in smaller works are listed after

such references and bibliographical notes concerning dates of publication, notes

on voyages and other points of interest appear with the listings. For the first

time it is now possible to know with certainty every reference to a particular

species or subspecies. All those seriously interested in Australian butterflies,

both amateur and professional, will find this comprehensive text of considerable

value. In fact, the implications of this work must surely spread across a wide

spectrum of Australian entomology.

orders to

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

- reed not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

gent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

EXCHANGE. One pair of Ornithoptera rothschildi for exchange for similar

| rare Ornithoptera. Contact Mr I. Robertson, 5/96 Willsmere Rd, Kew,

Victoria, 3101.

FOR SALE. Ornithoptera from West Irian including O. tithonus, O. rothschildi,

0. goliath and others. Also Delias and other Lepidoptera. For further

information contact Greg Watson, P.O. Box 1567, Wollongong, 2500.

WANTED. Saturnidae, Papilionidae, Sphingidae, Colias, Ornithoptera and

Carabidae. Will buy or send in exchange Lucanus cervus, Carabidae,

Cerambidae, Saturnidae and Sphingidae from Europe and U.S.A. Jürgen

Krüger, Danziger Str. 14, 4020 Mettmann, West Germany.

COLOUR PLATES

FOR AUST. ENT. MAG.

Interest has been expressed in recent months concerning the possibility

of publishing colour plates. We would like to offer authors such an opportunity.

Colour printing is expensive and the journal could not bear the full cost. Authors

wanting colour illustrations will therefore need to subsidize the cost of their

plates. We feel we can offer colour plates at reasonable prices as follows: first

pate $180; additional plates $85 each. We remind authors, that in the case of

jint authorships, the eost per author would be only half the above rates.

Photographs for colour plates are best submitted as colour transparencies,

her in the usual 35 mm size or as 224" sq. slides. Paintings are also acceptable.

Further enquiries should be directed to the Editor. -

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228. Ph. (02) 524 4614

Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (02) 43 3972

| We offer both the amateur and professional entomologist a most comprehensive

range of quality equipment and a wide selection of entomological books.

MAIL ORDERS A SPECIALTY

WRITE OR RING FOR OUR FREE CATALOGUES

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends

E one or more printed pages. Further reprints may be purchased if ordered in

advance,

Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written,

double spaced and in duplicate.

Pons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any

paper considered unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065.

CONTENTS

species of Pelecorhynchus Macquart (Dipti

E. M did the first record of the family from West

dnt ue. ll midge, Rhopalomyia (Darth

Chrysanthemum gall midge,

LUPA us (Ahlberg) (Diptera, Cecidomyiidae) establis

invAustrala- ......:2::. 9-09 ee

MAIN, B. Y. Preliminary notes towards a revision of the Муга 8 С

spider genus Dyarcyops (Ctenizidae) ..................

MOORE, B. P. New or little known Pogoninae (Coleoptera: Carabil

from Lake Eyre, South Australia аса

MOULDS, M.S. Extensions to the known range of the butterfly Tisi l

helena (Olliff) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) ............. |

SMITHERS, С. N. and HOLLOWAY, С. A. Recent specimens of Ves

(Paravespula) germanica (Fabricius) (Hymenoptera: Vespidae) t

п? Sydney. .. 2 а ee DD |

BOOK REVIEWS — Insect ecology and Beetles in colour .......1

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Aust

entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds ...............

ENTOMOLOGICATSNO TICES T RER inside}

P.O. Box 169, Cairns, Nth. Queensland, 4870

PREPARATORS AND COMMISSION COLLECTORS

FOR RESEARCH INSTITUTES

Biological Illustrator

Accurate drawings or paintings to accompany manuscripts intended / ~

for publication rendered by qualified and experienced illustrator. - ^ УС

ANDREW ATKINS е

18/17-19 Spring Rd, Springvale South, Міс. 3172

Refer to back issues of this journal for examples of work.

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTER

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species availab

- e

iSSN 0311-1881

Edited by M. S. Moulds

| VOLUME 4, PART 5

| FEBRUARY, 1978

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated journal devoted

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand

and Papua New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$6.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$7.50 (US$10.00 or Stg£5.00 per annum overseas)

Institutional Subscriptions

A$7.50 (US$10.00 or Stg£5.00 per annum)

COVER

Illustrated by Barry Moore.

Depicts a Fiddler Beetle, Eupoecila australasiae (Donovan), on the

wing. Chafers of this subfamily (Cetoniinae) are able to deploy their wings

without spreading the elytra and their flight is thus exceptionally fast

and direct.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065, Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS

6 Roger Street, Brookvale,

N.S.W., 2100.

Australian Entomological

Magazine JEN тар

fe Zo.

Aust. ent. Mag. (( sale: MAR 1978 | )

N x- 7

Volume 4, Part 5 e ruary, 1978

A NEW SPECIES OF CANDALIDES FROM EASTERN AUSTRALIA

AND NOTES ON CANDALIDES HYACINTHINUS (SEMPER)

(LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)

By E. D. Edwards and J. F.R. Kerr

C.S.LR.O. Division of Entomology, P.O. Box 1700, Canberra City, A.C.T. 2601

and

29 Hipwood Road, Hamilton, Brisbane, Qld 4007

Abstract

Candalides geminus sp. n., a new species of Candalides Hübner sens. lat. belonging to

the erinus species group is described from eastern Australia. A lectotype is selected for

Candalides hyacinthinus (Semper) and Candalides hyacinthinus hyacinthinus is recorded

from southern Western Australia.

Introduction

Two specimens resembling C. hyacinthinus eugenia Waterhouse and Lyell

were taken at the Claudie River, Queensland, in May 1961. They differ from

specimens of this subspecies from Kuranda and coastal localities south of Cairns,

and were considered to be a far-northern form mentioned by Common and

Waterhouse (1972). In February 1977 similar specimens were taken flying with

C. h. hyacinthinus at Theodore in central Queensland which suggested that they

might belong to a separate species. This was confirmed subsequently by the

examination of many additional specimens and the genitalia. We consider it

necessary to designate a lectotype for Candalides hyacinthinus in case some of

its syntypes belong to C. geminus sp. n.

We have not used the generic name Erina Swainson for this group of

species (Tite, 1963) and prefer to use Candalides sens. lat. at least until a generic

tame is proposed for the C. absimilis (Felder) group.

We take the opportunity to record the presence in southern Western

Australia of C. h. hyacinthinus. This was first recognized when Mr K. T. Richards

forwarded a specimen for identification and was subsequently independently

recognized by Mr D. F. Crosby.

Because of individual variation a key to the adults of the C. erinus

(Fabricius) group, based on coloration, would be cumbersome and that of Tite

(1963) is unworkable. Examination of the genitalia may be necessary to

distinguish worn specimens. Keys to the species of the erinus group, based on

genitalia, are therefore given.

82 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(5), February, 1978

Key to the species of the erinus group based on male genitalia

]. Vesica with prominent, smooth spicule (D) ..... «s n 2

Vesica without prominent spicule

2. Large hooked process dorsal to valva extending beyond the tip of

Беата (B) oot eoe УАТ acastus (Cox) (Figs 10, 15)

Large hooked process absent... ... hyacinthinus (Semper) (Figs 11,16)

3. Valva narrow, tube like for more than two thirds of length ...........

MONETE ВЕЗЕ Е ME erinus (Fabricius) (Figs 12, 14)

Valva tapering gradually (C) ....--------- geminus sp. п. (Figs 9, 13)

Key to the species of the erinus group based on female genitalia

1. Sinus vaginalis with along tubular pouch .... erinus (Fabricius) (Fig. 20)

Sinus vaginalis with compact pouch (E) ...... se 2

23 Sinus vaginalis with a more or less spherical pouch ............. 3

Sinus vaginalis with pouch rectangular to triangular in ventral view.......

boh as Dur А EE oreet DU Er Ка. йо geminus sp. n. (Fig. 17)

3. Lamella antevaginalis developed (Б) ......... acastus (Cox) (Fig. 18)

Lamella antevaginalis not developed .... hyacinthinus (Semper) (Fig. 19)

Candalides geminus sp. n. (Figs 1-4, 9, 13, 17)

Types:— Holotype д labelled “Captain Billy Creek, Cape York Pen., N. Qld. 142°50'E

11°05'S 12-14.VIL1975 J.F.R. Kerr", “Genitalia slide М 347", in Australian National

Insect Collection (Registered Type No. 3281). 678, 429 paratypes: 15 “Blackdown

Tableland Expedition Range, Qld. 7 December 1970 Andrew Atkins”, 1d 29 with same

label data but with dates “14 August 1971", “23 January 1971", “20 July 1973", the

д with “genitalia slide", 25 “Burra Range North Queensland 30 September 1974 Andrew

Atkins”, 26 “Iron Ra. Cape York Q. 13 April 1971 Andrew Atkins” (all in A. Atkins

collection); 1d 19 “Carnarvon Rge. Q. 18 December 1938 N. Geary” “KL 22071” “Austr.

Mus. Collection", 1d “Cape York Q. 16-3-06 Coll. Waterhouse” “KL 22061" “G. A.

Waterhouse Collection", 19 “Cape York 3-11-10 Н. Elgner" “КІ 22062" "G.A, Waterhouse

Collection”, 1d *Warrumbungles, NSW 19-23 Jan. 1971 H.G. Smithers” *'*Genitalia slide",

39 *Warrumbungles Nat. Pk. NSW 1-2-69 J.V. Peters" one with "genitalia slide", (all in

Australian Museum); 19 “Ваггугепіе 3-10-61 H.S. Thirkell" “genitalia slide M 342" 1d

“Claudie River Cape York Pen. May, 1961 J.F.R. Kerr” “Genitalia tube 192”, 16 “15.185

145.01Е 31 km NW by № of Cooktown Qld 250 m 22 Мау 1977 LF.B. Common &

E.D. Edwards", 15 19 with same label data but dated “20 May 1977”, д with “genitalia

slide M 333”, 1d 92 “31.075 149.40E 40 km ENE Coonabarabran N.S.W. 2 Oct. 1977

E.D. Edwards”, 6Ó 59 “32.065 148.34E 19 km N by W of Dubbo NSW 1 Oct. 1977

E.D. Edwards", 1d “30 km S Theodore Qld. 1 Feb. 1977 J.F.R. Kerr" “genitalia slide

M 346", 19 “Silver Plains Homestead, Cape York Pen. Q. 11 Feb. 1960 J.L. Wassell” (all

in Australian National Insect Collection); 15 “Eidsvold 13 Mar. 1976 M. De Baar", 20

“Leo Creek Road, ca. 500 m, MclIlwraith Range 30 km NE of Coen, N. Qld June 29 -

July 4, 1976 М. De Baar" (all in M. De Baar collection); 15 29 “2 km NE Mt. Tozer,

Cape York Pen., 10 Sept. 1977 D. Binns”, 15 “Iron Range C.Y. Реп. N. Qld 4 Sept. 1977

D. Binns” (all in D. Binns collection); 15 19 “32.065 148.34Е 19 km N by W of Dubbo

N.S.W. 1 Oct. 1977 E.D. Edwards" male with "genitalia slide M 348”, 15 “N. Queensland:

York Penin. Olive River 12.viii.1923 J.E. Young" '"W.A.L Exp. Brit. Mus. 1923-412" in

British Museum (Natural History); 15 19 “Blackdown Tableland Expedition Range C. Old.

8 Nov. 1974 С. Daniels", 15 19 “4 ml W. Browns Ck. Coen - Iron Range Rd. N. Qld.

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(5), February, 1978 83

| FIGS 1-8, (1, 3) upper апа underside holotype дс. geminus sp. n.; (2, 4) upper and

underside paratype 9 C. geminus sp. n., 31 km NW by N of Cooktown, Q.;

(5, 6) underside d and 9 C. Ayacinthinus hyacinthinus, Palmwoods, Q.; (7, 8)

underside б and 9 C. erinus, Rockhampton, Q., Yeppoon, Q.

84 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(5), February, 1978

з 4 G. Daniels” (all іп С. Daniels collection); 18 “Claudie R., Cape York, May

Teen eRe Kerr", 10d 29 “Captain Billy Creek, Cape York Pen. N. Qld. 142°50'E

11°45'S 12-14.VIL1975 J.F.R. Kerr", 1d 19 *31.07S 149.40E 40 km ENE Coonabarabran

N.S.W. 2 Oct. 1977 E.D. Edwards", 1d “Eidsvold, Q. 7 March 1971 J.F.R. Kerr", 16

“Eidsvold, Q. 17 Feb. 1974 J.F.R. Kerr", 1d “30 km S Theodore, Qld. 1 Feb 1977 LF.R.

Kerr”, 1d “22 mls S Theodore, Q. 21 Oct. 1973, J.F.R. Kerr" (all in J.F.R. Kerr collection).

2d “Claudie River Nth Q., 15-16.V.1961 J. Macqueen", 26 “Isla Gorge S.Q. 3-4 March

1973 J. Macqueen”, (all in J. Macqueen collection); 48 “Heath country approx. half way

between Iron Range and Portland Roads N.Q. 13 Apr. 1971 M.S. Moulds”, 19 “Coen N.Q.

11 Jan. 1969 M.S. Moulds”, 19 “Tozer Gap, Iron Range, N.Q. 12 Oct. 1974 M.S. Moulds”,

19 “Old Lockhart River Mission Site, Iron Range, М.О. 26 Oct. 1974 M.S. & B.J. Moulds”,

1d “Coonabarabran N.S.W. 8 Jan. 1963 M.S. Moulds” (all in M.S. Moulds collection); 1d 19

“Iron Range, Q. C.G. Miller" dated “22 Sept. 1975" and “27 Sept. 1975”, 16 "Tozers

Gap, Iron Range, Q. 26 Sept. 1975 C.G. Miller", 45 29 “Iron Range, Cape York Pen.,

N. Qld. C.G. Miller" 4 dated “4 August 1977" and 2 dated “6 August 1977" (all in С.С.

Miller collection); 1d “Cape York, N.Q. 6-6-28 W.B. Barnard" “Candalides hyacinthinus

eugenia б”, 1d “Cape York, N.Q. 25-10-27 W.B. Barnard" (all in Queensland Museum);

1d 29 “Claudie R. N.Q. December 1971 D. Sands" one Ф with “genitalia slide", 15

“Eidsvold Old 13-ii-71 D.P. Sands (all in D.P. Sands collection); 29 *C. York 16-10-27”

“Presented by E.J. Dumigan 1966”, 18 “Саре Flattery Heath 45 km N Cooktown О. 13-14

July 1976 G.B. & S.R. Monteith", 1d *Sandstone hilltop 12 km N of Hopevale, N. Qld.

15 July 1976 G.B. & S.R. Monteith” “Genitalia slide", 16 *Lockerbie area Cape York

N. Qld 13-27 Apr 1973 G.B. Monteith" (all in University of Queensland collection).

Distribution: The species occurs from Cape York, Qld, to Barryrenie, near

Cowra, N.S.W. It is not recorded from coastal districts south of Cooktown,

Old and in New South Wales it is only known from areas west of the Dividing

Range.

Description: — Holotype male (Figs 1, 3). Head dark grey; frons white with two vertical

bars of dark grey; projecting scales dark grey; antennae black with white bands on under

surface; labial palpi black above, white at base of terminal segment, white beneath with

projecting scales dark grey. Thorax dark grey above and white beneath; legs white, suffused

with grey scales; tarsal segments dark grey ringed with white. Abdomen dark grey above and

white beneath. Fore wing above shining purplish brown; apex brown black; termenand costa

narrowly brown black; veins brown black; cilia grey; dagger scales scattered over the median

two thirds. Fore wing beneath pale grey; a faint grey bar at end of cell; a narrow postmedian

line of dark grey dashes extending from К; to 1A+2A, which are straight or bowed inwards,

that between CuA, and 1A+2A bowed outwards; subterminal line of dashes extending from

Rs to 1A+2A, that between M3 and CuA, slightly larger, surrounded by a white suffusion

which extends proximally to the postmedian line, the two markings between CuA, and

1A+2A much larger, appearing as large black spots surrounded by a white suffusion which

extends proximally to the postmedian line; termen narrowly darker; cilia pale grey. Hind

wing above shining purplish brown; costa brown black; termen narrowly brown black; inner

margin dark grey; cilia grey; inner margin and base lightly clothed with silvery hair scales.

Hind wing beneath pale grey, paler towards inner margin and between postmedian and

subterminal lines, darker between subterminal line and termen; two brown black dots within

cell, inner with a similar dot above it between Sc + Кү and Rs + M; and a dot below between

CuA, and 1A + 2A, the latter two dots narrowly surrounded by white; median line of grey

brown dots and dashes, two at end of cell and one between Sc + R, and Rs, CuA, and

CuA5, CuA, and 1A + 2A and between 1A + 2A and inner margin, dots nearest costa and

inner margin narrowly surrounded with white; postmedian line of dashes grey brown

extending from Sc + Кү to inner margin, that nearest inner margin displaced proximally;

subterminal line of scattered black scales, narrow, from Sc + R; to inner margin, bowed

inward between veins; termen narrowly dark grey; cilia pale grey; basal area lightly clothed

with silvery hair scales; dagger scales scattered over the discal area. Length of fore wing 15mm.

+ Aust ent. Mag. 4(5), February, 1978 85

FIGS 9-12. Ventral view of male genitalia with aedeagus removed: (9) holotype C. geminus

1 sp. n.; (10) C. acastus, Black Mt., A.C.T.; (16) C. hyacinthinus hyacinthinus, |

f Batemans Bay, N.S.W.; (12) C. erinus, Ingham, Q.

EB Males in the paratypic series show considerable variation in the shade of purple above

{йл from shining purplish brown to shining purple. The former are usual in northern |

pxalities and the latter in southern localities. The width of the brown black margins above |

#50 varies. The ground colour beneath in a specimen from Blackdown Tableland, Qld, is |

ost as dark as in C. hyacinthinus and the white areas around the large black spots are

pent Length of fore wing 13-17 mm.

y, Мае genitalia (Figs 9, 13). Valva robust, tapering gradually to point; aedeagus narrow,

pehtly broader at tip; vesica without prominent spicule. Male genitalia vary in the shape of

86 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(5), February, 1978

the basal halves of the valvae; those of the holotype (Fig. 9) are considerably narrower than

in most specimens, and in this respect might be mistaken for C. hyacinthinus.

Female (Figs 2, 4). Head, thorax and abdomen as in male. Fore wing above brown

black, shining purple between СиАз and dorsum except for broad terminal band, scattered

purple scales in cell and between CuA, and CuA5, scattered blue scales at base, patches of

black scales corresponding to large black spots beneath. Fore wing beneath as in male. Hind

wing above brown black, shining purple between M, and 1A + 2A except for broad terminal

band, scattered pale blue scales at base; basal half sparsely clothed with long silvery hair

scales. Hind wing beneath as in male. Females vary in the extent of purple above, some

examples having purple only between CuA, and 1A + 2A on the hind wing. Length of

fore wing 14-17 mm.

Female genitalia (Fig. 17). Sinus vaginalis forming a broadly rectangular to

triangular pouch.

Comments:— Both sexes of C. geminus may be distinguished from C. hyacinthinus

(Figs 5, 6) by the markings beneath which are dots and dashes and never blotches

as in C. hyacinthinus. The markings at the end of the hind wing cell beneath are

dashes in C. geminus whereas in C. hyacinthinus they are blotches with darker

margins. The large black spots on the underside of the fore wing are almost

always surrounded by white in C. geminus and the ground colour on the under-

side of C. hyacinthinus is browner. Males may be distinguished by the more

rounded termen of the fore wing and the less pointed tornus of the hind wing

in C geminus. The valvae in C. geminus taper more gradually to a point, the

lobes of the uncus are more protruded and the bifurcation of the brachium is

further from the tip (A). The aedeagus is distinctive, being narrower, less

expanded tewards the tip than in C. hyacinthinus and the vesica is without the

prominent and smooth spicule of that species. Females of C. hyacinthinus

sometimes have extensive purple areas in the cell and between M, and CuA; of

the fore wing but such coloration has not been found in females of C. geminus.

Occasionally females of the subspecies C. hyacinthinus hyacinthinus have the

purple replaced by blue but this has not been observed in C. geminus. Dark

patches above corresponding to the large black spots on the underside of the

fore wing are more noticeable in females of C. geminus. The sinus vaginalis

forms a broadly rectangular to triangular pouch in C. geminus, whereas in

C. hyacinthinus it is spherical.

Both sexes may be distinguished from C. erinus (Fabricius) (Figs 7, 8) by

their larger size (C. erinus: d 11-14 mm, 9 12-14 mm). C. erinus is whiter on the

underside and the markings are more brownish. In C. erinus the postmedian

line of markings on the underside of the hind wing is almost straight between

M, and 1A + 2A, whereas in C. geminus it is curved. Males may be distinguished

by the valvae which are broad and taper gradually to a point while in C. erinus

they are long and very narrow. Females may be distinguished by the purple

areas above which are rarely present in Australian examples of C. erinus. In

C. erinus the pouch of the sinus vaginalis is very greatly lengthened.

Candalides geminus has occasionally been mistaken for C. Ayacinthinus

eugenia in the past. Common (1964) based the locality record of Port Stewart

for С hyacinthinus eugenia on a female specimen of C. geminus and Peters

(1969), followed by Common and Waterhouse (1972) and other authors,

h. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(5), February, 1978 87

C. acastus, Black Mt., A.C.T.: (16) C. hyacinthinus hyacinthinus, Batemans Bay,

N.S.W. (with vesica partly extruded).

> extended the range of C. hyacinthinus eugenia to Cape York based on two

= specimens of C. geminus in the Australian Museum from the G. A. Waterhouse

+ collection. Dr G. A. Waterhouse never recorded C. Ayacinthinus eugenia from

- north of Kuranda and apparently regarded the specimens as large C. erinus.

+ Smithers and -Peters (1972) and Atkins (1974) correctly recorded С Л

) /yucinthinus at the Warrumbungle National Park, N.S.W. and Expedition Range,

| 010, respectively, but specimens of C. geminus were taken at the same time.

. С geminus is mentioned as Candalides sp. by Monteith and Hancock (1977).

| On Cape York Peninsula С. geminus has been collected flying near Cassytha

} sp. (Cassythaceae) growing in open forest plant communities. Near Dubbo it

; was found in the Melaleuca uncinata R.Br. subassociation of the Eucalyptus

riis К.Т. Baker association (Biddiscombe 1963) and near Coonabarabran in

| dy sclerophyll forest where a female was observed laying eggs on Cassytha

і paniculata R.Br.

Adults have been taken flying with C. erinus on Cape York Peninsula and

| with С hyacinthinus at Expedition Range, Theodore and near Coonabarabran.

_ Its range is not yet known to overlap that of C. acastus (Cox). C. geminus has

| Кел caught on Cape York Peninsula in all months except January and February

andit almost certainly occurs throughout the year. At Expedition Range it has

been taken in July and August as well as other months and may occur throughout

- the year. In southern Queensland and New South Wales it has been taken from

| October to March.

88 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(5), February, 1978

Candalides hyacinthinus hyacinthinus (Semper)

Holochila hyacinthina Scott in litt. Semper, 1879

Candalides simplexa cassythae (Scott) Couchman, 1962

Erina hyacinthina hyacinthina (Semper) Tite, 1963

Candalides hyacinthinus hyacinthinus (Semper) Common and Waterhouse, 1972

Types: — Lectotype 9 labelled “Sidney”, “Semper Coll. 1897”, “ex coll. Hamilton Druce,

1919", “Joicey Bequest Brit. Mus. 1934-120”, “Syntype”, “Holochila hyacinthina (Scott

il) Semper det. R. I. Vane-Wright, 1977 Syntype 9 " hereby designated, in British Museum

(Natural History); 1d paralectotype labelled “Rockhampton”, “Semper Coll. 1897”, "ex

coll. Hamilton Druce, 1919”, “Joicey Bequest Brit. Mus. 1934-120” “Syntype”, “Holochila

hyacinthina Scott il", *Holochila hyacinthina (Scott i..) Semper det. R. I. Vane-Wright,

1977 Syntype 6 ” in British Museum (Natural History).

Comments:— A more complete synonymy can be found in Couchman (1962).

Semper (1879) described the species from at least six specimens if the specimen

figured by Herrich-Schaffer (1869) as Lycaena erinus is included. The specimens

came from Sydney and Rockhampton. He did not designate a holotype and

subsequent authors have not designated a lectotype. To check that the name

C. hyacinthinus (Semper) has been correctly applied it was necessary to trace

the syntypes and only two were found, both in the British Museum (Natural

History); one from each locality. The specimen from Sydney, a female, was

chosen as lectotype to conserve existing nomenclature as specimens from

Rockhampton are included with C. h. eugenia. The holotype of C. h. eugenia

in the Australian Museum has been examined and is correctly placed with that

species. We were also able to examine a photograph of the holotype of Papilio

erinus Fabricius in the British Museum (Natural History) and a syntype of

Polyommatus subpallidus T. P. Lucas in the South Australian Museum labelled

“Brisbane Lucas Coll” “I 13444 Candalides subpallida Lucas TYPE” and four

other syntypes and confirm the application of these names by Waterhouse

(1903) and subsequent Australian authors.

In our opinion C. h. eugenia, typically from Kuranda, represents the end

of a cline running up the Queensland coast with northern specimens paler and

greyer beneath. C. h. eugenia is not known from north of Kuranda.

Common and Waterhouse (1972) gave the range of Candalides hyacinthinus

simplex (Tepper) as coastal southern Western Australia south to Margaret River.

The inclusion of Margaret River was based on a pencilled note by Dr A.J. Turner.

Specimens have also been taken at Westonia, Fitzgerald River Reserve, Salmon

Gums and, by Mr D. F. Crosby, in the Stirling Range. Specimens of C. h.

hyacinthinus have now been taken in southern Western Australia at the

Porongorups, Manjimup, Warren River 6 miles S.E. of Pemberton, Jewel Cave

Augusta, Karridale, Margaret River and Smiths Mill (Glen Forest). Sixteen

males and eight females, taken from October to January, have been examined.

We think it unsuitable to nominate a subspecific name for this population in

which some specimens cannot be easily distinguished from eastern С h.

hyacinthinus. Nevertheless many specimens are smaller and browner beneath

than those from the east and in many the markings of the postmedian line on

l Í

^» Aust ent. Mag. 4(5), February, 1978 89

sss уры view of female genitalia: (17) paratype C. geminus sp. n., Claudie R.,

-i (18) C. acastus, Black Mt., A.C.T.; (19) C. hyacinthinus hyacinthinus, Hawk-

esbury Lookout, N.S.W.; (20) C. erinus, Townsville, Q.

90 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(5), February, 1978

the underside of the hind wing tend to fuse and spread towards the base. Males

are usually more brown above than eastern C. h. hyacinthinus. The spicule on

the vesica is usually shorter than that of eastern specimens. The specimen from

Smiths Mill is indistinguishable from eastern specimens. We have not seen

specimens of C. h. simplex from the area of southern Western Australia where

C. h. hyacinthinus is now known to occur and a more detailed knowledge of

the distributions of both would be of interest.

Acknowledgements

The following people have kindly made specimens available to us for study

either from their own collections or collections in their care: Mr A. Atkins,

Mr M. De Baar, Mr D. Binns, Mr D. F. Crosby, Mr S. J. Curry, Mr E. C. Dahms

(Queensland Museum), Mr G. Daniels, Mr G. F. Gross (South Australian

Museum), Mr G. A. Holloway (Australian Museum), Mr J. Macqueen, Dr C. G.

Miller, Mr G.B. Monteith (Department of Entomology, University of Queensland),

Mr M. S. Moulds, Mr K. T. Richards (Western Australian Department of

Agriculture), Mr D. P. Sands, Dr C. N. Smithers (Australian Museum) and Mr R.

I. Vane-Wright (British Museum (Natural History) ). We are particularly indebted

to Mr R.I. Vane-Wright and Mr D.P. Sands who kindly located and photographed

type material in the British Museum (Natural History). Mr D. F. Crosby

generously donated material to the Australian National Insect Collection. We

also thank Dr I. F. B. Common for comments and Mr J. P. Green for the

photographs and Mr L. G. Adams for identifying the foodplant.

References

Atkins, A., 1974. Butterflies of Expedition Range, Central Queensland. Victorian Ent. 4: 9-14.

Biddiscombe, E. F., 1963. A vegetation survey of the Macquarie region, New South Wales.

Division of Plant Industry Technical Paper No. 18. C.S.L R.O., Melbourne.

Common, I. F. B., 1964. Australian butterflies. Jacaranda Press, Brisbane.

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Rober-

tson, Sydney.

Couchman, L. E., 1962. Notes on some Tasmanian and Australian Lepidoptera-Rhopalocera.

Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 96: 73-81, 1 pl.

Herrich-Scháffer, С. A. W., 1869. Neue Schmetterlinge aus dem “Museum Godeffroy" in

Hamburg. Stettin. ent. Ztg 30: 65-80, pls 1-4.

Monteith, G. B. and Hancock, D. L., 1977. Range extensions and notable records for

butterflies of Cape York Peninsula, Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 4: 21-37.

Peters, J. V., 1969. Notes on the distribution of Australian Hesperioidea and Papilionoidea

(Lepidoptera). Aust. Zook 15: 178-184.

Semper, G., 1879. Beitrag zur Rhopalocerenfauna von Australien. J. Mus. Godeffroy 14:

138-194, pls 8, 9.

Smithers, C. N. and Peters, J. V., 1972. Butterflies observed in Warrumbungle National.

Park, N.S.W. Aust. ent. Mag. 1: 11-12.

Tite, С. E., 1963. A .revision of the genus Candalides and allied genera (Lepidoptera:

Lycaenidae). Bull Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.)14(5): 197-259, 4 pls, 119 text-figs.

Waterhouse, G. A., 1903. Notes on Australian Rhopalocera: Lycaenidae. Part III. Revisional.

Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 28: 132-275, pls 2, 3.

Коне e A. and Lyell, G., 1914. The butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robertson,

ydney.

Pus: ent. Mag. 4(5), February, 1978 91

"Kev TO APHIDS (HOMOPTERA, APHIDIDAE) FOUND ON LEGUMINOUS

| PLANTS IN AUSTRALIA

By M. J. Fletcher

* Biological and Chemical Research Institute, Rydalmere, N.S.W. 2116

Introduction

= Recently two serious aphid pests of lucerne have been recorded in Australia

or the first time. These are Therioaphis trifolii (Monell) f. maculata, the spotted

Чаа aphid, and Acyrthosiphon kondoi Shinji, the blue-green lucerne aphid.

Aihe former species is distinctive in its colouration and form but the latter is

siifficult to distinguish from a number of aphid species previously recorded on

gumes in Australia and from Acyrthosiphon pisum (Harris), the pea aphid,

"Which is present in New Zealand but as yet not detected in mainland Australia.

- This key is designed to facilitate identification of the aphid species found

en breeding populations on leguminous plants in Australia.

Y secondary

7 hinari

W antennal MADE 4

\ tubercle | /

Л» ст

processus

terminalis

siphunculus

cauda

FIG. 1. Acyrthosiphon kondoi Shinji, apterous adult female.

92 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(5), February, 1978

Terms used

Aphid populations usually consist of viviparous adult females and nymphs.

Oviparous females and males are rare and only occur in certain species.

Viviparous females can be winged or wingless and are termed alatae viviparae

and apterae viviparae respectively. The following key is for the identification of

alatae viviparae and apterae viviparae. Fig. 1 explains the structural terms used

in the key.

Apterae viviparae can be distinguished from nymphs by the development

of the cauda, which in nymphs is relatively small and without apparent

function.

A population that contains nymphs of all sizes and apterae, with or

without alatae, is considered to be a breeding population. Alatae, and occasionally

apterae, may be found feeding, and sometimes producing a few nymphs, on

plant species other than their normal hosts. These are not considered to be

breeding populations.

Key to aphids found on legumes in Australia

1. Root feeders (alatae occasionally on aerial parts of plants); siphunculi

absent; cauda minute; wing veins simple; antennae Ve to % of body length;

rarely encountered ............... Smynthurodes betae Westwood

“Bean Root Aphid”

— Feeding on aerial parts of plant; siphunculi present; cauda usually

prominent; at least one wing vein branched; antennae at least % length

of bodys no e. О оаа орао ocho Oud o> К. у: 2

2. Characteristically coloured; yellow with rows of black spots or patches

on thorax and abdomen, each bearing one or more black knobbed hairs;

siphunculi very short, much wider at base than at apex, about as long as

wide at base; common, recently introduced ....................

USER LET ax M E te n Therioaphis trifolii (Monell) f. maculata

*Spotted Alfalfa Aphid"

— Noi-colouréd:asiabove:-$ 21. Е ee Euri 3

3. Cauda semicircular or pentagonal, short; siphunculi short, about twice

as long as broad at base (Fig. 2); very occasionally on legumes.........

JES AP Ue Brachycaudus helichrysi (Kaltenbach)

“Plum Aphid”

— Cauda triangular or elongate; siphunculi usually much longer. ....... 4

4. Antennal tubercles not, or only slightly, developed (Fig. 3)......... 5

— Antennal tubercles prominently developed (Figs 4, 7) ............ 6

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(5), February, 1978 93

Cauda pointed apically, black; apterae black dorsally; common on legumes

HE orc aedes ern йр ..... Aphis craccivora Koch

“Cowpea Aphid”

Cauda rounded apically, pale or dusky; apterae pale dorsally, occasionally

recorded'on legumes е es reas ell UE Aphis gossypii Glover

“Cotton Aphid”

Siphunculus with band of polygonal reticulation covering apical % to М

(Figs 5, 6), this portion also slightly narrower than unreticulated portion;

occastonallyTonjlegumes see mee Pr ER ee EPL du 7

Siphuncull} palefatsbasel (Eig о) ЕКЕ eds ЛК ОКЕ

Ue eene e e n n n ness. Macrosiphum euphorbiae (Thomas)

"Potato Aphid"

Siphunculi completely dark (Fig. 6)..........................

eene nnn ess Macrosiphum (Sitobion) miscanthi (Takahashi)

"Grain Aphid"

Cauda short, triangular; head rugose or spinulose (use high magnification)

(Fig. 7); apterae without secondary rhinaria on antennae; alatae with

blacklpatchfonfabdomen mean ОРАР o REUS WAND 9

Cauda elongate, triangular; head smooth (Fig. 4) or spinulose; apterae

With 1-7 secondary rhinaria in a row on antennal segment three; alatae

With abdomen pale dorsally or with transverse bars.............. 10

Siphunculi cylindrical (Fig. 8), occasionally оп Іеритеѕ .............

СЕОУ 2изТогпатихГајпр

"Ornate Aphid”

Siphunculi clavate (Fig. 9), occasionally on legumes ...............

Myzus (Nectarosiphon) persicae (Sulzer)

“Green Peach Aphid”

. Blue-green colour in some lights; siphunculi dusky at apex, otherwise pale;

antennae in apterae dark from apex to distal 4 of segment 5, in alatae

dark from apex to half length of segment 3, proximally pale, siphunculi

thicker than antennal segment 3, processus terminalis 5-5.2 times as long

as the base of antennal Segment 6; antennal tubercles diverging, giving a

Ushaped area between; common; recently introduced (Fig. 1) ........

IUE co oe ET . Acyrthosiphon kondoi Shinji

“Blue-green Lucerne Aphid”

Green in colour; siphunculi black at apex; antennae in apterae and alatae

with apex of each segment dark giving banded appearance; other characters

not all as above ИР лао У, Pliny 7 омада элон E ШЕСЕ 11

Siphunculi thicker than antennal segment 3, relatively short with well-

formed apical flange, pale except for dark apex; antennal tubercles parallel-

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(5), February, 1978

sided; head (under high magnification) spinulose dorsally and ventrally;

alatae with dark, irregularly-shaped, transverse segmental bands; poly-

phagous, frequently on legumes m Geran КЫК ee

Acyrthosiphon (A ulacorthum) solani (Kaltenbach)

“Foxglove Aphid”

Siphunculi as thick as or thinner than antennal segment 3, relatively long

and thin; antennal tubercles diverging giving V-shaped area between; head

(under high magnification) not spinulose, smooth; alatae pale, without

markings; as yet not recorded from mainland Australia .............

Acyrthosiphon pisum (Harris)

“Pea Aphid”

FIGS 2-9. (2) Brachycaudus helichrysi (Kaltenbach), apex of abdomen, dorsal view; (3) Aphis

craccivora Koch, front of head, dorsal view; (4) Acyrthosiphon kondoi Shinji,

front of head, dorsal view; (5) Macrosiphum euphorbiae (Thomas), siphunculus;

(6) Macrosiphum (Sitobion) miscanthi (Takahashi), siphunculus; (7) Myzus ornatus

Laing, front of head, dorsal view; (8) Myzus ornatus, apex of abdomen, dorsal

view; (9) Myzus (Nectarosiphon) persicae (Sulzer), apex of abdomen, dorsal view.

Must. ent Mag. 4(5), February, 1978 OF

| ALLORA MAJOR (ROTHSCHILD) (LEPIDOPTERA: HESPERIIDAE):

Ч ABUTTERFLY RECOGNISED IN AUSTRALIA FOR THE FIRST TIME

| By Р.Р. А. Sands and J. F.R. Kerr

| Division of Entomology, CSIRO, P.O. Box 6712, Boroko, Papua New Guinea

and

29 Hipwood Road, Hamilton, Queensland 4007

Abstract

Allora major (Rothschild) (Lepidoptera: Hesperiidae) is recorded from northern

Queensland. The specimens are provisionally determined as the subspecies major (Roths-

child), known previously from mainland Papua New Guinea and Irian Jaya.

. Male specimens of Allora Waterhouse and Lyell collected near the Claudie

‘River, northern Queensland, were found to differ on the underside from

specimens of Allora doleschallii doleschallii (Felder) taken at localities between

Mackay and Torres Strait. Examination of their genitalia confirmed that they

belonged to a different species.

ШЧ) and А. doleschallii (Felder) and figured the male genitalia of both;

however his text descriptions of the “cuiller” or ampulla of the valva did not

agree with his figures. One of us (D.P.A.S.) has re-examined the specimens in the

"British Museum (Natural History) that were studied by Evans and concluded

uthat his illustrations, but not his text descriptions of the valvae, conform with

‘the species discussed.

Fi 1-4. Allora spp. (1) A. major (Rothschild), male from Claudie River, northern Queens-

land, upperside; (2) the same, underside; (3) A. do/leschallii (Felder), male from

Thursday Island, northern Queensland, upperside; (4) the same, underside.

. . Evans (1949) included two species in the genus Allora, A. major (Roths- -

=н нш RR

96 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(5), February, 1978

Figs 5,6. Valvae of male genitalia: (5) A. major (Rothschild), male from Claudie River,

northern Old; (6) A. do/eschallii (Felder), male from Thursday Is., northern Qld.

The Claudie River specimens were identified as A. major, the valva

possessing an ampulla with a dorsal, right-angled, upturned projection (Fig. 5).

The ampulla of A. doleschallii is shorter, extends posteriorly, and is slightly

folded distally (Fig. 6).

In Australia, A. major (Fig. 1) is similar on the upperside to A. doleschallii

(Fig. 2), both being black with irridescent blue-green basal areas, but is slightly

larger (A. major forewing length, 24.0 mm, 558 specimens; A. doleschailii

forewing length, 21.0-23.0 mm, 6 dd specimens). However, the two species can

be distinguished by the pattern of spots on the underside: in major, the outer

edge of the cell spot of the forewing is in line with the inner margin of the large

subtornal spots (Fig. 3), while in doleschallii the cell spot is proximal to the

inner margin of these spots (Fig. 4). In fresh specimens of A. major the underside

of both wings has a strong greenish tint, which is faint or absent in Australian

specimens of A. doleschallii.

We have compared specimens of A. major from the Claudie River with

specimens collected near Port Moresby, Papua New Guinea, and propose to

retain Australian specimens in the subspecies major (Rothschild). In Australia

A. major has, to date, been collected only near the Claudie River where A.

doleschallii has not yet been taken. Both species occur together in Papua New

Guinea, although major extends to higher altitudes.

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to Mr G. B. Monteith for allowing dissection of specimens

in the University of Queensland reference collection, Dr A. Sibatani for loan of

specimens, and Mr R. I. Vane-Wright for allowing examination of specimens in

the British Museum (Natural History). Mr B. Stewart kindly took the photographs

for Figs 1 and 3, and Mrs S. Sands drew Figs 5 and 6.

Reference

Evans, W. H., 1949. A catalogue of the Hesperiidae from Europe, Asia and Australia in the

British Museum (Natural History). xix + 502 pp., 53 pls. (Br. Mus. Nat. Hist., Lond.)

"Aust. ent. Mag. 4(5), February, 1978 97

OGYRIS (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE) CAPTURED

AND EATEN BY A BIRD

By Noel McFarland

Р.О. Box 475, Geraldton, Western Australia 6530

-. Меп Ogyris butterflies are observed in their typically rapid and erratic

^: fight, it is hard to imagine that they could be captured by birds like honeyeaters.

However, there are times and circumstances when even fast-flying species are

vulnerable to birds that normally would not attempt to pursue them. An

= example is recorded below.

There is a large specimen of the native shrub, Scaevola crassifolia Labill.

_ (Goodeniaceae), growing in our yard at Drummond Cove, 13 km north of

= Geraldton, Western Australia. Occasionally, individuals of Ogyris amaryllis

0800 hrs (West. Aust. Standard Time) on 22 Feb. 1977, I happened to be

looking directly at the Scaevola bush from our kitchen window (a distance of

only about 4 metres), when I saw a large and brilliantly-coloured female of

» meridionalis fly out of the bush in a rather slow and awkward manner. The day

ws entirely cloudy and unusually cool for a late summer morning here

(mund 20°C), and there had been no direct sunlight whatsoever since

= йу.

A Singing Honeyeater (Meliphagidae: Meliphaga virescens) was sitting on a

ШЇ post, about a metre to one side of the bush, when the Ogyris came fluttering

01 in the above-described groggy manner. Instantly the honeyeater swooped

+ ‘own after the butterfly, which tried to escape by making an evasive downward

- «ad sideways plunge, in the direction of the window from which I was watching,

+ with the honeyeater in close pursuit. As the butterfly began again to climb,

gab it from behind while still following in the erratic flight path set by the

5 butterfly. The bird flew back to its perch with the Ogyris in its beak and gave

E tie still fluttering lycaenid a couple of shakes (without knocking it on the post),

= lerafter swallowing it in two gulps,showing no hesitancy whatsoever and no

- Wüence of distress of distaste afterward; it remained sitting on the post for

- ‘out another minute and then flew away. All of the above described action

+ ‘aspired in only about 15-20 seconds.

| There can be little doubt as to the correct specific identity or sex of the

4 Шу because I clearly observed a flash of deep red-orange (from the spots on

i le underside of the female fore wings characteristic of O. a. meridionalis),

Мел the butterfly was being shaken by the bird just prior to being swallowed.

The only other Ogyris here (O. oroetes Hew.) has no orange anywhere on the

| | ings of either sex.

a NER IURE XOT

98 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(5), February, 1978

NATIONAL PARK FOR IRON RANGE. A GUIDE FOR COLLECTORS

On 22nd September last year the Queensland Government declared 3770 hectares

of the Claudie River basin, Cape York Peninsula as a National Park. From this region, often

referred to as Iron Range, have come many exciting entomological finds discovered by the

many professional and amateur entomologists who have visited there. Undoubtedly many

more important discoveries still remain to be found. For those planning to visit Iron Range

in the future the following information relating to the National Park is given.

The Park is in two sections, one centred around the Middle Claudie River; the other

further to the west around the headwaters of the West Claudie River. The western portion

includes the heath country of the West Claudie valley, Mt Tozer and the prominent peaks

of North and South Pap. Its eastern boundary is a north/south line which crosses the road

near the rain forest edge between Mt Tozer and the first West Claudie road crossing. The

rain forest is outside the Park.

The eastern portion, which includes an amount of rain forest, is all on the westem

side of the Claudie River except for a small area north of the road and west of a line running

due north from the *3-ways", the junction of the Coen and airstrip roads near Cook's Hut.

Thus, the popular collecting sites are nearly all outside the Park boundaries. Lamond

Hill which is rich in insect fauna, the rain forests around Gordon Ck and along the airstrip

road, and the lush rain forest in the vicinity of the two upper road crossings of the West

Claudie River are all still open for entomological investigation. In addition the entire Coen

road is excluded from the Park for a distance of some 15 metres either side. Cook’s Hut,

the pleasant abode of so many insect collectors, is also outside the Park.

Mr G.B. Monteith has kindly supplied much of the information contained in this note.

М c

mec’,

To Portland

Roads

Gordon ierd

УУ puma Sog

Cook's Hut

2K Lamond Hill

2 1 2 Ал tron Ri

2272 national park H a te 27, 2 Nome ange.

a ^w Airstrip

$ XI

Map of Iron Range showing the National Park boundaries.

| lust ent. Mag. 4(5), February, 1978 99

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

XRMATI, Patricia

Я 1976. The anatomy of the nervous System in the Queensland fruit fly Dacus tryoni

| (Froggatt). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(4): 429-437, text-figs 1-7.

ARMATI, Patricia and GILMOUR, Darcy

` 1976. Monoamines in the nervous system of the Queensland fruit fly, Dacus tryoni. J.

: | Aust. ent. Soc. 15(1): 79-84, table 1, text-figs 1-6.

ATTIA, F. I.

idae) to insecticides. J. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 9: 26-27.

INNS, D.

1976. Interesting butterfly records from southern Queensland and central New South

| Wales. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4): 73-74.

l OOKES, Helen M.

^ 1977. New species and records of Chorizococcus McKenzie in Australia (Homoptera:

| Pseudococcidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(4): 421-432, text-figs 1-5.

ROUGH, Elaine J.

* 1976. Notes on the ecology of an Australian desert species of Calomyrmex (Hymen-

| optera: Formicidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(3): 339-346, text-figs 1 & 2.

"LIFT, A. D. and SMART, Patricia

- 1976. The effect of nine keto trans two decenoic acid on the ovaries of two species

| of cyclorrhaphous Diptera. J. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 9: 39-42, text-figs 1-3.

3OLBO, М. H.

-- 1976. Four new species of Simulium Latreille (Diptera: Simuliidae) from Australia.

EI J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(3): 253-269, text-figs 1-61.

SOLEMAN, Clyde

(7 1976. Notes on a local fishing or bolas spider Ordgarious monstrosus. N. Qd Nat. 44

7 (№. 168): 2-4.

SOLLESS, Donald H.

~ 1977. A noie on apparent oviposition behaviour in a bombyliid fly (Diptera). Aust. ent.

| Mag. 3(5): 90-91.

SOMMON, I. Е. B.

1 established in Australia. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(4): 471-473, text-figs 1-6.

ШАҮ, F. J.

7 1976. An Australian species of Incisitermes Krishna (Isoptera: Kalotermitidae). J. Aust.

] ent. Soc. 14(4): 395-398, text-figs 1-7.

SOODING, C. G. L.

*. 1977. Notes on Cordyceps fungi, and the great Hepialidae family of moths of the large

Oxycanus genus, and also the Trictena, and Abantiades genus. Latrobe Valley

Nat. 157: 2-3.

HAMILTON, J. T. and ATTIA, F. I.

Ё 1976. The susceptibility of the parasite Apanteles glomeratus (L.) (Hym.: Braconidae)

| to insecticides. J. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 9: 24-25, table 1.

HARDY, R. J.

i 1976. Observations on the pasture beetle, Saulostomus villosus Waterhouse (Scarabae-

idae: Rutelinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(3): 281-284, text-fig. 1.

' 1977. The biology and behaviour of the pasture beetle Scitala sericans Erichson (Scarab-

| aeidae: Melolonthinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(4): 433-440, text-figs 1-5.

AATELY, Keith

- 1977. More Little Desert Buprestidae. Victorian Ent. 7(1): 6-7.

IEATWOLE, Harold and SHINE, Richard

| 1976. Mosquitoes feeding on ectothermic vertebrates: a review and new data. Aust.

Zool. 19(1): 69-75, text-figs 1 and 2.

STR

| ——

100 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(5), February, 1978

PETERS, J. V. Р

1976. Notes on the distribution of Australian Odonata. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1): 9.

PRINCE, G. J. ауа Р P

1976. Laboratory biology of Phaenocarpa persimilis Papp (Braconidae: Alysiinae), a

parasitoid of Drosophila. Aust. J. Zool. 24(1): 249-264, tables 1-8, text-figs 1-4.

PRINSLOO, G. L. |

1976. The Australian species of Microterys Thomson (Hymenoptera: Encyrtidae).

J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(4): 409-423, text-figs 1-25.

SCHUNTNER, C. A. and THOMPSON, P. G. f

1977. Inhibition of a carbaryl oxidising euzyme as the primary lesion in the lethal action

of formamidines in Boophilus microplus. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(4): 388, table 1.

SHEPHERD, Rosamond C. H. and EDMONDS, J. W.

1976. Ectoparasite stragglers (Siphonaptera and Acarina) of the wild rabbit, Oryctolagus

cuniculus (L.), in Victoria. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(4): 63-66, text-fig. 1.

SHIELDS, Oakley Я К

1976. A migration of Vanessa kershawi (McCoy) (Lepidoptera: Nymphalidae) in Tasm-

ania. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(2): 23-24.

SHORT, J. R. T.

1977. A description and classification of some final-instar larvae of the Phytodietini

and Eclytini (Hymenoptera, Ichneumonidae, Tryphoninae). Proc. Linn. Soc.

N.S.W. 101(2): 114-119, text-figs 1-6.

STONE, Bernard F., NOLAN, James and SCHUNTNER, Charles A.

1976. Biochemical genetics of resistance to organophosphorus acaricides in three strains

of the cattle tick, Boophilus microplus. Aust. J. Biol Sci. 29(3): 265-279, tables

1-8, text-figs 1-3.

STONE, Bernard F., WILSON, John T. and YOULTON, Nerida J.

1976. Linkage and dominance characteristics of genes for resistance to organophosphorus

acaricides and allelic inheritance of decreased brain cholinesterase activity in three

strains of the cattle tick, Boophilus microplus. Aust. J. Biol. Sci. 29(3): 251-263,

tables 1-3, text-figs 1-6.

STOREY, R.

1977. The Litchi as a food plant of lycaenid butterflies. Jn Notes and exhibits. News

Bull. ent. Soc. Qd 4(9): 162.

STRONG, Ken

1976. Gall flies. Victorian Nat. 93(2): 64-65, text-figs 1-4.

WARD, Phil

1976. Probing ponerine ants. Aust. nat. Hist. 18(11): 384-387, illustr.

Bibliography

Australian Butterflies

239 pages with over 2,000 references and abstracts

This bibliography attempts to list all publications concerning Australian butterflies

that appeared up to and including 1973. Species mentioned in smaller works are listed

and bibliographical notes concerning dates of publication, notes on voyages and other

points of interest are given. All those seriously interested in Australian butterflies, both

amateur and professional, will find this comprehensive text of considerable value.

Price $18.00 (post free to Aust. ent. Mag. subscribers)

order copies from

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

її need not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

zsent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

1 from other parts of Australia. Е. Sutton, C/- P.O. Glen Aplin, Qld. 4381.

STUDENT will exchange of buy Australian & south-east Asian insects against

> African or others. J. Bourgeat, 17, rue des Lilas, 78700 Conflans Ste,

*. Honorine, France.

X EXCHANGE. I would like to exchange Lepidoptera, especially from Australia

= and neighbouring countries. Will buy if necessary. J. Nijhuis, Greigstraat

T WANTED. Phalacrognathus muelleri, Lamprima latreilli, Anaplognathus virid-

+ iaenus and other beetles from Australia. H. Schiirmann, Alter Uentroper

* Weg 205, 4700 Hamm 1, W. Germany.

EXCHANGE. One pair of Ornithoptera rothschildi for exchange for similar rare

= Ornithoptera. Mr I. Robertson, 5/96 Willsmere Rd, Kew, Victoria, 3101.

QUEENSLAND BUTTERFLY CO.

Long Road, Nth. Tamborine, Queensland, 4272

BREEDERS OF AUSTRALIAN BUTTERFLIES AND IMPORTERS OF

EXOTIC SPECIES

Please write for our catalogue of species available

неа

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228. Ph. (02) 524 4614

| Sub-brarich: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (02) 43 3972

| .

-| We offer both the amateur and professional entomologist a most comprehensive

range of quality equipment and a wide selection of entomological books.

MAIL ORDERS A SPECIALTY

WRITE OR RING FOR OUR FREE CATALOGUES

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

] Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double Spaced

ond in duplicate.

‘| Persons Submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

|| Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends for one or

or printed pages and they are a Subscriber to the journal. Further reprints may be

surchased if ordered in advance.

I| Colour plates are expensive to print and the journal cannot bear the full cost of these.

suthors will therefore need to pay part of the cost of such illustrations. We offer colour

ates at the following subsidized prices: first plate $180; additional plates $85 each. Authors

ding a single plate could of course share the cost. Photographs are best submitted as

ош transparencies although paintings are also acceptable.

Р Papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper

sidered unsuitable.

| Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

CONTENTS

3 . A new species of Candalides from

B E neus and notes on Candalides Е оо АО

(Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) .-. -= ----* аси 81

FLETCHER, M. J. Key to aphids (Homoptera, Aphididae) found on

leguminous plants in Australia. 2.7 92 з LERERE 91

McFARLAND, N. Ogyris (Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) captured and eaten

БУА паб ао 5: IL 7

SANDS. D. Р. A. and KERR, J. Е. К. Allora major (Rothschild) (Lepid- }

optera: Hesperiidae): a butterfly recognised in Australia for the

firstime.. Soe elle eee bbe eee) асе, ш ы o

NATIONAL PARK for Iron Range. A guide for collectors.......

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian

entomology. Compiled by М. 5. Moulds...................

ENTOMCOLOGIGAL NOTICES ....... 3 БУ inside back coe

DATA LABELS — PRINTED TO ORDER |

We will print data labels to your own requirements. These labels can be safely |

used with either pinned or alcohol preserved material. Samples appear below. '

Cloncurry, Qld 65km W. of Cobar, N.S.W. Noorinbee North, near Mt Hotham Alpine Reserve, Canberra, A.CT.

21 Mar. 1974 28 April, 1975 Cann River, E. Vic. Vic. Alt. 1,830m 20 March 1974

B. S. Jones K. T. Carrington 19 22 Mar. 1975 F. H. Innes

P. S. D. MacDonald K. & M. Walker-Jones

Mataranka Hstd., 20km S. of Copley, S.A. Gordonvale, N. Qld approx. 27°59'5, 140°10'Е Karratha, М.А.

AED pied N.T. found in long grass 19 Jan. 1976 NE of Moonba, S.A. 197

5 Jan. 19 29 June, 1975 P. J. & E. T. Smith 24 Jan. 1976 G.A. Hawki

T.S. & 1.А. Stall Jennifer Montgomery S.K. & P.B. Johnston ad

$8.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)

As few as 50 copies of any one label may be ordered. Labels must be ordered

in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 lables. Thus, an order may contain,

for example, 50 copies of one label, 50 copies of a different label, 400 copies

of a third and 500 of a fourth. Total number of labels, 1,000. Alternatively

an order might be 50 copies each of 20 different labels, again a total of 1,000.

Layouts for orders must be clear, spaced as required, and preferably typed.

Delivery within 4-6 weeks. Payment with orders please.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065

Biological! Illustrator

Accurate drawings or paintings to accompany manuscripts intended

for publication rendered by qualified and experienced illustrator.

ANDREW ATKINS i 2

18/17-19 Spring Ra, Springvale South, Vic. 3172 d f

Refer to back issues of this journal for examples of work.

ISSN 0311-1881

Da EE M || ————— SG SG GG

Edited by M. S. Moulds

VOLUME 4, PART 6

APRIL, 1978

Australian Entomological Magazine is an illustrated. journal devoted

principally to entomology in the Australian region, including New Zealand

and Papua ‘New Guinea. It is designed for both amateur and professional

entomologists and is published bimonthly. Six parts comprise each volume.

SUBSCRIPTIONS

All subscriptions are payable in advance and should be forwarded to:

Australian Entomological Press,

14 Chisholm Street, .

Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065,

Australia.

Individual Subscriptions

$8.00 per annum Australia, New Zealand & New Guinea

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00 per annum overseas)

Institutional Subscriptions

A$10.00 (US$13.00 or Stg.£7.00 per annum)

COVER

Illustrated by Barry Moore.

Depicts a Fiddler Beetle, Eupoecila australasiae (Donovan), on the

wing. Chafers of this subfamily (Cetoniinae) are able to deploy their wings

without spreading the elytra and their flight is thus exceptionally fast

and direct.

Published by

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich,

N.S.W., 2065,. Australia.

Phone: 43-3972

Printed by

DRAWING OFFICE PRINTERS

6 Roger Street, Brookvale,

N.S.W., 2100.

Australian Entomological

Magazine

Aust. ent. Mag.

4 Volume 4, Part 6 April, 1978

1 NEW BUTTERFLY RECORDS FROM THE NEW GUINEA REGION

By D.P.A. Sands and T.L. Fenner

1 Division of Entomology, CSIRO, P.O. Box 6712, Boroko, Papua New Guinea

| an

- Department of Primary Industry, P.O. Box 2417, Konedobu, Papua New Guinea

Abstract

Twenty two butterfly species known previously from Australia are here

» recorded from the New Guinea region. Hypochrysops chrysotoxus Grose-Smith

= is shown to be a subspecies of H. ignita (Leach).

Introduction

: Distribution records of butterflies known from Australia have recently

= en published by Common and Waterhouse (1972) and D'Abrera (1971). This

= paper records the occurrence on mainland New Guinea and nearby islands of

some Australian species and subspecies additional to those so listed by the above

authors. We have included Australian species also known from outside Australia, |

ш not previously recorded from the New Guinea mainland.

Many of the southern Papua New Guinea forms appear to be almost

identical with Australian specimens, and we have chosen to apply the same

ssubspecific names to them. The records are from D. P. A. Sands collection, the |

scollection assembled by W. W. Brandt, the Central Reference Insect Collection, |

Department of Primary Industry, Konedobu, and the British Museum (Natural

History). The abbreviations of C., E.H., E.N.B., E.S., Mo., W. and P., are

ised for Central, Eastern. Highlands, East New Britain, East Sepik, Morobe,

Western and Province, respectively.

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(6), April, 1978

102

List of species

HESPERIIDAE

Neohesperilla crocea (Miskin)

Localities: C.P. Laloki; Mount Lawes, 400 m; Rouna; Subitana, 550 m;

Tiaba. Northern P.: Popondetta. W.P. Morehead River at

Rouku.

Months recorded: January to June, September.

Notes: This species, not recorded before outside Australia, occurs only

in dry eucalypt savannah, and it is interesting to note that there

is such an area to the north of the Central Cordillera near

Popondetta.

Parnara amalia (Semper)

Localities: C.P.: Waigani. E.S.P.: Angoram. Mo.P.: Gabmazung.

Months recorded: March to May, August to October.

Notes: This species has not been. recorded before outside Australia.

In Papua New Guinea, it shows definite seasonal fluctuations

in numbers. Its larvae are a minor pest of rice.

PAPILIONIDAE

Graphium macleayanum (Leach) (Figs 1-4)

Localities: Chimbu P.: Gembogl, 1850 m. West Sepik P.: Um River near

Feramin, 1450 m.

Months recorded: January, May.

Notes: Previously known only from eastern Australia, Tasmania,

Norfolk and Lord Howe islands, this insect is a very recent

and remarkable discovery in Papua New Guinea. Mr D.

Hancock has examined photographs of the Papua New Guinea

specimens and suggests they resemble material from southern

Queensland. It is most interesting that the closely related

G. weiskei (Ribbe) occurs in these localities. Monteith and

Hancock (1977) recently recorded G. macleayanum from

Cape York Peninsula.

PIERIDAE

Catopsilia scylla etesia (Hewitson)

Localities: C.P.: Што; Kila Kila; Laloki; Sogeri, 500 m; Tanubada.

E.N.B.P.: Rabaul.

Months recorded: December to August.

Notes: The species ranges from south-east Asia to Fiji, but was

previously unrecorded from Papua New Guinea. There appear

to be some slight differences between northern Queensland

specimens and those from near Port Moresby. There has

been a remarkable increase in abundance of this species in

the Port Moresby area since 1975. Larvae are common on

Cassia tora L.

103

| FIGS 1-4, Graphium macleayanum (Leach). (1, 2) male from Um River, W. Sepik Province;

| (3, 4) male from Gembogl, Chimbu Province.

s Eurema sana (Butler)

» Localities: C.P.: Bisianumu near Sogeri, 550 m; Loloipa River near Tapini,

| 680 m; Mount Lawes, 400 m; Rouna; Subitana, 550 m.

| W.P.: Morehead River at Rouku.

"Months recorded: All except August and October.

Notes: This insect was previously known only from northern Australia

| and the Torres Strait islands.

ШҮСАЕМРАЕ

j Candalides erinus erinus (Fabricius)

‘Localities: C.P.: Hombrom Bluff; Tiaba. W.P.: Morehead River at Rouku.

"Months recorded: April, November.

С тете ———————

104 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(6), April, 1978

Notes: We can see no differences between specimens from south of

the Cordillera and those from eastern Australia. The ssp.

stevensi Wind and Clench has been described from specimens

from Wau, Morobe Province, and is said to possess wider

marginal borders on the upperside, and paler subtornal spots

on the underside of the forewing.

Catochrysops amasea amasea Waterhouse and Lyell

Localities: C.P.: Musgrave River Valley, 400 m; Rouna; Sogeri, 500 m;

Subitana, 550 m; Tapini, 1200 m. E.S.P.: Angoram. Mo. P.:

Lae; Mount Kaindi, 1380 m; Wau, 1100 m. W.P.: Morehead

River at Rouku.

Months recorded: October to June.

Notes: Previously known only from Cape York and the Torres Strait

islands, with another subspecies recorded from Rennell Island

in the Solomons.

Deudorix epirus agimar Fruhstorfer

Localities: C.P: Brown River; Musgrave River Valley, 400 m; Owers

Corner, 600 m; Sogeri, 500 m.

Months recorded: May, June, September.

Notes: This subspecies was previously known only from far north-

eastern Australia, including the Torres Strait islands. We

have compared specimens from the Rocky and Claudie

Rivers, northern Queensland, with both sexes from southern

Papua New Guinea and found them to be identical. At Lae,

Mo. P., this subspecies overlaps with ssp. epirus Felder and

intermediate forms occur. At Sogeri, the larvae, together with

those of D. epijarbas (Moore), feed on the seeds of a species

of Harpullia.

Erysichton lineata (Murray)

Localities: C.P: Bisiatabu near Sogeri, 550 m; Komania near Amazon

Bay, 1050 m; Musgrave River Valley, 400 m; Subitana, 550 m.

E.S.P.: Maprik, 180 m. Mo.P.: Finisterre Range at Gabumi,

620 m; Lae; Mt. Kaindi, 1380 m. W.P.: Fly River at Kiunga.

Western Highlands P.: Nondugl, 1690 m.

Months recorded: АП except March, April, May.

Notes: The occurrence of this species on the New Guinea mainland

was documented by Tite (1963), but omitted from later

publications. There are considerable differences between

specimens from various mainland localities, but without

publications. There are considerable differences between spec-

imens from various mainland localities, but without detailed

examination subspecific status has not been determined.

Everes lacturnus australis Couchman

Localities: C.P. Eio Creek; Komania near Amazon Вау, 1050 m; Rouna;

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(6), April, 1978 105

Subitana, 550 m; Tapini, 1200 m. Е.НР.: Goroka, 1500 m.

E.N.B.P: Rabaul. E.S.P.: Angoram; Maprik, 180 m. Milne

Bay P.: Misima Island, 150 m. Mo. P.: Wau, 1100 m. North

Solomons P.: Bougainville Island. Western Highlands P.: Mount

Hagen, 1600 m; Nondugl, 1690 m. Solomon Islands: Guad-

| alcanal Island.

| Months recorded: All except February and May.

1 Notes: This species is widespread from sea level to almost 1700 m

| altitude in Papua New Guinea. Specimens tend to be somewhat

smaller than those from Australia. The species is widely

distributed in the Indo-Australian region, but has not been

recorded before from Papua New Guinea.

} Freyeria trochylus putli (Kollar)

‚ Localities: C.P: Mount Lawes, 400 m; Rouna; Sapphire Creek. E.S.P.:

| Angoram.

+ Months recorded: March, April, May, October.

> Notes: Although the subspecies is recorded from India and Australia,

this is the first record of its occurrence in Papua New Guinea.

{ Hypochrysops apelles apelles (Fabricius)

» Localities: C.P: Jacksons Airport; Tiaba. W.P.: Fly River at Kiunga.

* Months recorded: August to October, December, January.

- Notes: This subspecies is restricted to south of the Central Cordillera,

and is replaced by the much larger ssp. major Rothschild to the

north. Specimens are similar to, although slightly larger than,

a series collected at Silver Plains, northern Queensland. This

ssp. occurs in and at the edge of dry eucalypt country near

Port Moresby and the larvae feed on the leaves of moderately

large trees of Eucalyptus confertiflora F. Muell. Specimens

from the Aru Islands and southern Irian Jaya are probably

this subspecies.

»Hypochrysops apollo phoebus (Waterhouse)

»Locality: С.Р: Тїаба.

Months recorded: October, December.

Notes: This subspecies, previously recorded only from Prince of

Wales Island and Cape York, occurs rarely on the edge of dry

country near Port Moresby and only two specimens have

been collected recently. Both sexes appear similar to specimens

from Cape York and do not have the narrower margins of ssp.

wendesi Bethune-Baker from Irian Jaya.

slypochrysops elgneri elgneri (Waterhouse and Lyell)

» ocalities: C.P: Laloki; Tiaba; Uberi area. W.P.: Morehead River at

| Rouku.

опа recorded: November to January, March to June.

106 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(6), April, 1978

Notes: Both sexes collected close to Port Moresby are very similar to

those from Prince of Wales Island, Torres Strait, and belong to

this subspecies. A male from Uberi has slightly wider black

margins than those of specimens from Tiaba. The species has

been recorded by Waterhouse (1937) from New Guinea, but

the subspecific status was not determined.

Hypochrysops ignita chrysotoxus Grose-Smith, stat. n.

Hypochrysops chrysotoxus Grose-Smith (1899). Rhopalocera exotica 3: 28.

Localities: C.P.: Mount Lawes; Rigo oad 40 km S.E. Port Moresby;

Tiaba.

Months recorded: November to April.

Notes: This insect has been regarded as a distinct species from south-

eastern Papua New Guinea. We have examined specimens of

Hypochrysops ignita (Leach) from Caloundra, southern Queens-

land; Paluma, Kuranda and Cooktown, northern Queensland;

Darwin, Northern Territory; and a long series of both sexes

from near Port Moresby, Papua New Guinea. We consider

that Queensland specimens from north of Paluma should be

regarded as ssp. chrysonotus Grose-Smith based on the type

female from Cooktown, and south-eastern ‘Queensland speci-

mens are closer to ssp. ignita than to chrysonotus; however

there is considerable variation in the shape of Paluma males,

some having the rounded hindwing of ssp. ignita and others

the straighter hindwing forms of chrysonotus.

Although Cape York males are similar in shape to those from

Papua New Guinea, ssp. chrysotoxus has broad orange-red

underside bands edged with greenish-gold rather than the

narrower red bands edged with metallic blue of Cape York

Specimens.

Common and Waterhouse (1972) suggest that ssp. erythrina

(Waterhouse and Lyell) was collected in Papua New Guinea

by W.W. Brandt; however, the colour and breadth of the

underside bands, particularly of the male which was then

unknown, allow for subspecific distinction of the Papua New

Guinea specimens.

In Papua New Guinea, larvae of H. ignita chrysotoxus are

usually green. They shelter singly or in groups of up to 5

individuals in curled leaves of the foodplant, Eucalyptus con-

fertiflora, where they also pupate. The attendant ant belongs

to the Iridomyrmex nitidus group. Male butterflies hilltop in

the same way as the Australian subspecies.

Liphyra brassolis major Rothschild

Localities: C.P. Waigani. Western P.: Morehead.

Months recorded: August, December.

Notes: This subspecies, previously known from north-eastern Australia,

is restricted to the southern side of the Central Cordillera. A

much darker subspecies occurs to the north of the main

mountain range.

The species is also here recorded from New Britain (3 females

bred from pupae in nest of Oecophylla smaragdina, Keravat,

May). These are still darker than northern mainland specimens

and may well represent another subspecies, but the male is at

present unknown.

Aust. ent. Mag. 4(6), April, 1978 107

| Neopithecops zalmora (Butler)

1 Localities: C.P.: Brown River. E.H.P.: Aiyura, 1600 m. Mo.P.: Finisterre

і Range at Gabumi, 620 т. W.P.: Morehead River at.Rouku.

| Months recorded: March to July, November.

‚ Notes: Although known from the Trobriand Islands and far north-

eastern Australia (ssp. heria Fruhstorfer) and north-westward

I to India and Taiwan, this insect has not previously been

. recorded from the Papua New Guinea mainland. We have not

| attempted to determine the subspecific status of mainland

| specimens.

| Philiris innotata (Miskin)

* Localities: Е.НР.: Aiyura, 1600 m; Coroka, 1500 m.

| Months recorded: March, May.

| Notes: Previously known only from eastern Australia and western

| Cape York Peninsula (Weipa). We have not attempted to

| determine the sub-specific status of specimens from Papua

| New Guinea with the limited material available for study.

- Bliris nitens (Grose-Smith)

| Locality: C.P.: Rouna, 400 m.

. Months recorded: February, April, June.

Notes: This distinctive subspecies, as yet undescribed, has a restricted

area of blue and absence of white on the fore- and hindwing

upperside. The foodplant in northern Queensland, Glochidion

philippicum Robinson, is also found in Papua New Guinea, but

larvae have not yet been located there. Male genitalia are very

similar to ssp. Jucina Waterhouse and Lyell. Valvae are similar

to those of ssp. lucina from Cape York and shorter than typical

ssp. nitens from near Cairns. The Species is easily confused with

the closely related P. kumusiensis Tite and P. argenteus (Roths-

child), but the morphology of male genitalia is distinctive.

Syntarucus plinius pseudocassius (Murray)

localities: C.P.: Eio Creek, 400 m; Ilolo, 500 m. E.S.P.: Angoram.

Months recorded: March, September, November.

Notes: We have not observed Plumbago growing in these localities, and

assume the larvae have an alternative foodplant. This subspecies

108 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(6), April, 1978

is known from eastern Australia and the Bismarck and Solomon

islands, while others range from India to the Moluccas.

Theclinesthes miskini (T. P. Lucas)

Localities: C.P. Idlers Bay; Saraga; Tiaba.

Months recorded: October to February.

Notes: We have accepted the suggestion of Dr A. Sibatani that the

cycad-associated species is T. onycha (Hewitson), and the

related Acacia-associated species should be known as T. miskini,

a reversal of the previously accepted nomenclature. On the

Papua New Guinea mainland, larvae of T. miskini inhabit dry

savannah and feed on Eucalyptus confertiflora. Sibatani (pers.

comm.) expects at a future date to determine the subspecific

status of Port Moresby specimens. The species was previously

known from the Bismarck Archipelago and the Lesser Sunda

islands of Alor and Flores as well as parts of Australia.

Theclinesthes scintillata (T. P. Lucas)

Localities: Irian Jaya: Angi Lakes; Kapaur; Snow Mountains; upper

Setakwa River.

Months recorded: January, February, August, December.

Notes: These data refer to six males in the British Museum (Natural

History). The species is previously recorded only from Australia.

Acknowledgements

Special thanks are due to Mr E. D. Edwards, C.S.I.R.O., Canberra, for

furnishing valuable data from the Brandt Collection and for critically reviewing

a draft manuscript.

We would also like to thank Mr R. I. Vane-Wright for allowing examination

of specimens in the British Museum (Natural History), Mr E. Dahms for similar

courtesy at the Queensland Museum and Professor J. F. R. Kerr, Brisbane, for

access to his collection. Dr D. Frodin, University of Papua New Guinea, assisted

with information on foodplants. The donation of specimens to the Konedobu

collection by Messrs A. Hutton, H. Rouber, R. Spark and R. Straatman is

gratefully acknowledged. Mr D. Hancock, University of Queensland, kindly

examined photographs of Graphium macleayanum.

References

Common, I. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus and Robert-

son, Sydney.

D'Abrera, B., 1971. Butterflies of the Australian region. Lansdowne, Melbourne.

Monteith, G. B. and Hancock, D. L., 1977. Range extensions and notable records for

j butterflies of Cape York Peninsula, Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 4(2): 21-38.

Tite, G. E., 1963. A synonymic list of the genus Nacaduba and allied genera (Lepidoptera:

Lycaenidae). Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.)13: 69-116.

Waterhouse, G. A., 1937. Presidential address: The biology and taxonomy of the Australian

butterflies. Rep. Aust. N.Z. Ass. Advmt Sci. 23rd meeting, Auckland 23: 101-133.

Aust, ent. Mag. 4(6), April, 1978 -

COLLECTING. AND PRESERVING PSCCOPTERA—

(PSOCIDS, BOOKLICE, BARKLICE) А MD

By C. N. Smithers //

The Australian Museum, Sydney || E MAY '

Appearance NS OF PaO S

Psocids, also known as Barklice or Booklice (order Psocoptera)-are-small

insects, from less than a millimetre to 10 millimetres in length. They are usually

weognised in the field by their characteristic appearance (Е ig. 1) which is due to

| tte rounded, mobile head, enlarged thorax and the wings, which are held roof-

. ss over the abdomen. The antennae are long and fine, composed of many

. saments, with thirteen being the most usual number. There are few brightly

| wed species; most are yellowish, brownish, grey or black in general

‘pearance. On close examination, however, many have distinct body markings

"ad in some species striking and complex wing patterns are found.

Fig. 1. A typical Psocopteran.

Although most species are winged in the adult stage there are many in

‘hich one or both sexes have shortened wings or are wingless. Psocids are

. шу somewhat sluggish and do not readily fly but under certain circum-

tances, usually at dusk in calm, warm weather large numbers of some species

tke flight. Nymphs (immature stages) of all species are wingless although

10005 are evident on the thorax from the second instar; otherwise, they are

nilar to adults in appearance.

Habitat

= They are found in a wide variety of situations such as on leaves (fresh. or

- &d) on or under bark, on trunks or twigs, in leaf litter, on rocks, on paling

faces, under Stones, in caves, in human habitations and in stored products,

"cally cereals. The common пате “book louse” is due to the fact that the

110 Aust. ent. Mag.

small, wingless members of one common genus are most often noticed amongst

undisturbed books or papers and in neglected insect collections; this, group,

however, is not typical of the order as most species are larger, winged and are

found in out-door situations.

They are less common on eucalypts than on other broad-leaved evergreen

trees and shrubs and although all types of vegetation and habitats should be

sampled they are easiest to find in damp, forested areas. Especially rewarding for

collections are the margins of rain forest, vegetation lining water-courses or

other situations where there is a good growth of lichens and algae. They seem to

favour areas of high atmospheric moisture. In the $hade within rain forests they

may be found on trunks but branches suitable for beating are often out of reach;

they are common in some temperate rain forests. There are fewer species in dry

inland areas but much collecting remains to be done there; they can be found in

protected situations where moisture is retained, e.g. under bark or on logs and

in the bases of grass tufts.

Psocids feed mainly on microflora such as algae, lichens, fungal hyphae

and fungal spores; habitats suitable for such plant growth are also generally

suitable for psocids.

Psocoptera are more abundant in species in tropical areas than elsewhere

but they are not uncommon in the temperate regions where large populations

are sometimes encountered.

Little detailed study has been made of their biology in Australia and there

are undoubtedly many undescribed species.

Collecting

Apart from searching for individuals in the habitats listed above (and

some species will only be taken by such search) by far the most rewarding

method of collecting is by beating. Some collectors prefer a black cloth beating

tray, rather than white; even an inverted umbrella can be used effectively. A

stout stick should be used to beat the vegetation over the tray so that it is

well jarred to dislodge the specimens. This is necessary as many species live

under thin webbing which tends to prevent them from being affected by

weak vibrations.

Psocids usually remain fairly still on the beating tray unless the weather

is exceptionally warm and the tray is held for some time in direct sunlight. If

the tray is gently tapped they will run and can be easily seen. For details on the

construction and use of beating trays see Moulds, 1972, Aust. ent. Mag. (1):

7-10 (or A.E.P. Leaflet No. 2). They are best collected from the tray by means

of an aspirator (pooter). A small camel-hair brush (or even a blade of grass or

pointed twig), moistened with 70% ethyl alcohol, may be used to take them

from the tray if an aspirator is not available. Although they will adhere quite

readily to the moistened brush there is greater likelihood of their being squashed

or otherwise damaged. As they are soft-bodied, especially their abdomens,

they should always be handled gently. Occasionally specimens may. be taken

19, April 1978 his

з атр areas by sweeping vegetation with a sweep net. They are attracted to

үш tray in small numbers and a few come to light, but these are nearly

inys males. Leaf litter samples can be extracted with a Berlese funnel.

Preservation

Specimens should be killed and preserved by transferring them directly

im the aspirator (or brush) to 70% ethyl alcohol (ethanol). If they are killed in

їй; jar or allowed to die before being placed in the alcohol they dry out

zy npidly and become brittle with consequent loss of legs and antennae; they

zy even lose abdomen and head. The abdomen contracts on drying and it is

їшї to study the genitalia (useful for identification in most genera) after

è secimen has dried out. Also, such dry specimens tend to float in the

khol.

If the diameter of the aspirator bottle is the same as that in which the

wol is held the aspirator bottle can be removed from the apparatus and

sated over the alcohol. A gentle tapping will dislodge the specimens so that

iy fall straight into the preservative. Contents of the aspirator should be

"seed to the preservative frequently to avoid death and drying out of

jeimens in the aspirator and to prevent excessive web spinning; this sometimes

ass difficulties in transferring specimens. In the field the aspirator should be

‘stout of direct sunlight as much as possible.

Labelling

Specimens from each locality should be stored in a separate tube of alcohol

this should be appropriately labelled in the field with at least the place, date

‘cdlection and name of collector written in pencil on a piece of paper

"med in the alcohol with the specimens. It is desirable, but not always

"nen to keep specimens from different habitats in separate bottles,

ру labelled. Little is at present known of habitat or host plant

weetences in Australian species.

Storage

After returning from the field the catch can be sorted to species, each

#is from each locality being stored in a small vial which is labelled individ-

Ùy vith full data. A small wad of cotton wool can be placed in each vial above

“specimens so that they are held with minimum movement at the bottom of

“vith The data label is placed between the cotton wool wad and the stopper

‘ihe vial. This prevents movement of the labels damaging specimens. Vials must

‘completely full of alcohol. The vials can be stored in larger jars, and covered

їй alcohol. It is advisable to use a large jar for each species, the jar being

mortely labelled inside with family and species name.

Dissection and microscope slide preparation ^ p А

Although, with experience, common species сап be readily identified, in

Шу cases it is necessary to make dissections and microscope slide mounts of

112 Aust. ent. Mag.

at least the wings of one side, a hind leg, genitalia and sometimes mouth parts

before positive identification is possible. Very small specimens may be mounted

whole on the slide. Sometimes it is desirable to make a full dissection of a

specimen. |

Many procedures for making microscope slide preparations are described

in books on microscopy and several of these are suitable for preparing mounts of

Psocoptera. The following is a brief description of one of the procedures which

I have found convenient and successful.

Figs 2, 3. (2) dorsal view of head showing measurements taken to calculate 10/0 and PO

(P/D) ratios; (3) anterior view of head after removal of labrum and mandibles.

Ic, lacinia; mp, maxillary palp.

The whole procedure is carried out using a binocular dissecting microscope

giving a magnification up to about 32x. The dissections are carried out using

*minutien" insect pins or their equivalent mounted in the ends of match-sticks.

The blunt ends of these pins can be forced into the end of a match using a pair

of pinning forceps. Before dissection, notes are made on the colour pattern of

the specimen. The body length is measured as well as the distance between the

` eyes (IO), the transverse diameter of the eye (P) and the antero-posterior

diameter of the eye (D), all from the dorsal side of the animal (Fig. 2). Two

ratios are calculated from these measurements, IO/D and P/D (referred to in

descriptions of species as PO).

' The head and posterior part of the abdomen are placed in 10% potassium

hydroxide until the soft internal parts are broken down. The process is speeded

up if the “potash” is warmed slightly in a water bath and is then usually

completed in about half an hour. The specimens are then placed in water to

remove the potash. This and subsequent treatment can be carried out in a series

of watch glasses or, preferably, the small, solid glass bowls sometimes known as

46), April 1978 11

‘wining blocks". If the parts are very pale, they are placed in a stain (I use an

gus solution of one gram of acid fuchsin рег 100 c.c. water) until they are

sit dark. They are then placed, for a minute or two, in each strength of 30%,

and 75% ethyl alcohol. The stained parts are now in the 75% block with

iles thorax and wings. АП are then placed in 96% ethyl alcohol to remove

ast of the water from the specimens after which they are transferred to

Трап] Essence” (butyl alcohol can be used if this is not available but is less

wsactory). Loss of stain occurs in the alcohols of lower concentration so if

‘eyecimens are too dark they can be allowed to stay in these until appropri-

ey coloured. Only by experience can you learn how long this will take;

ysimens vary for no apparent reason. There is no colour loss once the

simens are in “Euparal Essence".

The wings are now removed from the thorax, using the dissecting needles

aktach them at the base.

45. (4) apex of male abdomen, right side: e, epiproct; p, paraproct; ph, phallosome;

^, hypandrium; (5) apex of female abdomen, left side: e, epiproct; p, paraproct;

d, x, v, gonapophyses (d, dorsal valve; x, external valve; v, ventral valve); s,

Subgenital plate. '

- Aspot of "Euparal Mountant" (experience will indicate quantity, which

98 according to thickness and size of specimen) is placed on a microscope

cud the head, thorax and legs transferred to it from the "Euparal Essence".

antennae, labrum and mandibles are removed from the head. If the head is

“uted front uppermost the appropriate mouthparts will then be visible (refer

3. The legs are removed from the thorax and laid flat in the mountant. The

"gae transferred to the mountant and suitably arranged dorsal side

‘most, The small black mass of faecal matter which is usually left in the

‘lof the gut is removed. After this the abdomen is placed in the mountant

114 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(6), April, 1978

and dissected. This is done by cutting along the cylindrical abdomen to its apex

and flattening it out to reveal the genital organs. If a female, the subgenital

plate and gonapophyses together with the epiproct and paraprocts (apical

structures of the abdomen) can be laid out flat (refer Fig. 5). If a male, the

same can be done with the hypandrium, epiproct and paraprocts but the

phallosome (the internal male organ), should be removed and mounted flat

nearby on the slide (refer Fig. 4).

A fine glass coverslip can be placed over the mounted parts. With practice

this can be done without disturbing the parts. If this proves to be unsuccessful

it is better to leave the slide to dry somewhat (for about 24 hours) in a dust-free

place. The coverslip can then be placed in position, with less risk of movements

of the parts, after a little more mountant has been placed on its underside.

Sometimes it is easier to use two small coverslips, one to cover the head, thorax

and legs and the other to cover the wings and genitalia.

The slide should be labelled with a small, gummed, paper slide label,

with full collection data and it should be stored in a horizontal position.

Complete drying of the mountant will take some weeks but the slide can be

examined under the microscope straight away if care is taken not to move the

coverslip by touching it or tilting the slide for any length of time.

The procedure outlined above may appear to be tedious and complex but

with a little practice and experience slides can be made quite rapidly and neatly.

It is advisable to practise on a common species before attempting to prepare

slides of other species.

Detailed examination of the slide will, of course, require a magnification

higher than that needed for slide preparation.

Identification

Most general textbooks provide details of anatomy and keys to the

families of Psocoptera; that in The insects of Australia refers to the Australian

region only. Roesler (1944) published (in German) a key to the genera

of the world (Stettiner entomolgische Zeitung 105: 117-166); although much

out-of-date it is still useful but difficult to. obtain. A list of world species

is available (Smithers 1967, Australian Zoologist 14: 1-145) and a bibliography

of literature to 1964 has been compiled (Smithers 1965, Australian Zoologist

13: 137-209).

For the identification of Australian species it is necessary to refer to the

papers listed in The insects of Australia and the supplement to that work (1974).

dst ent Mag. 4(6), April, 1978

NOTES ON THE LIFE HISTORY OF JALMENUS CLEMENT!

DRUCE (LEPIDOPTERA: LYCAENIDAE)

By John Olive

16 Cook St., Turrella, N.S.W. 2205.

The early stages of this butterfly have remained entirely unknown.

Te species is poorly represented in collections and is known only from

»iüwestern Australia by 4 specimens taken at Touranna Plains (Druce, 1902),

ol 8 specimens from Roebourne, Hamersley Range and “N.W. Australia"

Peers, 1970).

In late December 1974, while visiting the mining town of Tom Price in the

шегу Range, Western Australia, I was fortunate in finding Jalmenus clementi

Jue breeding. The food plant, Acacia inaequilerata is a member of the A.

7010 group and is bluish in colour. The phyllodes ("leaves") are broad and

айу and terminate in a stout spine while, the stem bears a pair of spines at

йй ТЇ base. There were a number of these plants, mostly about 2 m high,

iwing іп а small area around a dry creek bed.

The butterflies were extremely local. Although abundant around the food

int I failed to find any in the surrounding bush or visiting the garden of the

‘we in which I was staying which was less than 100 m away.

The larvae are green in colour with a reddish-orange central dorsal line

ming the full length of the body. Prior to pupation larvae change to brown.

‘me varied in size, and colour ranged from the more usual dark brown to light

"wn mottled dark brown. The pupae are found on the food plant, usually on

£ tops of leaves on densly leaved branches, but also sometimes between two

is loosely pulled together by silken strands. I found three pupae hidden on a

"which was deformed and had several curls. Both larvae and pupae were

‘sionally attended by-small ants of the genus /ridomyrmex but these were

‘ue often with the young larvae. Specimens of the ants have been lodged in the

isinlian National Insect Collection, Canberra.

Adults remained common during January 1975 until I left on 17th.

Jt 20 specimens were collected which are in my collection and that of

ХМ. S. Moulds.

Acknowledgements |

I wish to thank Dr R. W. Taylor for identifying the ant species and the

"til Herbarium of New South Wales for the plant determination. Mr M. 5.

lulis kindly confirmed that the butterflies were J. clementi by comparing my

Wimens with those in the Australian Museum.

| References 1

^: H. H, 1902. On some new and little-known butterflies of the family ee

from the African, Australian, and Oriental regions. Proc. zool. Soc. Lond. 1 ,

2(1): 112-121, pls XI-XII. ^. ж; 1

ү, 1970. The specific validity of Jalmenus clementi Druce (Lepidoptera: Lycae-

nidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 9(2): 149-152.

———— n xx

116 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(6), April, 1978

ANOMALOPSYLLA TUTHILL (HEMIPTERA: PSYLLOIDEA) IN AUSTRALIA

By A. L. Yen

Zoology Department, La Trobe University, Bundoora, Vic., 3083

The Australian psyllid fauna is characterized by the large proportion of

species that have evolved with the Myrtaceae (species of Spondyliaspidae) and

Mimosaceae (species of Psyllidae). The New Zealand fauna, on the other hand,

is dominated by species of Trioza Forster on Compositae (especially on species

of Olearia Moench and Senecio L.). The faunas share a number of common

species but the majority of these are Australian ones that have been introduced

into New Zealand on their Australian host plants.

It is therefore significant to record the occurrence of Anomalopsylla

Tuthill in Australia from an endemic Australian plant species. Anomalopsylla

has not been previously recorded outside New Zealand. Tuthill (1952) described

Anomalopsylla insignita from nymphal and adult material collected on Olearia

(Shawia) paniculata (Forster and Forster) Druce, an endemic New Zealand plant.

I have found two Anomalopsylla species on foliage of Geijera parviflora Lindley

(Rutaceae): one is A. insignita and the other is undescribed. The localities and

dates of collection are:

A. insignita — 4d, 69, 24 km south of Condobolin, N.S.W., 2.ix.1974.

— 8d, 99, 10.6 km west of Gunnedah, N.S.W., 17.viii.1976.

Anomalopsylla sp. — 19, 24 km south of Condobolin, N.S.W., 2.ix.1974.

Anomalopsylla is distinguished from other Australian psyllid genera by its

wing venation: the veins are very large and raised: Cu, д is forked, the anterior

branch evanescent before the margin and a cross vein extends between Му,

and Rs.

Vondracek (1963) erected the subfamily Anomalopsyllinae in the Spondyl-

iaspidae (sens. Vondracek) for several Southern Hemisphere psyllid genera:

Tainarys Brethes (South America), Phytolyma Scott (Africa), Apsylla Crawford

(India), Atmetnocranium Tuthill and Anomalopsylla Tuthill (New Zealand).

Tuthill (1952) considered Anomalopsylla more closely related to the Australian

fauna than to the New Zealand one and it is perhaps surprising that it has not

been recorded earlier from Australia.

Froggatt (1903) collected Geijerolyma robusta Froggatt from G. parviflora

at Condobolin, but I have not found G. robusta on that plant species. The

biology of Anomalopsylla in Australia is unknown; nymphal material has not

been found and adults have not been found on other plant species.

Acknowledgements

I wish to thank Dr T. R. New and Mr L. D. Ahern for their helpful

comments and Mr K. L. Taylor for confirming the identity of A. insignita.

References

Froggatt, W. W., 1903. Australian Psyllidae. Part III. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 28: 315-337.

Tuthill, L. D., 1952. On the Psyllidae of New Zealand (Homoptera). Pacif. Sci. 6: 83-125.

Vondracek, K., 1963. Jumping plant-lice (Psylloidea-Homoptera) in Central Africa. Part I.

. (Congo). Acta ent. Mus. natn. Prague 35: 263-290.

ist ent. Mag. 46), April, 1978

BUTTERFLIES OBSERVED AND COLLECTED NEAR ҮЕ: 1:

SOUTH-EAST QUEENSLAND

By Phillip E. Lister

Weranga, via Dalby, Qld. 4405

Introduction

Weranga is a railway siding, approximately 67 km west of Dalby, south-

“Queensland. The vegetation comprises open Box and Ironbark (F ucalyptus)

A, with denser stands of Box, Pine (Callitris) and Wilga (Geijera) scrub.

‘yndges occur at intervals throughout the area. During the past four years I

x collected and observed thirty four Species of butterflies in the district.

f particular interest is the record of Cressida cressida cressida (Fabricius)

# о a single female found dead on the ground. This species has not

‘oly been recorded so far west at this latitude (cf. Common and

those, 1972). Moulds (1973) records this butterfly from Springsure, some

‘im north-west of Weranga, but other records appear to be much nearer

ТВ

Inmense populations of Anaphaeis Java teutonia (Fabricius) have been

‘itd in varying numbers from late December to about the end of March.

slave and pupae have been found on species of Capparidaceae. Most pupae

“ithe field appeared to decay, but those that were collected survived to

"gs adults. All adults were flying in a south-easterly direction.

larvae and pupae of Papilio aegeus aegeus Donovan have been found on

(бент) and collected. One larva collected pupated but failed to emerge,

‘pipe having been parasitised by a fly. Pupae observed on Wilga were either

(on the leaves) or grey-brown (closer to the ground on the trunks).

Observed, but not collected, was a specimen of Appias paulina ega

iva), in December 1974. Adults of either Ogyris oroetes Hewitson or

200 Waterhouse, were also observed flying about mistletoe on eucalypts.

"oed that further collecting will result in capture and positive identification

8° Species,

List of species

"INIDAE

“actus W. S. Macleay November to March

"tres aegus Donovan October to Mav |

“ilenoleus sthenelus W. S. Macleay All months except June & July

"Aesida cressida (Fabricius) November

{DAE

‘Mu pyranthe crokera (W. S. Macleay) October

la pomona pomona (Fabricius) October to

"lttorgophone &orgophone (Boisduval) December > F

“йе phoebus (Butler) Decemberito Teu teiaa,

"Unix (Donovan) December to Februa- y

“ий (W. S. Macleay) January, Fecruar,

иь

—

118 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(6), April, 1978

Elodina parthia (Hewitson) May

Elodina padusa (Hewitson) December to May

Delias argenthona argenthona (Fabricius) November

Delias aganippe (Donovan) November to December

Anaphaeis java teutonia (Fabricius) All months except May to July

NYMPHALIDAE

Danaus plexippus plexippus (Linnaeus) December

Danaus chrysippus petilia (Stoll) November to January

Danaus hamatus hamatus (W. 5. Macleay) . December, January

Euploea core corinna (W. S. Macleay) October, November to April

Hypocysta metirius Butler December, January

Hypocysta pseudirius Butler December, January

Heteronympha merope merope (Fabricius) December

Polyura pyrrhus sempronius (Fabricius) December, February, April

Hypolimnas bolina nerina (Fabricius) December

Vanessa kershawi (McCoy) November to March

Vanessa itea (Fabricius) December to May

Precis villida calybe (Godart) October to May

Acraea andromacha andromacha (Fabricius) December, January

LYCAENIDAE

Lucia limbaria Swainson May

Nacaduba biocellata biocellata (C.& R. Felder) November to March

Syntarucus plinius pseudocassius (Murray) November

Lampides boeticus (Linnaeus) December, January

Neolucia serpentata serpentata (Herrich-Schaffer) All months except May to Aug.

Zizina otis labradus (Godart) November to March

References

Common, 1. F. B. and Waterhouse, D. F., 1972. Butterflies of Australia. Angus & Robertson,

Sydney. 498 pp.

Moulds, M. S., 1973. The butterflies of Springsure, Central Highlands, Queensland. Aust.

ent. Mag. 1(5): 67-70.

AN ACCUMULATIVE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGY

Compiled by M. S. Moulds

ALLEN, P. G.

1977. Assessment of damage to annual pastures by the pasture cockchafer, Aphodius

tasmaniae Hope, in South Australia. Aust. J. agric. Res. 28(4): 663-670, tables

1-3, text-fig. 1.

BARKER, S.

1977. Astraeus (Coleoptera: Buprestidae): a description of three new species and new

locality records. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 101(1): 11-14, text-figs 1-4.

BARKER, S. and INNS, R.

1976. Predation on Stigmodera (Themognatha) tibialis by a fly. West Aust. Nat. 13(6):

147-148, fig. 1.

The predator is identified as the robber fly Phellus piliferus.

Aust ent Mag. 4(6), April, 1978 115

ЗНААТ, R. M., MENKE, А. S., COURT, Н. S., PARKER, F. D., GRISSELL, Е. E. and

LEVIN, D. P.

1916. Sphecid wasps of the world. A generic revision. University of California Press,

Berkeley, Los Angeles and London. 4to. Pp. i-ix, 1-695, text-figs 1-190, frontis-

piece. ISBN 0-520-02318-8.

BOLTON, В.

1977. The ant tribe Tetramoriini (Hymenoptera: Formicidae). The genus Tetramorium

Mayr in the Oriental and Indo-Australian regions, and in Australia. Bull. Br. Mus.

nit. Hist. (Ent.)36(2): 67-151, text-figs 1-74.

BREWSTER, E.

1977. Christmas beetles in July at Inverloch. Latrobe Valley Nat. 166: 5.

BRINSMEAD, В. B., HOBMAN, F. R. and LIST, J. Van der

1977. Soybean growing in north Queensland. Qd agric. J. 103(6): 573-578.

Pests listed p. 577.

SROADLEY, R. Н.

1977. Heliothis . . . serious agricultural pests in Queensland. Qd agric. J. 103(6):

536-545, table 1, illustr.

Lepidoptera: H. armigera and H. punctigera

CASIMIR, M. and WILSON, J.

1976. Locusts! Agric. Gaz. N.S.W. 87(4): 26-28, illustr.

COMMON, І. F. B. and UPTON, M. S.

1977. A report on insects collected in the Drysdale River National Park North Kimberley,

Western Australia. In Kabay, E. D. and Burbidge, A. A. (editors), A biological

survey of the Drysdale River National Park North Kimberley, Western Australia

in August, 1975. Wildl. Res. Bull. West. Aust. 6: 121-131, figs 1-10.

CORDINGLEY, Charlma L. and DANTHANARAYANA, W.

1916. The lepidopterous fauna of capeweed (Arctotheca calendula) in Victoria with

| keys for larval identification. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(1): 19-34, table 1, text-figs 1-71.

DANTHANARAYANA, W.

1976. Diel and lunar flight periodicities in the light brown apple moth, Epiphyas

postvittana (Walker) (Tortricidae) and their possible adaptive significance. Aust.

J. Zool. 24(1): 65-73, text-figs 1-5.

- BAAR, Murdoch

1976. Notes on Hesperiidae and Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera) from south-eastern Queens-

land. Aust. ent. Mag. 2(6): 123-124.

é LITTLE, D. W. and MADDEN, J. L.

1976. Host preference in the Tasmanian eucalypt defoliating Paropsini (Coleoptera:

Chrysomelidae) with particular reference to Chrysophtharta bimaculata (Olivier)

and C. agricola (Chapuis). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(4): 387-394, tables 1-4, text-

figs 1-3.

DELL, B.

1976. Migration of Papilio demoleus sthenelus W. S. Macleay (Lepidoptera: Papilionidae)

l in Western Australia. Aust. ent. Mag. 3(5): 83-86, tables 1 & 2, text-fig. 1.

BIMEL, Thomas °

1976. Butterflies. Their world, their life cycle, their behavior. 4to. Thames and Hudson,

| London. Pp. 1-260, illustr.

_ FLETCHER, B. S. and ECONOMOPOULOS, A. P. А :

1976. Dispersal of normal and irradiated laboratory strains and wild strains of the olive

| fly Dacus oleae in an olive grove. Ent. Exp. Appl. 20: 183-194.

| HARRIS, J. A. and CAMPBELL, K. G.

_ 1976. Ecological studies оп the horizontal borer Austroplatypus incompertus (Schedl)

(Coleoptera: Platypodidae). J. ent. Soc. Aust. (N.S.W.) 9: 11-21, tables 1 & 2,

text-fig. 1, pL. I.

HEATHER, N. W. К

1976. Life history and biology of the leaf bagworm, Hyalarcta huebneri (Westwood)

(Lepidoptera: Psychidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(4): 353-361, tables 1-3, text-figs

1-13. $

120 Aust. ent. Mag. 4(6), April, 1978

HOWDEN, H. F. . 1

1976. А sixth species of Stenaspidius Westwood with a note on adult behaviour (Col-

eoptera: Scarabaeidae: Geotrupinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(4): 439-441, text-

figs 1-4.

NEUMANN, F. G. ee: ] |

1976. Egg production, adult longevity and mortality of the stick insect Didymuria

violescens (Leach) (Phasmatodea: Phasmatidae) inhabiting mountain ash forest in

Victoria. J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(2): 183-190, tables 1-4, text-figs 1-9.

RIMES, G. D.

1977. A new approach to grain insect control. J. agric., West. Aust. 18(2): 44-48, illustr.

SLATER, James A.

1976. The biology, distribution and taxonomy of some Lygaeidae of southwest Aust-

ralia (Hemiptera: Heteroptera). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 15(2): 129-151, table 1, text-

figs 1 & 2.

SRIVASTAVA, K. P.

1976. On the respiratory system of the lemon-butterfly, Papilio demoleus L. (Lepid-

optera: Papilionidae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 14(4): 363-370, text-figs 1-10.

Apparently not based on Australian material but of interest to Australian workers.

STERLING, Winfield L.

1976. Sequential decision plans for the management of cotton arthropods in south-east

Queensland. Aust. J. Ecol. 1(4): 265-274, tables 1-4.

STIBICK, Jeffrey N. L.

1976. The systematic position of the genera Aphileus, Macromalocera, Glyphochilus and

Campsosternus (Coleoptera: Elateridae). Aust. ent. Mag. 3(1): 5-9.

SUCKLING, G.C., BACKEN, E., HEISLE RS, A. and NEUMANN, F.G.

1976. The flora and fauna of radiata pine plantations in north-eastern Victoria. Bull.

Forest. Commission Vic. 24: [i-v], 1-58, tables 1-14, text-figs 1-9, 8 pls.

SVED, J. A.

1976. Hybrid dysgenesis in Drosophila melanogaster: a possible explanation in terms of

spatial organization of chromosomes. Aust. J. Biol. Sci. 29(4): 375-388, tables 1-6.

TAYLOR, K. L.

1976. Introduction and establishment of insect parasitoids to control Sirex noctilio in

Australia. Entomophaga 21(4): 429-440.

WHITTEN, M. J., FOSTER, C. G., VOGT, W. G., KITCHING, R. L., WOODBURN, T. L.

and KONOVALOV, C.

1976. Current status of genetic control of the Australian sheep blowfly, Lucilia cuprina

(Wiedemann) (Diptera: Calliphoridae). Proc. 15th Int. Cong. Ent.: 129-139.

Bibliography

Australian Butterflies

239 pages with over 2,000 references and abstracts

This bibliography attempts to list all publications concerning Australian butterflies

that appeared up to and including 1973. Species mentioned in smaller works are listed

and bibliographical notes concerning dates of publication, notes on voyages and other

points of interest are given. All those seriously interested in Australian butterflies, both

amateur and professional, will find this comprehensive text of considerable value.

Price $18.00 (post free to Aust. ent. Mag. subscribers)

order copies from

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065, Australia

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTICES

‘All notices are printed free of charge. Persons submitting notices

med not be a subscriber to the journal. Items for insertion should be

ent to the editor who reserves the right to alter or reject notices.

EXCHANGE. Beetles from south-east Queensland willingly exchanged for beetles

from other parts of Australia. E. Sutton, C/- P.O. Glen Aplin, Qld. 4381.

SKCHANGE. One pair of Ornithoptera rothschildi for exchange for similar rare

Omithoptera. Mr I. Robertson, 5/96 Willsmere Rd, Kew, Victoria, 3101.

WNTED. A copy of Australian Butterflies by Charles McCubbin. Will pay

$0. Geoff Cameron, 8/45 Birriga Rd, Bellevue Hill, N.S.W. 2023.

Phone (02) 30 3775.

JANTED. Wooden entomological cabinet, minimum 10 drawers. Any condition

considered. D. Carne, 20 Belmore St, Enmore, N.S.W. 2042.

WAU ECOLOGY INSTITUTE

Located at 1,200 m altitude in north-eastern New Guinea this institute has access

toa wide range of environments, from sea level to 3,000 m ina few hours drive or one

| &ys walk. A branch station is at 2,360 m. Visiting entomologists are welcome by

advance arrangement and accommodation is available at both the Institute and branch

sation. There are some laboratory facilities, reference collections, a zoo; and transport

| may be available. Ecological research is encouraged as well as collaboration with other

institutions. Inquire of Manager for rates: P.O. Box 77, Wau, Papua New Guinea.

Kamerunga Biological Laboratories

P.O. Box 169, Cairns, Nth. Queensland, 4870

PREPARATORS AND COMMISSION COLLECTORS

FOR RESEARCH INSTITUTES

NOTES FOR AUTHORS

| Matter submitted for publication should, preferably, be type-written, double spaced

- &in duplicate.

Persons submitting papers need not be subscribers to the journal.

Authors will receive 50 free reprints of their paper providing it extends for one or

39% printed pages and they are a subscriber to the journal. Further reprints may be

зей if ordered in advance.

Colour plates are expensive to print and the journal cannot bear the full cost of these.

йоз will therefore need to pay part of the cost of such illustrations. We offer colour

Ast the following subsidized prices: first plate $180; additional plates $85 each. Authors

“Gy a single plate could of course share the cost. Photographs are best submitted as

йш transparencies although paintings are also acceptable. |

All papers will be refereed and the editor reserves the right to reject any paper

“aided unsuitable.

Address papers to: The Editor,

Australian Entomological Magazine,

14 Chisholm Street,

Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065.

CONTENTS

LISTER, Phillip E. Butterflies observed and collected near Weranga,

south-east Queensland......------ +--+ seer tee 117

OLIVE, John Notes on the life history of Jalmenus clementi Druce

(Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) ....... e e 115

SANDS, D. P. A. and FENNER, T. L. New butterfly records from the

New Guinea region 4-1 a ТС S 101

SMITHERS, C.N. Collecting and preserving Psocoptera (Psocids, booklice,

barklice) . 2 22), 425- о Еки RMLSBREEERSER Т 109

YEN, A. L. Anomalopsylla Tuthill (Hemiptera: Psylloidea) in Aus-

пана е аА ань е= =: 0 ДИН 116

RECENT LITERATURE — An accumulative bibliography of Australian

entomology. Compiled by M. S. Moulds................... 118

ЕМТОМОГОСІСАТ МООР ЕСОН inside back cover

DATA LABELS = PRINTED TO ORDER

We will print data labels to your own requirements. These labels can be safely

used with either pinned or alcohol preserved material. Samples appear below.

Cloncurry, Qld 65km W.of Cobar, N.S.W. Noorinbee North, near Mt Hotham Alpine Reserve, Canberra, A.C.T.

21 Mar. 1974 D . Vic.

28 April, 1975 Cann River, E. Vic. Alt. 1,830m 20 March 1974

B. S. Jones K. T. Carrington 19 22 Mar. 1975 F. H. Innes

P. S. D. MacDonald K. & M. Walker-Jones

Mataranka Hstd., 20km S. of Copley, S.A. Gordonvale, N. Qld approx. 27^59'S, 140°10'Е Karratha, W.A.

Roper River, М.Т. found in long grass 19 Jan. 1976 NE of Moonba, 197

ere E E M 29 June, 1975 P. J. & E. T. Smith 24 Jan. 1976 G.A. Hawkinson

Jennifer Montgomery

.K. & Р.В. Johnston

$8.00 PER 1,000 LABELS (POST FREE)

As few as 50 copies of any one label may be ordered. Labels must be ordered

in multiples of 50. Minimum order 1,000 lables. Thus, an order may contain,

for example, 50 copies of one label, 50 copies of a different label, 400 copies

of a third and. 500 of a fourth. Total number of labels, 1,000. Alternatively

an order might be 50 copies each of 20 different labels, again a total of 1,000.

Layouts for orders must be clear, spaced as required, and preferably typed.

Delivery within 4-6 weeks. Payment with orders please.

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL PRESS

14 Chisholm Street, Greenwich, N.S.W., 2065

JUST PUBLISHED

Butterflies of the Australian Region by Bernard D'Abrera

SECOND EDITION

OUR SPECIAL OFFER $67.50 (post free in Aust.) (Recommended 375)

AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL SUPPLIES

35 Kiwong St, Yowie Bay, N.S.W. 2228. Phone (Sydney) 524 4614 |

Sub-branch: 14 Chisholm St, Greenwich, N.S.W. 2065. Ph. (Syd.) 43 3972 EN |

ISSN 0311-1881 Єй,